1952 p .

2 6,
 IAMIAPADAM.
EX T R IB U S C O D IC IB U S H A U N IEN SIB U S

PALICE EDIDIT,

LATINE VERTIT, EXCERPTIS EX COMMENTARIO PALICO

N O T IS Q E IL L U S T R A V IT

V. F A U S B L L .

IIAUNiE
A PU D H E R E D E S R E IT Z E L II.

LIPSLE ' LONDINI

A P U D L O R C K IU M . A P U D W IL L IA M S & N O R G A .TE.

M DCCCLV.
E X O F FIC IN A LTJDOVCI K L E IN .
 VIM S HUMANISSIMIS, ILLUSTRISSIMIS,

M. ,
P r o f e s s o r ! , S cholse R e c t o r i,

ET

N. L WESTERGAARB,
L L . O O . P r o f e s s o r i , E q u iti O rd . D a n n e b r .,

PR^CEPTORIBUS OPTIMIS, PIE COLENDIS,

QUORUM UTERQUE VIRIBUS MEIS PERQUAM EXIGUIS

SUMMA BENEVOLENTIA SUCCURREBAT,

HIJNC LIBRUM

SACRUM E SS E VO LUIT

DEVOTISSIMUS

AUCTOR.
 PRJEFATIO.

i . rigila sunt anni, ex quo Raskins, illustrissimus linguarum

indagator, quem praematura mors iiteris praeripuit, ex India
in ptrim redux Magnas Bibliothecae Regia Hauniensi earn
tradidit codieum Palicorum et Simhalensium collectionem, ,,cui
vix ulla par invenitur in tota Europa eontinenti. a Hucusque
vero nostraiium nemo provincim hanc incognitam explorandam
suscepit, quamvis h a litera, quibus continentur ea, qua
divinum quoddam ingenium, raro inter homines splendens,
scite docuit, ubrrimos nobis promittant fructus, et ad universam
cultus human! histrim perscrutandam, et ad res India investi-
gandas, et ad regiones Buddhismo subjectas cognoscendas.
Etenim non parvi facienda est accurata perscrutatio ejus reli-
gionis, qua, si ethieam species, tarn prope ad Christianismum
accedit, ut idem fere monean! ejusmodi sententia: Quid tibi
cum capillis religatis, stulte? Quid tibi cum amictu ex pellibus
facto ? Interna ua impervia sunt, externa terges. Qui millies
mille homines in certamine vincit, et qui semet ipsum solum
superat, hie certe inter pugna vietores optimus. Vigilantia
immortalitatis via est, socordia mortis via; vigiles non moriuntur,
qui socordes, quasi mortui sunt. Non iraeundi iracundia

Vide dissert. Raskii: Normuiia de pleno systemae Sibilantinm in

lingnis montanis, item de methodo Ibericam et Armenicam iinguam
iiteris Europseis exprimendi; programma Universitatis a. 1832 p. 34.
 II

sedantur hie unquam, plaeabilitate vero sedantur, etc. b Atque

hsec religio in ipsa India, ubi orta est, et ubi hodie quoque
exstant perennia, quse patriae reliquit, monumenta, amplissima
ilia in saxis excavata tem pla, rnille fere per annos simul
cum Brahmanismo aequo jure viguit, ut fieri non possit,
quin ex testimoniis ejus ad literas sanscrticas gravissimum

6 Cum his confer:

Die Sittenlehre des Buddhaismus, in welcher sich eine helle
Einsicht in die Tiefen des menschlichen Herzens unverkennbar
kund gibt, bildet daher den schnsten Theil seines Systems und
hat wahrscheinlich am meisten beigetragen ihm Eingang zu ver
schaffen und seine weite Verbreitung zu sichern. Schmidt in M-
moires de lAcad. de St. Ptersb. VI Srie, tome l p.
TI est difficile de comprendre que des hommes k qui la rv-
lation a manqu aient pu s lever aussi haut et s apprucher autant
de la vrit. Laboulaye apud F. Neve: Le Bouddhisme p. 32.

Nous passmes successivement en revue les vrits dogmatiques

et morales. A uotre grand tonnement, le Rgent ne paraissait
surpris de rien. Votre religion, nous rptait-il sans cesse, est
conforme la ntre; les vrits sont les rcmes, nous ne diffrons
que dans les explications . . . II n admettait entre lui et nous que
deux points de dissidence, 1 origine du monde et la transmigration
des ames. Hue: Souvenirs d un voyage dans la Tartarie, le Thibet
et la Chine, 2 ed. tome II p. 330.

TI existe Lha-Ssa une coutume bien touchante, et que nous

avons t en quelque sorte jaloux de rencontrer parmi des infideles.
Sur le soir, an moment o le jour touche son dclin, tons les
Thibetains cessent de se mler daffaires, et se runissent, hommes,
femmes et enfants, conformment leur sexe et leur age, dans
les principaux quartiers de la ville et sur les places publiques.
Aussitot que les groupes se sont forms, tout le monde s accroupit
parterre, et on commence chanter des prires lentement et demi-
voix. Les concerts religieux qui s lvent du sein de ces runions
nombreuses produisent dans la ville une harmonie immense, solennelle,
et qui agit fortement sur lme. Ibid. p. 337.
 Ill

accedat supplementum.c Et ubi primum Buddhismus Indise

fines transgredi coepit, veteri Sinensium culturse novos vigores

0 De ambitu literatures sanscriticae ita loquitur Barthlmy St. Hilaire

in Mmoires de lInstitut de France. Tome III. Paris 1841 p. i 62 -'
* Des aujourdhui, nous connaissons assez de monuments de la
littrature sanscrite; les ouvrages imprims mrne sont assez nom-
breux, sans parler des richesses immenses de nos bibliotheques en
manuscrits, pour afflrmer que la littrature grecque, tout aboudante
quelle est, Test cependant beaucoup moins que la littrature indienne.
De ambitu literatrai Buddhismi australis vide Spence Hardyi
Eastern Monachism p. iss sq.
In the whole of the Wi n ay ap i taka , including
the text and the comment, there are 69,250 stanzas
The whole of the S u t r a p i t a k a , including
both the text and commentary, contains 396,500 stanzas
In the whole of the A b h i d h a r m m a p i t a k a ,
including both the text and commentary,
there are 126,250 stanzas
592,000 stanzas.
According to the computation of Tumour, the text alone of the
Pitakas contains 4,500 leaves, each page being about 2 feet long
and containing nine lines. Thus 4,500 x 2 X 9 = 81,000 lines.
These lines are written without any space between the words, and
we may therefore conclude that in one line there are at least as
many as ten lines of any ordinary poetical measure. Therefore
81,000 X 10 = 810,000. Again, the commentary extends to a
greater length than the Pitakas, so that there must be nearly 2,000,000
lines in the whole of the sacred books.
Biblia sacra Buddhistarum numerantur quadraginta duo et effi-
ciunt 3,683 volumina. Pallegoix: Grammatica linguae Thai p. isi.
De literatura Buddhismi septentrionalis legitur in Asiatic Re
searches vol. XX p. 42 (Analysis of the Dulv, by A. Csorna Krsi) s ic :
The whole K - g y u r collection (forming altogether exactly 100
volumes) is very frequently alluded to under the name De-uot-sum,
in Sanscrit, Tripitakah, the three Vessels or Repositories, compre-
 IV

infudit, et Tibetanis Mongolisque, Indise extra Gangem, Tapro-

banse insulse prma artium initia attulit, ut hdi vei ertiam
humani generis partem asseclas habeat, et earum terrarum
instituta, linguae, ah, nisi prius cognita quse ei religioni sacra
habetur lingua, vix intelligi possint. d
Quse quum ita essent, hoc mecum constitui, ut in fais
literis cum doctis hominibus communicandis pro virili parte
elaborarem. Et ut initium facerem, selegi, suadente cl. W ester-
gaardio, librum, qui Dhammapadariie inscribitur, quod inter
codices a Raskio allatos tria ejus exstarent exempla, quorum
unum commentario instructum esset.
Trs bos codices, in parte priori catalogi Codicum Orienta-

hending under this appellation, 1st, the Dulv (Vinaya); 2ndly, the
Do (Stra); 3rd!y, the Sher-chhin (Abhidharmah).
d Cfr. La Loubre: Descr. du Roy. de Siam. Amsterd. 170 0 , vol. I p. as:
Les termes de Rligion et de Justice, les noms des Charges et
tons les ornemens de la langue Vulgaire sont empruntez de la Bli.
Ils font mrne leurs plus belles chansons en Bli, etc.
Taylor Jones apud Weber: Ind. Studien B. II p. 320:
Nearly half the words of the (siamese) language borrow a tinge
or shade of meaning from their connection with Buddhism. A
general and somewhat accurate view of this system is therefore
essential to a good knowledge of the language. Without it a student
gains only an approximation, often quite remote, to the true import
of terms.
e Cfr. Knighton: The History of Ceylon p. 77:

In the Damma Padan, or the Footsteps of Religion, we

have exemplified a code of morality, and a list of precepts which,
for pureness, excellence and wisdom, is only second to that of the
Divine lawgiver himself.
Spence Hardy; Eastern Monachism p. i6u:
A collection might be made from the precepts of this work,
that in the purity of its ethics could scarcely be equalled from any
other heathen author.
 V

lium Bibliothecae Regiae Hauniensis pag. 3 0 -32 numeris XVI,

X V II, XVIII signatos, literis A , B , C notavi. Ex his unus
B, qui praeter textum commentarium Buddhaghosae continet,
codex templaris fuisse videtur, utpote satis elegantes- exaratus,
quum A et C, multo negligentius scripti, private usui destinati
fuisse videantur. Ut ex Variis Lectionibus ad ealeem libri
enotatis apparet, in rebus minoribus saepe illi quidem dissen-
tiunt (inprimis frequens est in cod. B, quod in A et C rarius
fit, usus signi Anusvrae commodi causa pro ceteris nasalibus
positi), sed si summm rei spectes, e x e a d e m t a m e n r e c e n
s i o n e fluxisse videntur. Omnes enim et in gravioribus his rebus
consentiunt: atha blo v. 69, tasm hi v. 20 s, tumhe v. 274,

mahpuriso v. 352, karomiti v. so, vv. 329 -330 , uppdo v. 182,

yathgram vv. 13 -14 , pacceti v. 12 5 , et in aliis (cfr. Append.);

quas corruptelas commentator ex parte repetit. Etiam menda
aliquot inseitiae et incuriae majora tribus codicibus communia
sunt, ut ngghanti pro ngghati v. 70, pcenti pro pceti v.
135, paravajjnupassissarh pro -ssa v. 253, bhikkhu pro bhikkhum
v. 362, cchinno v. 338, ghnena v. 360 , unde nescio, num
audacius sit concludere, omnes ex uno eodemque codice de-
scriptos esse.
Plures versus, qui Dhammapado continentur, in aliis
sacrorum scriptorum libris passim inveni citatos, constanter
autem edem forrn, unde ptere videtur, nunc unam
solam esse lectio nem sacrorum scriptorum, ab
e c c l e s i a r e e e p t a m , quae probabiliter ea est, quam decrevit
tertium concilium buddhisticum (a. 246 a. Chr., secundum
Lassenium, Ind. Alterth. vol. II p. 229), quo habito Mahindas in
Taprobanem it apostolus sacra scripta secum afferens. Sed
animadvertendum est, com.uentarios variam nonnunquam citare
lectionem (ita in Dhpado p. 115 et 374), quae sine dubio saepe
est vera.
 VI

Hunc igitur ipsum textum, qualis apud Simhalenses fertur,

edidi, quia in editione principe traditionis vestigia sequenda
esse duco. In Notis autem et Appendice, ut potui, menda
indicare conatus su m , et in altera editione id erit agendum,
ut quantum fieri possit textus in integrum restituatur.
Inter literas buddhisticas sacras hunc librum antiquiorum
in numero habendum esse, ex s e r m o n e , quo utitur, elucere
videtur, qui multis in rebus a sanscrtico et quidem anti-
quissimo prope abest, et mltm ab eo dicendi genere difirt,
quo utuntur Sutt prosaica et scholia Buddhaghosse. Hue
pertinent: nom. prses. participii in -am, ut ganayam, rodam;
pers. plur. prses. medii in -are, ut socare, upapajjare; dat.
gerund., ut netave, pahtave; prseterea formse, quales sunt:
karoto et kubbato (karontassa), khiti (karissati) al., arahatam
(arahantnam), sabbhi (santehi), vaddha (vuddha), klesa (kilesa),
cetya (cetiya) etc. Accedit, quod in e t h i c o argumento
solo versantur sententise singulosque spectant homines, non
hominum societatem universam. Nec intempestivum videtur,
si, quo tempore hie liber prodierit, quseritur, usum attendere
vocis nirutti v. 352, et quod numinum occurrunt hsec tantum
nomina : Deva (vv. so. 56. or. 105. isi. 200. 224. . . 420.
177), Gandhabba (vv. 105. 420), Abhassara (v. 200), Mra (vv.
7. 8. 34. 37. 40. 46. 57. 105. 175. 274. 337. 3 5 o ), YaiTta (VV. 2 3 5 .

237. 44), Brahman (vv. 105. aso), Maghavan (v. so).

Dhammapadum antiquius esse videtur libro S u t t a n i p t a ,
qui non modo phrases in Dhammapado obvias frequenter
repett, sed etiam ntegros versus inde mutuatus sit (12 5. 205.

326. 353. 39642s) et dimidia hemistichia (pdas) complurium

versuum (5. 20. 129. 14 1. 142. 170 . iss. 2.30. 280. sis. 340. 345.

3 64. 367. 375). Quid? quod Dhammapadum, ni fallor, hoc

versu citat:
i
 VII

Yo Dhammapade sudesite
magge jvati sannto (leg. sannato) satm
anavajjapadni sevamno,
tayarii bhikkhu nam hu maggajviih.
Prseterea inveni in J t a k o quoqueversus aliquot Dhammapadi
(ut 3. 4 . 5. 21. 328- 30. 345, fabulis jam iisdem jam diversis additis),
quos probabile mihi videtur ex Jtako in Dhammapadum
translatos e s se ; nisi forte communi ex font utrumque librum
profluxisse statuendum est, nam versus et Dhammapadi et Jtaki
revera fragmenta sunt antiquiorum scriptorum, quse Gotamas
Samanas inem ethicum spectans excerpsit. Ptimokkha
vv. i 85. 375 utrum ejus nominis librum significet necne, non
satis liquet.
Libri t i t u l u m Dhammapadam, versus 44 et 101 respi-
ciens, ita interpretor, ut Collectio Versuum de Religione signi-
ficetur, nam pada propter verbum pacessati v. 44 collective
intelligendum est, et gthpadarh v. 101 ostendere videtur, voci
pada versus notionem inesse. Geterum fieri potest, ut voci
pada verbi sive sententise notio tribuenda sit. Gogerly vertit:
The Footsteps of Religion; conferri potest v. 21.

Quse ex commentario Buddhaghosse excerpsi, quum uno

tantum codice confidendum sit, fieri non potest, quin longe ab
integritate absint. Nam codex, etsi non malus est, tamen, ne
menda singularia haud pauca commemorem, primum, quomodo
plerique codices Simhalenses comparati sunt, in quantitate
v o c a l i u m i e t u deinienda, maxim in terminationibus, parum
sibi constat; qua in re equidem, indicata codicis scriptura,
grammaticorum palicorum decreta semper sequenda esse sta-
tueram, sed quum ex his qusedam constantibus et hujus et
majoris codicum partis testimoniis adversentur, propter dubita-
tionem, quse semper mihi hac de re obversata est, consilio
neglecto, codicis scripturam interdum intactam reliqui. Deinde
 VIII

eadem incertitude est in n a s a l i b u s n et n distinguendis;

hac de re quum grammatici palici nihil praecipiant, et dialectus
palica eerte alias leges sequatur quam sanscritica (sic facile
apparet, r sonum in voce obvium non valere ad n in n trans-
mutandum in terminationibus flexionis, y. c. assuni s. agruni,
prseter tin i, et in syllaba derivativa - in , v. c. averino s.
avairinas); oportebat, ut in singulis vocibus qusenam vulgaris
esset scriptura indagarem, et sic scripsi cum n v. e. savana,
nikkhamana, nibb^na, pahina etc., cum n v. c. pam^na, khina,
pahini, papunati, sakkundti, dnapesi (exspectandum erat: aiiM -
pesi, cfr. Anecd. P a l ed. Spiegel p. 12) etc.; haesitavi autem
in formis nana et nana, quarum quum prior longe frequentior
sit, posteriorem tamen ob usurn sanscriticum rejicere non ausus
sum. Ut in regulam redigatur universus soni n et vocalium
i et u usus, prius fieri non potest, quam plures libri editi
sunt, quum sint in his rebus codices deterrimi. Vacillat porro
codex quod ad g e m i n a t i o n e m attinet c o n s o n a n t i s in
voce composita, duabus eonsonantibus initio alterius vocis laten-
tibus; videtur mihi geminatio plerumque esse tenenda, itaque
scribendum esse v. c. Anandatthera, vimnana, parikkhitta, non
Anandathera, vitiana, parikhitta. Nec semper satis accurate
distinguit codex i n t e r 1 et 1; verum opinor, constanter 1 esse
scribendum, quotiescunque in voce sanscritica paliese respondenti
inest d v. dh, sed non ssepius, qua de causa: kilati, dalha,
gula, sed gilati, uldra, antalikkha etc. scripsi. Sunt prseterea,
ut facile apparebit, minutiora qusedam pariter dubiosa, de
quibus tamen, ne verbosior videar, loqui supersedeo.
Quod latina scriptura librum vulgavi, longge defensionis
sane non eget. Etenim quum literas paliese propriam scripturam
nunc non habeant (olim habuisse Kammavaca testificatur), sed
barmanica, siamensi, simhalensi utantur, inde effici mihi videtur,
nihil obstare, quominus latinam nos adhibeamus; Europsei
 IX

erm nos in usum scientise libros edimus, non vero in usum Bar-
manorum, Siamensium, Simhalensium; accedit, quod ita minori
pretio curari potest editio. Typis vero sanscriticis excudere
libros palicos parum commodi habt, nec consentaneum mihi
videtur, quum prsesenti scriptura sanscrtica vix unquam sse
sint literre palicee. Transcriptio, quain sequor, hsee est:
Vocales: a , i , u t, r r, r
Diphthongi: e, ai, o, au
Semiconsonantes: m, h
Gutturales: k kh, g gh,
Palatales: c eh, j jh,
Linguales: t th, d dh, n
Dentales: t th, d dh, n
Labiales: p ph, b bh, m
Semivocales: y, r, 1 1, v
Sibilantes: g, s, s, h.
Pit mihi ab initio consilium, libro glossarium in Dhamma-
padi textum addere, mox vero ab eo destiti, ut majorem textus
partm ederem, quo in praesentia inprimis opus est. Addendos
autem esse duxi indices vocum, de quibus in Notis dictum est,
et nominum propriorum.
Mltm doleo, quod mihi librum conscribenti compluria
defuerunt adjumenta literaria, quae hac in urbe non exstant,
v. c. dissertationes Turnouri in Ephemeridibus Bengalicis;
alia serius accepi, quam quibus recte ti possem, ut Burnoufii
Le Lotus de la bonne Li, et Spence Hardyi A Manual ol
Budhism. Ad ultimnm hoc opus lectores volo delegatos,
quoniam in eo insunt de seriptis simhalensibus versee plures
fabulae, quae apud nos palice inveniuntur.
Restat, utcommemorem, quibus ad librum edendum gavisus
sim praesidiis. Ac primum quidem oportet maximis extollam
laudibus publicam Ptri meae muniicentiam; quae enim lm -
 X

perii Danii liberalitas in studiis Orientalibus promovendis

etiam apud exteros est celebrata, ea mihi quoque eximio fit
subsidio, tutantibus res meas virr. cll., Publici Cultus et D isei-
plinse Ministerio prsesidentibus, Madvigio, Simonyo et
Bangio. Deinde gratise agendse sunt literarum classicarum
peritissimo subrectori Frederiksborgensi O s t e r m a n n o , qui
sanscriticse linguse non imperitus textum latine reddenti mltm
mihi succurrit, prseterea viris humanissimis mihique amicissimis
F a b r i c i o - M l l e r o et A. K. r e i b i o , vari mihi opitulan-
tibus, maxim vero viro linguarum doctissimo T r e n c k n e r o ,
cujus auxilio adjutus inter librum typis excudendum corri-
gendumque plurima emendare potui. Denique oportet me men
tionin facr insignis benevolentise, qua res meas adjuverunt
viri bibliothecis hujus urbis adjuncti, et inprimis celebranda
est liberalitas, qua harum Bibliothecarum prsefecti, virr. cll.
W e r l a u ffis, regi a consiliis conferentiarum, et T h r
se n i u s , Professor, usum manuscriptorum et librorum mihi
concesserunt.
Si apparebit me in hoc libro elaborando haud vanam
operm posuisse, prseter minora aliqua opus mjus Jtaki
sequetur. Ita, L. B., vale et mihi fave!

Scribebam Haunise, Id. Martiis MDCCCLV.

 AMO

TASSA BHAGAVATO ARAHATO SAMMASAMBUDDHASSA.

1. Yamakavaggo.

j. I^Ianopubbangam dhamm, manosetth, manomay;

manas ce padutthena bhsati v karoti y,
tato narh dukkham anveti, cakkarh va vahato padam.
9. Manopubbarigam dhamm, manosetth, manomay;
manas ce pasannena bhsati v karoti v,
ato narh sukham anveti cliy va anapyin.
Akkocchi mm, avadhi marii, ajini marii, ahsi me;
ye tarh upanayihanti, verarii tesarn na sammati.
4. Akkocchi marii, avadhi marii, ajini marii, ahsi m e;
ye tarh na upanayhanti, verarii tespasammati.

C a p. 1.

t. Naturae a mente principium ducunt, mens est potior pars

earum, e mente constant; si (quis) mente inquinata aut
loquitur aut agit, turn eum sequitur dolor, ut rota (bovis)
2. vehentis pedem. Naturae a mente etc.; si (quis) mente
serena aut loquitur aut agit, turn eum sequitur gaudium
a. ut umbra non decedens. Conviciis me obruit, vim milii
intulit, vicit m e, spoliavit m e; qui isto (animo) sese
4. induunt, iracundia eorum non sedatur. Conviciis etc.; qui
isto (animo) sese non induunt, iracundia in iis sedatur.
l
 2

s. Na hi verena verni sammant idha kudeanath,

averena ca sammanti; esa dhammo sanantano.
Pare ca na vijnanti: mayam ettha yammase;
ye ca tattha vijnanti, tato sammanti medhag.
7. Subhnupassviharantam, indriyesu asamvutam,
bhojanamhi ca amattafmurh, kusitam, hinaviriyarh,
tarn ve pasahati mro, vto rukkharh va dlibbalarh.
8. Asubhnupassviharantarn, indriyesu susamvutam,
bhojanamhi ca mattan fim, saddham, raddhavriyam,
tarn ve na-ppasahati mro, vto selarii va pabbatam.
y. Anikkasvo ksvam yo vattham paridahessati,
apeto damasaccena, na so ksvam arahati.
io. Yo ca vantakasv assa, slesu susamhito,
upeto damasaccena, sa ve ksvam arahati.
n . Asre sramatino sr ca asradassino,
te srarii nadhigacchanti micchsariikappagocar.

5. Non enim iracundi iracundise sedantur hic unquam, pla-

e. cabilitate ver sedantur; hgec lex seterna. Improbi non
intelligunt: nos hic moriemur; qui ver hoc comprehen-
7. dunt, tm (eorum) sedantur jurgia. Jucunda spectantem
viventem, sensus non coercentem et in cibo mdi nescium,
socordem, viribus destitutum, eum certe superat Mras,
8. ventus arborem sicut inirmam. Jucunda non spectantem
viventem, sensus bene coercentem et in cibo mdm
noscentem, fidem habentem, intentis viribus prseditum,
eum certe non superat Mras, ventus saxeum velut mentem.
9. Cupiditate non ber qui luteam vestem induere vult,
temperantia et probitate privatus, non ille lutea (veste)
io. dignus est. Qui ver cupiditatem respuit, virtutibus bene
instructus, temperantia et probitate prseditus, ille certe
 3

i. Sra ca svato atv asaran ca asrato,

te sram adhigacchanti sammsariikappagocar.
13. Yathgrarh ducchannam vutthi samativijjhati,
evarn abhvitam cittam rgo samativijjhati.
14. Yathgram succhannam vutthi na samativijjhati,
evarii subhvitarii cittar rgo na samativijjhati.
is. Idha socati, pecca socati
ppakr, ubhayattha socati;
so socati, so vihaati
disv kammakilittham attano.
16. Idha modati, pecca rnodati
katapuo, ubhayattha modati;
so modati, so pamodati
disv kammavisuddhim attano.
17. Idha tappati, pecca tappati
ppakr, ubhayattha tappati;
ppm me katan ti tappati,
bhiyyo tappati duggatim gato.

i. lutea veste dignus est. In eo, quod non essentiale,

essentiam opinantes atque in essentia non-essentiale vi
dentes, hi essentiam non adeunt, falsi studii participes.
12. Essentiam vero essentiam habentes, et non-essentiale
non-essentiale, hi essentiam adeunt, veri studii parti -
13. cipes. Sicut domum male tectam pluvia perrumpit, ita
* meditatione destitutam cogitationem cupido perrumpit.
14. Sicut domum bene tectam pluvia non perrumpit, ita me-
15. ditabundam cogitationem cupido non perrumpit. In hoc
sevo moeret, morte obita moeret malum patrans, utrobique
moeret; ille moeret, ille contristatur videns miseriam fa-
i6. cinoris sui. In hoe sevo gaudet, morte obita gaudet qui
l*


18. Idha nandati, pecca nandati

katapunno, ubhayattha nandati;
punnam me katan44 ti nandati;
bhiyyo nandati suggatirh gato.
19. Bahum pi ce sahitam bhsamno
na takkaro hoti naro pamatto,
gopo va gvo ganayam paresam
na bhgav smaniiassa hoti.
s. Appam pi ce sahitam bhsamno
dhammassa hoti anudhammacr,
rgan ca dsn ca pahya, mohm,
sammappajno, suvimuttacitto,
anupdiyno idha y hurarii v,
sa bhgav smaniiassa hoti.
Yamakavaggo pathamo.

bonum perfecit, utrobique gaudet; ille gaudet, ille valde

17. gaudet videns munditiam facinoris sui. In hoc sevo cru-
ciatur, morte obita cruciatur malum patrans, utrobique
cruciatur; malum a me peractum,44 ita (cogitans) crucia-
18. tur, magis cruciatur tartarum ingressus. In hoc aevo gaudet,
morte obita gaudet qui bonum perfecit, utrobique gaudet;
bonum a me peractum,44 ita (cogitans) gaudet, magis gaudet
19. coelum ingressus. Multa quoque si salutaria loquens ea
non tacit virsocors, bubulcus velutvaccas aliorum numerans,
20. communitatis non tit particeps. Pauca quoque si (quis) sa
lutaria loquens secundum legem vitam degit, et cupidinem
et odium (et) perturbationem animi relinquens, plane sa
piens, cogitatione bene liberata prseditus, nihil appetens
vel hie vel illic, is communitatis fit particeps.
 5

2. A pp am d avaggo.

21. Appamdo amaapadam, pamdo maccuno padam;

appamatt na myanti, ye pamatt yathmat.
as. Etam visesato atv apparadamhi pandit
appamde pamodanti, ariynam gocare rat.
23. Te jhyino, statik, niccam dalhaparakkam,
phusanti dhr nibbnam, yogakkhemam anuttaram.
24. Utthnavato, satmato,
sueikammassa, nisammakrino,
safiatassa ca, dhammajvino,
appamattassa y aso bhivaddhati.
25. Utthnen, appamdena, saamena damena ca
dpam kayirtha medhv, yam ogho nbhikrati.
26. Pamdam anuyujanti bl, dummedhino ja n ;
appamda ca medhv dhanam settham va rakkhati.

Cap. 2.

2t. Vigilantia immortalitatis via (est), socordia mortis via;

vigiles non moriuntur, qui socordes, quasi mortui
22. (sunt). Hoc distincte cognoscenes v ig ila n te gnari vigi-
23. lantia gaudent, nobilium sorte Isetantes. Hi medita
bunda perseverantes, semper fortibus viribus prsediti, sa-
!**{ *pientes attingunt Nibbnum, felicitatem summarn. | Conni-
* tentis, recordantis, candide laborantis, considrate agentis
sese continentisque, pie viventis, vigilantis gloria adaugescit.
2^ (Virium) intentione, vigilantia, continentia et temperantia
sapiens faciat (sibi) insulam, quam torrens non obrnat.
Socordiam sectantur stulti, insipientes homines; vigilan-
27. tiam vero sapiens ut thesaurum optimum servat. Ne (quis)
 6

27. M pamdam anuyujetha, in kmaratisanthavam;

appamatto hi jhyanto pappoti vipularii sukham.
'.'8. Pamdam appamdena yad nudati pandito,
papsdam ruyha asoko sokinirii pajaih,
pabbatattho va bhummatthe, dhro bl avekkhati.
2!. Appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujgaro,
abalassarii v sghasso, hitv yti sumedhaso.
so. Appamdena maghav devnam setthatam gato;
appamdam pasamsanti, pamdo garabito sad.
3. Appamdarato bhikkhu, prnd bhayadassiv,
saojanarii anumthlam saham aggiva gacchati.
32. Appamdarato bhikkhu, prnd bhayadassiv,
abhabbo parihnya nibbnass eva san tike.

Appamdavaago dutiyo.

socordiam sectetur, ne amoris et voluptatis familiari-

tatem , vigil enim meditans amplnm gaudium adipiscitur.
8. Socordiam vigilantia quum dispellit intelligens (vir, tm),
cognitionis palatio ascenso, moeroris expers vulgus moe-
rore afflictum, velut in monte stans stantes in terra,
29. sapiens stultos despicit. Promplus inter socordes, inter
sopitos pervigil, invalidum equum sicut agilis equus
so. (prsecurrit), prsecurrens, vdit bene sapiens. Vigilantia
Maghavan deorum principatum adeptus est; vigilantiam
si. celebrant, socordia semper increpatur. Vigilantia gaudens
bhikkhus (mendicus). socordiam "timens, vincula parva
32. magnaque vincens, ignis velut perit. Vigilantia gaudens
mendicus, socordiam metuens, perditioni non obnoxius
est, in propinquo Nibbni (versans).
 7

3. C i t t av a gg o .

33. Phandanarh, capalarh cittam, ddrakkharii, dunnivrayarii,

ujurh karoi medhv, usukro va tejanarii.
34. Yrijo va thale khitto, okamokata ubbhato,
paripbandat idarri cittam mradheyyarii pahtave.
35. Dunniggahassa, lahuno, yatthakmaniptino
cittassa damatho sdhu; cittam dantam sukhvaharii.
36. Sududdasam, sunipunarii, yatthakmaniptinarii
cittam rakkhetha medhv; cittam guttarii sukhvaharii.
37. Drarigamarii, ekacaram, asarrarii, guhsayarii
ye cittarii sannamessanti, mokkhanti mrabaudhan.
as. Anavatthitacittassa, saddhammarii avijnato,
pariplavapasdassa pann ua pariprati.

C ap. 3.

as. Luxuriantem, iluctuantem cogitationem, custoditu difficilem,

coercitu difficilem, rectam reddit sapiens, sagittam velut
34. fabev Sagittarius. Piscis velut in terrain conjectus ex
aquae domicilio ablatus, palpitat haec cogitatio regno
35. Mrae relinquendo. Refrenatu difficilis, levis, quolibet sese
praecipitantis cogitationis coercitio salutaris (est), cogitatio
se. domita gaudium affrt. Observatu difficilem, valde ido-
neam, quolibet delabentem cogitationem eustodiat sapiens,
37. cogitatio custodita gaudium affrt. Effuse vagantem, in
solitudine versantem, incorporalem, in (cordis) latebris
habitantem cogitationem qui cohibebunt, e Mrae vinculis
38. liberabuntur. Cogitatione inconstantis, veram legem non
cognoscentis, (animi) tranquillitate vacillantis intellectus
39. plenitudinem non attingit. Cogitatione non rigida praediti,
 8

39. Anavassutaeittassa, ananvhatacetaso,

puappapahnassa, n atthi jgarato bhayarii.
40. Kumbhtpamam kyara imarh viditv,
na|gartpamarh cittam idam thapetv,
yojetha mram pavudhena,
jita ca rakkhe, anivesano siy.
41. Aciram vat ayam kyo pathavim adhisessati
chuddho, apetavino, nirattham va kaligaram.
42. Diso disam yan tam kayir, veriv pana yerinam,
micchpanihitam cittam ppiyo naiii tato kar.
43. Na tarh mt pit kayir, ae vpi ca tak,
sammpanihitam cittam seyyaso nam tato kar.

Cittavaggo tatiyo.

integram mentem habentis, bono maloque vacui, vigilantis

40. non est metus. Vasi simile corpus hoc agnoscens, arci
similern cogitationem hanc sistens, subigat (sapiens)
Mram intellectus armis, victumque custodiat, domicilio
41. liber sit. Intra breve tempus, heu, hoc corpus humi ja-
42. cebit vile, judicii expers, inutilis velut surculus. Inimicus
inimico quidquid fecerit, invidiosus rursus invidioso,
43. falso applicata cogitatio plus mali ei adhuc affrt. Non
id mater (vei) pter fecerit, vei alii quoque propinqui,
perfecte applicata cogitatio plus boni ei adhuc affrt.
 9

4. Pupphavaggo.

44. Ko imarii pathavim vijessati

yamalokan ca imarii sadevakam?
ko dhammapadam sudesitaiii
kusalo puppham iva pacessati?
45 . Sekho pathavim vijessati
yamalokan ca imarii sadevakam;
sekho dhammapadam sudesitam
kusalo puppham iva pacessati.
46. Phenupamam kyam imarii viditv,
marcidhammam abhisarnbudhno,
chetvna mrassa papupphakni,
adassanaiii maccurjassa gacche.
41. Pupphni heva pacinantarii bysattamanasarii nararir,
sutiam gmarh mahogho va, maccu dya gacchati.
48 . Pupphni heva pacinantarii, bysattamanasam naram,
atittam yeva kmesu antako kurute vasarii.

Cap. 4.

44. Quisnam haue terram superabit Yamseque mundum hunc

unacurn deorum ? quisnam versus legis bene enarratos,
45. peritus (coronarius) flores velut, colliget ? Sekhas (discipulus)
terram superabit Yamaique mundum hunc unacurn deorum;
sekhas versus legis bene enarratos, peritus (coronarius)
46. flores velut, colliget. Spumse instar corpus hoc existimans,
radiorum solis natura prseditum agnoscens, scindens Marse
4i. sagittas (mendicus) mortis regem non videbit. Flores
utiquecolligentem, constrictse mentis virum, sopitum vicum
is. torrens velut, mors prehendens abit. Flores utique colli-
49. Yathpi bhamaro, puppharh vannagandhaiii ahethayam,
paleti rasam dya, evarh gme mun care.
50. Na paresarh vilomni, na paresarh katkatam,
attano va avekkheyya katni akatni ca.
s . Yathpi ruciram puppharh, vannavantarh, agandhakarii,
evarh subhsit vc aphal hoti akubbato.
5. Yathpi ruciram puppharh, vannavantam, sagandhakam
evarh subhsit vc saphal hoti sakubbato.
53. Yathpi puppharsimh kayir mlagune bahi,
evarh jtena maccena kattabbarir kusalaiii bahuih.
54 . Na pupphagandho pativtam ti,
na candanarh tagaramallik v,
stn ca gandho pativtam ti,
sabb dis sappuriso pavti.
55. Candanaiir tagaram vpi, uppalarh, atha vassik,
etesarir gandhajtnaih slagandho anuttaro.

gentem, constrictse mentis virum, arnoribus non saturatum

49. mors reddit sibi subjectum. Sicut apis florem colore et
odor prseditum non violans aufugit sueco percepto, ita
50. in vico anachoreta incedat. Non aliorum aspera (verba),
non aliorum facta et omissa, sua ipsius contempletur
si. (quisque) facta omissaque. Ut nitens flos, colore prseditus,
odor crns, ita bene prolatus sermo infecundus est non
52. agentis. Ut nitens flos, colore prseditus et odor, ita
53. bene prolatus sermo frugifer est agentis. Sicut e copia
florum facr potest (coronarius) multa genera sertorum,
54. ita nato mortali faciendum est bonum mltm. Odor
floris adversus ventura non procedit, nec candani nec
tagaramallikse; proborum vero odor adversus ventum
55. procedit, omnes regiones vir probus perflat. Candanum
 11

58. Appamatto ayarh gandho, y yam tagaracandani,

yo ca silavataih gandho, vti devesu uttamo.
57. Tesarh sampannasilnam, appamdavihrinam,
sainmadannavimuttanam mro maggarii na vindati.
58. Yath samkradhnasmim, ujjhitasmim mahpathe,
padumam tattha jyetha sucigandham, manoramam;
59. evarh sariikrabhutesu andhabhute puthujjane
atirocati pannya sammsambuddhasvako.
Pupphavaggo catuttho.

5. Baiavaggo.

o. Digh jgarato ratti, digham santassa yojanam,

digho blnam samsro, saddhammam avijnatam.

vel etiam tagarum, uppalum atque vassikis borum

odoratorum prseclarus (est) odor, quo nullus prsestantior.
so. (At) exiguus (tarnen) hic odor, qui ipse est tagari et
candani; qui vero proborum odor (est), spirat inter deos
57. prsestantissimus. Horum virtute ornatorum, vigilanter
viventium, ob perfectam cognitionem liberatorum Mras
58. viam non invenit. Sicut in sterquilinio ad magnam
viam conjecto flos ibi nascitur puro odore prseditus,
5. mentem exhilarans, ita inter (vulgus) stercori simile
(versans) occoecato vulgo praducet intelligenti plane
sapientis (Buddhse) savakas (auscultator).

Cap. 5.
80. Longa (est) nox vigilantis, longa via defatigati, longa stul-
torum revolutio (samsro), veram legem non intelligentium.
 12

oi. Carari ce ndhigaccheyya seyyarii, sadisam attano,

ekacariyarii dalijain kayir, n atthi bl sahyat.
>-. Patt m atthi, dhanarii m atthi, iti blo vihannati;
att hi attano n atthi, kuto putt, kuto dhanarh.
0 o. Yo blo mannat balyarh, pandito vpi tena so,
blo ca panclitamn, sa ve blo ti vuccati.
<4. Yvajvam pi ce blo panditarii payirupsati,
na so dhammarh vijnti, dabb suparasarii yath.
05. Muhuttam api ce vinn panditarii payirupsati,
khipparh dhammarh vijnti, jivh sparasarii yath.
oo. Caranti bl, dummedh, amittenva attan,
karont ppakam kammarh, yarii boti katukapphalarii.
or. Na tahi kammarh katarii sdhu, yarii katv anutappati,
yassa assumukho rodarii vipkam patisevati.

01. Si (quis) socium itineris non adipiscatur meliorem, sui

similem, solitarium iter firmum faciat, non est (enim)
02. penes stultum sodalitas. Filii mihi sunt, opes mihi
sunt, ita (cogitans) stultus sollicitatur, compos enim sui
o. non e st, nedm filiorum, nedm opum. Qui stultus se
stultum putat, sapiens ille quidem ideo, stultus vero se
04. sapientem putans, is certe stultus dicitur. Per vitm
etiam si stultus ad sapientem assidet, legem ille non spit,
05. ligula jusculi saporem velut (non spit). Momentum etiam
si intelligens ad sapientem assidet, cito legem spit,
oo. lingua jusculi saporem velut (spit). Versantur stulti,
insipientes, cum inimicis velut, secum, patrantes malum
67. facinus, quod fructus amaros profrt. Non id facinus
factum bene, quo peracto (quis) cruciatur, cujus mer-
08. cedem vultu lacrymoso plorans accipit. Id vero facinus
 13

<58. Ta ca kammam kataiii sdhu, yam katv nnutappati,

yassa patito, sumano, vipkam patisevati.
es. Madhuv maat balo, yva pparii na paccati;
yad ca paccati ppm, atha blo dukkharh nigacchati.
70. Ms mse kusaggena blo bhujetha bhojanam,
na so samkhatadhammnam kalam ngghati solasim.
71. Na hi ppm katam kammar sajju khram va muccati,
dahan tam blm anveti bhasmcclianno va pvako.
72. Yvad eva anattbya attarii blassa jyati,
hanti blassa sukkamsam muddham assa viptayam.
73. Asatam bhvanam iccheyya purekkhra ca bhikkhusu
vsesu ca issariyam pj parakulesu ca.
74. Mam eva kata maantu gih pabbajit iiblio,
mam eva ativas assu kicckiccesu, kismici,
iti blassa samkappo, icch inno ca vaddhati.

bene factum, quo peracto non cruciatur, cujus mercedem

69. Igetus (et) mente hilari accipit. Quasi mel (malefaetum) sesti-
mat stultus, quamdiu malefaetum non maturescit; quando
vevo maturescit malefaetum, turn stultus dolorem subit.
70. Per singulos menses extremo gramine kusse stultus cibum
comedat, non is ornatorum statuum partem adsequat de-
71. cimam sextam. Non enim male factum facinus statim
lac velut mutatur, urens ilium stultum sequitur cinere
72. opertus sicut ignis. Quandocunque ad nullum fructum
cognitio stulti nascitur, occidit stulti fortunam, caput ejus
73. diffringens. Injustam famam cupit primumque locum
inter mendicos et in conventibus principatum et honores
74. in familiis alienis. A me perfectum putent gihines
(patresfamilias) et pabbajitae (e vita sseculari profecti)
utrique; mihi subjecti sint in iis, quae facienda vel
 14

75. A hi lbhupanis, a nibbnagmin,

evam etarh abhiya bhikkhu, buddhassa svako,
sakkram nbhinandeyya, vivekam anubrhaye.

Blavaggo pacamo.

6. P a n cl i ta v a g g .

76. Nidhnam va pavattram, yarii passe vajjadassinam,

niggayhavdiih, medhvirii, tdisam panditam bhaje;
tdisam bhajamnassa seyyo boti, na ppiyo.
77. Ovadeyy, anusseyya, asabbh ca nivraye;
satam hi so piyo boti, asatam boti appiyo.
78. Na bhaje ppake mitte, na bhaje purisdhame;
bhajetha mitte kalyne, bhajetha purisuttame.

omittenda, in quaeunque (re); ita stulti animus (volvitur);

75. desiderium et arrogantia (ejus) increscit. Aliud nempe
(estj muneris Studium, aliud quod Nibbnum spectat,
ita hoc intellecto mendicus, Buddhse auscultator, honorem
non cupit, secessum uget.

C ap. 6.

76. Thesaurorum velut demonstratorem, quem videat (quis)

vitia detegentem, increpantem, sapientem, ejusmodi intelli-
77. gentem colat, talem colenti melius fit, non pejus. Adm o-
neat, prsecipiat, ab inconcinno prohibeat; proborum videlicet
78. is amicus fit, improborum fit inimicus. Ne colat improbos
amicos, ne colat homines infimos, colat amicos probos,
79. colat homines optimos. Legem imbibens late degit serena
 15

7 ?. Dhammapti sukharii sed vippasannena cetas,

ariyappavedite dhamme sad ramad pandito.
so. Udakam hi nayanti netdk,
usukr namayand tejanarh,
. drurn namayand tacchak:
attnam damayand pandit.
si. Selo yath ekaghano vtena na samrad,
evarh nindpasamssu na samijand pandit.
82. Yathpi vahado gambhro, vippasanno, anvilo,
evarh dhammni sutvna vippasdanti pandit.
83. Sabbattha ve sappuris vajanti,
na kmakm lapayanti santo,
sukhena phutth athav dukhena
na uccvacarii pandit dassayanti.
ai. Na attahetu, na parassa hetu
na puttam icche, na dhanam, na rattham,
na iccheyya adhammena samiddhim attano,
sa slav, paav, dhammiko siy.

cogitatione, a venerandis enarrata lege semper delectatur

so. sapiens. Aquam videlicet ducunt aquarii, fabri sagittarii
subigunt sagittam, lignum subigunt fabri tignarii, semet ipsi
si. domant sapientes. Saxum sicut solidum vento non commo-
vetur, ita in vituperatione et laudatione non titubant sapientes.
82. Sicut lacus profundus, serenus, inurbidus, ita leges audi-

83. endo sedantur sapientes. Ubique certe homines probi

versantur, amori dediti non queruntur probi, gaudio tacti
vel dolore c[uoque varium (habitum) non prsebent sapientes.
84. Non sui causa, non alterius causa nec filium expetit (sa
piens), nec opes, nec regnum; non expetit injuri incre-
mentum suum, virtute is prseditus (est), intelligentia,
 16

85. Appak te manussesu, ye jan pragmino;

athyarii itar paj tram evnudhvati.
so. Ye ca kho sammadakkhte dhamme dhammnuvattino,
te jan pram essanti, maccudheyyarii suduttaram.
87. Kanham dhammarh vippahya sukkam bhvetha pandito;
ok anokam gamma yiveke, yattha duramam,
88. tatrbhiratim iccheyya hitv kme akicano,
pariyodapeyya attnam eittaklesehi pandito.
so. Yesarii sambodhiagesu samm cittarii subhvitarii,
dnapatinissagge anupdya ye rat,
khnsav, jutmanto, te loke pannibbut.

Panditavaggo chattho.

85. justitia. Pauci (sunt) ii inter homines, qni homines ripam

ulteriorem attingunt, at reliqna ista multitudo ad ripam (cite-
so. riorem) tantum accurrit. Qui convenienter bene enarratse
legi degunt, ii homines ripam ulteriorem adibunt, (etsi) fines
87. mortis valde difficiles (sunt) trajectu. Nigra doctrina relicta
albam amplectatur sapiens; domo in solitudinem egressus,
ss. in secessu, ubi difficile delectatu, ibi delectationem exoptet
relictis amoribus inops, lustret sese a cogitationis angustiis
89. sapiens. Quorum in scientise membris cogitatio perfec-
tissime consummata (est), qui cupiditatum omissione, nihil
appetentes, gaudent a desideriis vacui, luminosi, ii in
(hoc) evo (jam) tranquilli.
 17

7. Arahantavaggo.

90. Gataddhino, visokassa, vippamuttassa sabbadhi,

sabbaganthappahinassa parilho na vijjati.
91. Uyyunjanti satimanto, na nikete ramanti te,
hams va pallalam hitvd okam okarh jahanti te.
92. Yesam sannicayo n atthi, ye parinntabhojan,
sunnato animitto ca vimokho yassa gocaro,
kdse va sakuntnam gati tesarh durannay.
93. Yasssav parikkhin, hdre ea anissjto,
sunnato animitto ca vimokho yassa gocaro,
kse va sakuntnam padan tassa durannayam.
94. Yass indriyni samatham gatni
ass yath srathin sudant,
pahinamnassa, ansavassa,
devpi tassa pihayanti tdino.

C ap. 7.

90. Itinere periuncti, moerore vacui, omni a parte soluti,

91. omnibus vinculis liberati angor non invenitur. Meditantur
recordatione prsediti, domicilio non gaudent h i; anseres
velut lacum relinquentes omne domicilium relinqunnt hi.
92. Quibus non est coacervatio, qui cibos cognitos habent,
vacuum notisque carens Nibbanum cui res est, quam
spectat, per aerem sicut avium, cursus eorum vix conse-
93. quendus est. Cujus cupiditates exstinctse (sunt), (qui-)que
in cibo modicus, vacuum notisque carens Nibbnum cui
res est, quam spectat, per aerem sicut avium, vestigium ejus
94. vix consequendum est. Cujus sensus ad quietem pervenerunt,
equi velut ab auriga bene domiti, qui arrogantiam di-
2
 18

95. Pathavsamo no virujjhati,

indakhlpamo, tdi subbato,

rallado va apetakaddamo;
samsr na bhavanti tdino.
96. Santarii tassa manar hoti, sant vc ca kamina ca,
saminadavimuttassa, upasantassa tdino.
9t. Assaddbo akatat ca sandhicchedo ca yo naro,
hatvakso, vantso, sa ve uttarnaporiso.
98. Grme v yadivrae, ninne v yadiv thale,
yattha arahanto viharanti, tara bhmirh rmaneyyakar.
99. Ramanyni arani; yattha na ramat jano,
vtarg ramessanti, na te kmagavesino.

Arahantavaggo sattamo.

misit, qui cupiditatum expers est, tali dii quoque invi-

95. dent. Qui terree instar est, molestia non afficitur, limini
(portee urbis) similis, talis pius, lacus sicut luti expers;
96. revolutiones non fiunt talis (viri). Tranquilla ejus mens
it, tranquilla et sermo et actio, per absolutam cogni-
97. tionem soluti, sedati talis. Quicunque vir non credulus
i^est) et increatum (Nibbnum) novit et societatem (cum
mundo) scindi, (boni malique) opportunitatem tollit, de-
98. sideria respuit, is certe homo preestantissimus. In vico
vel in sylva, in mari vel in trra, ubicunque venerabiles
99. versantur, illud solum amoenum (dicunt). Delectabiles
sunt sylvse; ubi vulgus non deiectatur, cupidinis expertes
delectabuntur, hi (enim) voluptates non queerunt.
 19

8. Sahassavaggo.

too. Sahassam api ce vdca anatthapadasamhitd,

ekam atthapadarii sey y o, yam sutva upasammati.
10 1. Sahassara api ce gdthd anatthapadasamhitd,
ekam gathdpadarh sey y o, yam sutvd upasammati.
102. Yo ca gdthd satarii bhdse anatthapadasamhita,
ekarii dhammapadam seyyo, yam sutvd upasammati.
103. Y o sahassam sahassena sangdme mdnuse jine,
ekan ca jeyyam attdnarh, sa ye sangdmajuttamo.
10 4. Attd have jitarii seyyo, yd. cayarh itara pajd;
attadantassa posassa, niccam saniiatacdrino,
105. n eva d ev o, na gandhabbo, na mdro saha brahmund
jitarii apajitarii kayird tathdrupassa jantuno.

Cap. 8.

100. Millia quoque (verba) si sermo (amplectitur, sed) vanis

versibus constat, unus versus sententiosus melior, quo
10 1. audito sedatur (homo). Millia quoque (verba) si carmen
(amplectitur, sed) vanis versibus constat, unus carminis
102. versus melior, quo audito sedatur (homo). Quique carmina
(vel) centum dicat vanis versibus constantia, unus legis
los. versus melior, quo audito sedatur (homo). Qui millies
mille homines in certamine vincit, et (qui) semet ipsum
solum superat, hie certe inter pugnse victores optimus.
104. Semet ipsum vincere melius est quam hanc ceteram
multitudinem; semet ipsum domantis v iri, semper sese
los. cohibentis, nec deus, nec gandhabbas, nec Maras una-
cum Brahmane victoriam talis viri cladem facere potest.
ioo. Qui singulis mensibus millia sacra facit centum per annos,
2*
 20

106. Ms ms sahassena yo yajetha satartisamam

ekan ca bhvitattnarii muhuttam api pjaye,
s yeva pjan seyyo yaice vassasatarh hutarii.
lOT. Yo ca vassasatam jantuiit aggirh paricare vane
ekan ca bhvitattnarii muhuttam api pjaye,
s yeva pjan seyyo yance vassasatarh hutarii.
10 8 . Yam kinci yittharh va hutm va loke
sariivacchararii yajetha punnapekho,
sabbam pi tarii na catubhgam ti;
abhivdan ujjugatesu seyyo.
10 9. Abhivdanaslissa, niccarii vaddhpacyino
cattro dhamm vaddhanti: yu, vanno, sukharh, halain.
no; Y o ca vassasatarh jve dusslo, asamhito,
ekharii jvitarii seyyo slavantassa jhyino.
111. Yo ca vassasatarh jve duppanrio, asamhito,
ekharii jvitarii seyyo pannvantassa jhyino.

et (qui) semet ipsum solum tranquillum momentum tan-

tummodo colit, hic ipse cultus melior quam sacrificatio
10 7. centum per annos. Et quicunque centum per annos igni mi
nistrat in sylva, et (qui) semet ipsum solum tranquillum mo
mentum tantummodo colit, hic ipse cultus melior quam sacri
10 8 . ficatio centum per annos. Quodcunque vei oblatum vei sacri-
ficatum in (toto) mundo per annum (vulgo) off'erat (quis) bona
spectans, id cunctum non quartam adsequat partem (animi
reverentia pleni); reverenda erga honeste viventes melior.
10 9. Reverenda plenam naturam habentis, (virtute) proveedores
semper venerantis quatuor qualitates augescunt: setas, pul-
110 . chritudo, gaudium, potestas. Quique centum annos vivit
male moratus, non compositus, vita unius diei melior
1H. bene morad, meditabundi. Quique centum annos vivit insi-
1 19 . Yo ca vassasatar jve kusto , hnavriyo,
ekhar jvitar seyyo vriyam rabhato dalhar.
1 13 . Y o ca vassasatar jve apassar udayavyayar,
ekhar jvitar seyyo passato udayavyayam.
114. Yo ca vassasatam jve apassam amatar padar,
ekham jvitar seyyo passato amatar padar.
lis. Yo ca vassasatar jve apassar dhammam uttamar,
ekhar jvitar seyyo passato dhammam uttamar.

Sahassavaggo atthamo.

9. P p a v a g g o.

ii6. Abhittharetha kalyne, pp cittar nivraye,

dandhar hi karoto puar ppasmir ramat mano.

piens, non compositus, vita unius diei melior sapientia

na. prsediti, meditabundi. Quique centum annos vivit languidus,
viribus destituios, vita unius diei melior robur edentis
na. firmum. Quique centum annos vivit ortum (rerum) et
interitum non animadvertens, vita unius diei melior
n i. ortum et interitum animadvertentis. Quique centum annos
vivit viam immortalem non conspiciens, vita unius
115. diei melior viam immortalem conspicientis. Quique cen
tum annos vivit summam legem non conspiciens, vita
unius diei melior summam legem conspicientis.

C a p . 9.

116. Festinet (quisque) in bono (agendo), a malo cogitationem

retineat; segniter enim bonum agentis in malo delectatur
 22

in . Ppa ce puriso kayir, na nam kayir punappunarh,

na tamhi chandam kayirtha; dukkho ppassa uccayo.
ns. Pua ce puriso kayir, kayirth enam punappunarh,
tamhi chandam kayirtha; sukho puassa uccayo.
ii9. Ppo pi passat bhadram, yva ppm na paccati,
yad ca paccati pparii, atha ppo ppni passati.
iso. Bhadro pi passat ppm, yva bhadram na paccati,
yad ca paccati bhadram, atha bhadro bhadrni passati.
n i. Mppamaetha ppassa: na man tarii gamissati ;
udabinduniptena udakumbho pi prati,
prati blo ppassa thokathokam pi cinam.
12 2. Mppamaetha puassa: na man tarn gamissati ;
udabinduniptena udakumbho pi prati,
prati dhro puassa thokathokam pi cinarh.
123. Vnijo va bhayam maggarn appasattho, mahaddhano,
visam jvitukmo v a , ppni parivajjaye.

m. mens. Malum si homo fecit, ne id faciat iterum iterumque;

ne in eo libidinem habeat, dolor (enim) mali accumulatio.
n s. Bonum si homo fecit, faciat id iterum iterumque; in eo
119. libidinem habeat, lsetitia (enim) boni accumulatio. Im
probas bonum videt, quamdiu malefactum non matureseit;
12 0. ubi vero matureseit malefactum, turn mala videt. Probus
malum videt, quamdiu bonum non matureseit, ubi vero
12 1. bonum matureseit, turn bona videt. Ne (quis) parvi sestimet
malum (dum cogitat): me id non adibit ; guttse casu
hydria impletur, impletur stultus malo paulatim colligens.
12 2. Ne (quis) parvi sestimet bonum (dum cogitat): me id
non adibit ; guttse casu hydria impletur, impletur sapiens
12 3 . bono paulatim colligens. Mercator velut periculosam
viam (evitat), parva manu comitum, opulentissimus, vene-
 23

124. Pnimhi ce vano nssa, hareyya pnin visara,

nbbanam visam anveti; n atthi ppm akubbato.
125. Yo appadutthassa narassa dussati,
suddhassa posassa, anaganassa,
tam eva blm pacceti pparii
sukhumo rajo pativtam va khitto.
12 6. Gabbham eke upapajjanti, nirayam ppakammino,
saggaih sugatino yanti, parinibbanti ansav.
12 7. Na antalikhe, na samuddamajjhe,
na pabbatnam vivaram pavissa,
na vijjat so jagatippadeso,
yatthatthito muceyya ppakamm.
12 8 . Na antalikhe, na samuddamajjhe,
na pabbatnarh vivaram pavissa,
na vijjat so jagatippadeso,
yatthatthitam na-ppasahetha maccu.

Ppavaggo navamo.

num(que) vivendi cupidus velut, mala fugiat (homo).

124. In manu si vulnus non est, prehendere potest (homo) manu
venenum, invulneratam (manum) non aggreditur venenum:
125. non est peccatum (peccatum) non facientis. Qui virum
innocentem offendit, integrum hominern, culpa liberum,
in eum ipsum stultum retorquetur malum pulvis veluf
12 6. tenuis adversus ventum conjeetus. Uterum nonnulli sub-
eunt, inferos malefici, ad coelum eunt vitam probara de-
127. gentes, consummantur cupidinibus vacui. Non in aere,
non in medio mari, non montium speluncas ingrediendo
invenitur illa terree regio, ubi commorans Jiberetur (homo)
128. malo facinore. Non in aere, non in medio mari, non
 24

10. Dandavaggo,

12 9 . Sabbe tasanti dandassa, sabbe bliyanti maccuno;

attnam upamarh katv na haneyya, na ghtaye.
iso. Sabbe tasanti dandassa, sabbesam jivitam piyaiii;
attnam upamam katv na haneyya, na ghtaye.
lai. Sukhakmni bhutni yo dandena vihimsati
attano sukham esno, pecca so na labhate sukharh.
132. Sukhakmni bhutni yo dandena na himsati
attano sukham esno, pecca so labhate sukham.
las. M voca pharusam kaci, vutt pativadeyyu tam ;
dukkh hi srambhakath, patidand phuseyyu tam.
134. Sace neresi attnam kamso upahato yath,
esa papto si nibbnam, srambho te na vijjati.

montium speluncas ingrediendo invenitur illa terrse regio,

in qua commorantem mors non vincat.

C a p . 1 0.

129. Omnes tremunt baculum, omnes timent mortem, se ipsum

exemplum reddens ne occidat (quis), ne occidere faciat.
iso. Omnes tremunt baculum, omnibus vita cara, se ipsum
exemplum reddens ne occidat (quis), ne occidere faciat.
tai. Gaudii cupidos animantes qui bculo lsedit, suum ipsius
gaudium desiderans, morte obita ille gaudium non conse-
132. quitur. Gaudii cupidos animantes qui bculo non lsedit,
suum ipsius gaudium desiderans, morte obita ille gaudium
las. consequitur, Ne dicas aspera in quemquam, lacessiti
respondebunt tibi; molestus videlicet rixosus sermo, vin-
i: . dicta assequetur te. Si mutum te ipsum reddere potes
 25

35. Yath dandena goplo gvo pceti gocaram,

evam jar ca maecu ca yurii pcenti pninam.
lse. Atha ppni kammni karain blo na bujjbati,
sehi kammehi dummedho aggidaddho va tappati.
137. Yo dandena adandesu appadutthesu dussati,
dasannam annataram thnarh khippam eva nigacchati:
138. vedanam pharusam, jniiii sarrassa ca bhedanam,
garukam vpi bdham cittakkhepam va ppune,
139. rjato va upassaggarii abbhakkhnan ca drunam,
parikkhayam va ntnarir bhognam va pabhamgunarii,
no. athav assa agrni aggi daliati pvako;
kyassa bhed duppanno nirayam so upapajjati.
i4i. Na naggacariy, na jat, na paiiik,
na nsak thandilasyik v,
rajovajallaiii, ukkutikappadhnam
sodhenti maccaiii avitinnakamkham.

tympanum fractum velut, talis tu adipisceris Nibbnum,

135. (dum) rixandi Cupido in te non invenitur. Sicut baculo
bubulcus boves cogit in stabulum, ita et senium et mors
136. vitm cogunt animantium. Ac mala lacinora patrans
stultus non resipiscit; facinoribus suis, igne eombustus
ist. velut, insipiens uritur. Qui per baculum (homines) ba-
culum non usurpantes, non offendentes, oifendit, unam
iss. e decem conditionibus cito adit: dolorem asperum, tabem
corporisque diruptionem, vei etiam terribilem cladem, vel
139. cogitatioms dissipationem assequitur; fulgentis (lunse) de-
fectionem et calumniam ingentem, vel interitum cogna-
140. torum vel opum dissolutionem; vel etiam domos ejus
fimen cremat (seu) ignis; corporis dissolutione insipiens
i n . iste ad inferos accedit. Non nudorum vivendi ratio, non
 26

142. Alamkato ce pi sama careyya

santo, danto, niyato, brahmacr,
sabbesu bhtesu nidhya dandam,
so brhmano, so samano, sa bhikkhu.
1 4 3 a. Hirnisedho puriso koci lokasmim vijjati,
yo nindarh appabodhati, asso bhadro kasm iva?
i43f>. Asso yath bhadro kasnivittho
tpino samvegino bhavtha.
144. Saddhya slena ca viriyena ca
samdhin, dhammavinicchayena ca
sampannavijjcaran, patissat
pahassatha dukkham idam anappakam.
145. Udakam hi nay anti nettik,
usukr namayanti tejanam,
drum namayanti tacchak:
attnam damayanti subbat.

Dandavaggo dasamo.

capilli religad, non sordes, non jejunium nec cubatio

in loco sacro, (non) pulveris tegumentum (nec) cossim
sedendi constantia purgant mortalem cupiditatum non
14 2. expertem. Ornamentis quoque instructus si (quis) tran-
quillitatem (animi) exercet tranquillus, domitus, refre-
natus, religiosus, mnibus animalibus non aFerens ca-
stigationem, ille brhmanas, ille samanas, ille bhikkhus.
143. Pudore retentus homo quisnam in terra reperitur, qui
increpationem non excitet, equus excellens flagellum velut?
Equus velut excellens flagello tactus, ardentes, veloces
14 4. estote. Fide et virtute et firmitate, meditatione et legis
reputatione, scientiam et cultum exercentes, recordantes
145. relinquetis dolorem hunc magnum. Aquam videlicet ducunt
 27

11. J a r v a g g o.

146. Ko nu hso, kim nando ? niccarh pajjalite sa ti;

andhakrena onaddh padpam na gavessatha ?
147. Pss cittakatam bimbam, arukyam samussitam,
turam, bahusamkapparh, yassa n atthi dhuvan, thiti.
148. Parijinnam idarii rpam, roganiddham, pabhamgunam;
bhijjati ptisandeho , maranam tamhi jvitaiii.
149. Yn imni, apatthni alpn eva srade,
kpotakni atthni, tni disvna k rati ?
iso. Atthnam nangararii katv mamsalohitalepanarh,
yattha jar ca maccu c a , mno makkho ca ohito.

aquarii, fabri sagittarii subignnt sagittam, lignum subigunt

fabri tignarii, semet ipsi domant pii.

C a p . 11.

146. Qusenam (est) leetitia, quodnam gaudium (hoc in mundo) ?

semper exardescit recordatio ; tenebris involuti (quam ob
147. rm) lucernm non quseretis ? Vide figurm versicolo-
rem, ulcerosum corpus, congestion, segrotum, multis con-
siliis captum, cujus non est (vei) firmitas (vei) constantia.
148. Senio conficitur hsec forma, morborum nidus, fragilis;
n s . finditur putridum corpus, mors (est) vita ejus. Quse hsec
alba ossa, abjectse cucurbitse (velut) auctumno, ea vi-
150. dendo quodnam (est) gaudium ? Ossium arc facta, carnis et
sanguinis (fit) conglutinatio, ubi et senium et mors, arro-
151. gantia et simulatio deposita est. Obsolescunt certe regum
currus admodum varii, item corpus quoque senectutem
151. Jranti ve rjarath sucitt,
atho sarram pi jaram upeti,
satafL ca dha.mmo na jararii upeti,
santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.
152. Appassutyarh puriso ba'livaddo va jrati,
mamsni tassa vaddhanti, pafi tassa na vaddhati.
i5:i. Anekajtisamsram sandhvissam anibbisarii
gahakrakam gavesanto, dukkh jti punappunam.
154. Gahakrakadittho si, puna geharh na khasi;
sabb te phsuk bhagg, gahakutam visamkhitam,
visamkhragatam cittam tanhnam khayam ajjhag.
155. Acaritv brahmacariyam, aladdh yobbane dhanaiii
jinnakoc va jhyanti khmaraacche va palale.
iso. Acaritv brahmacariyam, aladdh yobbane dhanam
,t sent cptikhn va purnni anutthunam.

Jarvaggo ekdasamo.

subit, proborum vero pietas senectutem non subit, (sic)

probi (Buddhse) certe unacum probis (hominibus) tradunt.
152. edoctus hic homo bos velut senescit: carnes ejus
isa. increscunt, cognitio ejus non increscit. Multplices gene-
rationis revolutiones percurrerem, non inveniens, domus
(corporis) fabricatorem quserens; doloris plena (est) gene-
154. ratio iterum iterumque (subeunda). Domus fabricatorem
edoctus es, iterum domum non construes; omnes costee
tuse fractee sunt, culmen domus destructum; destruc-
tionem (Nibbnum) adepta cogitado ad desideriorum ex-
155. stinctionem pervenit. Vita religiosa (statu Brahmacrinis)
non culta, divids in juventute non comparatis, rdese
decrepitse velut in lacu piscibus destituto, tabescunt stulti.
r

29

12. A 11 a y a g g o.

157. Attna ce piyar ja, rakkheyy nar surakkhitarii;

tinnam aatarar ymar patijaggeyya pandito.
iss. Attnam eva pathamar patinlpe nivesaye,
ath aam anusseyya, na kilisseyya pandito.
159. Attna ce tath kayir yath aam anussati,
sudanto vata dametha, att hi kira duddamo.
160. Att hi attano ntho, ko hi ntho paro siy ?
attan hi sudantena ntharii labhati dullabhai.
161. Attan va kata pparii, attajam, attasambhavar,
abhimatthati dummedhai, vajiram v amhamayav manir.
16 2 . Yassa accantadusslyar, mluv slam iv otatar,
karoti so tath attnar yath nar icchat diso.

156. Vita religiosa non culta, divitiis in juventute non com

paraos, jacent arcus triti velut prstina lugentes.

Cap. 1 2.
157. Si (quis) semet ipse carum habiturus est, habeat se bene
158. custoditum ; trium vigiliarum unam vigilet sapiens. Semet
ipsum primum in honesto constituat, dein alterum edo-
159. ceat, (tum) non dolebit sapiens. Semet ipsum si (quis)
ita format, ut alterum edoceat, bene domitus certe doma-
16 0 . bit, se ipsum 'enim profecto difficile est domitu. Quisque
enim sui dominus, quis enim dominus alienus sit ? per
se ipsum enim domium dominum nanciseitur (homo) nactu
161. difficilem. Ab ipso factum peccatum, ex ipso progenitum,
ab ipso oriundum, conterit insipientem, adamas velut e
le?, saxo oriundos gemmam. Cujus permagna nequitia (est),
 30

1 6 :?. Sukardni asddhuni attano ahitdni ca;

yam ve hitan ca sddhun ca , tarn ve paramadukkararii.
164. Y o sdsanam arahatam, ariyanarn, dhammajivinarh,
patikkosati dummedho ditthim nissdya pdpikam,
phalani katthakasseva attaghafinaya phallati.
165. Attana va katam pdparh attand sariikilissati,
attana akatarii pdparii attana va visujjhati,
snddhi, asuddhi paccattam, ndnno annam visodhaye.
166. Attadattham paratthena bahun&pi na hdpaye;
attadattham abhinnaya sadatthapasuto siyd.

Attavaggo dvddasamo.

maluva arborem sicut eversam (facit, ita) is talem se ipsum

les. reddit, qualem eum eupit inimicus. Facto facilia (sunt)
mala et (homini) ipsi insalutaria; quod vero salutare et
164. bonum, id certe factu valde difficile (est). Qui prse-
ceptum venerabilium, nobilium, pie viventium, increpat
insipiens ad doctrinam confugiens falsam, fructus katthakse
(arboris) velut ad suam ipsius cladem maturitatem adi-
165. piscitur. Ab (homine) ipso factum malum in ipso ex-
piabitur, ab ipso non factum malum in ipso compensa-
bitur; probus (et) improbus singulatim (purificabuntur),
166. alter alterum non purgat. Suum ipsius commodum ob
magnum quoque alterius commodum ne (quis) dimittat;
commodum suum perspectum habens sui ipsius commodi
studiosus sit.
r
31

13= Lokavaggo.

te?. Hnam dhammam na seveyya, pamdena na samvase,

micchditthim na seveyya, na siy lokavaddhano.
16 8 . Uttitthe, na-ppamajjeyya, dhammam sucaritam care;
dhammacr sukham seti asmirh loke paramhi ca.
169. Dhammarh care sucaritam, na nam duccaritam care;
dhammacr sukham seti asmirh loke paramhi ca.
170 . Yath bubbulakarh passe, yath passe marcikam,
evarii lokaiii avekkhantarh maccurj na passati.
171. Etha, passath imarii lokarh cittarii, rjarathtpamarii,
yattha bl visdanti, n atthi sango vijnatam.
172. Yo ca pubbe pamajjitv pacch so na-ppamajjati,
so imarir lokam pabhseti abbh mutto va candim.
173 . Yassa ppm katarii kammarh kusalena pithyati,
so imaiii lokam pabhseti abbh mutto va candim.

Gap. 13.
167. Perditos mores ne (quis) colat, in socordia ne vitm degat,
falsam doctrinam ne colat, ne sit mundi amplificator.
16 8 . Surgat, ne sit socors, vitm prbm degat; qui pie
169. vivit bene git in hoc mundo et in altero. Vitm degat
honestam, inhonestam ne degat; qui pie vivit bene git
r. in hoc mundo et in altero. Sicut bullm contemplatur
(quis), sicut contemplatur imagines aerias tali modo
171. mundum despicientem rex mortis non conspicit. Venite,
contemplamini hunc mundum versicolorem, currui regali
similem, ubi stulti perduntur, (ubi) non est desiderium intel-
172. ligentibus. Quique antea socordie deditus posthac socor-
diam non colit, is hunc mundum collustrat nube liberata
173. velut luna. Cujus male factum facinus bono operitur,
 as

174. Andhabhto ayam loko, tanuk ettha vipassati;

sakunto jlamutto va appo saggya gacchati.
175. Hams diccapathe yanti; kse yanti iddhiy,
nyanti dhr lokamh jetv mrarii savhanarh.
17 6 . Ekaiii dhammam attassa, musvdissa jantuno,
vitinnaparalokassa, n atthi ppm akriyarh.
177. Na ve kadariy devalokam vajanti,
bl have na-ppasavhsanti dnarn,
dhro ca dnarn anumodamno,
ten eva so boti sukh parattha.
178 . Pathavy ekarajjena saggassa gamanena v,
sabbalokdhipaccena sotpattiphalam varam.

Lokavaggo terasamo.

is hunc mundum collustrat nube liberata velut luna.

174 . Oceoecatus est'hic mundus, pauci hic clare vident; avis
175. e reti extricata velut pauci coelum adeunt. Anseres solis
via incedunt; in aere incedunt magi, tolluntur sapientes
176. e mundo, Mra et comitatu ejus superatis. Unum prse-
ceptum violantis, falsiloqui viri, mundum alterum repre-
177. hendentis, non est malefactum, quod non fat. Non certe
avari deorum mundum adeunt, stulti prefecto non laudant
liberalitatem, sapiens vero liberatate gaudet, quare quidem
178 . is evadit Isetus in altero mundo. Terree imperio coeli
adituve, totius mundi dominatione fructus e statu sot-
pannse (sotpatti) oriundus preestantior est.
 as
14. Buddhavaggo.

179. Yassa jitarii nvajyati,

jitam assa no yti koci loke,
tam buddham, anantagocaram,
apadaiii, kena padena nessatha?
180. Yassa jlin , visattik
tanh n atthi kuhici neta ve,
tam buddham, anantagocaram,
apadam, kena padena nessatha ?
isi. Yc jhnapasut, dhr, nekkhammupasame rat,
devpi tesaiii pihayanti,. sambuddhnam, satmatam.
18 2 . Kiccho manussapatilbho, kiccham maccna jvitam,
kiccham saddbammasavanam, kiccho buddhnam uppdo.
isa. Sabbappassa akaratiam, kusalassa upasampad,
sacittapariyodapanam; etaiii buddhna ssanarii.

Cap. 14.
179. Cujus victoria non vincitur, ad superationem (enim) ejus
haud it quisquam in mundo; illum Buddham, in infinitas
res incumbentem, non investigabilem, qua via investiga-
18 0 . bitis ? Cui irretiens, venenosum desiderium non est quo-
quam ducendi (potens), illum Buddham, in infinitas res
incumbentem, non investigabilem, qua via investigabitis?
isi. Qui meditationis studiosi, sapientes, otii tranquillitate
gaudentes, iis dii etiam invident persapientibus, recorda-
18 2 . tione plenis. Laboriosus est conceptas hominis, laboriosa
mortalium vita, laboriosa verse doctrinse auditio, laboriosus
183. Buddharum ortus. Omnis mali omissio, boni susceptio,
cogitationis suse lustratio: hoc est Buddharum prseceptum.
3
 84

18 4 . Khant paramam tapo titikkh,

nibbnarii paramam vadanti buddh,
na hi pabbajito parpaght,
samano boti prm vihetliayanto.
18 5. Anupavdo, anupaghto ptimokkhe ca sarhvaro
mattannut ca bhattasmirh patthari ea sayansanaiii
adhicitte ca yogo; etarii buddhna ssanarh.
18 6. Na kahpanavassena titti kmesu vijjati;
appassd dukh km , iti vinnya pandito.
isi. Api dibbesu kmesu ratiiii so ndhigacchati,
tanhakkhayarato boti sammsambuddbasvako.
18 8 . Bahurii ve saranam yanti pabbatni vanni ca,
rmarukkhacetyni, manuss bhayatajjit.
189. N etarii kho saranarh khemarii, n etarii saranam uttamarii,
n etarii saranam gamma sabbadukkh pamuccati.

18 4. Patientia ptima devotio ndulgentia (videlicet), Nib-

bnum optimum dicunt Buddliai, non enim (is) pabbajitas
(fit), qui alterum csedi, (eque) samanas fit, qui alterum
185. affligit. Increpationis et vexationis omissio et secundum
prsescripta (quse liberationem spectant) continentia et mo-
deratio edendi et secretus cubandi lcus et in summa cogita-
18 6. tione occupatio: boc est Buddharum prseceptum. Non
per imbrem pecuniarum satietas libidinum invenitur, pa-
rum dulcedinis habentes doloris piense (sunt) libdines:
i8T. hoc perspecto homo sapiens (est). Etiam in divinis libi-
dinibus gaudium ille non invenit, desiderii exstinctione
isa. gaudens fit plae sapiens auscultator. Multiplex sane re-
fugium adeunt: montes et sylvas, hortulos, albores sacras,
189. homines formidine perculsi. Non illud tamen refugium
securum, non illud refugium summum, non illud refugium
 85

190. Yo ca buddha ca dhamma ca samgha ca saranam gato,

cattri ariyasaccni sammappaya passati:
191 , dukkhaih, dukkhasamuppdam dukkhassa ca atikkamam
ariya c atthamgikam maggam, dukkhpasamagminam.
i9.; Etm kho saranam khemarii, etarii saranam uttamam,
etaiii saranam gamma sabbadukkh pamuccati.
19.1. Dullabho purisjao, na so sabbattha jyati;
yattha so jyati dhro, tam kulam sukham edhati.
194. Sukho buddhnam uppdo, sukh saddhammadesan,
sukh sariighassa smagg, samaggnam tapo sukho.
195. Pjrahe pijayato, buddhe yadiva svake,
papacasamatikkante, tinnasokapariddave,
196. te tdise pjayato, nibbute, akutobhaye,
na sakk puam samkhtum im ettam api kenaci.

Buddhavaggo cuddasamo.

Pathamakabhnavrarh.

190. adeundo ab omni dolore liberatur (homo). Sed qui et ad

Buddhm et ad doctrinam et ad conventum confugit,
quatuor veritates prsecipuas clare perspiciendo videt:
191. dolorem, doloris ortum et doloris interitum, excellentem
192. octopartitam viam ad doloris sedationem ducentem. Illud
certe refugium securum, illud refugium summum, illud
193. refugium adeundo ab omni dolore liberatur (homo). D if-
ficilis nactu homo miraculosus (Buddhas videlicet), non
ille ubique nascitur; ubi ille nascitur sapiens, illa familia
mi. bene adolescit. Lsetabilis (est) Buddharum ortus, Isetabilis
verse doctrinse institutio, lsetabilis unanimitas conventus,
195. unanimorum devotio lsetabilis. Reverenda dignos vene-
rantis Buddhas vei etiam auscultatores, perversitatem de-
8*
 36

15. S u k h a v a g g o.

197 . Susukhar vata jvma verinesu averino,

verinesu manussesu viharma averino.
198 . Susukhar vata jvma turesu antur,

turesu manussesu viharma antur.

199 . Susukham vata jvma ussukesu anussuk,
ussukesu manussesu viharma anussuk.
2 00. Susukhar vata jvma, yesan no n atthi kicanai;

ptibhakkh bhavissma dev bhassar yath.

2 01. Jayarii verar pasavati, dukkham seti parjito,
upasanto sukharii seti hitv jayaparjayam.
202 . N atthi rgasamo aggi, n atthi dosasamo kali,
n atthi khandhdis dukkh, n atthi santiparam sukham.

196. vincentes, moerorem et luctum superantes, hos tales vene-

rantis tranquillos, a timore vacuos, non potest bonum
(facinus) numeran hoc unum a quoquam.

Gap. 1 5.

197. Lsetissime, age, vivamus inter iracundos mites, inter iracun-

198. dos homines degamus mites. Lsetissime, age, vivamus inter
segrotos non segroti, inter segrotos homines degamus non
199. segroti. Lsetissime, age, vivamus inter desiderantes desi-
derii expertes, inter desiderantes homines degamus de-
2 00. siderii expertes. Lsetissime, age, vivamus, nos quibus
non est quidquam; gaudio vescentes erimus dei bhas-
2 01. sarse velut. Victor inimicitias procreat, male agit victus;
202 . sedatus bene agit victoria et clade relictis. Non est cu-
 37

sos. Jighacch param rog, sarkhr param dukh,

etarii atv yathbhtar nibbnarii paramar sukhar.
204. Arogyaparam lbh, santutthparamar dhanar,
visssapararn ti, nibbnar paramar sukhar.
205. Pavivekarasar ptv rasar upasame ssa ca
niddaro hoti, nipppo, dhammaptirasar pivar.
2 0 6 . Sdhu dassanam ariynar, sannivso sad sukho;

adassanena blnar niccam eva sukh siy.

207. Blasagatacr hi dgham addhna socati,
dukkho blehi saryso amittenva sabbad,
dhro ca sukhasarvso, tnar va samgamo.*

pidini similis ignis, non odio simile peccatum, non sunt

khandhis sequales dolores, non est sedatione majus gau-
*
203. dium. Fames morbus gravissimus, sankhrse summi dolo
res, hoc rever agnoscens (sapiens agnoscit esse) Nibbnum
204. summum gaudium. Sanitas maximum lucrum, gaudium
summse diviise, fiducia optimus cognatus, Nibbnum
205. summum gaudium. Sueco sece'ssus bibito et sueco tran-
quillitatis gustato terroris et peccati expers fit (homo)
2 06 . jueundum religionis succum bibens. Faustus (est) con
spectus excellentium, consuetudo (cum iis) semper gau
dium; stultos non videndo semper (homo) lsetus est.
207. Stultorum in consuetudine versans enim long vi moeret,
dolor (est) consuetudo cum stultis ut cum inimico om
ni no ; sapientis vero consuetudo gaudium propinquorum
sos. velut congressus. Propterea igitur: Sapientem, intelligentem
et multa edoctum, jumenti natura instructum, piis operibus
ornatum, venerabilem hunc talem virum probum, prse-
claro intellectu prseditum, colat (homo) siderum viam
velut luna.
 V

88

Tasm h i:
208 . Dhra ca paa ca bahussuta ca,
dhorayhaslam , vatavantam, riyar,
tam tdisarh sappurisam, sumedharh,
bhajetha, nakkhattapathar va candim.
Sukhavaggo pannarasamo.

16. P i y a v a g g o.
209. Ayoge ynjam attnar yogasmi ca ayojayar,
attharii hitv piyaggh pihet attnuyoginar.
2 10. Al piyehi samgachi, appiyehi kudcanam ;

piynam adassanam dukkham appiyna ca dassanam.

2 11. Tasm piyaiii na kayirha, piypyo hi ppako;
l .!><, ha ^
ganth tesar na vijjanti, yesar n atthi piyppiyar.
2 12 . Piyato jyat soko, piyato jyat bhayar;

piyato vippamuttassa n atthi soko, kuto bhayar.

213. Pemato jyat soko, pemato jyat bhayar;
pemato vippamuttassa n atthi soko, kuto bhayar.

Cap. 1 6.
209. Ad distractionem applicans sese et meditationi operam
non navans, essenti relicta jucunda capessens invidet
2 10. iis, qui ad meditandum semet ipsi applicant. Ne ju
cunda quserat (hom o, neve) injucunda unquam; jucunda
2 11. non videre dolor (est) et injucunda videre. Ideo jucunda
ne faciat, jucundorum enim jactura mala (est); vincula
illis non inveniuntur, quibus nec jucundum est nec in-
2 12 . jucundum. Ex jucundo nascitur moeror, ex jucundo nascitur
metus; a jucundo soluti non est moeror, nedum metus.
213. E caritate nascitur moeror, e caritate nascitur metus; a
 39

214. Ratiy jyat soko, ratiy jyat bhayarn;

ratiy vippamuttassa n atthi soko, kuto bhayarii.
215. Kmato jyat soko, kmato jyat bhayam;
kmato vippamuttassa n atthi soko, kuto bhayam.
2 16 . Tanhya jyat soko, tanhya jyat bhayam;

tanhya vippamuttassa n atthi soko, kuto bhayam.

st. Sladassanasampannarh, dhammattharii, saccavdinarin
attano kamma kubbnam, tan jano kuvute piyarh;
2 18 .
chandajto anakkhte manas ca putho siy
~~L. < "*
kme ca appaibaddhacitto, uddhamsoto ti vueeati. /Y

219. Cirappavsiiii purisani, drato sotthim gatam,

ntimitt suhajj ca abhinandanti gatam.
220 . Tath eva katapunnam pi, asm lok prm gataiii,
punnni patiganhanti, piyaiii ntva gatam.
Piyavaggo solasamo.

214. caritate soluti non est moeror, nedm metus. E volup-

tate nascitur moeror, e voluptate nascitur metus; a vo-
215. luptate soluti non est moeror, nedm metus. E cupidi-
tate nascitur moeror, e cupiditate nascitur metus; a eu-
2 16 . piditate soluti non est moeror, nedm metus. E desi-
derio nascitur moeror, e desiderio nascitur metus; a de-
9i7. siderio soluti non est moeror, nedm metus. Virtute et
contemplatione prseditum, pium, veridicum, suum ipsius
opus agentem, eum vulgus reddit sibi gratum; cupidus
2 i 8 . (is) ineffabilis (Nibbni) menteque opulentus est, et cupi

ditate cogitatio (ejus) non constringitur, (is) uddham-

2 ie. sotas (qui sublime fertur) vocatur. Diu peregrinatum
virum, e longinquo salve redeuntem, cognati et familiares
2 2 o. et amici salutant venientem. Similiter eum, qui bona
 17. Kodhavaggo.

221 . Kodharh jahe, vippajaheyya manam,

sannojanarh sabbam atikkameyya;
tan namarupasmirii asajjamanarii,
akineanam, nanupatanti dukkha.
222 . Yo ve uppatitam kodharh ratham bhantam,va dh&raye,
tam aharii sarathim brumi, rasmiggaho itaro jano.
223 . Akkodhena jine kodharh, as^dhurh sadhuna jine,

jine kadariyam danena, saccena alikavadinam.

224. Saccam bhane, na kujjheyya, dajj& appasmirh ydcito;
etehi tihi thanehi gacche devd,na santike.
225. Ahirhsaka ye munayo, niccarii k^yena samvut^,
te yanti accutarn thanarn, yattha gantv& na socare.

egit, ex hoc mundo in alteram profectum bona (opera)

excipiunt, dilectum propinqui velut redeuntem.

Ca p . 1 7.

22 1. Irani ponat (homo), deponat arrogantiam, vinculum omne

superet; eum speciei proprise non inbserentem, inopem
222. non consequuntur dolores. Qui exortam iram currus
volventis instar retinet, eum aurigam dico; frena tenens
223. cetera multitudo. dementis vincat (homo) iram , malum
bono vincat, vincat a varum liberalitate, sinceritate falsi-
224. loquum. Verum loquatur, ne irascatur, det parvulum
rogatus: per has ties conditiones ibit in deorum pro-
225. pinquitatem. Vim non inferentes qui (sunt) anachoretse,
semper corpore domiti, ii adeunt immortale locum, quo
226 profecti non moerent. Semper vigilantium, die noctuque
ir,. Sad jgaramnnam, ahorattnusikkhinarh,
nibbnam adhimuttnam atthaiii gacchanti sav.
227. Pornam etarii atulam, n etam, ajjatanm iva,
nindanti tunhm snam, nindanti bahubhninam,
mitabhninam pi nindanti, n atthi loke anindito.
228 . Na ehu, na ca bhavissati, na c etarahi vijjati

ekantam nindito poso, ekantam v pasarhsito.

229. Ya ce vi pasaiiisanti anuvicca suve suve,

acchiddavuttim, medhvim, paslasamhitam,

230. nekkham jambonadassva, ko taiii ninditum arahati ?
devpi nam pasariisanti, brahmunpi pasamsito.
231. Kyappakoparii rakkheyya, kyena saiiivuto siy;
kyaduccaritaiii hitv kyena sucaritarin care.
23. Vaepakopam rakkheyya, vcya samvuto siy;
vacduccaritam hitv vcya sucaritam care.

discentium, in Nibbnum intendentium intereunt cnpiditates.

227. Grandsevum ilium incomparabilem, non eum, ut (nec) infan-
tem, (vituperant); vituperant tacite sedentem, vituperant
multa loquentem, demense loquentem etiam vituperant, non
228 . est in mundo (quisquam) non vituperatus. eque fit, eque
rit, eque nunc reperitur solummodo vituperatus homo vei
229. solummodo laudatus. Quem forte intelligentes laudant quo-
tidie reputando, integram vitm degentem, sapientem, cog-
230. nitione et virtute prseditum, jambonadse numi instar quis
eum vituperare sustinet? Etiam dii eum celebrant, a Brahma
231. ipso celebratus (est). A corporis iracundia caveat (homo),
corpore domitus sit; malis corporis facinoribus relictis
232. per corpus bona facinora exerceat. A sermonis iracundia
caveat, sermone domitus sit; malis sermonis facinoribus
233. relictis per sermonem bona facinora exerceat. A mentis
 42

233. Manopakopam rakkheyya, manas samvuto siy;

manoduccaritam hitv manas sucaritam care.
234. Kyena samvut dhr, atho vcya samvut,
manas samvut dhr, te ve suparisamvut.

Kodhavaggo sattarasamo.

18. M a 1 a v a g g o.

235. Pandupalso va dni s,

yamapurispi ca tarn upatthit,
uyyogamukhe ca titthasi,
ptheyyam pi ca te na vijjati.
236. So karohi dpam attano,
khippam vyama, pandito bhava;
niddhantamalo, anagano
dibbam ariyabhmim ehisi.

iracundia caveat, mente domitus sit, malis mentis faci-

234. noribus relictis per mentem bona facinora exerceat. Cor
pore domiti sapientes itidemque sermone domiti, mente
domiti sapientes, hi sane ab omni parte bene domiti.

Cap. 1 8.

235. Flaccidum folium velut nunc es et Yamse ministri quoque

tibi appropinquarunt et in tabis ostio stas et (bonorum
236. operum) viaticum tibi non invenitur. Tu fac tibi insu-
lam, celeriter labora, sapiens esto; maculis liberatus, culpse
237. expers divinam excellentium terram adibis. ^Etatem con-
 48

537. Upantavayo va dni s,

sampayto si yamassa santike,
vso pi ca te n atthi antar,
ptheyyam pi ca te na vijjati.
538. So karohi dpam attano,
khippaiii vyama, pandito bhava;
niddhantamalo, anangano
na puna jtijram upehisi.
539. Anupubbena medhv thokathokam khane khane,
kammro rajatassva, niddhame maiam attano.
540. Ayas va maiam, samutthitaih
tadutthya tam eva khdati,
evarii^ atidhonacrinarii
sni kammni nayanti duggatiih.
541. Asajjhyamal mant, anutthnamal ghar,
malarii vannassa kosajjarii, pamdo rakkhato malarii.
545. Mai itthiy duccaritarii, maccherarh dadato malarii,
mal ve ppak dhamm asmirii loke paramhi ca.

fecisti nunc, processisti in propinquitatem Yamse et com-

moratio tibi non est in itinere et viaticum tibi non in~
538. venitur. Tu fac tibi insulam, celeriter labora, sapiens
esto; maculis liberatus, culpse expers non iterum genituram
539. et senectutem subibis. Ordine sapiens paulatim quo quo
temporis puncto, opifex (maculas) argenti velut, auferat
540. maculas suas. In ferro utique macula orta extemplo hoc
ipsum comedit, item modum transgredientes sua facinora
541. trahunt ad inferos. Sine meditatione vitiosse (sunt) preces,
sine contentione vitiosa oeconomia, vitium (est) coloris
542. languor, socordia custodientis vitium. Vitium (est) mu-
lieris evagatio, avaritia dantis vitium, vitia certe mali
 44

243. Tato mal malatararii: avijj paramam maiam,

etaiii maiam pahatvna nimmal hotha, bhikkhavo.
244. Sujvam ahirikena, kkasrena, dhamsin,
pakkhandin, pagabbliena, samkilitthena jvitarii.
245. Hirmat ca dujjvarh, niccarii sucigavesin,
alnen , appagabbhena, suddhjvena, passat.
246. Yo pnam atimpeti musvdan ca bhsati,
loke adinnam diyati paradran ca gacchati;
247. surmerayapnan ca y o'n a ro anuyunjati,
idh evam es lokasmim mlani khanati attano.
248. Evam bho purisa jnhi: ppadhamm asannat;
m naiii lobho adhammo ca ciraiii dukkhya randhayum.
249. Dadanti ve yatlisaddharii, yatbpsdanam jano,
tattha yo marilli boti paresarii pnabhojane,
na so div v rattirii v samdhim adhigacchati.

2 4 3 . mores in hoc mundo et in altero. Dein vitio vitiosius

(est): inscientia summum vitium; hoc vitio relicto a vitiis
244. vacui estote, o mendici. Facile vita agitur ab impdico,
kkasrse (simili), obtrectatore, protervo, arroganti, malo.
245. A pdico vero dificulter agitur, candida semper quse-
renti, propensione vacu o, non arroganti, integram vitam
246. degenti, (clare) vdenti. Qui vitam exstinguit falsumque
sermonem profer, in mundo non data sibi arripit et ad
247. alterius uxorem accedit, qui vir ad suram et merayum
(potus inebriantes) bibendum se dat, is in hoc ipso mundo
248. radicem lsedit suam. S ic, heus h om o, scito malos esse
intemperantes, ne eum desiderinm et impietas diu dolori
249. subjiciant. (Dona) dat quidem ex fide, ex favore vul-
gus, ob hoc qui tristis fit, ob aliorum potum et cibum,
250. non is vel interdiu vel noctu meditationem adit. Cui
 45

so. Yassa c etarii samucchinnam, mitlaghaecarii samhaam,

sa ve div v rattim v samdhim adhigacchati.
251. N atthi rgasamo aggi, n atthi dosasamo galio,
n atthi mohasamarii jlarii, n atthi tanhsam ad.
252. Sudassam vajjarii aesarii, attano pana duddasam;
paresarii hi so vajjni opunti yathbhusaiii,
attano pana ehdeti, kalirii va kitav satho.
253. Paravajjnupassissa, niccarii ujjhnasafiino,
sav tassa vaddhanti, r so savakkhay.
254. Akse padam n atthi, samapo n atthi bhiro,
papacbhirat paj, nippapae tathgat.
255 . Akse padarii n atthi, samano n atthi bhiro,
samkhr sassat n atthi, n atthi buddhnam ijitaih.

Malavaggo atthrasamo.

vero id excisum est, radicitus exstirpatum, is certe vel

251. interdiu vel noctu meditationem adit. Non est cupidini
similis ignis, non est odio similis captivitas, non est
perturbation! simile rete, non est desiderio similis fluvius.
252. Facile visu vitium aliorum, suum e contrario difficile
visu; aliorum nempe is vitia detegit quam maxim, sua
e contrario occultat, tessaram velut lusor fraudulentas.
253. Aliorum vitia observantis, semper vituperationis animo
prsediti, libdines ejus crescunt, longe is a libidinum in-
254. teritu abest. In aere incessus non est, samanas non est
extraneus, perversitate delectatur vulgus, a perversitate
255. soluti Tathgatse. In aere incessus non est, samanas non
est extraneus, naturae seterme non sunt, non est Buddh
mul motus.
 46

i 9. Dhammatthavaggo.

256. Na tena hoti dhammattho, yen attham sahas naye;

yo ca attharh anattha ca ubho niccheyya, pandito,
257. ashasena, dhammena, sainena nayat pare,
dhamraassa gutto, medhv, dhammattho ti pavuccati.
258. Na tena pandito hoti, yvat bahu bhsati;
khem, aver, abhayo pandito ti pavuccati.
259. Na tvat dhammadharo, yvat bahu bhsati;
yo ca appam pi sutvna dhammam kyena passati,
sa ve dhammadharo hoti, yo dhammam na-ppamajjati.
2 6 0. Na tena thero hoti, yen assa p balitar sir,
paripakko vayo tassa, moghajinno ti vuccati;
2 6 1. yamhi sacca ca dhammo ca, ahiihs, saamo, damo,
sa ve vantamalo, dhro, thero ti pavuccati.

Cap. !9.

256. Non ideo fit (homo) Justus, quod causam ex arbitrio di-
judicet; qui autem verum falsumque utrumque considerat
257. sapiens, (qui) non arbitrario modo (sed) animo sequo ju -
dicat alios, legis cusios, intelligens, (is) justus appellatur.
258. Non ideo sapiens fit (homo), quod multa loquatur; pla
cidas , iracundise et formidinis expers sapiens appellatur.
259. Non ideo legis servator (fit homo), quod multa loquatur;
sed qui pauca etiamsi edoctus legem corpore perspicit,
260. is certe legis servator est, qui legem non negligit. Non
ideo theras fit (homo), quod sit canum caput, plane ma
tura (quidem) setas ejus, (attamen) frustra senescens v o -
2 6 1. catur; in quo et veritas et pietas, mansuetudo, tempe-
rantia, moderatio, is certe culpa vacuus, sapiens, theras
 47

oes. Na vkkaranamattena vannapokkharatya v

sdhurupo naro hoti issuk, macchar, satho;
263. yassa c etam samucchinnam, mlaghaccam samthatarh,
sa vantadoso, medhv, sdhurupo ti vuccati.
264. ) Na mundakena samano abbuto, alikam bhanam,
icchlobhasampanno samano kirii bhavissati ?
265. yo ca sarneti ppni anumthtlni sabbaso,
samitatt hi ppnam samano ti pavuccati.
266. Na tena bhikkhu h oti, yvat bhikkhate pare,
vissarh dhammam samdya bhikkhu hoti na tvat;
267. yo dha pua ca ppa ca bhetv brahmacariyav
samkhya loke carati, sa ve bhikkhu ti vuccati.
268. Na monena mu hoti mlharupo, aviddasu,
yo ca tulaiii va paggayha varara dya, pandito,
269. ppni parivajjeti, sa mu, tena so m uni;
yo munti ubho lok e, mu tena pavuccati.

262. appellatur. Non verba faciendo tantummodo sive colors

pulchritudine venustas fit homo invidus, avaras, fraudu-
263. lentas; cui vero id excisum, radicitus exstirpatum, is
264. vitii respuens, sapiens, venustas vocatur. Non tonsur
samanas (fit homo) intemperans, falsiloquus ; cupiditate
265. et appetitu captas samanas num erit? Qui vero mala
sedat parva magnaque omni ex parte, a sedatione ma-
266. lorum samanas appellatur. Non ideo bhikkhus fit (homo),
quod apud alios mendicet, tota lege assumpta bhikkhus
267. fit non ideo; qui hic, bono maloque alienato, religiosus
considerate in mundo vivit, is profecto bhikkhus appel-
268. latur. Non silentio munis (anacboreta) fit stultus, in-
sciens, qui vero, trutina prehensa, meliore parte sumpta,
269. sapiens mala evitat, is munis, ideo munis est; qui con-
 48

si. Na tena ariyo hoti, yena pnni himsati,

ahirns sabbapnnaiii ariyo ti pavuceati.
271. Na slabbatamattena bhusaccena v puna
athav samdhilbhena viviccasayanena v
272- phusmi nekkhammasukham aputhujjanasevitarh;
bliikkhu, visssam pdi appatto savakkhayarh.

Dhammatthavaggo eknavsatimo.

2 0. Maggavaggo.

273. Maggn atthagiko settho, saccnarh caturo pad,

virgo settho dhammnam dipadna ca cakkhum.
274. Es eva maggo, n atth ao dassanassa visuddhiy;
etam hi tumhe patipajjatha, mrass etarh pamohanam.

270. siderat utrumque in mundo, muni ideo appellatur. Non

ideo ariyas (nobilis) fit (ullus), quod animantia csedat;
ob mansuetudinem erga omnia animantia ariyas appella-
271. tur. Non virtute et votis susceptis solis vel rurSus mul-
torum recordatione vel etiam meditationis lucratione vel
272. lecto secreto adipiscor tranquillitatis gaudium viris ex-
cellentibus appetitum; o bhikkhus, fidueiam obtinuit qui
cupiditatum interitum adeptus est.

Cap. 20.

273. Viarum octopartita (est) optima, veritatum quatuor versus,

a cupidine vacuitas optimus (est) statuum, bipedumque
274. eontemplatione prseditus. Hsec ipsa via (est), non est
 49

475. Etam hi tumbe patipann dukkhass antarii karissatha;

akkhto ve may maggo aya sallasanthanam.
476. Tumhehi kiccarii tapparii, akkhtro tathgat;
patipann pamokkhanti jhyino mrabandhan.
477. Sabbe samkhr anicc ti yad paya passati,
atha nibbindat dukkbe, esa maggo visuddhiy.
478 . Sabbe samkhr dukkh ti yad paya passati,
atha nibbindat dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiy.
479j_ Sabbe dhamm anatt ti yad paya passati,
atha nibbindat dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiy.
480 . Utthnaklamhi anutthahno
yuv, bal, lasiy upeto,
samsannasamkappamano, kusto,
paya maggarii alaso na vindati.

alia cognitionis lustrationi (subveniens); hanc igitur vos

475. amplectimini, Mrse hsec (est) illusio. Hanc enim vos
amplectentes doloris linem facietis; enarrata prefecto a
476 . me (est) via, intellecta doloris sedatione. Vobis facienda
(est) virium contentio, enarratores (tantum) Tathgatsc;
(viam) amplectentes . liberabuntur meditabundi e Mrse
477. vinculis. Omnes creaturse inconstantes, id quando sa-
pienti videt (homo), tum liberatur in dolore; hsec est via
478 . (quse) ad lustrationem (conducit). Omnes creaturse doloris
piense , id quando sapienti videt (homo), tum liberatur
in dolore, hsec est via (quse) ad lustrationem (conducit).
279 . Omnes naturse sui impotentes sunt, id quando sapienti
videt (homo), tum liberatur in dolore; hsec est via (quse)
280. ad lustrationem (conducit). Roboris tempore vires non
eontendens juvenis robustus, ignavise indulgens, volntate
menteque depressus, segnis, intelligentise viam ignavus non
4
 50

Vcnurakkh, manas susaivuto,

kyena ca aksalam na kayir;
ete tayo kammapatlie visodhaye,
rdhaye maggam isippaveditam.
282. Yog ve jyat bhr, ayog bhurisamkhayo;
etam dvedhpatham atv bhavya vibhavya ca
ath attnam niveseyya yath bhr pavaddhati.
283. Vanam chindatha, m rukkham, yanato jyat bhayam;
chetv vanan ca vanatha ca nibbn hotha, bhikkhavo.
284. Yvam hi vanatho na chijjati
anumatto pi narassa nrisu,
patibaddhamano va tva so,
vaceho khrapalco va mtari.
285. IJcehinda sineham attano,
kumudai sradikarh va pnin,
santimaggam eva brihaya,
nibbnam sugatena desitarii.

asi. invenit. Yerba (sua) custodiens (sit), mente bene domitus

(sit), corporeque malum ne faciat; has tres actionis vas
282. purget, amplectatur viam a vatibus enarratam. E me-
ditatione certe nascitur intelligentia, e distractione intelli-
gentise interitus; hac bipartita va cognita incrementi et
decrementi, talem se ipse reddat (hom o), ut intelligentia
288. crescat. Cupiditatem (vana i. e. cupiditas s. sylva) exstirpate,
non arborem (dico), e cupiditate oritur metus; cupiditate
vel mnima exstirpata (miseriis) liberai estote, o mendici.
284. Quamdiu enim cupiditas non exstirpatnr vel mnima viri
in feminas, tamdiu mente constrictus est lile, sicut
285* viulus lactens rnatri. Exstirpa tuam ipsius propensionem
lotum auctumnalem velut manu, tranquillitatis viam am-
 51

Idha vassam vasissmi, idha hemantagimhisu ,

iti blo vicinteti, antaryam na bujjhati.
AV
987. Tam puttapasusammattam, bysattamanasam navarh,
sutiam gmarii mahogho va, maccu dya gacchati.
288 . Na santi putt tnya, na pit, na pi bandhav;
antakendhipannassa n atthi ntsu tnat.
289. Etm atthavasarii natv pandito slasamvuto
nibbnagamanam maggarii khippam eva visodhaye.

Maggavaggo vsatimo.

2 . Pakinnakavaggo.

290. Mattsukhapariccg passe ce vipulam sukliam,

eaje mattsukham dhro sampassam vipulam sukham.
291. Paradukkhpadhnena yo attano sukham icchati,
verasamsaggasamsattho ver so na parimuccati.

286. plifiea, Nibbanum (enim) a Buddha institutum est. Hie

per tempus pluvium habitabo, hie frigido et fervido
(tempore) , sic stultus secum volvit, obstacula non anira-
287. advertit. Ilium de filiis et pecudibus sollicitum, con-
strictse mentis virum, sopitum vicum torrens velut, mors
28 8 . prehendens proficiscitur. Non sunt filii saluti, non pater
neque propinqui; quern mors adiit, ei non est penes
289. eognatos salus. Hac rei vi perspecta sapiens virtute
temperatus viam ad Nibbanum ducentem cito purget.

Cap. 21.
290. Exigui gaudii relictione si videt amplum gaudium, relin-
quat exiguum gaudium sapiens, amplum gaudium spectans.
4*
 52

292. Yam hi kiccam tad apaviddham, akiccaih pana kayirati,

unnalnai, pamattnam, tesam vaddhanti sav.
293. Yesa ca susamraddh, niccam kyagat sati,
akiccan te na sevanti, kicce staccakrino,
satnam, sampajnnam attharh gacchanti sav.
294. Mtaram, pitaram hantv, rjno dve ca khattiye,
rattham snucaram hantv angho yti brhmano.
295. Mtaram, pitaram hantv, rjno dve ca sotthiye,
veyyagghapacamam hantv angho yti brhmano.
296. Suppabuddharh pabujjhanti sad gotamasvak,
yesarh div ca ratto ca niccam buddhagat sati.
2 9 ?. Suppabuddham pabujjhanti sad gotamasvak,
yesam div ca ratto ca niccam dhammagat sati.
298. Suppabuddham pabujjhanti sad gotamasvak,
yesarir div ca ratto ca niccam samghagat sati.

2 9 1. Aliis dolorem imponendo qui suum ipsius gaudium ex-

optat, iracundise vinculo vinctus, iracundia ille non libe-
292. ratur. Quod nempe faciendum (est) id negligitur, (quod)
rursus non faciendum (id) agitur: insolentium, socordium,
293. horum crescunt cupiditates. Quorum vero valde firma est
semper corpus respiciens recordado, quod non faciendum
ii non persequuntur, quae facienda semper agentes; re-
294. cordantium, intelligentium intereunt cupiditates. Matre (et)
patre occisis regibusque duobus militaribus, regno una-
cum eo pertinentibus devastate insons evadit brhmanas.
295 Matre (et) patre occisis regibusque duobus brahmanicis,
occiso viro errante quinto insons evadit brhmanas.
296. Vigilantissime vigilant semper Gotamidse auscultatores,
quorum et interdiu et noctu semper Buddham respiciens
2 9 ?. recordado (est). Vigilantissime vigilant semper Gotamidm
 58

299. Suppabuddham pabujjhanti sadd gotamasavakd,

yesarh divd ca ratio ca niccam kdyagatd sati.
soo. Suppabuddham pabujjhanti sada gotamasavaka
yesaih diva ca ratto ca ahiihsaya rato mano.
soi. Suppabuddharii pabujjhanti sadd gotamasdvakd,
yesarh diva ca ratto ca bhdvandya rato mano.
302. Duppabbajjarh durabhiramam, duravasa ghara dukha,
dukkho samanasamvaso, dukkhanupatit addhagu ;
tasma na c addhagu siya na ca dukkhanupatito siya,
303. Saddho, silena sampanno, yasobhogasamappito
yam yam padesam bhajati, tattha tatth1 eva pujito.
ao4. Dure santo pakasenti himavanto va pabbato,
asant ettlia na dissanti rattikhittd yatha sard.

auscultatores, quorum et interdiu et noctu semper legem

298. respiciens recordatio (est). Vigilantissime vigilant semper
Gotamidse auscultatores, quorum et interdiu et noctu semper
299. eonventum respiciens recordatio (est). Vigilantissime vi
gilant semper Gotamidse auscultatores, quorum et inter
diu et noctu semper corpus respiciens recordatio (est).
soo. Vigilantissime vigilant semper Gotamidse auscultatores,
quorum et interdiu et noctu mansuetudine gaudens mens
soi. (est). Vigilantissime vigilant semper Gotamidse ausculta
tores , quorum et interdiu et noctu meditatione gaudens
302. mens (est). Molestus pabbajitse status difficilis delectatu
(est), difficiles gestu oeconomise dolore (sunt) plense, dolore
plena arrogantium consuetudo, dolori subjecti (sunt) via-
tores, propterea neque viator sit (quisquam) neque dolori
303. subjectus sit. Fidei plenus, virtute prseditus, gloria et
opibus instructus quamcunque regionem invisit, hie ibidem
304. honoratus (est). Longe probi fulgent Himavantas velut
 M

iso 5 . Eksanam, ekaseyyam eko caram atandito,

eko damayam attnarii vanante ramito siy.

Pakinnakavaggo ekavsatimo.

22. Nirayavaggo.

306. Abhttavd nirayam upeti,

yo vpi katv na karomti cha; 4 v ,
ubho pi te pecca sam bhavanti
nihnakamm manuj parattha.
b o t . Ksvakanth bahavo ppadbamm, asaat,
pp ppehi kammehi nirayan te upapajjare.
ss. Seyyo ayogulo bhutto tatto, aggisikhtpamo,
ya ce bhujeyya dusslo ratthapindam asaato.

mons; improbi hic non conspiciuntur noctu emissse sicut

sos. sagittse. Sedem solitariam, cubitum solitarium solitarius
colens non segnis, solitarius semet ipse domans in sylva
extrema delectatus sit.

Ga p . 22.

s. Falsiloquus inferos subit vei etiam qui (malo) facto non

faci ita dicit, ambo quidem ill! morte obita pares fiunt
bot. perniciosa facinora pairantes homines illic. Humeros
veste ltea cincti multi male m orati, indomiti (sunt):
sos. mali ob mala facinora inferos illi adeunt. Melior
(est) globus ferri consumtus candens, ignis fiammse;
similis, quam si vescatur impius terree ribo indomitus.
so. In quatuor status vir socors incidit alterius uxorem ap-
petens: infortunium, cubitum ingratum, vituperationem
 55

30 9 . Cattri thnni naro pamatto

pajjat paradrpasev:
apunnalbham, nanikmaseyyam,
nindaiii tatyam, nirayam catuttham.
si. Apuiinalbho ca gti ca ppik
bhtassa bhtya rat ca thokik,
rj ca dandaiii garukam paneti;
tasm naro paradram na seve.
m i. Kuso yath duggahto hattham evnukantati,
smannam dupparmatthaih nirayya upakaddhati.
312. Yarn kinci satbilarii kammam samkilitthan ca yarn vatam
saiiikassaram brahmaeariyam, na tam hoti mahapphalarh.
3 13 . Kayiran ce kayirath enarh, dalhara enarii parakkame;
sathilo h paribbjo bhiyyo kirate rajam.
3 14 . Akatarii dukkatam seyyo, pacch tapati dukkatam;
katan ca sukatam seyyo, yam katv nnutappati.

no. tertiam, tartarum quartum. Et infortunium et (inferorum)

via mala (ei evenit) timidique cum timida (femina) gaudium
brevissimum, res grave supplicium sumit, propterea vir
an. alterius uxorem ne appetat. Sicut gramen ksse male
prehensum manum secat, (ita) communitas male suscepta
jus. ad inferos ducit. Quodvis falsum facinus malumque
quod(vis) opus, dubio animo plena vita religiosa (status
3 13 . brahmacrinis): hsec non fiunt magno fructui. Facien
dum si (quid est), perficiat (homo) id, firmiter id agat;
falsus enim paribbjas (mendicus ambulns) magis spar-
314. git vitium. Non factum perperam factum melius (est),
postea urit perperam factum, et factum bene factum
sis. melius, quo facto non uritur (homo). Arx velut in fini-
bus sita, custodita, (munimentis) interioribus et exte-
 56

si5. Nagaram yath paccantam, guttam, santarabhiram,

evarii gopetha attnam; khano ve m upaccag,
khantt hi socanti nirayamhi samappit.
3i6. Alajjit ye lajjanti, lajjt ye na lajjare,
micchditthisamdn satt gacchanti duggatirii.
:m . Abhaye bhayadassno bhaye ca abhayadassino,
micchditthisamdn satt gacchanti duggatim.
sis. Avajje vajjamatino vajje ca avajjadassino,
micchditthisamdn satt gacchanti duggatim,
319. Vajja ca vajjato atv avajja ca avajjato
sammditthisamdn satt gacchanti suggatim.

Nirayavaggo dvvsatimo.

rioribus instructa, sic custodiat semet ipse; ne momentum

quidem prsetereat, qui enim momentum amiserunt moerent
316. infers traditi. Non pudendi quos pudet, pudendi quos
non pudet, falsee doctrinse dediti animantes ad inferos
su . vadunt. In non peliculoso periculum conspicientes et in
peliculoso periculum non conspicientes falsee doctrinse
sis. dediti animantes ad inferos vadunt. In (eo, quod) non
fugiendum (est), fugiendum opinantes et in (eo, quod)
fugiendum (est), fugiendum non conspicientes falsee doctrinse
3i9. dediti animantes ad inferos vadunt. Fugiendumque fu
giendum censentes et non fugiendum non fugiendum, verse
doctrinse dediti animantes in coelum vadunt.
 57

2 3. Ngavaggo.

320. Aharh, ngo va samgme cpto patitarn saram,

ativkyan titikkhissaiii, dusslo hi bahujjano.
321. Dantam nayanti samitiih, dantarh rjbhiruhati,
danto settho manussesu, yo tivkyan titikkhati.
322. Varam assatar dant, jny ya sindhav,
kunjar va mahng, attadanto tato varam.
323. Na hi etehi ynehi gaccheyya agatam disarh
yath attnaih sudantena, dantena gacchati.
324. Dhanaplako nma kunjaro,
katukappabhedano, dunnivrayo,
baddho kabalarii na bhunjati:
sumarati ngavanassa kunjaro.

C a p . 2 3.

320. Ego elephantus velut in certamine ex arcu emissam sa-

3 2 1. gittam verba aspera perferam, impium enim vulgus. D o-
mitum ducunt in coetum, domitum rex ascendit; domitus
optimus (est) inter homines, qui verba aspera perfert.
322. Prsestantes (sunt) muli dom iti, generosi (equi) sindhuici,
magni elephanti kunjarse; per se domitus adhuc prsestan-
323. tior. Non enim his vehiculis adire potest (quisquam) non
aditam (Nibb&ni) regionem (eo modo), quo per se ipsum
324. bene domitum, domitu eo pervenit. Dhanapdlakas nomine
elephantus, acri sueco praditus, vix coercendus, ligatus
frustum non edit; memor est elephantorum sylvse elephan-
325. tus. Torpidus quando (quis) fit et pinguefactus, som-
nolentus, sese volutans jacens, magnus aper velut cibo
sacrificali nutritus, iterum iterumque uterum subit stolidus.
 58

325. Middh yad hoti mahagghaso ca,

niddyit, samparivattasy,
mahvarho ya nivpaputtho,
punappunaiii gabbham upeti mando.
326. Idm pure eittam acri crikam
yenicchakam, yatthakmarii, yathsukham,
tad ajj aham niggahessmi yoniso,
hatthippabhinnarii viya amkusaggaho.
327. Appamdarat hotha, sacittam anurakkhatha,
dugg uddharath attnam, pamke sanno va kuijaro.
328. Saee labhetha nipakam sahyaiii,
saddhimcaram sdhuvihridhraiii,
abhibhuyya sabbni parissayni
careyya ten attamano, satm.
829. No ce labhetha nipakam sahyam,
saddhiihearam sdhuvihridhram,
rj va rattham vijitam pahya
eko care mtangarann va ngo.

326. Antea hsec cogitatio migrabat migrationem ex arbitrio,

quo voluit, sicut piacit, earn nunc ego retinebo sapienti,
327. elephantum furentem velut rector. Vigilanti lseti estote,
cogitationem vestram custodite, e vix pervio (mundo) ex-
328. trahite vosmet ipsi, in luto hserens velut elephantus. Si
obtinuerit (quis) prudentem socium, comitem probe viventem
sapientemque, omni horror superato cum eo degat lsetus,
329. recordationis plenus. Si non obtinuerit prudentem socium,
comitem probe viventem sapientemque, rex velut regnum
occupatum relinquens, solitarius agat mtangarannas velut
330. elephantus. Solitarii vita m elior: non est penes stultum so-
dalitas; solitarius agat neve mala patret pauca desideria
 59

s. Ekassa cariam se y y o , n atthi bl sahyat:

eko care na ca ppni kayir
appossukko mtangaranno va ngo.
331. Atthamhi jtamhi sukh sahy,
tutth sukh y itartarena,
punnam sukham jvitasamkhayamhi,
sabbassa dukkhassa sukham pahnarh.
332. Sukh matteyyat loke, atho petteyyat sukh,
sukh smannat loke, atho brahmaiinat sukh.
333. Sukharii yvajar slarii, sukh saddh patitthit,
sukho pannya patilbho , ppnam akaranam sukham.

Ngavaggo tevsatimo.

2 4. Tanhvaggo.

334. Manujassa pamattaerino

tanh vaddhati mluv viya,
so palavat hurhuram
phalam iceham va vanasmim vnaro.

331. habens mtangarannas velut elephantus. Negotio exorto

suaves (sunt) sodales, gaudium suave quod mutuum, bonum
(facinus) suave in vitse exstinctione, omnis doloris relictio
332. suavis. Suave (est) munus matris in mundo, item munus
patris suave, suave munus samanse in mundo, item mu-
333. mis brahmanse suave. Suavis (est) in senectute virtus,
suavis fides firma, suavis intellectus adeptio, mala non
facr suave.
 60

335 .Yain es sahat jamm tanh loke visattik

sok tassa pavaclclhanti abhivaddharh va branam.
. Yo ve tam sahat jammirh tanharh loke duraccayarii
sok tamh papatanti udabindu va pokkhar.
337. Tam vovadmi bhaddam vo, yvant ettha samgat:
tanhya mlai khanatha, usrattho va branam,
m vo, nalarii va soto va, mro bhaji punappunam.
. Yathpi mle anupaddave dalho
chinno pi rukkho punar eva rhati,
evam pi tanhnusaye anhate
nibbattati dukkham idarh punappunam.
339. Yassa chattiifisatsot manpass^, van bhus,
vh vahanti duddittham samkapp rganissit.
340. Savanti sabbadh sot, lat ubbhijja titthati,
tan ca disv lataiii jtam mlam paya chindatha.

Cap. 24.

334. Hominis socorditer viventis libido increscit mluva velutj

is currit huc et illuc fructum desiderans sicut in sylva simia.
335. Quem illa superat sseva libido in mundo venenosa, dolores
ejus augentur, sese adaugens velut (gramen) branum.
336. Qui vero illam superat ssevam libidinem in mundo vix
vincendam, dolores ab eo decidunt gutta velut de loto.
337 Hoc dico salutare vobis, quotquot hic congressi: libidinis
radicem exstirpate usrse opulentus velut branum, ne
vos, arundinem velut Humen, Mras frangat iterum
. iterumque. Sicut, radice salva, firma arbor tonsa etiam
denuo crescit, ita etiam libidinis studio non exstirpato
339. revertitur dolor hic iterum iterumque. Cui triginta sex
fluminibus difluens jucundi cupiditas (est) valida, (eum)
equi (velut) vehunt male edoctum studia amores petentia.
 61

3 4 1. Saritni sinehitni ca
somanassni bhavanti jantuno,
te stasit, sukhesino,
te ve jtijarupag nar.
342. Tasinya purakkhat paj
parisappanti saso va bdhito,
saojanasagasatt
dukkham npenti pimappunam eirya.
343. Tasinya purakkhat paj
parisappanti saso va bdhito,
tasm tasinarii vinodaye
bhikkhu, kamkha virgam attano.
344. Yo nibbanato vandhimutto
vanamutto vanam eva dhvati,
tam puggalam eva passatha,
mutto bandhanam eva dhvati.

340. Fhmnt ubique (cupiditatis) flumina, planta serpens (velut)

pullulans stat (cupiditas), eam vero plantara ortam videntes
341. radicem prudenti scindite. Ruentia et libidinosa gaudia
hunt viri (cupiditati subjecti), lili voluptates petentes et
gaudia exoptantes, illi certe generationem senectutemque
342. subeunt viri. Cupiditatem subsequentes homines serpunt
lepus velut (a venatore) pressus; ligamentis et vinculis
343. vincti dolorem subeunt iterum iterumque diu. Cupi
ditatem subsequentes homines serpunt lepus velut (a
venatore! pressus, propterea cupiditatem dispellat men-
dicus exoptans suam ipsius a eupidine vacuitatem.
344. Qui in Nibbnum sylvestri vita intendens eupidine libe-
ratus in cupidinem ipsam incurrit, ilium quidem vi-
345. rum contemplamini, solutus in vinculum incurrit. Non
845. Na tarii dalharh bandhanam hu dhir,
yad yasam, drujam, pabbajan ca;
srattaratt manikundalesu,
puttesu, dresu ca y apekh,
346. etarii dalham bandhanam hu dhir,
ohrinam, sithilam, duppamuncam;
etam pi chetvna paribbajanti
anapekhino kmasukham pahya.
347. Ye rgarattnupatanti sotarh
sayamkatam makkatako va jlam,
etam pi chetvna vajanti dhir,
anapekhino, sabbadukkharii pahya.
348. Munca pure, munca pacchato,
majjhe munca bhavassa pragu,
sabbattha vimuttamnaso
na punan jtijarahi upehisi.

id firmum vinculum dicunt sapientes, quod i'erreum, lig-

neum deciduumque; vehementissimum gemmarum annu-
lorumque, filiorum et uxorum quod (est) desiderium,
346. hoc firmum vinculum dicunt sapientes, perdens, laxum,
vix dissolubile; hoc scisso ambulant desiderii expertes
347. voluptatibus et gaudiis relictis. Qui cupidini dediti (sunt,
hi desiderii) flumen sequuntur ab ipsis factum, araneus
velut rete; hoc (vinculo) scisso ambulant sapientes de-
348. siderii expertes omni dolore relicto. Mitte (quse) ante,
mitte (quse) posthac, (quse) in medio (jacent) mitte, mun-
dum transiens, omni ex parte liberatam mentem pos-
sidens non iterum genituram et senectutem subibis.
849. Deliberatione agitati hominis, vehementi cupidine capti,
jucunda spectantis, magis libido augetur, is certe firmum
349* Vitakkapamathitassa jantuno,
tibbardgassa, subhdnupassino,
bhiyyo tanhd pavaddhati,
esa kho dalharh karoti bandhanam.
350. Vitakkiipasame ca yo rato
asubham bhavayati saddsato,
esa kho vyantikdhiti,
esa-echecchati mdrabandhanarh.
3 5 1. Nittham gato, asantdsi, vitatanho, anafigano
acchidda bhavasalldni, antimo yarn samussayo.
352. Vitatanho , andddno, niruttipadakovido
akkhardnam sannipdtam j an fid pubbapardni ca,
sa ye antimasdriro mahdpanno mahdpuriso ti vuccati.
353. Sabbdbhibhu, sabbavidu ham asmi,
sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto,
sabbanjaho, tanhakkhaye vimutto,
sayam abhinnaya kam uddiseyyam ?

350. facit vinculum. Qui vero deliberationis sedatione delectatus

injucundis studet semper recordatione prseditus, is certe
351. (libidinem) removebit, is rescindet Marie vinculum. Con-
summationem consecutus, non trepidus, libidinis et an-
goris expers abscidit mundi dolores; ultimum hoc (ei est)
352. corpus. Libidinis et cupiditatis expers, niruttis vocabu-
lorum peritus, (et qui) litterarum congeriem cognovit,
priores (litteras) posterioresque, is certe ultimum corpus
353. habens admodum sapiens vocatur. Omnia vincens, om
nium gnarus ego sum, omnibus conditionibus non adhse-
rens, omnia relinquens, in libidinis exstinctione solutus,
354. ipse intelligens quemnam edocebo ? Omne donum reli-
gionis donum vincit, omnem dulcedinem religionis dulcedo
 64

354. Sabba<Mnam dhammadanarii jin&ti,

sabbam rasarh dhammaraso jinati,
sabbam ratirn dhammarati jinati,
tanhakkhayo sabbadukkhaiii jinati.
355. Hananti bhog dummedham, no ce pdragavesino,
bhogatanh&ya duramedho hanti anne va attanam.
356. Tinadosani khett&ni, rdgados^ ayam pajd,
tasm5 hi vitardgesu dinnam hoti mahapphalam.
35T. Tinadosani khett&ni, dosadosd ayam paja,
tasmd, hi vitadosesu dinnam hoti mahapphalam.
358. Tinadosani khettiini, mohados^ ayam paj&,
tasmd, hi vitamohesu dinnam hoti mahapphalam.
359. Tinadosani khettani, icchados^ ayam paj&,
tasmd hi vigaticchesu dinnam hoti mahapphalam.

Tanhavaggo catuvisatimo.

vincit, omne gaudium religionis gaudium vincit, libidinis

355. exstinctio omnem dolorem vincit. Occidunt opes insipien-
tem, non si (qui forte) ulteriorem ripam quserunt; ob opum
cupiditatem insipiens occidit tanquam alios semet ipsum.
356. Herbis vitiantur agri, cnpidine vitiatur hoc vulgus, ideo
scilicet cupidinis expertibus donum (oblatum) fit magno
357. fructui. Herbis vitiantur agri, odio vitiatur hoc vulgus,
ideo scilicet odii expertibus donum (oblatum) fit magno
358. fructui. Herbis vitiantur agri, perturbatione (animi)
vitiatur hoc vulgus, ideo scilicet perturbationis expertibus
359. donum (oblatum) fit magno fructui. Herbis vitiantur agri,
desiderio vitiatur hoc vulgus, ideo scilicet desiderii exper
tibus donum (oblatum) fit magno fructui.
 65

25. B h i k k h u v a g g o.

360. Cakkhun samvaro sdhu, sdhu sotena samvaro,

ghnena samvaro sdhu, sdhu jivhya samvaro.
sei. Kyena samvaro sdhu, sdhu vcya samvaro,
manas samvaro sdhu, sdhu sabbattha samvaro;
sabbattha sariivuto bhikkhu sabbadukkh pamuccati.
363. Hatthasaato, pdasaato,
vcya saato, saatuttamo,
ajjhattarato, samhito,
eko santusito, tam hu bhikkhum.
363. Yo mukhasaato bhikkhu, mantabhn, anuddhato,
attham dhamma ca dpeti, madhuram tassa bhsitam.
364. Dhammrmo, dhammarato, dhammam anuvicintayam,
dhammam anussaram bhikkhu saddhamm na parihyati.

C a p. 2 5.

360. Oculi continentia salutaris (est), salutaris auris continentia,

nasi continentia salutaris (est), salutaris linguae continentia.
6 1 . Corporis continentia salutaris (est), salutaris sermonis
continentia, mentis continentia salutaris (est), salutaris
omnibus in rebus continentia; omnibus in rebus se conti-
362. nens bhikkhus (mendicus) omni dolore liberatur. (Qui) manu
moderatus, pede moderatus, sermone moderatus, modera
to rum optimus, animo intimo delectatus, compositus, soli
363. tarius gaudens, eum appellant bhikkhum. Qui bhikkhus
ore moderatus, sapienter loquens, non tumidus, sensus
(sermonis) et religionem illustrat, dulcs (est) ejus oratio.
64. Cui religio hortulus, religione gaudens, religionem repu-
tans, religionem recordatus bhikkhus vera religione non
5
 66

365. Salbharh ntimaeyya, nesam pihaya care,

aesam pihayam bhikkhu samdhim ndhigacchati.
. Appalbho pi ce bhikkhu salbharh ntimaati,
am ve dev pasamsanti, suddhjvim, atanditam.
. Sabbaso nmarpasmim yassa n atthi mamyitam,
asat ca na socai, sa ve bhikkhu ti vuccati.
, Mettvihriyo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhassane,
adhigacche padaiii santam, samkhrpasamam, sukham.
369. Sica, bhikkhu, imam nvam, sitt te lahum essati,
chetv rga ca dosa ca tato nibbnam ehisi.
370. Paca chinde, paca jahe, paca vuttari bhvaye,
pacasagtigo bhikkhu oghatinno ti vuccati.
371. Jhya, bhikkhu, m ca pamdo,
m te kmagune bhavassu cittarii,
m lohagulam gil pamatto,
m kand dukkham idan ti dayhamno.

365. excidit Suum ipsius lucrum ne nimis magni sestimet,

ne aliis invidens agat; aliis invidens bhikkhus medita-
seo. tionem non adipiscitur. Paululum modo lucratus si
bhikkhus lucrum suum non nimis magni sestimat, eum
sane dii celebrant puram vitam degentcm, non segnem.
367. Omnino speciei proprise cui non est studium eque
368. vanis moeret, is eerie bhikkhus dicitur. Benevole vivens
bhikkhus, Buddhte prseceptis sedatus, adit locum tran-
quillum, naturarum (samkhr) sedationem, gaudium.
369. Exhauri, bhikkhus, hanc navem, exhausta tib cito pro-
cedet, cupidine et odio rescissis dein Nibbnum adibis.
370. Quinqu (vincula) scindat bhikkhus, quinqu (vincula)
relinquat, quinqu (sensus) removeat, quinqu vincula
qui supervit bhikkhus oghatinnas (Humen transgressus)
372. N atthi jhnar apaassa, pafm n atthi ajhyato;
yamhi jhna ca paa ca, sa ve nibbnasantike.
3T3. Sugram pavitthassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno
amnus rat boti, samm dhammar vipassato.
3T4. Yato yato sammasati khandhnaiix udayavyayar,
labhat ptipmojjar, amatar tar vijnatar;
375. tatryam di bhavati idha paassa bhikkhuno:
indriyagutt, santutth ptimokkhe ca srii varo,
mitte bhajassu k alyn e, suddhjve, atandite,
3 T6 . patisanthravutt assa, crakusalo siy,
tato pmojjabahulo dukkhass antar karissati.
377. Vassik viya pupphni maddavni pammicati,
evar rga ca dosa ca yippamucetha, bhikkhavo.

3 T i. dicitur. Meditare, bhikkhus, neve socors sis, ne tua ad

res jucundas sit cogitatio (applicata), ne globum ferreum
devoret socors, ne ululet: dolor hic (est) , tortus.
3n. Non est meditatio non intelligentis, intellectus non est
non meditantis; in quo et meditatio et intellectus, is sane
373. in Nibbni propinquitate (versatur). Yacuam domum in-
gresso, sedata cogitatione prsedito bhikkhui divina voluptas
374. fit plne reiigionem perspicienti. Simulac consideravit
naturarum ortum et interitum, adipiscitur gaudium et
375. voluptatem, immortalitatem illm intelligentium; hujus
rei hoc exordium fit hic intelligentis bhikkhus: sensuum
custodia, animus contentus et secundum prsescripta (quse
liberationem spectant) continentia; amicos colas probos,
376. puram vitm degentes, impigros; vitm familiarem agat,
morum gnarus sit, tm gaudio abundans doloris finem faciet.
377. Vassika sicut flores flaccidos dimittit, ita et cupidinem
378. et dium dimittite, o bhikkhus. Corpore sedatus, ser-
5*
 68

378. Santakyo, santavco, sntv, susamhito,

vantalokmiso bhikkhu upasanto ti vuccati.
379. Attan coday attnam, patimse attam attan,
so attagutto, satim, sukham, bhikkhu, vihhisi.
seo. tt hi attano ntho, att hi attano gti,
tasm samay attnam, assam bhadram va vnijo.
set. Pmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhassane,
adhigacche padam sntm, samkhrupasamam, sukham.
t
382. have daharo bhikkhu yujati buddhassane,

so imam lokam pabhseti abbh mutto va candim.

Bhikkhuvaggo pacavsatimo.

mone sedatus, (mente) sedatus, bene compositus, qui cupi-

379. ditates mundi exspuit bhikkhus sedatus vocatur. Per te
incita te ipse, exploret se (quisque) per se, talis tu per te
custoditus, recordatione prseditus, lete, o bhikkhus, vitam
380. ages. Quisque enim sui (est) dominus, quisque enim suum
refugium; ideo cohibe te ipsum, equum generosum velut
381. mercator. Gandi abundans bhikkhus, sedatus Buddhse
prseceptis, adit locum tranquillum, naturarum (sarhkhr)
382. sedationem, gaudium. Qui utique juvenis bhikkhus applicat
se ad Buddhse prcecepta, is hunc mundum collustrat nube
liberata velut luna.
 m

26. Brhmanavaggo.

383. Chinda sotam parakkamma, kme panuda, brhmana;

samkhrnam khayam atv akata si, brhmana.
384. Yad dvayesu dhammesu prag hoti brhmano,
ath assa sabbe samyog attham gacchanti jnato.
385. Yassa prarh apram v, prpram na vijjati,
vtaddaram, visauttam, tam aharh brumi brhmanam.
. Jhyim , virajam, snam, katakiccam, ansavam,
uttamattham anuppattam, tam aharh brumi brhmanam.
. Div tapati dicco, rattim bhti candim ,
sannaddho khattiyo tapati, jhy tapati brhmano,
atha sabbam ahorattirh buddho tapati tejas.
ase. Bhitappo ti brhmano,
samacariy samano ti vuccati,
pabbjay attano malam
tasm pabbajito ti vuccati.

C a p . 2 6.

383. Exstingue (cupiditatis) flumen connitendo, cupiditates propelle,

brhmana; naturarum (sariikhr) interitu perspecto in-
384. creatum (Nibbnum) novisti, brdhmana. Quando duabus
in rebus ripam ulteriorem attingit brhmanas, turn omnes
385. ejus vincula intereunt intelligentis. Cui ulterius vel ei-
terius utrumque non invenitur, terroris expertem, solutum,
386. eum ego dico brhmanam. Meditabundum, vitii expertem,
(solitarium) sedentem, negotio functum, cupidinibus vacuum,
. sum rem adeptum, eum ego dico brhmanam. Die ardet
sol, noctu fulget luna, armatus miles ardet, meditabundus
ardet brhmanas, at omnes dies noctesque Buddhas
 70

389. Na brhmanassa patreyya, nssa mucetha brhmano,

dh brhmanassa hantram, tato dhi y assa mucati.
3 90 . Na brhmanass etad akici seyyo,
yad nisedho manaso piyehi;
yato yato himsamano nivattati,
tato tato sammati meva dukkham.
3 91. Yassa kyena, vcya, manas n'atthi dukkatam,
samvutarii thi thnehi, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
392. Yamh dhammam yijneyya sammsambuddhadesitam,
sakkaccam naih namasseyya, aggihuttam va brhmano.
393. Na jathi, na gottehi, na jacco hoti brhmano;
yamhi sacca ca dhammo ca, so sukh, so ca brhmano.
394. Kin te jathi, dummedha? kin te ajinastiy ?
abbhantaran te gahanam, bhiram parimajjasi.

. ardet claritate. Qui malum alienavit brhmanas (dicitur);

ob vitam sedatam samanas dicitur; dimittens suum ipsius
389. vitium, ideo pabbajitas dicitur. Ne (quis) brhmanse vim
inferat, ne in ilium se mittat brhmanas; vse ei, qui brh-
3 90 . manam csedit, dein vse (ei), qui in ilium se mittit. Non
brhmanse hoc paulo melius, quando retentio (fit) mentis
a jucundis; quo ex tempore violenta mens desinit, inde
.391. usque sedatur utique dolor. Cui corpore, sermone, mente
non est malefactum, domitum (his) tribus nominibus, eum
392. ego dico brhmanam. Quo ex tempore religionem cog-
noverit (quis) a persapientibus traditam, assidue earn ve-
393. neretur ignem sanctum velut brhmanas. Non capillis
religatis, non gente nobilis fit brhmanas; in quo (vero) et
394. veritas et pietas, is beatus isque brhmanas. Quid tibi clim
capillis religatis, stulte? quid tibi cum amictu ex pellibus
395. facto? interna tua impervia (sunt), externa terges. Sordidam
 71
i *

395. Pamsukladharam jantum , kisan, dhamanisanthatam,

ekarh vanasmim jhyantam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
. Na vham brhmanam brmi yonijam, mattisambhavam,
bhovdi nma so hoti, sa ve hoti sakicano;
akicanam, andnarh, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
97. Sabbasamyojanam chetv yo ve na paritassai,
samgtigam, visamyuttam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
398. Chetv nandhim varata ca, sandnam sahanukkamam,
ukkhittapaligham, buddham, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
399. Akkosaiii vadhabandha ca aduttho yo titikkhati,
khantibalam, balnkam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
400. Akkodhanam, vatavantaiii, slavantarii, anussutam,
dantam, antimasrram, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
401. Yri pokkharapatte v a , ragger iva ssapo,
yo na lippati kmesu, tam aham brmi brhmanam.

vestem gestantem hominem, macrum, vens consitum,

solitarinm in sylva meditantem, eum ego dico brhmanam.
. Non ego brhmanam dico tero natum, matre brahmanica
oriundum, bhovdis (vociferator) nempe is fit, is quidem fit
opulentas; inopem, cupiditatis expertem, eum ego dico
397. brhmanam. Omni ligamento scisso qui non contremit,
vincula qui supervit, solutum, eum ego dico brhmanam.
. Scissis loris et corrigiis (et) funibus ordine, claustra (inscientise)
sos. qui excussit, sapientem, eum ego dico brhmanam. Ob~
jurgationem et csedem et vinculum insons qui fert,
patientise robore instructum (et hoc) robur exercitum ha-
400. bentem, eum ego dico brhmanam. Non iracundum, piis
operibus ornatum, virtute instructum, non rigidum , do
mitum, ultimo corpore indutum, eum ego dico brhmanam.
401. Aqua in folio loti velut, in sagittse cspide velutgranum
 72

402. Yo dukkhassa pajnti idh eva khayam altano,

pannabhrar, visauttar, am ahar brdmi brhmanar.
40 8 . Gambhrapaani, medhvir, maggmaggassa kovidar,
uttamatthar anuppattar, tam ahar brmi brhmanar.
404. Asarsatthar gahatthehi angrehi c bhayar,
anokasrir, appicchar, tam ahar brmi brhmanar.
405. Nidhya dandam bhtesu tasesu thvaresu ca,
yo na hanti, na ghteti, tam ahar brmi brhmanam.
406. Aviruddhar viruddhesu, attadanclesu nbbutam,
sdnesu andnam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
407. Yassa rgo ca doso ca, mno makkho ca ptito,
ssapor iva ragg, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
408. Akakkasam, vipanirh, girar saccar udraye,
yya nbhisaje kaci, tam ahar brmi brhmanar.

sinapis qui non inhseret libidinibus, eum ego dico brh-

402. manam. Qui doloris sui cognoscit hie interitum, onus
403. qui deposuit, solutum, eum ego dico brhmanam. Alta
intelligentia prseditum, sapientem, (quse sit) via et (quae)
non (sit) via gnarum, summ am rem adeptum, eum
404. ego dico brhmanam. Non utentem (hominibus) in domo
et sine domo versantibus utrisque, sine domicilio gras-
santem, pauca desiderantem, eum ego dico brhmanam.
405. Non adhibita castigatione in animantes infirmos et
firmos, qui non ferit eque ferire facit, eum ego dico
406. brhmanam. Obstantibus non obstantem, erga (homines)
supplicio semet ipsos afficientes mitem, adversus cupientes
407. non cupientem, eum ego dico brhmanam. Cujus et cupi-
ditas et odium, arrogantia et simulatio deciderunt, granum
sinapis velut de sagittse cspide, eum ego dico brhma-
408. nam. Qui lenem, edocentem, veram vocem profer, qua
 78

409. Yo dha dgham va rassam v, anumthlam, subhsubham

loke adinnam ndiyati, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
410. s yassa na vijjanti asmim loke paramhi ea,
nirsayam, visamyuttam, tam aharii brmi brhmanam.
411. Yasslay na vijjanti, annya akathariikath,
amatogadham anuppattarh, tam aharii brmi brhmanam.
412. Yo dha punnan ca ppn ca, ubho sarhgarii upaccag,
asokarh, virajarh, suddham, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
413 . Candam va vimalam, suddham, vippasannam, anvilam,
nandbhavaparikkhnam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
414. Yo imm palipatham, duggarh samsrarh, mohm accag,
tinno, pragato, jhy, anejo, akathaiiikath,
anupdya nibbuto, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
415. Yo dha kme pahatvna angro paribbaje,
kmbhavaparikkhnam, tam aharii brmi brhmanam.

409. non objurget quemquam, eum ego dico brhmanam. Qui

hic eque longum eque breve, eque parvum eque magnum,
eque jucundum eque injucundum in mundo non datum
n o. sibi arripit, eum ego dico brhmanam. Cupiditates cui
non inveniuntur in hoc mundo alteroque, cupidinis ex-
411. pertem, solutum, eum ego dico brhmanam. Cui studia
non reperiuntur, (re) perspecta non dubitantem, immortali-
tatis comprehensionem adeptum, eum ego dico brhmanam.
412. Qui hic et bonum et malum, utrumque vinculum supe
rvit , moeroris expertem, vitio liberum, integrum, eum
413. ego dico brhmanam. Lunse instar immaculatum, purum,
placatum, inturbidum, voluptatem qui exstinxit, eum ego dico
414. brhmanam. Qui lianc adversariam, vix perviam revolutio-
nem, perturbationem supervit, transgressus, ripam ulterio-
rem adeptus, meditabundus, concupiscentise expers, non dubi-
 74

4i6. Yo dha tanhar pahatvna angro paribbaje,

tanhbhavaparikkhnar, tam ahar brmi brhmanar.
4ii. Hitv mnusakar yogar dibbar yogar upaccag,
sabbayogavisaryuttar, tam aharn brmi brhmanam.
418. Hitv rati ca arati ca stibhtar, nirpadhir,
sabbalokbhibhur, vram, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
419. Cutirii yo vedi sattnar upapatti ca sabbaso,
asattarii, sugatar, buddhar, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
420. Tassa gatirii na jnanti dev, gandhabbamnus,
khnsavar, arahantar, tam aham brmi brhmanam.
421. Yassa pnre ca pacch ca majjhe ca n atthi kicanar,
akicanar, andnarii, tam ahar brmi brhmanam.
422. Usabhaiii, pavaram, virara, mahesir, vijitvinar,
anejar, nahtakar, buddhar, tam ahar brmi brhmanar.

tans, non sibi arripiens tranquillas, eum ego dico brh-

415. manam. Qui hie libidinibus relictis sine domo vagatur,
libidinem qui exstinxit, eum ego dico brhmanam.
416. Qui hic desiderio relicto sine domo vagatur, desiderium
4ii. qui exstinxit, eum ego dico brhmanam. (Qui) relicta
humana societate divinara societatem supervit, omni
418. societate liberatum, eum ego dico brhmanam. Relicta
et lsetitia et moestitia tranquillum factum, miseriarum
expertem, omnes mundos superantem, heroem, eum ego
419. dico brhmanam. Interitum qui novit animantium or-
tumque omnino, non studiosum, beatum, sapientem,
420. eum ego dico brhmanam. Cujus cursum non perspi-
ciunt d ii, gandbabbse hominesque, cupiditates qui ex-
421. stinxit, venerabilem, eum ego dico brhmanam. Cui
et ante et posthac et in medio non est quidquam, inopem,
422. appetitus expertem, eum ego dico brhmanam. Tauri
 75

423. Pubbenivsam yo vedi saggpya ca passati,

atho jtikkhayarii patto, abhivosito muni;
sabbavositavosnam, tam aham brmi brhmanam.

Brhmanavaggo chabbsatimo.

1. Yamakam, appamadam, cittam, puppham, blena panditam,

arahantam sahassena, ppam dandena: te dasa;
2. jar, att ca, loko ca, buddham, sukharii piyena ca,
kodham, mala ca, dhammattham raaggavaggena: vsati;
a. pakinnam, nirayam, ngo, tanham, bhikkhu ca, brhmano:
ete chabbsat vagg desitdiccabandhun.

Dhammapadam nitthitam.

(instar), eximium, heroem, magnum vatem, concupiscen-

tise expertem, lautum, sapientem, eum ego dico brhmanam.
423. Prstinas commorationes qui novit et coelum tartarumque
perspicit, item generationis interitum (qui) adeptus (et)
cognitione confectus (est) anachoreta, omni confectione
confectum, eum ego dico brhmanam.
 76

i. Yamake vsat gth, appamdamhi dvdasa,

ekdas cittavagge, pupphavaggamhi solasa;
. bl sattaras gth, panditamhi catuddasa;
!, araante das gth, sahasse hontl solasa,
3. teras ppavaggamhi, dandamhi dasa satta ca,
ekdas jarvagge, attavaggamhi dvdasa,
4. dvdas lokavaggamhi, buddhavaggamhi solasa;
sukhe ca piyavagge ca gthyo honti dvdasa,
5. cuddas kodhavaggamhi, malavagg ekavsati,
I !
sattaras ca dhammatthe, maggavaggamhi solasa;
. pakinne solas gth, niraye, nge cuddasa,
f 1
dvvsa tanhvaggamhi, tevs bhikkhuvaggak,
cattlisa ca gthyo brhmane vaggamuttame. ( = 4ie.)

'ii I

h Gthsatni cattri tevs ca punpare

dhammapade niptamhi desitdiccabandhun. (= 4 2 3 .)

Sabbe satt sukhappatt aver ca, anmay,

dghyuk, aamaam piy, papponti nibbutim.
II
|i f
I
I: t Siddhir astu, subham asta, rogyam astt.

II I
I 1
 77

EXCERPTA EX COMMENTARY ET WTM.

C^,ui codice B continetur commentarius ita comparatus est, ut

singulis versibus (vei interdum pluribus conjunctis) praemittatur
f a b u l a tm longior tm brevior, quse ostendat, quo loco
commorans quemque respiciens Buddhas hanc doctrinam tradi-
derit; fabula desinit in v e r sum , quem deinde sequitur i n t e r -
p r e t a t i o v e r b o r um. Totius commentarii rationem plane ut
cognoscas jam commentationem in primum versum integram
in lucem proferam. Posthac ex interpretatione verborum ad
singulos versus graviora excerpam; fabulae vero plures sunt
et longioris ssepe ambitus, quam quas omnes describere possim,
nec necessarium puto, nam eque arete intimeque cum versibus
cohaerent, eque doctrinam versibus traditam nisi generatim
respiciunt, utad versus interpretandos fere nihil inde redundet.
Delectum igitur habebo earum praesertim quae ad histrim
illustrandam aliquid conferre videantur. Textum, ut potui,
emendare conatus sum.

V . 1. Ayarii dhammadesan kattha bhsit t i : Svat-

thiyam; kam rabbh ti: Cakkhuplattheram. Svatthiyam
kira Mahsvanno nma kutumbiko ahosi (cod. abhosi) addho,
mahaddhano, mahbhogo, aputtako; so ekadivasam nah
natittham gantv nahtv gacchanto antarmagge sampan-
naskham ekaifa vanaspatim disv ayam mahesakkhya devatya
 78

adhiggahto bhavissatti tassa hetthbhgam sodhpetv p-

kraparikkhepam krpetv vlik okirpetv dhajapatkam
usspetv vanaspatim alarhkaritv puttarii y dhtaram lv
abhitv tumhkam mahsakkram karissmti patthanam
katv pakkmti. Ath assa bhariyya kucchiyam gabbho pa-
titthsi, so tass(?) gabbbaparihram adsi, s dasamsacca-
yena puttam vijyi, setth (c. -i) attan plitam vanaspatim
nissya laddhatt tassa Plo ti nmarn alvsi. Aparabhge
arimam puttam labhi, tassa Cullaplo ti nmarn katv itarassa
Mahplo ti nmarn k a ri; te vayappatte gharabandlianena
bandhiiiisu. Tasmim samaye Satth pavattavaradhammacakko
(c. -dhamm-) anupubbena gantv Anthapindikamahsethin
catupannsakotidhanam vissajjetv krite Jetavanamahvihre
vibarati mahjanam saggamagge ca mokkhamagge ca patitth-
payamno (c. -n o ); Tathgato hi mtipakkhato (mtu- ?) astiy
ptipakkhato (pitu- ?) astiy ti dveastitikulasahassehi (?) krite
vihre ekam eva vsam vasitv Anthapindikena krite Jetava-
namahvihre ektnavsati (-vassvse?), Viskhya sattavsati-
kotidhanapariccgenakrite Pubbrme chavassvse ti, dvinnam
kulnam gunamabantatam paticca Svatthim nissya pacavsa-
tivassvse vasi. Anthapindiko pi Yiskhpi mahupsik nibad-
dhaiii divasassa dve vre Tathgatassa upatthnam gacchanti,
gacchant va daharasmaner (e. -ner) no hatthe olokessantti
tucehahatthato na gatapubb purebhattaiii gacchant khdani-
ydni ghpetv gacchanti, pacchbhattam paca bhesajjni
attha ca pnni. Nivesanesu pana nesarn dvinnarii bhik-
khusahassnam niccapamattn evsanni honti, annapna-
bhesajjesu yarn icehati tassa tarn (? c. tarn cassatam)
yadicchitam eva sampajjati. Tesu Anthapindikena ekam eva
divasam pi Satth (c. satthr) paham na pucchitapubbo, so
kira Tathgato buddhasukhumlo khattiyasuklramlo upakro
me gahapatti mayham dhammam desento kilameyy ti Satthari
 79

adhimattasinehena pahair na pucchati; Satth pana tasmirr

nisinnamatte yeva ayarii setth (c. -i) mam arakkhitabbatthne
rakkhati, ahavr hi kappasatasahassdhikni cattri asariikheyyni
alarhkatapatiyattarii attano ssavr chitv akkhni upptetv
hadayamariisair ubbattetv pnasamarh (? ) puttadram paricca-
jitv pramiyo prento paresarii dhammadesanatthya nieva
presiir, esa mam arakkhitabbatthne rakkhatti ekarh dhamma-
desanam katheti yeva. Tad Svatthiyarh sattamanussakotiyo
vasanti, tesu Sathudhammakatham sutv pacakotimatt ma-
nuss ariyasvak jt (c. add. dvekotimatt manuss ariyasvik
jt), dvekotimatt puthujjan; tesu ariyasvaknaiii dve yeva
kiccni ahesum: purebhattam dnaiii denti, pacchbhattam
gandhamldihatth vatthabhesajjdipnakdim ghpetv dham-
masavanattham gacchanti. Ath ekadivasam Mahplo ariya-
svake gandhamldihatthe vihraiii gacchante disv avarn
mahjano kuhim gacchantiti puccbitv dhammasavany ti sutv
aham pi gamissmti gantv Satthrain vanditv parisapariyante
nisdi. Buddh va nma dhammarii desent saranaslapabbajj-
dnam upanissayam oloketv ajjhsayavasena dhammarii desenti.
Tasm tam divasaiii Satth satassa (?) upanissayam oloketv
dhammarii desento (c. add. tarii divasarii) anupubbikatharh kathesi;
seyyathdarii dnakatharii slakatharii saggakatharh kmnarii
dnavarh (c. di-) otram sarhkilesam nekkhamme nisariisaiii
paksesi. Tarii sutv Mahplo kutumbiko cintesi: paralokam
gacchantarii puttadhtaro v bliog v nnugacchanti, sarram
pi attan saddhirii na gacchati, kim me gharvsena, pabbajiss-
mti so desanpariyosne Satthrarii upasarhkamitv pabbajjarh
yci; atha narr Satth n atthi te koci pucchitabbo (c, -bbanti)
yuttako ntti (c. n-) ha; kanitthabht me atthi bhante ti;
tena hi tarii pucch ti; so sdht ti sampaticchitvSatthrarii
vanditv geharii gantv kanittharh pakkospetv tta yarn
imasmirii kule savimnakvimnakarii (c. -na-) dhanarr
 80

kici atthi sabban tani tava bhro, patipajjhi (c. -bhi) nan ti,
tumhe pana smti, aham Satthusantike pabbajissmti, kim kathesi
bhtika (c. bhsatika); tvam (c. tv) me mtari matya mt
viya, pitari mate pit viya laddho, vo mahvibhavo, sakk
geharh ajjhvasanteh eva pumni ktuiii, m evam akatth
ti; tta may Satthudhammadesan sut, Satthr hi sanha-
sukhumarii tilakkhanarii ropetv dimajjhapariyosnakaly-
nadhammo (c. -snak-) desito, na sakk so agramajjhe ptretum,
pabbajissmi tt t i , bhtika tarunpi ca tv ettha mahalla-
kake pabbajjissth(?) ti tta, mahallakassa hi attano hattha-
pdpi anassav honti, na vase vattanti, kim agpanatak(?),
svhaiii tava katham na karom, samanapafipattim ptressmi.
Jarjajjarit honti hatthapdp, anassav;
yassa so vihatatthmo, katham dhammarii carissasi.
Pabbajissm evham tt ti tassa viravantass eva Satthusan-
tikam gantv pabbajjam ycitv laddhapabbajjnpasampado
cariyupajjhynam santike pacavassni vasitv vutthavasso
pavretv Sathrarii upasamkamiv (c. satthrpas-) vanditv
pucchi: bhante, imasmiiii ssane kati dhurniti; ganthadhuram
(c. gandhadhuram) vipassandhuram ti dve yeva dhurni bliikkh
t i; katamam pana bhante ganthadhuraiii(c. gandha-), katamam vi-
passandhuran ti; attano parimnurtpena ekam vdvevnikye
sakalam v pana Tepitakam Buddhavacanam ugganhitv tassa
dhranam kathanaiii (c. -naiii) vcanan ti idam g a n t h a d h u r a m
(c. gandha-) nm a; sallahukavuttito pana pathasensanbhi-
ratassa (c. pantha-) attabhve khayavayam patthapetv stacca-
kiriyvasena vipassanaiii vaddhetv arahattagahanam v i p a s s a -
n d h u r a m nm ti; bhante, ahaiii mahallakakle pabbajito
ganthadhuram (c. gandha-) ptretum na sakkhissmi, vipassa-
ndhuraiii pana ptressmti, kammatthnam me katheth ti.
Ath assa Satth yva arahatt kammatthnam kathesi. So
cod. -pdapanassav.
Satthram fanditv attaint sahagmino bhikkh pariyesanto
satthim bhikkh labhitv tehi saddhirii nikkhamitv vsayojana-
sataiii (c. vsamyo-) maggarii gantv ekarii mahantarii pacean-
tagmaiii patv tattha saparivro pindya pvisi, manuss
vattasampanne bhikkh disv va pasannacitt sanni parii-
petv nisdpetv (c. -sid
) pantenhrena (c. pan-) parivisitv
bhante kuhirii ayy gacchantti pucchitv yathphsukatthnarii
upsak ti vutte panditamanuss vsarii sensanam pariyesanti,
bhadant ti atv bhante sace ayy imam temsam idha
vaseyyum mayarii saranesu patitthya sflni ganheyym ti
hamsu, te pi mayarii imni kulni nissya bhavanissaranarh
karissm ti adhivsesurii, manuss tesarii patiriiarii (c. pati
nin) gahetv vihrarii patijaggitv rattitthnadivtthnni sam-
pdetv adariisu, te nibaddharii tani eva gmarii pindya pa-
visanti ; atha ne eko vejjo upasariikamitv bhante bahun-
narh vasanatthne aphsukam pi nma hoti, tasmirii uppanne
mayhaiii katheyytha, bhesajjarii karissmti pavresi; bero
vasspanyikadivase te bhikkh mantetv pucchi: vuso imarii
temsam kathi (c. katihi) iriypahehi vtinmessath ti ; ca-
thi (c. catuhi) bhante ti; kim pan etarii vuso patirpam,
na nu appamattehi bhavitabbain, mayarii abhidharamnassa
(c. mayarii bhi-) Buddhassa santike kammatthnarh gahetv
gat, Buddh ea nma na sakk sathena rdheturii, kaly-
najjhsayena hete rdhetabb (c. -bbarii), pamattassa ca nma
cattro apy sakagehasadis, appamatt hothvuso t i; tmbe
panabhanteti; aharii thi iriypahehi vtinmessmti pitthirii(?)
na sressmi vuso ti; sdhu bhante appamatt hoth ti.
Therassa niddarii anokkamantassa pathamamse atikkante
akkliirogo uppajji, chiddaghatao udakadhr viva akkhhi
dhr paggharanti, so sabbarattirri samanadhammarii katv
arunuggamane gabbham pavisitv nisdi. Bhikkh bhikkh-
cravelya therassa santikarii upasariikamitv bhikkhcra-
velgat (c. -gante) ti hamsu; tena h vuso ganhatha
pattacvaran t i ; attano pattacvaram ghpetv nikkhami.
Bhikkh tassa akkh (c. -i) paggharante disv kim etarn bhante
ti pucchimsu; akkh me vuso vt vijjhantiti; na nu bhante
vejjen7 amh pavrit, tassa kathem t i; sclh vuso t i ; te
vejjassa kathayimsu, so telam pacitv pesesi, thero nsya
telam sicanto nisinnako va sicitv antogmam pvisi, vejjo
disv ha: ayyassa kira akkh (c. -i) vto vijjbatti (c. v ijja -);
ma upsak t i; bhante may telam pacitv pesitam nsya vo
sittan (c. asittan) t i; ma upsak t i ; idni kdisan t i; rujat
eva upsak t i; vejjo may ekavren eva vpasamattham telam
pahitam, kin nu kho rogo na vpasanto (c. vup-) ti cintetv
bhante nisditv (c. -sid-) vo sittam nipajjitv ti pucchi; thero
tunh (c. -i) ahosi, punappunam pucchiyamno pi na kathesi;
so vihram gantv vasanatthnaiii olokessmti cintetv tena
hi bhante gacchath ti theram vissajjetv vihram gantv
therassa vasanatthnam olokento camkamananisdanatthnam
eva disv sayanatthnam adisv bhante nisinno hi sitto siti
(c. hi vo sitto ht) pucchi; thero tunh (c. -i) ahosi; m bhante
evam akattha, samanadhammo nma sarre (c. -rir-) ypente
sakk kturii, nipajjitv sicath ti punappuna yci, gaccha-
thvuso mantetv jnissmti, therassa ca tattha neva ti
na salohito (c. slohit) atthi yena saddhim manteyya (c.
satthimatteyya), kena ca (c. kaca) pana saddhim mantento
vadehi tva vuso plitatvam kim akkhhi (c. akkhi) olokes-
sasi udhu Buddhassanam, anamatamaggasmim (c. -taggasmim)
hi samsravaddhe tava anakkhikaklassa ganan natthi, anekni
pana Buddhasatni Buddhasahassni attni, tesu te ekabuddho
pi na paricinno ( ?), idni imam aritovassaiii ayo mse na
nipajjissmti te mnasam baddham, tasm cakkhni te nas-
santu v bhijjantu v Buddhassanam eva dhrehi, m cak-
khnti (c. -iti) bhtakyam ovadanto im gth abhsi:
 Cakkhimi hyanti mamyitni,
sotnia hyanti, tath eva delio,
sabbam p idaiii hyati kyanissitam,
kimkran plitatvam pamajjasi.
Cakkhtni jranti mamyitni,
sotni4 jranti, tath eva kyo
sabbam p idarii jrati kyanissitam,
kimkran plitatvam pamajjasi.
Cakkhiini bhijjanti mamyitni,
sotni bhijjanti, tath eva kyo,
sabbam p idarii bhijjati dehanissitam,
kimkran plitatvam pamajjasti.
Evarii thi gthhi attano ovdaiii datv nisinnako va natthu-
kammarii katv gmarii pindya pvisi. Vejjo disv kim
bhante natthukammarii katan ti pucchi; ma upsak t i; kdisarii
bhante ti; rujat eva upsak t i; nisditv (c. nisidisv) vo bhante
kataiii nipajjitv ti; thero tunh ahosi, punappuna pucchito
pi na kifci kathesi; atha naiii vejjo bhante tumhe sappyarii
na karotha, ajja patthya asukena me telam pakkan ti m
vadittha; aham pi may vo telam pakkan ti na vakkhmti
ha. So vejjena paccakkhto vihram gantv vejjena pi
paccakkhto si, iriypatharii m vissajji saman ti:
Patikkhitinno kicchya vejjensi vivajjito,
niyat maccurjassa kim plia pamajjasti( ?).
Imya gthya attnam ovaditv samanadhammam aksi. Ath
assa majjhimayme atikkamante apubbam acarimam akkhni
c eva kiles ca pabhijjimsu (c pahi-). So sukkhavipassako
(sukhavi-?) arah hutv gabbham pavisitv nisdi. Bhikkh
bhikkhcravelyam gantv bhikkhcraklo bhante ti hamsu;
kl vuso ti; ma bhante ti; tena hi gacehah ti; tumhe
pana bhante t i ; akkhni me vuso parihnnti. Te tassa
cod. addit jr. >cod. omittit sotni.
 84

akkhni oloketv assupunnanejtto hutv bhante m cintayittha,

mayarii vo patijaggissm ti (c. -mti) therarii asssetv kattab-
bayuttakam vattarii katv gmarii pvisirhsu. Manuss therarh
adisv bhante amhkarh agg kuhin ti pucchitv tani pavattirii
sutv gm pesetv sayarii pindaptam dya gantv theram
vanditv pdamle pavaddhayamn roditv mayam bhante pati-
jaggissma, tumhe m cintayitth ti samasssetv pakkamimsu.
Tato patthya nibaddham ygubhattam vihram eva pesenti,
thero pi itare satthibhikkh nirantaram ovadati, te tass ovde
thatv upakatthya pavranya sabbe va saha patisambhidhi
arahattam ppunimsu, vutthavass ca pana Satthram datthu-
km hutv theram hamsu: bhante Satthram datthukm
amh t i, thero tesam vacanam sutv cintesi: aliam dubbalo
antarmagge ca amanussapariggaht atav atthi, mayi etehi
saddhirii gacchant sabbe kilamissanti, bhikkham pi labliitum na
sakkhissanti, ime puretaram eva pesissmti; atha ne lja: vuso
tumhe purato gacehath t i; tumhe pana bhante t i; aham dub
balo antarmagge ca amanussapariggaht atav atthi, mayi
tumhehi saddhim gacchant sabbe kilamissatha, tumhe purato
gacehath ti; m bhante evarir karittha; mayam tumhehi
saddhim eva gamissm t i; m vo vuso rucci, evarii sante
mayham aphsukam bhavissati, mayham kanittho tumhe disv
pucchissati, ath assa mama cakkhtnam parihnabhvam ro-
ceyytha, so mayham santikam kaeid eva pahinissati, tena
saddhim gacchissmi, tumhe mama vacanena Dasabala ea
astimahthere ca vandath ti te uyyojesi; te theram kham-
petv antogmarii pavisimsu. Manuss nisdpetv bhikkham
datv kim bhante ayynam gamankro pariiyatiti; ma
upsak, Sathrarii datthukm amh ti; te punappuna ycitv
tesarii gamanachandam eva atv anugantv paridevitv ni-
vattiriisu; te pi anupubbena Jetavanarii gantv Satthrari ea
inahthere ca (c. -ra ca) therassa vacanena vanditv puna
divase yattha therassa kanittho vasati tahi vthim pindya
pvisimsu; kutimbiko tesarh jnitv nisdpetv katapatisan-
thro bhtikathero me kuhin ti pucchi, ath assa tam pa-
vattim rocesum, so tesarh pdamiile pavaddhento roditv
pucchi: idni bhante kim ktabban t i; thero ito kassaci ga-
manam paccsirhsati (c. pands-), gatakle tena saddhim
gamissatti; ayarh bhante bhgineyyo Plito nma, etarh pe-
seth ti; evam pesetum na sakk, rnagge paripantho atthi,
pabbjetv pesetum vaddhatti; evam katv pesetha bhante ti;
atha narn pabbjetv addhamsamattam cvaragahandni sik-
khpetv maggarh cikkhitv pahinimSu. So anupubbena tam
gmam patv gmadvre ekam mahallakam disv imam gmam
nissya koci aramako vihro atthti pucchi; atthi bhante ti;
tatthavasatiti; Plitathero bhante ti; maggam me cikkhath ti;
si tvan ti; bhaddantatherassa bhgineyyo mhti; atha nam
gahetv vihram nesi, so theram vanditv addhamsamattam
vattapativattam katv theram samm patijaggitv bhante m-
tulakutumbiko me tumhkam gamanam paccsirhsati, etha
gacchm ti h a; tena hi mam yatthiiii ganhhi; so yatthi-
kotirh gahetv tberena saddhiih antogmarii pvisi; ma-
nuss nisdpetv kim bhante gamankro vo pamyatti
pucchiriisu; ma upsak gantv Satthram vandissmti. Te
nnappakrena ycitv alabhant theram uyyojent upad-
clhapatham gantv roditv nivattimsu; smanero theram yat-
thikotim (c. addit: v) dya gacchanto antarmagge ataviyam
Katthanangaraiii nma therena upanissayavutthapubbagmam
samppuni; so .tato nikkhamitv arame gyitv drni uddha-
rantiy ekiss itthiy gtasaddaiii sutv sare nimittam ganhi. Itthi-
saddo viya ao saddo purisnam sakalasarram pharitv thtum
samattho nma n atthi, t e n h a B h a g a v : nharn bhikkhave
amam ekasaddam pi samanupassmi yo evam purisassa cittam
pariydya titthati yath yidam (ayam ?) bhikkhave itthisaddo t i;
 86

smanero tattha nimittarii gahetv yatthikotim vissajjetv tittha-

tha tva (c. tca) bhante kiccam me atthti tass santikarii gato,
s taiii disv tunh ahosi, so ya saddhirii slavipattirh ppuni;
thero cintesi: idn ev eko gtasaddo suyattha (syati?), so ca
kho itthiy, smanero pi so slavipattirh pato bhavissatti; so
pi attano kiccam nitthpetv gantv gacchmaharh bhante ti
ha, atha nam thero pucchi: ppo jto si smanero t i, so
tunh hutv punappuna pucchito na kici kathesi, atha nam
thero ha: tdisena ppena mama yatthigahanakiccam n atthti,
so sarhvegappatto ksyni apanetva gihiniymena paridahitv
bhante aharh pubbe smanero idni pan amhi gih jto, pab-
bajanto pi charirnasaddhya pabbajitomaggaparipanthabhayena
pabbajito, etha gacchm ti ha; vuso gihippo (c. g-) pippo
samanappo pi ppo yeva, tarii samanabhve thatvpi (c. -p)
slamattarir pretum nasakkhi, gih (c. ghi) hutv kim nma
kalynam karissasi, tdisena ppena me yatthigahanakiccam
n atthti; bhante amanussupaddavo maggo, tumhe pi andh,
katham idha vasissath ti; atha nam thero vuso tvam m
evam cintayi, idh eva me nipajjitv marantassa pi aparparam
pavaddhentassa pi tay saddhirii gamanarh nma natthti vatv
im gth abhsi:
Handharii hatacakkhu smi, kantraddhnam gato,
sem(?) na gacchmi, n atthi bl sahyat.
Handharii hatacakkhu sm i, kantraddhnam gato,
marissmi, no gamissmi*, n atthi bl sahyat.
Tarii sutv itaro sariivegajto bhriyarh vata me shasikarh
ananucchavikarh kammarh katan ti bh paggayha kandanto
vanasandarii pakkhanditv tath pakkanto va ahosi. Therasspi
slatejena satthiyojanymarii pannsayojanavitthatarii panna-
rasayojanabahalarii jayasumanapupphavannarii nisdanutthaha-
nakle sumbanamanuamanapakatikarii ( ? c . -su onamanunn-?)
cod. -siniin. ^ cod, g-.


87

Sakkassa devaramo pandukambalasilsanam unhkram das-

sesi. Sakko ra kho mam thn cvetukmo ti olokento
dibbena cakkhun theraiii addasa; tenhu porn:
Sahassanetto devindo dibbam cakkhum visodhayi*,
ppagarah ayarii Palo jvam parisodhayi.
Sahassanetto devindo dibbam cakkhum visodhayi,
dhammagaruko ayarn Palo nisinno ssane rato ti.
Ath assa etad ahosi: sacham evartpassa ppagarahino dham-*
magarukassa ayyassa santikam na gamissmi muddh me
sattadh pleyya, gamissmi ssa santikan ti (c. -missantikanti).
Tato :
Sahassanetto devindo devarajjasirdharo
khanena gantvna Cakkhuplam upgami.
Upagantv pana therassvidre padasaddam aksi; ath a narh
thero pucchi: es t i; ahaiii bhante addhiko t i; kuhim ysi
upsak t i; Svatthim bhante t i ; yhi vuso ti; ayyo pana
bhante kuhim gamissasti; aharn pi (c. ahamhi) tatth eva
gamissmti; tena hi ekato gacchma bhante t i; aham dubbalo,
may saddhim gacchantassa tava papaeo bhavissatti; mayham
accyikaiii natthi, aham pi ayyena saddhim gacchanto dasasu
pumakiriyavatthusu ekam labhissmi, ekato gacchma bhante
ti. Thero eko sappuriso bhavissatti cintetv tena hi yatthi-
kotim ganha upsak ti ha; Sakko tath katv pathavim
samkhipanto -samkhipanto syanhasamaye Jetavanam samp^
p esi; thero samkhapanavdisadde sutv katth esa saddo ti
pucchi; Svatthiyam bhante ti; may am gamanakle cirena
gamimh ti; aham ujukamaggam jnmi bhante ti; tasmirii
khane thero nyarii manusso devat bhavissatti sallakhesi.
Sahassanetto devindo devarajjasirdharo
samkhipitvna tam maggarn khippam Svatthim gami
So theram therass eva Satthya kanitthakutumbikena (c.-tth-)
". cod, -yim.
kritam pannaslam netv pallarhke nisdpetv piyasahya-
vannena tassa santikam gantv samm (c. -ma)Pl ti pakkositv
kirii samm ti; therassgatabhvarii jnsti; najnmi, kim pana
thero gato t i; ma samm idn ham vihram gantv theram
tay katapannaslya nisinnakam disv gato mhti vatv
pakkmi; kutumbiko pi vihram gantv theram disv pdamtle
pavaddhento idam disv aham bhante tumhkam pabbajiturh
na dsin ti dni vatv dve dsakrake bhujisse (c. buchi-) katv
therassa santike pabbjetv antogmato ygubhattdni haritv
theram upatthahath ti ptipdesi; smaner *vattapativattam
katv theram upatthahimsu. Ath ekadivasarii disvsino bhikkht
Satthraiii passissm ti Jeta variam gantv Satthram --
ditv astimahthere disv vihracrikam carant Cakkhupla-
therassa vasanatthnaiii patv imam pi passissm ti syarii
tadabhimukh ahesum; tasmim khane mahmegho utthahi,
te idni sya ca megho ca utthito, pto va gantv passissm
ti nivattimsu; devo pathamaymam vassitv majjhimayme
vigame vigato, thero raddhaviriyo cinnacamkamano (?), tasm
pacchimaym camkamam otari, tad pana navavatthaddhya
bhmiy bah indagopak utthahimsu, te there camkamante
yebhuyyena vipajjimsu; vsik therassa camkamanatthnam
klass eva na samajjimsu (sampajj- ?), itare bhikkht therassa vasa-
natthnam passissm ti gantv camkamane pnake disv
imasmim earhkamti pucchiriisu; amhkamupajjhyo bhante ti;
te upajjhyimsu: passatha samanassa kammarir, sacakkhukle
nipajjitv niddyanto kici akatv idni cakkhuvikalakle caiii-
kammti ettake pne mresi, attham karissmti anatthain karit!
(c. -ri-). Atha gantv Tathgatassa rocesuit: bhante Cakkhup-
latthero carhkammti bahupnake mresiti ; kim pana so tum-
hehi mrento dittho t i; na dittho bhante t i; yath eva tumhe
tam na passatha tathpi so te pne na passati, khnsavnam
maranacetan nma n atthi bhikkhave ti; bhante arahattassa
 89

upanissaye sati kasm andho jto ti; attan katakammavasena;

kim pana tena katan ti ; tena hi bhikkhave simtha: Atte
Brnasirje (c. -j) rajjam krente eko vejjo gmanigame
(c. -nigamame) caritv vejjkammam karonto ekarii cakkhu-
dubbalakarii itthirii disv pucchi: kin te aphsukan ti; akkhhi
na passmi; bhesajjarii te karomiti; karohi smiti; kim me
dassasti; sace me akkhni pkatikni kturii sakkhissasi aharii
te saddhirh puttadhthi ds (c. -i) bhavissmiti; so sdh ti bhe
sajjarii sariividahi, ekabhesajjen eva akkhni pkatikni ahsurii;
s cintesi: aharii etassa puttadhthi saddhiih ds (c.-i) bhavis-
san ti patijnirii, na kho pana marii sanehana (sineharh ?) saniud-
carissati, vacessmi narii ti, s vejjengantv kdisarii bhadde
ti putth pubbe nie akkhni (c. -ini) thokarii mjirhsu, idni atire-
kataram rujantti; vejjo ayarii mam vacetv kici adtukm,
na me etya dinnabhatiy attho, dn eva narii andharii karis-
smti (c. -iti) cintetv geharii gantv bhariyya nam attharh
cikkhi, s tunh ahosi, so ekarii bhesajjarii yojetv tass
santikam gantv bhadde imarii bhesajjarii arijhti arijpesi,
dve akkhni dpasikh viya vijjhyiriisu. Vejjo Cakkhuplo
ahosi bhikkhave , tad mama puttena katakammarii pacchato
pacchato anubandhi, ppakammarii hi nm etarh dhurarii
vahato balivaddassa padarii cakkarii viya anugacchatti. Marii
vatthurii kathetv anusandhirii ghatetv patitthpitamattikarii
ssanarii rjamuddya laiichano viya dhammarj imam
gtham h a:
Manopubbarigam dhamm, manosetth, manomay;
manas ce paduttheria bhsati v karoti v,
tato narii dukkharii anveti cakkarii va vahato padarii ti.
Tattha m a n o ti kmvacarakusaldibhedarii sabbampicatubh-
mikacittarii. Imasmirii pana pade tad tassa vejjassa uppanna-
vasena niyamiyamnarii vavatthpiyamnarii paricchijjiyamnarii
domanassasahagatam patighasampayuttacittam eva labbhati.
Pubbagam ti tena pathamagmin hutv samanngat.
D h a m m ti gunadesanpariyattinissattavasena cattro dijam
m nma. Tesu na hi dhammo adhammo ea ubho samavi-
pkino: adhammo nirayan ti (c. nirayanyanti) dhammo ppeti
sugatin ti (c. sugg-), ayam gunadhammo nma; dhammam
vo bbikkhave desissmi dikalynan ti, ayam desandhammo
nma; idlia pana bhikkhave ekacce kulaputt dhammam pa-
riypunanti suttam geyyan ti (c. geyynti), ayarii paiiyatti-
dhammo nm a; tasmirii kho pana samaye na dhamm hontti,
khandh hontti, ayarii nissattadhammo nma, nijjvadhammo
ti pi es eva. Tesu imasmim thne nissattanijjvadhammo
adhippeto, so atthato tayo arpino khandh: v e d a n khandho,
sam khandho, s a mk h r a k k h a n d h o ti, ete hi manopubba-
gam. Etesam hi mano pubbagamo nma, katham pan : etehi
saddhim ekavatthuko ekrammano apubbcarimam (c. apub-
bamcar-) ekakkhane uppajjamno pubbagamo nma hotti
uppdappaccayatthena. Yath hi bahusu ekato gmaghta-
kdikammni karontesu etesam pubbagamo ti vutte yo
tesam paccayo hoti yam nissya te tam kamuiam karonti so
danto (c. datto) v matto v tesai pubbagamo ti vuccati,
evam sampadam idai veditabbam. Iti uppdappaccayatthena
mano pubbagamo etesan ti m a n o p u b b a g a m ; na hi te
mane anuppajjante (c. mano appajjante) uppajjiturii sakkonti,
mano pana ekaccesu cetasikesu anuppajjantesu pi uppajjati
yeva. Adhipativasena pana mano settho etesan ti m a n o -
s e t t h , yath hi cordnam corajetthakdayo adhipatino setth
tath tesam pi mano settho (c. setth). Yath pana drudhi
nipphannni (c. druhi dhi nippa-) tni bhandni druma-
ydni nma honti tath ete pi manato nipphannatt (c. nip-
pantatt) m a n o m a y nma. Padutthen ti gantukehi
abhijjhdhi upakkilesehi (c. sehi) padutthena, pakatimano hi bha-
vagadosehi paduttham hoti na ca na cittarii npurimam bha-
r

91

vagaeittam e va (?), t e n a h a B h a g a v : pabhassaram idarii

bhikkhave cittarii ta ca kho gantukehi upakkilesehi upakki-
litthan t i; evaiii manas ce padutthena bhsati v karoti v so
bhsamno eatubbidharii vacduccaritam (c. -ci-) eva bhsati, ka-
ronto tividharii kyaduccaritam eva karoti, abhsanto akaronto
tya abhijjhdhi padutthamnasatya tividham manoducearitarh
preti: evam assa dasa akusalakammapath priptririi gacchanti.
T a t o narh d u k k h a m a n v e t t i tato tividhaduccaritato tarii
puggalarii dukkham anveti, duccaritnubhvena cattro apye
manussesu v tamabhvam gacchantarii kyavatthukam pi itaram
piti imin pariyyena kyikaeetasikarii vipkadukkham anu-
gacchati, yath kim : c a k k a m v a v a l j a t o p a d a m , dhura-
yuttassa dhuram vahato balivaddassa cakkarii v iya ; yath hi so
ekam pi divasam dve pi pafca pi dasa pi addhamsam pi vahanto
cakkam nivattetum jahitum na sakkoti atha ca assa purato
abhikkamantassa yugam gvam (c. gv) bdhati pacchato
patikkamantassa cakkarii rumarhsarh patihanti, imehi dvh
krehi bdhantaih cakkarii tassa pdnupadikarh hoti, tath
eva (c. tattheva) manas padutthena tini duccaritni pretv
thitarii puggalarii niraydisu tattha tattha gatatthne duccarita-
mlakarh kyikam pi cetasikam pi dukkharii anubandhatti.
Gthpariyosne tirhsasahass bhikkhd saha patisambhidhi
arahattarii ppuniriisu, sampattaparisya pi desan stthik
ahositi. Cakkhuplattherassa vatthurii.

Si quid in fabula illa ad versum interpretandum inest

auxilii, ex posterioribus petendum est, quse ea de causa vertam.
Postquam in superioribus narratum est, quomodo Cakkhuplas
nter officia summo ardore gerenda oculorum lumine orbatus
sit, sic pergit narratio: (Bhikkhus quserunt p. s o l.:) Domine,
arahantis dignitatis beatitudinem adeptus cur coecus factus est
Cakkhuplas ? Propter suum ipsius facinus (inquit magister).
 92

Quid tandem ab eo factum est? Audite igitur, o bhikkhus.

Regnante olim rege Brnasis, medicus qudam per rara et op-
pida proficiscens muere suo fungens mulierem ex oculis labo-
rantem conspectam rogavit: quid tibi molestum ? Oculis non
cerno. Medieamentum tibi coniiciam. Confice, here.
Quidnam mihidabis? Si oculos meos sanos reddere potueris,
ego tibi cum filiis filiabusque mancipium ero. Is, bene, inquit.
Medieamentum composuit; uno hoc medicamento oculi sani
facti sunt. Ilia eogitavit: me cum filiis filiabusque mancipium
ei fore promisi. . . eludam eum. Turn a medico advenienti ro-
gata, quomodo valeret: antea, inquit, oculi mei paulum dolebant,
jam vero gravius dolent. Medicus: hsec mihi decepto ne
det quidquam cupida est, nec mihi pactse cum ea mercedis usus
erit, nunc igitur earn occoecabo, htec quum secum reputasset,
domum abiens uxori earn rem narravit. Ea tacuit. Is medi
camento parato ad illam prope accedens hoc medieamentum
inungi jussit. Turn ambo oculi ut lumen lucernee exstincti
sunt. Medicus fuit Cakkhuplas, o bhikkhus. Hoc a filio meo
tunc factum facinus perpetuo ei adhrerebat; malefactum enim
hunc, sicut bovis jugum vehentis pedem rota, insequitur.
Hinc apparet, ei rationi qua? inter rnentem et dhammam inter-
cedat, quum primarium in versu occupet locum, nullam ex
fabula lucem afferri.
Ad dhammam quod attinet, quanquam vocis notio ad
Universum ambitum difficilem habet definitionem, in duobus
primis versibus et in v. 279 de natura et conditione vitse
humanae haud dubie usurpatur. Quod vero commentator ad
versum 1 et 2 de tribus et ad v. 279 de quinqu attributis
(khandh, cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 475. sii. 034) naturae
humanae vocem interpretatus est, id e seholastica doctrina
repetendum est, in hunc quidem locum non convenit. Gogerly,
teste Spence H ardy: Eastern Monachism p. 28, hunc versum ita
vertit: Mind precedes action. The motive is chief: actions
proceed from mind. If any one speak or act from a corrupt
mind, suffering will follow the action, as the wheel follows
the lifted foot o f the ox. Dhammam igitur actionem in-
telligit, quod certe fieri non potest.
Pedis tertii choriambus in his duobus. versibus (bhsati v)
atque in v. 382 (yufijati buddh-) contra auctoritatem gramma-
ticorum sanscriticorum obvius (cfr. Boehtlingkii Chrestom. p. 447)
tollatur, si ad analogiam v. 63 cet. bhsati et yufijati legamus.

V . Si. Dutiyagthya pi Svatthiyarh yeva Maddha-

kundalim rabbha bhsitarii. Svatthiyarii kira Adinnapubbako
nma brhmano ahosi, tena kassaci kimitadinnapubbarii (kincid
adin-?), tena tani Adinnapubbako tv-eva sanjniriisu; tass
ekaputtako ahosi piyo manpo; ath assa pilandhanarii k-
retukmo sace suvannakrasscikkhissmi vetanarii dtab-
barii bhavissatti sayam eva suvannarii koddhetv maddhni
kundalni kaiv adsi, ten assa putt Maddhakundal tv-
eva pamnyittha; tassa solasavassakle pandurogo udapdi;
mt puttam oloketv brhmana puttassa te rogo uppanno,
tikicchpehi nan ti ha; bhoti sace vejjarii nessmi bliatta-
vetanam dtabbaifi bhavissati, tvam mama dhanaechedanani
(c.dhanavacch-) na olokesti; atha kirh karissasi brhman ti;
yath me dhanacchedo na hoti tath karissmti; so vejjnam
santikam gantv askarogassa nma tumhe kirii bhesajjani
karoth ti pucchi; ath assa te yarii v tani v rukkhatancdim
(-tac-?) cikkhanti; so tani haritv puttassa bhesajjani karot,
taiii karontass ev assa rogo blv ahosi, atekicchabhvam
upgami brhmano tassa dubbalabhvarii natv ekarii vejjarii
pakkosi, so Moketv va amhkarii ekarii kiccarii atthi, arrinarh
vejjarii pakkositv tikicchpehti tarii paccakkhya nikkhami;
brlimano tassa maranasamayarii natv imassa dassanattliya
gat anogahe spateyyarii passissanti bahi nam karissmti
pu-ttam nharitv bahi linde nipajjpesi. Tarii divasarii Bhagav
balavapacesasamaye mahkarunsampattito vutthya pubba-
buddhesu katdhikranarii (c. -nam) ussannakusalamulnarh ve-
neyyabandbavnarii dassanattharh Buddhacakkhun lokarh volo-
kento dasasahasscakkavle nnajlarh patthari. Maddhakundalo
bahi inde nipannkren eva tassa anto pamnyi; Satth tarh
disv tassa antogeh nharitv (c. ni-) tattha nipajjpitabhvam
natv ahi nukho mayhath ettha gatapaccayena attho ti upadh-
rentoidam addasa. Ayarii mnavo mayi manarii pasdiv klarii
katv tvatiriisayojanike kanakavimne nibbattissati, aceharsa-
hassam assa parivro bhavissati; brhmano pana nam (c. panam)
jhpetv rodanto lhane viearissati; devaputto tigvutappamnarh
satthisakatahrlamkrapatimanditam accharsahassaparivram
attabhvam oloketv kena nu kho kammena may ayam sivi
sampatti laddh ti olokento mayi cittapasdena laddhabhvarii
natv dhanacchedabhayena mama bhesajjam akatv idni l-
hanarh gantv rodati vippakrappattam nam karissmti
(c. kassmti) pitari akkhantiy Maddhakunclalivanno ngantv
lhanassvidre nipajjitv rodissati, atha narii brhmano ko si
tvan ti pncehitv ahan te putt Maddhakundalti, kuhirii nib-
battosti, tvatimsabhavane ti, kim kammarii katv ti vutte mayi
cittappasdena nibbattabhvam cikkhissati (c. ac-), brhmano
tumhesu eittam pasdiv sagge nibbattanam (c. nibbattanma)
atthti marii pucchissatti, ath assharii ettakni stni v sa-
hassni v tassakkgananya (tassa takkagnanyo?) paricchin-
diturhti (?) dhammapade gthaiiibhsissmi, gthpariyosne (c.
gthampariy-) caturstiy pnasahassnam dhammbhisamayo
(c. *-hi-) bhavissati, Maddhakundalo sotpanno bhavissati, tath
Adinnapubbako brhmano ; iti imarii kulaputtarii nissya dhamma-
yyo (dhammbhisamayo?) maybhavissatti natvpuna divase
katasarrapatijaggano mahbhikkhusariighaparivuto Svatthirii


pindya pavisiv anuptibbena brhmanassa gehadvram gato

tasmim khane Maddhakundalo antogehbbimukho nipanno hoti;
Satth attano apassanabhvarh atv ekam rasmim vissajjesi;
mnavo kim obhso nm eso ti parivattitv nipanno Satthram
disv andhablapitaram nissya evanparii (c. en-) Buddhm
upasamkamitv kyaveyyvatikarn v ktum dhammam v so-
tuiii nlattham, idni meiiatthpi avidheyy; amam (c. aam)
kattabbarii natthiti manam era pasdesi. Satth alam etta-
kena imass ti pakkmi; so Tathgate cakkhupatharii vijahante
vijahante yeva pasannamano klam katv suttappabuddho
viya devaloke timsayojanike kanakavimne nibbatti. Brhmano
pi ssa sarram jhpetv lhane rodanaparyano ahosi, deva-
sikam lhanarii gantv rodati: kaham ekaputtaka kabaiii eka-
puttak ti; devaputto px attano sampattirh oloketv kena kam-
mena laddh ti upadhrento Satthari manopasden ti atv
ayarn brhmano mama aphsukakle bhesajjar akretv idni
lhanam gantv rodati, vippakrappattam etaiix ktum vad-
dhatiti Maddhakmxdalivanno ngantv lhanassvidtre bh
paggayha rodanto atthsi; brhmano tai disv aharii tva
puttasokena rodmi, esa kimatthaiti rodati, pucchissmi nan
ti pucchanto imam gtham h a:
laiixkato Maddhakundal
mlbhr haricandanussado
bh paggayha kandasi
vanamajjhe kirh dukkhito tuvan ti.
So ha: Svannamayo pabhassaro uppanno rathapajaro mama,
tassa cakkayugarii (c. -kariryu-) navindmi, tena dukkhena jahis-
sarix jvitan ti. Atha narh brhmano ha: Sovaiiiiamayaiir mani-
mayaih loblxamayarh (loha-?) atha rupiymayaiii cikkha me
bhaddamnava, cakkayugarir (c. -karhyu-) patilbhaymi te. Ta
sutv miiavo ayamputtassa bhesajjarii akatv puttapatirpakam
(-ssaro ?)
 1

9 tj

(c. -rupkarh)disv rodanto svanndimayain rathacakkaih karomti

vadati, hotu, nigganhissmi nan ti cintetv kva mahantarh mama
cakkayugain karissasti vatv yva mahantam karhkhasti
vutte candasuriyehi me attho, te me dehiti yeanto so m-
navo tassa pvadi: candastriy ubhayettha bhtaro, sovanna-
mayo ratho (c. rathatbo) mama tena cakkayugena sobhatti.
Atha narii brhmano ha: blo ko tvaih muava, yo (yam?)
tvain patthayase apatthiyam mariinmi, tuvam marissasi, na
hi tuvam iacchasi candasuriye ti. Atha nam mnavo kirii
pana pariinyamnass atthya rodanto blo hoti udhu apparii-
nyamnass ti vatv gamangamanam pi dissati, vannadht
ubhayettha vti (? ) yo peto pana klakato na dissako n dha
kandatairi balyataro. Taiii sutv brhmano yuttarii esa vadatiti
sallakkhetv saccarii kho vadesi mnava, aham eva kandatarii
balyataro candarii viya drako rudapetarii (? ) klakatbhipat-
thayan ti vatv tassa kathya nissoko hutv mnavassthutirh
karonto im gth abhsi:
Adittarh vata marii sntin, ghatairi sittarii va pvakarh,
vrin viya osincarii sabbarri nibbpay odararh,
Abbahi vata me sallarii, sokain hadayanissitaih,
yo me sokain kar tassa puttasokarn apnudi.
Svham abblhasallo. smi, stibhto smi, nibbuto,
na socmi, na rodmi, tava sutvna mnav ti.
Atha nairi ko nma tvan ti pucchanto:
Devat nu s i, gandhabbo, du Sakko purindado,
ko v tvairi, kassa v putt, katharii jnemu tarii mayan
ti ha.
Ath assa mnavo yan ca kandasi yan ca rodasi puttarii l-
hane sayarii ohitv svham (c. svha) kusalarn karitv kam-
mam tidasnain sahavyatam patto ti cikkhi. Brhmano ha:
appain v bahurii v nddasma dnaih dadantassa sake agr
cod. soka.
 97

uposathakammarii v, tdi sakena kammona gato s (c. yi)

devalokan ti. Mnavo lja: bdhiko hatii dukkhito blha-
gilno turarpo mhi (c. mahi) sake nivesane, Buddhin vi-
gatarajarh vitinnakariikham addakkhirh, sugatarh anomapariinarh,
svharh muditamano pasannacitto anjalirh akarirhTathgatassap
tharh (tenham?) kusalakammarh (adde: akatv?) tidasnam
sahavyatarii patto ti. Tasmirh kathente kathente yeva brh-
manassa sakalasarram (c. -ra) ptiy paripn , so tam pitim
pvadanto: acchariyam vata abbhutarii, anjalikammassa ayam
diso (c. idiso) vipko, aham pi muditamano pasannacitto ajj3
eva Buddhm saranarh gacchmti ha (c. bha). Atha naiit
mnavo:
Ajj* eva Buddhm saranarh vaj m i
dhammarh ca samghan ca pasannacitto",
tath eva sikkhya padni pafica
akhandapullni samdiyassu:
Pntipt viramassu khippam,
loke adinnarii parivajjayassu,
amajjapo, m ca mus bhanhi,
sakena drena ca hohi tuttho ti ha b.
8t> sdhd ti sarnpaticchitv im gth abhsi:
Atthakmo 'si me yakkha, hitakmo si devate,
karomi tuyham vacanarii, tvam asi cariyo mama.
Upemi Buddhm saranarh dhamman cpi anuttararii
samghan c a , naradevassa gacchmi saranaih aljam.
Pntipt virammi khipparii,
loke adinnarii parivajjaymi,
amajjapo, no * ca mus bhanmi,
sakena drena ca homi tuttho ti.
tha narri devaputto: brhmanagehe baljurh dhanarh atthi,
Satthrarii upasarhkamitv dnarii dehi, dhammarii sunhi,
co d . p a s a n ta -. * c o d . b h a. r cod . no.
 98

paham (c. paarh) pucch ti vatv tatth ev antaradhyi.

Brhmano pi geh am gantv brhmanim mantetv: bhadde
aham samanam Gotamarh nimantetv paham pucehissmi,
sakkram karoljti vatv viliram gantv Satthram n eva
pbhivdetv na patisanthram kaiv ck am an tani thito: bho
Gotama adhivsehi me ajjatanya bhattam saddhim bhikkhu-
samghen ti lja. Sath adhivsesi, so. Sattlm adhivsanath
viditv vegena gantv sakanivesane khdaniyarh bhojaniyarh
patiydpesi, Sath bhikkhusaiiighaparivuto tassa geham
gantv parimattsane nisdi, brhmano sakkaccarii parivisi.
Mahjano sannipati, micchditthikena kira Tathgate nimantite
dve janaky sannipatanti, miechditthik: ajja samanam Go
tamarh pamhapucchya (c. -hamp-) vihethiyainnaiii passissm
ti sannipatanti, sammditthik: ajja Buddhavisayarir Buddha-
llham passissm ti sannipatanti. Atha brhmano katabhatta-
kiccatii Tathgatarii upasariikamitv nivsane nisinno paham
pucchi: bho Gotama tumhkam dnarii adatv pjarii akatv
dhammam asutv uposathavsam avasitv kevalarii manopasda-
matten eva sagge nibbatt nma hontti; brhmana kasm
marii pucchasi, na nu te puttenaMaddhakunclalin mayi manam
pasdiv attano sagge nibbattabhvo kathito t i; kad bho
Gotam ti; na nu tvarh ajja susnam gantv kanto (kandanto?)
avidre bjj paggayha kandantam ekarii mnavam disv:
alariikato Maddhakundal mlbhr haricandanussado ti dvhi
janehi kathitakatharii paksento sabbarh Maddhakundalivatthurii
kathesi, ten ev etarii Buddhabhsitam nma jtarir kathetv
pana na kho brhmana ekasatam na dve atha kho mayi
manatii pasdiv sagge nibbattnam ganan n atthiti ha.
Mahjano (c. -jno) na nibbematiko (c. -ke) Boti, ath assa
anibbematikabhvam viditv Satth Maddhakundalidevaputto
yimnen eva saddhim gacchat ti adhitthsi, so tigvut-
ppamno n eva dibbbharanapatimanditena attabhvengantv
 99

vimnvaruyha (c. vimnmaruyha) Satthrarh vanditv eka-

mantarii atthsi. Atha nam Satth: ta imam sampattim
(c. -tti) kim kamraam katv patilabhiti pucchanto:
Abhikkantena vannena y tvam titthasi devate,
obhsent dis sabb osadh viva trak,
pucehrai tam devi mahnubhve:
manussabht kim aksi puan ti
gtham ha; devaputto: ayarii bhante tumhesu manam pas-
detv laddh t i ; mayi manam pasdetv laddh te t i; ma
bhante ti. Mahjano devaputtam oloketv: acehariy vata
bho Buddhagun, Adinnapubbakabrhmanassa nma putto
amam (c. aam) kiei pumam u*. puarii) akatv Satthari
manam pasdetv evarapasampattim patilbhti tufthim pave-
desi. Atha nesarn kusalkusalakammakarane mano pubba-
gamo mano settho, pasannena hi manena katakammam deva-
lokarh manussalok (c. -kam) gacehantam puggalam chy va
na vijahatti idam vatthurii kathev anusandhim ghatetv
patitthpitamattikam ssanam rjamuddya lacchanto viyadham-
marj imarii gtham ha: Mano pubbagam etc. Tattha
m a n o ti avisesena sabbam pi catublulmakacittam vuccati, ima-
smii pana pade. . . somanassa sahagaam nasampayuttacittam
eva labbhati; . . . d h a m m ti vedandayo tayo khandh; pa
s a n n e n ti anabhijjhdhi gunehi pasannena... Gthpariyosne
caturstiy pnasahassnam dhammbhisamayo ahosi. Mad-
dhakundal devaputto sotpattiphale patitthahi, tath Adinna-
pubbako brhmano, so tva mahantam vibhavarh Buddha-
ssane vippakirti. Maddhakundalivatthum.
Et hsee et superior fabula, ut alise quoque, ex opere
aliquo versibus composito ranseriptse esse videntur, ejus scilicet
generis, quod purnam dicitur, cujus reliquias exhibent et versus
toti fabulis immixti sermone antiquitatem prodentes, et versuum
fragmenta rhythmi quibusdam vestigiis insignita.
 100

Ad hos versus graviores quae insuper apud Tipham (Mah;1~

vans! vol. III. p. 208 sq.) oecummt, etiamsi inepta, supplendi tamen
causa afferam. Primi hemistichii sensum sic exprimit: thought
is the root and the principal thing which marks every intention:
et versus vario modo enarrat: the mind is the origin o f all the
different thoughts, and whatsoever sins a person does by means
o f his mind, they go together with him or her into his or
her next life in hell, in the same manner as a wheel goes
after an ox who draws it etc.; as the wheels o f a cart follow
always the bullocks wherever they draw it, a person who has
once committed such sin, follows his custom of committing
sins wherever he is born again; et: as the shadow o f a man
will not leave him at any time, a person who has once done
a god act, will not forget to do good acts always wherever
he is born etc.

V. 3 -4 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Tissatthero.

Tattha a k k o c e h i t i akkosi; a v a d h i t i pahari; aj i ni t i
kutasakkhim otranena v vdapativdena v kranuttariya-
kranena v ajesi; a h stimamasantakampattdisukicid eva
avahari; y e ta n ti ye keci dev v manuss v gahatth v
pabbajit v ta akkocchi man ti divatthukam kodham saka-
adhurarh viya nnptimacchdni viya ca kusdhi punappu-
narh vethent u p a n a y h a n t i tesarii sakim uppannarii verarn
na sammatti; . . . te su pamdena uppannam pi v e r a r n imin
anupanayhantesu (c. -nayhanne) nirindhano viya jtavedo
upasammatti.
A k k o c c h i aoristus est radiis kus (sanscr. kru), sanscritice
esset krauxt, quod quidem a grammatieis ignoratur, vide
Westergaardii Radices s. v. Sanscriticum x fere kkh fit, rarius
cch et quidem h. 1. euphonise causa in vicinitate soni k, cff.
tacchaka, kucchi. Ajini aor. radiis ji ; stirpes illas, quae
 101

radiis incremento or (den udvidede Rodform, cfr. Westerg.

Sanskrit Formlajre p. 4) variis temporibus modisque formandis
inserviunt, latius aliquanto palice quam sanscritice patent, v. c.
fut. ppunissati, pahinissati, vijnissati; aor. tussimsu, kujjhimsu,
paribhuji, ganhimsu, cintayimsu; inf. paribhujiturh, ganhitum
ger. pativijjhitva, sannayihitv, patisunitv, ugganhitv. Inpassivo
idem occurrit, quo fit, ut lingua palica passivos habeat infinitivos
et passiva gerundia v. c. vimuccimsu, mucciturh (act. muciturh),
muccitv (act. mucitv), jinitabba. Ahsi sansc. ahrst
aor. a rad. har sansc. hr. U p an a y i b a n ti a rad. nah, forma
est ex upanayhanti diducta. Metathesin litterse h (sive primitiva
sive ex sibilanti ortte), linguam palicam cum sanscrtica com
paraos, invenies in confinio nasalium et semivocalium, ex. gr.
paha, unha, ganhti, jimba, gimha, ambamaya, muyhati,
mayham, jivh, atque in initio verborum vocalibus insertis:
rahada, nabru, mibita; sansc. pragna, usna, grhnti, jihma,
grisma, agmamaya, muhyati, jihv, hrada, snyu, smita. Ver
borum diductio, vocalibus occursus consonantium evitandi
causa insertis, adest in exemplis: sakkunti, rajunarh, ppu-
nti, sineha, paduma, sumarati, silesuma, sukhuma, cetiya,
hammiya, iriy, ativiya, visiya, vajira, hiri, araba, kilesa,
gilna, siloka, hildati. Eadem metathesis eademque diductio
reperitur in payirupsati, kayirtha, kayirati etc.
Exstat in codd. A et B lectio: tesupasammati, quse
baud dubie admitti potest, sive prior vox ex auctoritate com-
mentatoris pro locativo apocopato tes(u) habenda sive pro
genitivo tes(arn), quod quidem parallelismus prioris versus
commendare videtur.
Si grammaticis sanscriticis eredendum est (Boehtl. Chrest.
p . 447), secundo hemistichii loco pavone tertio uti non licet, atta-
men in Dhammapado, prseter v. 3 (-nayihanti), invenies : v. n s
kayirtha, v. nse papatanti, v. 159 vata dametha (c. B dammetha),
 102

v. 244 ahirikena, quod tamen in ahirikena emendan potest. A d-

numerandus est v. 38, si vera est lectio (-pahareyya), quam
comm, et c. B prsebent. Pseon quartus (ajini mam) in pede
tertio itidem non permissus in v. 154 quoque exstat, attamen illic
gahaktam facile corrigi potest.
Gogerly (Sp. Hardy p. 29) hos versus sic vertit: Their
anger is not subdued who reca to mind he abused me,
he struck me, he conquered me, he plundered me. But their
anger is subdued who do not reca to mi nd he abused me,
he struck me, he conquered m e, he plundered me.

V. 5 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Kliyakkhin.

Tattha n a h i v e r e n ti yath hi khelasimghnikdi-
asucimaklchitatthnam (c.-lamsi-) teh eva asuchi dhovanto sud-
dharii duggandham ktum asakkoti (c. -konti) atha kho tarh thnam
. . . asuddhatara ca duggandhatara ca hoti evam evarii akko-
santarii (c. asakkontarii *) paccakkosanto paharantam (c. parantam)
patiharanto verena veram vupasameturii na sakkoti atha kho
bhiyyo veram eva karoti. . . ; yath pana tni kheldni asucn'i
vippasannena udakena dlioviyamnni (c. ddho-) nassanti ta
thnarii suddharii hoti niggandharii evam eva averena khanti-
mettodakena yonisomanasikrena paccavekkhanena verni vpa-
sammantipatippassambhantiabhvariigacchanti; e s a d h a m m o
sanantano ti esa averena venpasamanasamkhto por-
tiako dhammo sabbesam buddhapaccekahuddhakhnsavnarii
gatamaggo ti.
S a m m a n t id ha cfr. v. 34 pariphandat idam, v. 149
yn imni, alpn eva, v. 09 pihet att-, v. 274 n atth
ao, v. 376 patisanthravutt assa, Kammav. ed. Spiegel
p. 7 ,1 . 13 tunh assa. S a n a n t a n o sans. santano, cfr. Vagsa,
nga(?), nagara; Burnouf: Introd. p. 6 2 1. Ad ultima verba
Emendationem el. Westergaardio debeo.
 103

efr. Manu 4, ins. Rmyana ed. Gorr. 3, 18 /2 4 , 8/is. Mahbh.

1 2 , 4740 c e t.

Gogerly sic vertit: Anger will never be appeased by

anger, but by gentleness. This is the doctrine o f the ancients.

V. O. Pare ca na vijnantiti imarh dhammadesanam

Satth Jetavane viharanto kosambake bhikkh rabbha kathesi.
Kosambiyaiii hi Ghositrme pacasataparivre dve bhikkhu
viharimsu Vinayadharo ca Dhammakathiko ca. Tesu Dhamma
l athiko ekadivasam sarravajim (? ) katv udake kotthake(?)
camanaudakvasesarii bhjane thapetv nikkhami; pacch
Vinayadharo tattha pavittho tarn udakarh disv nikkhamitv
itaram pucchi: vuso tay udakam thapitan t i ; ma vuso
t i; kim pan ettha pattibhvarii na jnsiti (c. -siti); ma na
jnmti; hot vuso ettha pattiti; tena hi patikarissmi tan
ti; sace pana te vuso asacicca asatiy katarn n athi pat
titi (c. -ttiti) so tassa pattiy anpattiditthi ahosi. Vinaya
dharo pi attano nissitaknarii: ayaiii Dhammakathiko pattim
pajjamno pi na jntti rocesi; te tassa nissitake disv:
tumhkam upajjhyo pattim pajjitvpi pattibhvarii na jntti
(c. -nti) hariisu ; te gantv attano upajjhyassrocesum, so evam
ha: Vinayadharo pubbe anpattti vatv idni pattiti vadati,
rausvd (c.-di) eso ti; te gantv: tumhkam upajjhyo mu~
svditi evam aamaakalaham vaddhayirhsu. Tato Vina
yadharo oksam labhitv Dhammakathikassa pattiy ukkhe-
paniyakammam aksi,tato patthya tesarii paccayadyakupat-
thakpi dve kotths (c. -se) ahesum, ovdapatigghak bhikkhu-
niyo pi rakkhadevapi sanditthasambhatt ksatthadevat-
pti yva brahmalok sabbe puthujjan dve, pakkh ahesurii,
ctummahrjikam ditv yva akanitthabhavan pan idam
kolhalam agamsi. Ath eko amataro bhikkhu Tathgatam
upasamkamitv: ukkhepakyam(?) dhammikenevyam kammena
 104

ukkhitto, ukkhittnuvattaknarii adhammikena kammena ukkhitto

ti laddhirh ukkhepehi vriyamnrmm pi ca tesarii tarii anupa-
nvretv vicaranabhvam rocesi( ?). Bhagav sarnagg kira
hont ti dve vre pesetv na icchanti bhante samagg bha-
vitun ti sutv tatiyavre bhinno bhikkhusariigho ti bhinno bliik-
khusaiiigho ti tesarii santikarii gantv ukkhepaknarii ukkhepane
iaresa ca pattiy adassanya (c. -dasa-) dnavarii ^c. di
)
kathetv puna tesarii tatth evaekasmya uposathdni anujnitv
bhattaggdisu bhandanajtnarii sanantarikya nisditabban ti
bhattaggevam( ?) papetv idni bhandanajt viharantiti sutv
tattha gantv alarii bhikkhavem bhanclananti dni (c. -di
) vatv
bhikkhave bhandanakalahaviggahavivdnm ete anatthakrak,
kalaharii nissya hi latukikpi sakunik hatthingarii jv i-
takkhayarii ppesti (c. -siti) Latukikajtakarri kathetv bhikkhave
samagg hotha, m vivdatha, vivdarh nissya In anekasa-
hassavaddhak jvitakkhayairi patt ti Vaddhakajtakarh kathesi,
evam pi tesu vacanarii andiyariitesu ariiatarena dhamma-
vdin Tathgatassa vihesarii (?) anicchantena: gametu bhante
Bhagav dhammassrni appossukko bhante Bhagav ditthadham-
masukhavihram anuyutto viharatu mayarii tena bhandanena ka-
lahena viggahena vivdena payissm ti vutte bhtapubbati
bhikkhave Brnasiyarh Brahmadatto nma Ksirj ahosti (c.
-siti) Brahmadattena Dghatikosalarao rajjarh acchinditv arii-
takavesena vasantassa mritabhva c eva Dghvukumrena
attano jvite dinn tato patthya tesarii samaggabhvan (c.-gg-)
ea kathetv tesarii hi nma bhikkhave rjnarii adinnasatthnarii
evarparii khantisoraccarii bhavissati, idha kho tarii bhikkhave
sohetayarii ( ?) , tumhe evarii svkkhte (c.-o) dhammavinaye
pabbajit samn kham ca bhaveyytha sorat c ti ovaditva-
pi n eva te samagge kturii asakkhi. So tya kinnavihratya
ukkanthito: aharii kho idni kinno dukkharii viharmi, ime
ca bhikkhu (c. -u) mama vacanarii na karonti, yannnharii
 105

(c. -nnu-) gaaamh vpakatlho vijiareyyan ti cintetvKosam-

biyarh pindya caritv anapaloketv bhikkhusamgham ekako
va attano pattacvaram dya Blakalouakrmarh gantv tattha
Bhagutherassa ekavrikavattham kathetv pcnavamsamigadye
tinnarh kulaputtnam smaggiyarasnisarhsam kathetv yena
prileyyakam tad avasari, tatra sudaih Bhagav prileyyakam
upanissya Rakkhitavanasande bhaddasiamle prileyyakena
hatthin upatthiyamno phsukarh vassvsarh vasi. Kosam-
biyarii vsino pi kho upsak vihram gantv Satthram apas-
eant kuhirii bhante Satth ti pucchitv prileyyavanasandam
gato t i; kimkran ti; amhe samagge kturh vyam i, vayarii
pana na samagg ahumh t i ; bhante tumhe Satthu santike
pabbajitv tasmirii smaggim karonte samagg nhuvatth t i ;
evam vuso ti; mannss: ime Satthu santike pabbajitv ta-
smim smaggim karonte pi samagg na jt, mayarh ime nissya
Satthram (c. -ra) datthum na labhimha, imesarii n eva sa-
narii dassma (c. -m) na abhivdandni karissm t i, tato
patthya tesam smicimattam (sam iti-?) pi nakarirhsu. T eapp-
hratya sussamn katiphen eva ujuk hutv ariiamamam
accayarij desetv khampetv: upsak mayam samagg jt,
tumhe pi no purimasadispi hoth ti (c. pi) harhsu; khampito
pana vo bhante Satth t i; na khampito vuso t i ; tena hi Satth
ram khampetha, Satthu khampitakle mayam pi tumhkam pub-
basadis bhavissm ti. Te antovassabhvena Satthu santikarh
gantuiii avisahant dukkhena tam antovassam vtinmesum.
Satth pana tena hatthin upatthiyamno sukham vasi, so pi hi
ganamh saphsuvihratthy eva tam vanasandarii pvisi,
yathha: aharii kho kinno viharmi, hatthhi hatthinhi hatthi-
kalabhehi atticchpehi (hatthi- ?) chinnaggni ceva tinni khdmi,
obhagge bhagga ca me skhbhangam khdanti, avilni ca p-
niyni pivmi, oghantassa me uttinnassa hatthiniyo kyam upa-
nighamsantiyo gaechanti; yannnham eko ganasm viipakatlho
 106

vihareyyan ti. Atha kho so hatthingo yuth apakkammayena p-

rileyyakarakkhitavanasando (c.-kamra-) bhaddaslamlarii yena
Bhagav tcn1 upasariikami, upasarhkamitv pana Bhagavantam
vanditv olokento amfarh kinci adisv bhaddaslamlam pdena
paharanto tacchetv sondya (c. soddhya) skharii gahetv sam-
majji, tato patthya sondya gliatam gahetv pniyam paribho-
janiyam upatthapeti, unhodakena atthe sati unhodakampatiydeti,
katharii: hatthena katthni ghariisitv aggim (c. -i) pteti tarh
drni ukkhipanto (c. -e) jletv tattha tattba psne pavitv d-
rudandakena pavaddhetv paricchinnya khuddakasondiyam (-? )
khipati, tato hattham otretv udakassa tattabhvarh jnitv
gantv Satthrarh vandati, Satth udakan te tpitarii prileyy
ti vatv tattha gantv nahyati, ath assa nnvidhni pha-
lni haritv deti, yad pana Satth gmarh pindya pavisati
tad Satthu pattaevaram dya kumbhe patitthpetv Satthr
saddhim yeva gacchati, Satth gmtpacrarn patv: prileyy'
ito patthya ganturii na sakk, hara me pattaevaran ti lja-
rpetv gmaiii pavisati, so pi yva Satthu nikkhaman tatth
eva thatv Satthu gamanakle paccuggamanarii kaiv purima-
nayen eva pattacvararii gahetv vasanatthne otretv vattam
dassetv skhya vjati, rattirii vlamigaparipanthanivranatthairi
mahantam dandam sondya gahetv Satthrarh rakkhissmiti
yva arunuggaman vanasanclassa antarantarena vivarati, tato
patthya yeva kira so vanasando Rakkhitavanasando nma jto,
arune (c. -o) uggate (c. -he) mukhodakadnarii katv ten eva up-
yena sabbavattni karoti. Ath eko makkato tani hatthim (c. -i)
utthya samutthya Tathgatassa abhisamcrikam karontam
disv aham pi kincid eva karissmti vivaranto ekadivasarii nim-
makkhikam dandakamadhum disv dandakam bhanjitv dandaken
eva saddhirii madhupatalam Satthu santikaiii haritv kadalipattam
ehinditv tattha thapetv adsi, Satth ganhi, makkato: karissati
mi kho paribhogarii na karissatti olokento gahetv nisinnam
 107

disv kin nu kho (. ) cintetv dandakotiyam gahetv parivat-

tetv upadhrento andakni disv tni sanikam apanetv adsi,
Satth paribhogam aksi, so tutthamnaso tarn tam skham
gahetv naccanto atthsi, ath assagahitaskhpi akkantaskhpi
bhijji, so ekasmirii khnumattake patitv nibbiddhagatto pa-
eannen eva eittena klarh katv tvatiriisabhavane tiriisayojanike
kanakavimne nibbatti, acchaisaljassasaparivro ahosi. Tath-
gatassa tattha hatthingena upafthiyamnassa vasanabhvo saka-
lajambudpe (c. -b-) pkato ahosi, Svatthinagarato Anthapin-
diko Viskh mahupsik ti evam dni mahkulni Ananda-
ttherassa ssanam pahinirhsu (c. -han-): Satthrarh no bhante
dasseth ti, disvsino pi ca pacasat bhikkh vutthavass
Anandatheram upasariikamitv: cirassut no Ananda Bhagavato
sammukh dhammikath, sdhu mayarix vuso Ananda labhey-
yma, Bhagavato sammukhdhammikathasavany(?) ti yeiriisu
(c. ym-), thero te bhikkh dya tattha gantv: temsam ekavi-
hrino Tathgatassa santikam ettakehi (c. etth-) bhikkhhi saddhim
upasarixkamituiii ayuttan (e. y-) ti cintetv te bhikkh bahi tha-
petv ekako Satthrax upasaiiikami, priieyyako taxii disv
dandam dya pakkandi, Satth oloketv: apehi prileyyak
in crayi (v-?), Buddhupatthko eso ti ha, so tatth eva
daixdam chaddetv pattacvarapatiggahanam pucchi, thero na
adsi, ngo: sace uggahimtavatto (-hita-?) bhavissati Satthu
nisdanapsnaphalake parikkhrarh na thapesti (-essatti?)
eintesi, thero pattacvaram bhmiyam thapesi, vattasam-
pann hi garnam sane v sayane v attano parikkhram
na thapenti, thero Satthram vanditv ekamantarh nisdi, Sat
th ekako gato siti pucchitv pacasatehi bhikkhhi saddhirii
gatabhvaiix sutv kaham pan ete ti vatv tumhkaiii cittarix
ajnanto bahi thapetv gato mhti vutte pakkoshi ne ti,
thero tath aksi. Satth tehi saddhirii patisanthrarii katv
tehi bhikkhhi: bhante Bhagav buddhasukhumlo ca tumhehi
 108

temsam ekakehi titthantehi nisdantehi ca dukkaram katari,

vattapativattakrako pi mukhodakdidyako pi nhosi (c. -h -)
maiim ti vutte bhikkhave prileyyakahatthin mama sabba-
kiccni katni, evarpam hi sahyakaih labhantena ekato
vasiturh yuttarii, alabhantassa ekacrikabhvo vaseyy ti vatv
me Ngavagge tisso gth abhsi:
Sace labhetha nipakarii sahyam,
saddhimcaram sdhuvihridhram,
abhibhuyya sabbni parissayni
careyya ten attamano b, satm.
No labhetha nipakarh sahyam,
saddhimcaram sdhuvihridhram,
rj ca rattham vijitam pahya
eko care mtagaramo va ngo.
Ekassa caritam seyyo, n atthi ble sahyat,
eko care na ca ppn i kayir
appossukko mtagaramo va ngo * ti.
Gthpariyosne pacasatpi te bhikkh arahatte patitthahiriisa.
Anandatthero Anthapindikdhi pesitam ssanam rocetv:
bhante Anthapindikapamukh paca ariyasvakakotiyo gama-
nai paccsirhsantti ha, Satth: tena hi ganhhi pattacvaran
ti pattacvaram ghpetv nikkhami. Ngo gantv magge
tiriyam athsi, kim karoti bhante ngo t i; tumhkam bhikkhave
bhikkham dturii paccsimsatti, dgharattam kho panyam m ay-
harii upakro, nassa cittarh kopeturii vaddhati, nivattatha bhik
khave ti Satth bhikkh gahetv nivatti; ha.tthf pi vanasandam
pavisitv pana sakadaliphaldni nnphalni saiharitv rsirir
katv puna divase pacasatabhikkhnam (c. -t-) adsi, pacasat
bhikkh sabbni khepeturii nsakkhiisu, bhattakiccapariyosne
Satth pattacvaram gahetv nikkhami, ngo bhikkhnam an-
tarantarena gantv Satthu purato tiriyarii atthsi, kim karoti
V. 3 2 8 -^ 3 0 . 4 c. - n o . e co d . n a n g o .
 109

bhante ti, ayar bhikkhave tumhe pesetv mam nivattesi, atha

narhSatth: prileyya idarh mama anivattitagamanar (c. -tanga-),
tava imin attabhvena jhnarii v vipassanar v maggaphalar
v natthi, tittbatvan ti ha (c. ahar), na sutv ngo mukhe sondar
pakkhipitv rodanto pacchato pacchato agamsi, so hi Satth-
rar nivattetur labhanto ten* eva niymena yvajvar pati-
jaggeyya. Satth pana gmpaeram patv: prileyya ito
patthya tava abhumimanussvso saparipanto (-?), tittha tvan ti
ha, so rodamno thatv Satthari cakkhupathar (c. -khurp-) vi-
jahante hadayena phalitena klar katv Satthari pasdena tva-
tirsabhavane tirsayojanike (c.-ko) kanakavimne accharsahas-
samajjhe nibbatti, Prileyyakadevaputto yev assa nmar ahosi,
Satthpi anupubbena Jetavanar agamsi, kosambak bhikkhn
Satth kira Svatthir gato ti sutv Satthrar khampetur
tattha agamaiiisu; Kosalarj te kira kosambak bhandana-
krak bhikkh gacchantiti sutv Satthrar upasarkamitv:
aharn bhante tesar mama vijitar pavisitur na dassmti
ha; mahrja slavant te bhikkhu, kevalar ariiamaar
vivdena mama vacanar na ganhirsu, idni mar khampetur
gacchanti, gacchantu mahrj ti (c. -r); Anthapindiko p i :
ahar tesar vihrar pavisitur na dassmti vatv tath" eva
Bhagavat patikkhitto tunh ahosi. Svatthiyarh anuppattnar
pana tesar Bhagav ekamante vicittam krpetv sensanar
dpesi, are bhikkh tehi saddhir ekato na nisdanti na
titthanti, gatgat Satthrar pucchanti: kanarii mete (kaham
ete?) bhante bhandanakrak kosambak bhikkh ti, Satth ete
ti dasseti (c. addit: te) ete ea ete kir ti gatgatehi aguliy
(c.-yya) dassiyamn lajjya sghar ukkhipitur asakkont Bha-
gavato pdamle nipajjitv Bhagavantar khampesur, Satth:
bhriyar (c. h-) vo bhikkhave katar, tumhe nma mdisassa
Buddhassa santike pabbajitv mayi smaggir karonte mama
vacanar (c. vaca) na karittha, pornakapanditpi vajjhappat-
 110

tnarh mtpitunnarii ovdaiii sutv tesu jvit voropiya-

mnesu pi tarn anatikkamitv paech dvsu ratthesu rajjar
krayirs ti vatv puna Devakosambikajtakam kathetv:
evar bhikkhave Dghvukumro mtpitusu jvit voropiya-
mnesu pi tesan ovad am anatikkamitv Brahmadattassa dh-
taram labhitv dvsu Ksikosalaratthesu rajjar karesi (c. -ro-a
tumhehi pana mama vacanar akarontehi bhriyar katan ti
vatv imarir gtham h a : Pare ca etc. Tattha p a r e ti -pan-
dte thapetv tato arire, bbandanakrak c.-a) pare nma, te
tattha sarghamajjhe kolhalam karont: mayara yarn m a s e
uparamma nassma satatar samitam maccusantikar gacchra
ti na jnanti ; y e c a t a t t h a v i j n a n t i t i ye tattha pandit
mayara maecusampar gacchra ti vijnanti; t a t o sa m m a n.t i
m e d h a g ti, evar hi te jnant yonisomanasikram upp-
detv medhagnarii kalahnarh vpasamya patipajjanti, alba
nesar taya, patipattiy te medhag sammantti. Atha v p a r e
c ti pubbe maya m bhikkhave bhandanan i dni vatv
ovadiyamnpi mama ovdassa apatiggahanena amamak pare ;
mayar chanddivasena micchgahanar gahetv e t t h a sar-
ghamajjhe y am m a s e bhandandnar vuddhiy vyamm
ti na vijnanti... Gthpariyosne sampattabhikkh sopatti-
phaldisu patitthahirsu ti. Kosambakavatthur.

Y a m m a s e i pers. plur. imper. rnedii, sanscritice esset

yammahai. In hac forma palica lingua et sanscrtica rem
susceperunt altera alterius, sonum enim s in suffixo verbali
mase (ex masai, forma e masi vedorum ampliicata) lingua
palica servavit, sanscrtica vero in b convertit. Yammase ex
altera commentatoris interpretation intelligendum est: jurgia ut
augeamus enitemur; vijnanti tum esset: sapiunt. His vero
duabus interpretationibus relictis melius forasse verteremus:
oportet, ut hic nos cohibeamus.
 Ill

Gogerly sic vertit: Persons do not reflect, we shall

speedily die; if any do. thus reflect, their quarrels speedily
terminate.

W. Locus: Setavyanangaravh. Personae: Culakdjo

et Mahdkalo.
Tattha s u b h d n u p a s s i t i (c. -siti) subham anupassantaih,
itthdrammane (c. -no) manasam vissajjetvd viharantan (c. -ran)
ti attho; yo hi pugcalo nimittagdhariu anuvyanjanagdharii (c. anu-
byanj-); ganhanto nakhd sobhand ti (c. sobhati) ganhdti, anguliyo
sobhand ti (s.-ndti) ganhdti, hatthapddajariighd urn kari (?) uda-
rarh thand giva otthd dantd mukham (c. mukhd) nasd akkhini
kanhd bhamukd naldtd (c -tarn) kesd sobhand (c. -nd) ti ganhdti,
kesd lomarh (c. -md) nakhd dantd taco sobhand ti ganhdti,
vanno subho samthdnarh subhan ti ganhdti, ayarh subhdnu-
passi (c. -ssi) ndma, tarn evarh subhdnupassiviharantarh; . . .
kdmavydpadavihirhsavitakkavasikatdya (c. -kkamvasik-) k u s i -
tarn ; h i n a v i r i y a n ti nibbiriyarh catusu iriydpathesu viriya-
karanasamrahitam; p a sah atitiabhibhavati (c.abhavati) ajjhot-
tharati; vdto. r u k k h a r h v a d u b b a 1an ti balavavdto chinna-
tatejdtam dubbalarukkharii viya; yatha.hi so vdto tassa rukkhassa
pupphapaldsddim pi sddeti khuddasdkhapi bhanjati samulakam
pi tain rukkham ubbattetvd pdtetvd uddhamuldrh adhosdkham
(c. -khdrii) katvd gacchati evam evarh evarupam puggalam anto
uppannokilesamdropasahati.. . ; a s u b h d n u p a s s i t i (c.-passiti)
dasasu ahesum (asubhesu?) aihnatararh asubhaih passantam
patikkulamanasikdrentam kese asubhato passantarii lome nakhe
dante tacarh vannarh santhdnarii asubhato passantarii; in d r i
v e su ti chasu indriyesu susariivutarh nimittadigaharahitarh
pihitadvararii . . .
Ca a m a t t a n n u m sive legendum est e amatt-, ut v. t;u
c atth-, v. 41 vat ayarh, v. 77 ovadeyy anus-, v. 326 ajj aharii
 112

cet., sive cmatt-, ad analgim v. as chu, v. 85 athyarh,

v. sas vljam cet. P asahati m r o ionicus a minori removed
potest pasahat legendo, cfr. ntm ad v. i. Asubhnu-
p a s s v i h a r a n t a m commentator solvit in asubha et anup-,
quod vix permitti potest, quum anupassin in altero versu altero
sensu sumendum esset; cfr. tamen vv. 349-50, Spence Hardy
p. 347. Vibarantam recitandum est vih rantarh, quse enim in
lingua palica metri causa fit contractio verborum (cfr. ad v. 9,

opposita diductioni ad v. 3 commemoratse) in formm anti-

quiorem, licentia quadam poetica etiam alias locum habere
videtur ita ut vocalis interdum ut Hebramrum Shva legenda
sit, cfr. in pede primo vv. 82. iss. 21 s. 228. 387. 389. (s. 73 .

88. 153. 185. 227. 271. 4 1 l) , in pede SeCUlldo VV. 7. 8. 27. 47.
48. 98. 182. 185. 275. 283. 292. 302. 333 , ill pede teitio VV. 9.

14. 126. 1 .3 1 . 231. 2.12. 233. 291. 302. 364. 379. Na-ppasahati
m r o recita -saht mro.
G ogerly: He who lives regarding the pleasures o f exi
stence, with unrestrained passions, immoderate in food, indolent,
unpersevering, Mraya (lust) will certainly subdue him, as the
feeble tree is overturned by the blast. He who lives medi
tating on the evils o f existence etc.

V. 9 - S O . Anikkasvo ti imarh dhammadesanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto Rjagahe Devadattassa ksvalbham rab-
bha kathesi. Ekasmim hisamayedve aggasvak pacasate pa-
casate attano parivre dya Satthram pucchitv Jetavanato
Rjagahani agamaiiisu; Rjagahavsino dve pi tayo (pi ?) bah
pi ekato hutv gantukadnam adariisu. Ath ekadivasaiii yasm
Sriputto anumodanarii karonto: upsak eko sayarii dnam
deti paraih na samdapeti, so nibbattanibbattatthne bhoga-
sampadarii labhati no parivrasampadarii, eko pararii sam
dapeti sayarii na deti, so nibbattanibbattatthne parivrasam-

padar labhati no bhogasampadar, eko sayam pi na deti
pavana pi na samdapeti, so nibbattanibbattatthne kajika-
xnattam pi kucchipvar na labhati, antho hoti nippaceayo,
eko sayam pi deti pavana pi samdapeti, so nibbattanibbatta
tthne attabhvasate pi attabhvasahasse pi attabhvasatasa-
hasse pi bhogasampadar e eva pavivvasampada ca labhatti
ovar dhammarh desesi. Ta c eko panditapuriso sutv: aceha-
riyarh vata bho dhammadesarisu kvanar kamitar, maya
imsar dvinnar sampattnar nipphdakammarii ktur vad-
dlaatti cintetv bhante sve mayharia bhikkhaa ganhatt (c. -t) ti
thevam nimantesi; kittakehi te bhikkhuhi attho upsak ti; kit
tak pana vo bhante pavivv ti; sahassaa upsak t i ; sabbe
va saddhiria sve bhikkhaa ganhatha bhante t i ; thevo adhiv-
sesi; upsako nagavavthiyaa (c. -v i-) eavanto : arnnaa tta may
bhikkhusahassaa ninaantitarii, tumhe kittknaria bhikkhnarii
bhikkhaa dturia sakkhissatha, tumhe kittaknan ti sanada-
p eti; manuss attano attano pahenakaniymena: mayara dvin-
naria dassma, mayar vsatiy, mayar satass ti harsu (c. a h -):
upsako: tena hi ekasmir thne samganaar katv ekato va
pacissma, sbbe tilatanclulasappipntdni (c. -phnit-) sam-
havath ti ekatthne samhavpesi. Ath assa eko kutimbiko
sahassagghanakaa gandhaksvavatthaa datv: sace te dna-
vaddhar na-ppahoti idar vissajjetv tad dnar pveyysi,
sace pahoti yass icchasi tassa bhikklauno dadeyysti h a; tassa
sabbar dnavaddhar pahosi, kici uar nma nhosi. So
manusse pucchi: idar ayy (c. -o) ksvaa ekena kutimbikena
evavia nma vatv dinnar ativekai jtar, kassa nar dem ti;
ekacce: Sviputtatthevass ti harsu (c. ah-), ekacce: thevo
sassapkasamaye gantv gamanaslo Devadatto amhkam
magalmagalesu sahyo udakamaniko viya niccappatitthito,
tassa tar dem ti harsu, sambahulikya lcatya pi Deva
dattassa dtabban ti cattvo bahutar ahesum, atha narii
8

/
 114

Bevadattassa adarhsu, so tam chinditv samvidahitv niv-

setv prupitv vicarati; aiii disv: na idaih Devadattassa
anucchavikam, Sriputtattherassa anucchavikarh, Sriputtatthe
rassa anucchavikam (. -) Devadatto attano ananucchavikarh
(c. anucch-) nivsetv prupitv vicaratiti vadimsu. Ath eko
disvsikobhikkhuRjagahato (e.-ha) Svatthirh gantv Satthram
vanditv katapatisanthro (c. -tth-) Satthr dvinnam aggasva-
knam phsuvihram pucchito (adde: tato) pafthya sabbam tam
pavattim rocesi, Satth: na kho bhikkhave idn ev eso attano
ananucchavikarh vattharii dhreti, pubbe pi dhresi yev ti
vatv attarh hari: Atte Brnasiyam Brahmadatte rajjam
krente Brnasivs (c. -si) eko hatthimrako hatth (c. -i)
mretv dante ca nakhe ca antni ca ghanamamsa ca haritv
vikknanto (c. vikki-) jvikam kappeti; ath ekasmim arame
anekasahass hatth (c. -i) gocaram gahetv gacchant pacce-
kabuddhe disv tato patthya gacchamn gamanakle jannu-
kehi (c. jann-) patitv vanditv pakkamanti: ekadivasarir
hatthimrako tam kiriyam disv: aham ime kicchena mremi.
me ca gamangamanakle paccekabuddhe ven dan ti, kin nu
kho disv vandantti cintento ksvan ti sallakkhetv mayp
idni ksvarii laddhuih vaddhatti cintetv ekassa pacceka-
buddhassa jtassaram oruyha nahyantassa tre thapitesu k-
svesu cvaram thenetv tesam hatthinam gamangamanamagge
sattim gahetv sassaiii prupitv nisdati, hatth tani disv
paccekabuddho ti samya (c. saiiisaya) vanditv pakkamanti,
so tesam sabbesam (c. sabba) pacchato gacchantam sattiy paha-
ritv mretv dantdni gahetv sesarii bhmiyam nikhanitv
(c. -n i-) gacchati: aparabhge Bodhisatto hatthiyoniyam pati-
sandhim gahetv hatthijetthako yuthapati (c. -ti) ahosi, tadpi
so tath eva karoti, mahpuriso attano parisya paribhnam
(c.-nim) atv kuhim ime hatth (c. -i) gat mand jt ti
pucchitv na jnma smti vutte kuhimei gacchant marii
 115

anpucchant (c. -pucch) na gamissanti, paripanthena (c.-pan-

tena) bhavitabban ti cintetv etasmim thne ksvam pmpitv
nisinnassa santik paripanthena bhavitabban ti parisamkitv
ta pariganhitum sabbe hatth purato (c. pi-) pesetv sayam
pacch vilambamno gacchati, so sesahatthsu vanditv gatesu
mahpurisam gacchantam disv cvaram samharitv sattirii
vissajji, mahpuriso satiiii upatthapnto gacclianto patikka-
mitv sattim vacesi (c. vadvesi), atha naiii imin hatth (c. -i)
nsit (c. -n) ti ganhitum pakkhandi, itaro ekarh rukkhaiii purato
katv nilyi, atha narii rukkhena saddhim sondya parikkhipitv
gahetv bhmiyarhpothessmti tena nharitv dassitarii ksvam
disv svham (sacham?) imasmim dussissmi anekasahassesu
me buddhapaccekabuddhakhnsavesu lajj va nma (e. addit:
bhinna) bhavissatti adhivsetv tay me ettak nsit ti pucchi,
ma smti vutte kasm evam bhriyam kammam aksi, at-
tano ananucchavikarh vtargnam anucchavikam vattham pa-
ridahitv evarpam kammam karontena bhriyam tay katan
ti eva ca pana vatv uttarim pi nigganhanto: Anikkasvo
ksvam pe sa ve ksvam arahatti vatv ayuttan te katan ti
ba. Satth imam dhammadesanam haritv: tad hatthimrako
(c. batth-) Devadatto abosi, tassa (c. -) nigghako hatthingo
aham (c. bh-) ev ti jtakam samodhnetv: na bhikkhave
idn eva pubbe pi Devadatto atano ananucchavikam vattham
dhreti yev di vatv im gth bhsi: Anikkasvo etc.
Chaddantajtakenpi ayam attlio dpetabbo ti. Tatthaani k-
k a s v o ti rgdhi kasvehi sakasvo (c. sakavo) p a r i d a -
h e s s a t t i nivsanaprupanaattharanavasena (c. nvs-) pari-
bhujissati, paridadhassatti pi ptho; . . . v a n t a k a s v a s s
ti cathi maggehi vantakasvo chadditakasvo pahnakasvo
assa; s 1e s ti catuprisuddhislesu; s u s a m h i t o t i suttliu-
sambito sutthito . . . Gthpariyosne disvsiko bhikkhu
sotpanno jto, ae pi bahusotpattiphaldni ppunims ti
8*
 118

clesan mahjanassa stthik ahosti. Devadattassa dinnaks-

vavatthurri.
A n i k k a s v o cfr. Mahbh. 12,566 sq. Paridahes-
s a t i recita pardah-; animadvertendum est in verbis dh et
th aspirationem, a consnanti separatam, consonantem fieri,
v. c. santhahati, upatthahati, utthahitv, nidahanti, pidahpetv
(cfr. not. ad upanayihanti v. 3). Simile quid in parti, dalha,
mlha, lllja cet. fieri videtur, attamen in bis littera h tan-
tummodo spirns est, neque enim vocalis antecedens corripitur
neque in metro conjunctio litterarum Ih longam effieit syllabam.
De dh aliter sentit doctissimus Spiegel: Kammav. p. VII not.
Arahati recita arhati; hane verbi in formm antiquiorem
contractionem, metri causa necessariam, videre licet multis aliis
locis V. C. W . 230. 30. 61. 79. 98. 112. 223. 267. 73. 53. 118. 6 4 .

1 6 1 . 16 2 . 82. 422. V a n t a k a s v a s s a cfr. v. 302 dukkhnu-

patit addh-, v. sso y assa, v. 152 appassut yai, v. 174
tanuk ettha, v. 304 asant ettha, v. 337 yvant ettha.
G ogerly: He who wears the yellow garment with a
polluted m ind, regardless of true doctrine, and destitute o f a
subdued spirit, is unworthy o f the yellow robe. He is worthy
o f the yellow robe who is purified from lusts, established in
virtue, o f a subdued spirit, and conversant with true doctrine.

v. Asre sramatino ti imarii dhammadesanarh

Satth Veluvane viharanto aggasvakehi niveditarii Sanjayassa
angamanam rabbha kathesi. Tatryarii anupubbikath: A m -
hkam hi Satth ito kappasatasahassdhiknarii catunnam
asarhkheyynaih matthake Amaranarigare Sumedho nma brh-
manakumro hutv sabbasippe nipphattirii (c. nippa-) patv
mtpitunnarh aceayena anekakotisarhkham dhanairi pariccajitv
ispabbajjarh pabbajitv Himavante vasanto jhnbhiriinaiii
nibbattetv ksena gacchanto Dpaiiikaradasabalassa Sudassa-
navihrato Rammanagarapavisanatthya maggahi sodhiyam-
narii janarii disv sayam pi ekaiir padesam gahetv tasmirir
asodhite yeva gatassa Satthuno attnam seturii katv kalale
attharitv: Satth sasvakasamgho kalalarii anakkamitv marii
akkamanto gacchat ti (c. -tuti) nipanno, Satth tarn disv :
buddhaiiikuro esa, angate kappasahassdhiknarii catunnam
asamkheyynarii pariyosne Gotamo nma Buddho bhavissati;
vykato tassa Satthuno, aparabhge Kondafio Marhgalo Su-
rnano Revato Sobhito Anomadass Padumo Nrado Padumut-
taro Sumedho Sujto Piyadass Atthadass Dhammadass Sid=
dhattho Tisso Phusso Vipass (c. -ssi) Sikh (c. -khi) Vessabh
(c.-u) Kakusandho Kongamano Kassapo ti lokarii obhsetv
uppannnarii imesam pi tevsatiynarir Buddhnam santike
laddhavykarano, dasa pramiyo dasa upapramiyo dasa para-
matthapramiyo ti samatimsapramiyo ptretv Vessantaratta-
bhve thito pathavkampanni mahdnni datv puttadrarii
pariccajitv yupaviyosne Tusitapure nibbattitv tattha yvat-
yukam thatv dasasahassacakkavladevathi sannipatitv (c
-mdevathasanti-):
Kl te mahvra uppajja mtukucchiyarh
sadevakan trayanto bujjhassu amatam padan ti
vutte paca mahvilokanni viloketv tato cuto Sakyarjakule
patisandhim gahetv tattha mahsampattiy parihariyamno
anukkamena bhadrayobbanarii patv tinnarii utnam (c. utu-)
anucchavikesu tsu psdesu devalokasirim viya rajjasirim anu~
bhavanto uyynaklya (.-ki-) gamanasamaye anukkamena jinna-
vydhimatasamkhyte (c. jinna-) tayo devadute disv saiijtasam-
vego nivattitv eatutthavre pabbajitaiii disv s4dhu pabbajj
ti pabbajjya rueiiii uppdetv uyynam gantv tattha divasam
khepetv Magalapokkharantre (c. -ni-) nisinno kappakavesarii
gahetv gatena Vissakammena devaputtena alariikatapatiyatto
(c. -nto) Rhulakumrassa jtassanaiii sutv putasinehassa
 118

balavabhvam (c. -v-) atv yva idarii bandhanam na vaddhati

tvad eva nam chindissmti cintetv syaiii nagarar pavisanto:
Nibbut nna s mt nibbuto nna so pit,
nibbut nna s nr, yassyam diso patiti
Kisgotamnmapitucchdhtbhsitam imam gtham sutv aham
imya nibbutapadam svit ti mutthram omucitv tass
pesetv attano bbavanaiii pavisitv sirisayane nipanno nidd-
pagatnaiii ntakitthnam vippakram disv nibbinnahadayo
channarh utthpetv Kanthakam harpetv Kanthakam rnyba
channasahyo dasasahassacakkavladevathi parivuto mah-
bhinikkhamanam nikkhamitv Anomnmanadtre pabbajitv
anukkamena Rjagahaiii gantv tattha pindya caritv Pandava-
pabbatapabbhre (c. p ad d h a-- bbre) nisinno Magadharamno
rajjena nimantiyamno tani patikkhipitv sabbamtam (c. -u-)
patv attano vijitam gamanatthya tena gahitapatirimo (c.-m p-)
Alra ca Uddaka (c.uda-) ca upasariikamitv tesaiii santike
adhigatavisesaiii analamkaritv jabbassti (? ) mahpadhnam
padahitv viskhapunnamdivase (c. -madi-) pto va Sujtya
dinnapysarii paribhujitva Nerajarya nadiy svannaptim
pavhetv Nerajarya nadiy tre Mahvanasande nnsam-
patthi divasabhgarii vtinmetv syanhasamaye sotthi-
yena dinnarii tinam gahetv Klena ngarjena abhihu-
taguno bodhimandam ruyha tinni santharitv na tv imam
pallamkaiii bhindissmi yva me anupdya savehi cittaiii
vimuccatti patiiarii katv puratthbhimukho nisditv srij
(c. addit: na) anatthamite yeva Mrabalaiii (c. -m b
) vidha-
mitv pathamayme pubbenivsanaiii majjhimayme cutupp-
tanam patv pacchimaymvasne paccaykre nam ot-
retv dasabalacatuvesrajjdisabbagunapatimanditam sabbarh-
tanam (c. -u-) pativijjhitv sattasattharii bodhimande vti
nmetv atthame satthe ajaplanigrodhamle nisinno dhamma-
cod. nibbut.
 119

gambhratpaccavekkhanena appossukkatam pajjamno (c. -no)

dasasahassamahbrahmaparivrena (c. -ss-) Sahampatibrahmun
ycitadhammadesano (c.-n) buddhacakkhun lokam oloketv
Brahmano ca ajjhesanarii adhivsetv kassa nu kho aham
pathamam dhammam deseyyan (c. dhammades-) ti olokento
Alruddaknarh klakatabhvam atv pacavaggiynam bhik-
khnam bahpakrakatar anussaritv utthyasan Ksipurarh
(c. -p-) gacchanto antarmaggenaupsakena (c. upakena) saddhim
mantetv aslhipunnamdivase (c. -nnadi-) Isipatane migadye
pacavaggiynam vasanatthnam (c. -na) patv te ananuechavi-
kena samudcrena samudcarante sampetv Amkondaa-
pamukhe afthrasabralimakotiyo (-?) amatar pyanto dhamma-
cakkam pavattetv (c. -kappav-) pavattavaradhammacakko (c.-tta-
rava-) pacamiyam pakkhassa sabbe te bhikkh arahatte patitth-
petv tamvasam eva Yasakulaputtassa (c. yassa-) upanissaya-
sampattirin disv tani rattibhge (e. -m bh-) nibbijjitv gehav
pahya nikkhantam ehi Yas ti pakkositv tasmirii eva ratti
bhge sotpattiphalam (c. -la) puna divase arahattam ppesi,
apare pi tassa sahyake catupasajane (c. -pann-) ehi bhikkh
(c. -u, adde: ti) pabbajjya pabbjetv arahattam ppesi, evam
loke ekasatthiy arahantesu jtesu vutthavasso pavretv caratha
bhikkhave crikan ti satthim bhikkh dissu pesetv sayam
Bruvelaiii gacchanto antarmagge Kappsikavanasande timsayo-
jane Bhaddavaggiyakumre vinesi, te pabbapacchimako (sabba- v)
sotpanno sabbuttamo angm (c. n-) ahosi, te pi sabbe ehi
bhikkhubhveneva pabbjetv dissu pesetv sayarii Uruvelarh
gantv adducldhni (c.-dclhoni)ptihriyasahassni dassetvru-
velakassapdayo sahassajatilaparivre tebhtikajatile vinetv ehi
bhikkhubhven eva pabbjetv Gaysse nisdpetv (c. -sid-)
dittapariyyadesanya arahatte patitthpetv tena arahantasa-
hassena parivuto Bimbisraranio dvinnarh (din-?) patimammo-
cessmiti (c. -miti) Rjagahanagarpacre (c. -pcro) Latthi-
vanuyynam gantv Satth kira gato ti sutv dvdasana-
hutehi (c. tvdasa-) brhmanagahapatikehi saddhim gatassa
raiiino madhuradhammakatbam kathento rjnam ekadasahi na-
hutehi saddhim sotpattiphale patitthpetv ekanahutam saranesu
patitthpetv puna divase Sakkena devarariin (c. -o) mna-
vavannam gahetv abhitthutaguno Rjagahanangaram pavisitv
rjanivesane katabhattakicco Veluvanrmarh patiggahetv tatth5
eva vsarii kappesi, taftha narii Sriputtamoggalln upasaiii-
karninisu. Tatrpi ayam anupubbikath: Anuppanne yeva hi
Buddhe Rjagahato avidtre Upatissagmo Kolitagmo dve
brhmanagm, tesu Upatissagme Rpasriy nma brhma-
niy gabbhassa patitthitadivase yeva Kolitagme Moggalln-
mabrhmaniypi gabbho patitthahi, tni kira dve pi kulni
yva sattam kulaparivaddh baddhaparibaddh(?) sahyakn5
eva tsarii dvinnam pi ekadivasam (c. -da-)' eva gabbhaparih-
raiii adaiiisu, t ubho pi dasamsaccayena (c. -ma-) putte vij-
yiriisu, nmagahanadivase Sribrhmaniy puttassa Upatissa-
gmake jetthakulassa puttatt Upatisso ti nmaiii karimsu, itarassa
Kolitagme jetthakulassa puttatt Kolito ti n'mam karimsu; te
ubho vuddhim anvya sabbasippnarii prarii gamariisu. Upa-
tissamnavassa klanatthya nadiih v uyynam v gamanakle
panca svannsiviksatni (c. -nni, c. addit: parivr) honti,
Kolitamnavassa panca jariinarathasatni (c. -t ), dve pi
jan pancamnavakasataparivr honti, Rjagahe ca anusarii-
vaccharaih giraggasamajjarii nma h oti, tesarii dvinnam pi
ekatthne yeva mancarii bandhanti, dve pi ekato va nisditv
samajjaiii passant hasitatthne hasanti, sariivegatthne saihvij-
janti, dyaih dtum yuttatthne dyarii denti, tesam imin va
niymena ekadivasam samajjarii passantnam pripkagatassa
iinassa purimesu divasesu viya hasitatthne hso v sara-
vegatthne samvegajananarii v dtum yuttatthne dnarir v
na (c. n) hoti, dve pi pana jan evarii cintayimsu: kirii ettha
oloketabbam atthi, sabbe v ime appatte vassasate apannattika-
bhvarh gamissanti (c. gmissati), amhehi pana ekamokkha-
dhammarh pariyesiturh vaddhatti rammanarh gahetv nisdarhsu
(c. nisidasu), tato Kolito Upatissarh (c. -ssa)ha: samma Upatissa
na tvarii arhnesu divasesu viya hatthapahattho, anattamana-
dhtuko s i , kin te sallakkhitan (e. sala-) ti; samma Kolita
etesarh olokane sro nma n atthi, niratthakam etarii, attano
mokkhadhammarh gavesiturh yaddhatti idam cintayanto nisinno
^mhi (c. malji), tyarii kirii pana kasm anattamano ti; so pi
tath eva ba; ath assa attan saddhim ekajjhsayatam natv
Upatisso ha: amhkarii ubhinnam pi sucintitarn, mokkha-
dhammarii pana gavesantehi ek pabbajj laddhum yaddhati,
kassa santike pabbajjm ti (c. si). Tena kho pana samayena
Sanjayo paribbjako Rjagahe pativasati mahatiy paribb-
jakaparisya saddhirii. Te tassa santike panea (c. -) mna-
vakasatni sivik ca rathe ca gahetv gacchath ti uyyojetv
pancahi pi satelji saddhim Sanjayassa santike pabbajimsu,
tesarii pabbajitaklato (e. -lakato) patthya Sanjayo lbhagga-
saggappatto ahosi, katiphen eva (c. -hevaneva) sabbam San
jayassa samayam parimadditv: cariya tumhkam jnana-
samayo ettako va (c. ca) udhu uttarim pi atthti puechimsu;
ettako v a, sabbarir tumhehi ntan ti vutte cintayimsu: evaiir
sati iniassa santike brahmaeariyavso va niratthako, mayarii
yarn mokkhadhammam gavesiturh nikkhant tarn (c. so) imassa
santike uppdetum na sakkoma, mayam (c. -y) kho pana
Jambudpe (e. -o) gmanigamarjadhniyo carant addh
mokkhadhammadesakam kani cariyam labhissm ti tato
patthya yattha yattha panditasamanabrhman atthti vadanti
tattha tattha gantv skaecham karonti, tehi putthapanhaih anne
kathetum na sakkonti, te pana tesarii pariharii vissajjanti, evaiii
sakalajambudpam (c. -bi-) pariganhitv nivattitv sakatthnam
(c. -n -) eva gantv: samma Kolita yo pathamaih amatarii
 122

adhigacchati so rocet (c. -turii) ti katikaiii akamsu; evam

tesu katikarh katv viharantesu Satth vuttnukkamena Rjaga-
harii patv Veluvanam patiggahetv Veluvane viharati; tad
caratha bhikkhave crikam bahujanahity ti ratanattayagu-
nappaksanattham uyyojitnaiii ekasatthiy arahantnam antare
pacavaggiynarii abbhantare Assajithero patinivattitv Rja-
gaharh gato puna divase pto va pattacvaram dya Rja-
gaham pindya pvisi; tasmim samaye Upatissaparibbjako
pto va bbattakiccarii (c. bhanta-) katv Paribbjakrmam
gacchanto theram disv cintesi: may evaripo nma pabba-
jito na ditthapubbo yeva, te (ye?) loke arahanto (-t?) v
arahantamaggam v sampann, ayaiii nesaiii bhikkhu aa-
taro, yannnham imam bhikkhum upasariikamitv puccheyyam :
ksi (c. kaiiisi) tvaiii vuso, uddissapabbajito v te Satth
kassa v tvarn dhammaiii rocesti (c. k a roc-); ath assa etad
ahosi: aklo kho imam bhikkhum paharii pucchitum, antara-
ghararh pavittho pindya carati, yannnham imam bhikkhum
pitthito pitthito anubandheyyam, atthikehi upamtam maggan
ti theram laddhapindaptam aatararii oksam gacchantaiii
disv nisditukmatam (c. nisid-) c assa atv attano paribb-
jakapitthikam pampetv adsi, bhattakiccapariyosne pi ssa
attano kundikya udakaiii adsi, evaiii cariyavattam katv
katabhattakiccena therena saddhim madhurapatisanthram katv
evam h a : patippasannni (c. pavipp-) kho te (c. to) vuso
indriyni, parisuddho chavivanno pariyodto, ks? tvarir vuso,
uddissapabbajito v te Satth kassa v tvam dhammarii
rocesti (c. -iti) pucchi; thero cintesi: ime paribbjak nma
ssanassa patipakkhabht, imassa ssane gambhratam das-
sessmiti attano navakabhvaiii dassento h a: a ham kho vuso
navo acirapabbajito adhungato imarii dhammam vinayarii
na, nham sakkhissmi vitthrena dhammam desetun ti;
paribbjako ahaiii Upatisso nma, tvarn yathsattiy (c. -sant-)
 123

appam v bahurh v vadatha, etarii nayasatena nayasahassena

pativijjhiturii mayham bhro ti cintetv ha: v bahurh
v bhsassu (c. bahubh-), attliam eva me bruhi, attheneva
me attho, kim khasi vyajanam bbun t i; evaiii vutte thero:
ye dhamm hetuppabhav ti gtbarii h a ; paribbjako patha-
mapadadvayam eva sutv sahassanayasampanne sotpattiphale
patitthahi, itararii padadvayam sotpannakle nitthsi, sotpannp
hutv uparivisese appavattante bhavissati ettha kranan ti
sallakkhetv theram h a : bhante m uparidhammadesanarii
vaddhayittha, ettakam (c. etth
) eva hotu, kuhim amhkam Satth
vasatti; Veluvane vuso ti; tena hi bhante tumhe purato
ththa, mayharii eko sahyako atthi, amhehi ca amamamam
katik kat: yo yo pathamam amatam adhigacchati so rocet
ti, aljam tam patimam mocetv sahyakam (c. -mk-) gahetv
tumhkam gamanamaggen eva Satthu santikam gamissm
ti pacapatitthitena therassa pdesu nipatitv tikkhattnpa-
dakkhinam (c. -nam) katv theram uyyojetv Paribbjakrm-
bhimukho agamsi. Kolitaparibbjako tam drato vgacchantam
d isv: ajja mayham (c. -ha) sahyakassa mukhavannena
ariiadivasesu viya addhnena amatam adhigatam bhavissatti
amatdhigamaiii pucchi; so pi ssa: vuso amatam atigatan
(adhi-?) ti patijnitv tam eva gtham abhsi; gthpari-
yosne Kolito sotpattiphale patitthahitv h a: kuhim kira
samma amhkam Satth vasatti; Veluvane kira samma, evarii
no cariyena (c. -ye) Assajittherena kathitan t i; tena hi samma
yma Satthram passissm ti; Sriputtatthero ca nm esa
sadpi cariyapjako, tasm sahyakam evam ha: samma
amhehi adhigatarii amhkam cariyassa Sajayaparibbjaka-
ssmi bujjhamno (-?) pativijjhissati, apativijjhanto amhkarii
saddahitv Satthu santikam gamissati, Buddhadesanaiii (c. -ddh-)
hutv (sutv?) maggapativedharii karissatti; tato pi dve pi
jan Sajayassa santikam agamaihsu, Safijayo te disv va: kin
 124

tt koci vo amaggadesiko (amatamagg-?) laddho ti pucchi; ma

cariya laddho, Baddho loke uppanno, dhammo uppanno, satiigho
uppanno, tumhe tucche asre (c. s-) vicaratha, etha Satthu
santikarii gamissm ti; gacehatha (c. gaccha) tumhe, aharii na
sakkhissmiti; kimkran t i; aharii mahjanassa cariyo hutv
viearirii, tassa me antevsivso ctiy udaka ca nibh ca patti
viya hoti (-?), na sakkhissm aham antevsivsaiii (c. -vsimv)
vasitun t i; m evaiii kari eariy t i ; hotu tt (c. -a), gacehatha
tumhe, nham sakkhissmiti; cariya loke Buddhassa uppanna-
klato patthya mahjano gandhamldihattho gantv tam eva
pjessati, mayam pi tatth eva gamissma, tumhe kim karissath
ti; tt(c.-a)kin nu kho imasmim loke dandh bahudhu pan-
dit t i; dandh cariya baht, pandit nma katici eva hontiti;
tena hi pandit pandit samanassa Gotamassa santikarii gamissanti,
dandh dandh mama santikarii gamissanti, gacehatha (c. -etha)
tumhe, nham gamissmiti; te pariniyissatha tumhe eariy ti
pakkamiriisu; tesu (c. te) gacchantesu Sajayassaparisbhijji, tas-
mirii khane rmo tuccho ahosi, sotuccharii rmam disv unharii
lohitaiii chaddesi, tehi pi saddhim gacchantesu paeasu paribb-
jakasatesu Sajayassa acldhateyyasatni nivattimsu, attano an-
tevsikehi adclhateyyehi paribbjakasatehi saddhirii Veluvanarii
agamamsu. Satth catuparisamajjhe nisinno dhammarii (c. -ma)
desento te durato va disv bhikkh mantesi: bhikkhave dve
sahy gaeehanti Kolito ca Upatisso ca, etarii me svakayu-
gaiii bhavissati aggaiii bhaddayugan t i; te Satthrarii vanditv
ekamantaiii nisdiriisu, te Bhagavantarii etad avocurii: labhey-
yma mayarii bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjarh, labheyyma
upasampadan ti; etha bhikkhavo ti Bhagav avoca, svkkhto
Bhagavat dhammo, caratha brahmacariyarii samm dukkhassa
antakiriyy ti; sabbe iddhimayapattacvaradhar vassasatika-
ther viya ahesuiii; atha nesarh parisya cariyvasena Satth
dhammadesanarii vaddhesi, thapetv dve aggasvake avases
 125

arahattarii ppunimsu, aggasvaknaih pana uparimaggakiccarh

na nitthsi, kimkran: svakapramnnassa mahantatya;
athyasm Mahmoggallno pabbajitadivasato sattame divase
Magadharatthe Kallavlagmakarh upanissya viharanto thna-
middhe okkamante Satthr sariivedito thnamiddharri vinodetv
Tathgatena dinnam dhtukammatthnarh sunanto va uparimag-
gatya kiccam nitthpetv svakapramnnassa matthakam
patto; Sriputtatthero pi pabbajitadivasato,addhamsarir atikka-
mitv Satthr saddhim tam eva Rjagaham upanissya Ska
rai) atel enc viharanto attano bhgineyyassa Dghanakhaparibb-
jakassaYedanpariggahasuttante desiyamne suttnusrena nnam
pesetv parassa vaddhitarh (c.-ddi-) bhattarii bhunjanto viya sva
kapramnnassa matthakam patto, na nu cyasm mahpanno,
atha tasm (ka- ?) Mahmoggallnato ciratarena svakapramn-
nam ppunti: parikammamahantatya, yath bi duggatamanuss
katthaci gantukm khippam eva nikkhamanti, rjunarii pana
hatthivhanakappandimahantam parikammaiii laddhum vad-
dhati, evarii sampadam idarii veditabbam. Tam divasam pana
Satth vaddhamnakacchyya (?) Veluvane svakasanniptam
dvinnavh thernaiii aggasvakatthnam datv ptimokkham
uddisi; bhikkh ujjhyimsu: Satth mukholokena bhikkham
deti, aggasvakatthnam dentena nma pathamam pabba-
jitnarii pancavaggiynam dtum vaddhati, ete: anoloken tena
sattherapamukhnam pancapannsya (c. -panna-) bhikkhinarii
dtum vaddhati, ete : anolokentena Bhaddavaggiynam, ete:
anolokentena Uruvelakassapdnarii, ettake pahya sabbapacch-
pabbajitnarii aggasvakatthnarii dentena mukharii oloketv
dinnan ti vadimsu; Satth kim kathetha bhikkhave ti pucchitv
idam nm ti vute nharn bhikkhave mukharii oloketv bhikkham
demi, etesaiii pana attan attanpatthitapatthitam eva demi. Aiiin-
kondanne hi ekasmirii sasse nava aggasassadnni dente na agga-
svakatthnaih patthetv adsi (-?), aggadhammarii pana arahantarii
 126

sabbapathamarri pativijjhiturii patthetv adsti; kad Bhagav

t i; sunissatha .bhikkhave t i ; ma bhante t i; bhikkhave ito
ekanavutikappe Vipass Bhagav loke udapdi, tad Mahklo
Claklo ti dve bhtik kutumbik mahantam slikhettarii
vappesurh, ath ekadivasarii Claklo slikhettarii gantv ekarii
f\
sligabbham phletv klidi, atimadhuram abosi, so Buddha-
panuikhassa saiiighassa sligabbhavii dnam dtukmo hutv
!
jettbakabhtikam (c. -bhti) upasamkamitv: bhtika slikaiii
gabbham phletv Buddhnam anucchavikam kaiv pvdiv
dnam dem ti ha; kiiii vadesi, sligabbham phletv dnam
"i. nma neva atte bhttapubbam nngate bhavissati, m sassam
" i
nsayti; so punappuna yci y ev a ; atha naiii bht: tena h

kbettarii dve kotthse katv mama kotthsam amanasikatv

(e. anmasi-) attano khettakotthse yarn icchasi (c. -ti) tani karohti

"I I ha; so sdlit ti kbettarii vibhajitv balmmanusse battbakam-

marh ycitv sligabbharii phletv nirudake khre pacpetv
sappimadhusakkarhi yojetv Baddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaih-
ghassa dnarii datv bhattakiccapariyosne: imarii bhante mama
aggadnairi aggadhammassa sabbapathamairi pativedhya sarii-
vattat ti ha; Satth evarii hot ti (c. -tij anumodanam aks;
so khettairi gantv olokento sakalakhette (-ttarii?) kannika-
baddbhi viya slissehi sarichannarii disv paricavidhaptirii (c. -i)
patilabliitv lbh vata me ti cintetv puthukakle puthukaggarii
nma adsi, dyane dyanaggarii venikarane veggairi (?) kalpdisis
kalpaggarh kbalaggai ii khal abb an claggairi kotthaggan ti evarii
ekasasse navavre aggadnairi adsi, tassa sabbavre gahitatth-
j
narii pariptri(c. -pu-), sassarii atirekarhuddhpanasampannairi (? )
abosi, dhammo (e. -e) nm esa attnairi rakkhantarii rakkhati:
Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacrirri,
dhammo sucinne sukham vabti,
et nisariiso dhamme sucinno(~?)
na duggatim gacchati dhammacrti.

1I
 127

Esa me Vipassisammsambucldhakle aggadhammarh pathamam

pativijjhitum patthento nava aggadnni adsi; ito satasahassa-
kappamathake pana Harhsavatnagare (c. -ti-) Padumuttarabud-
dhakle pi sattham mahdnam dav tassa Bhagavato pda-
mle nipajjitv aggadhammassa pathamam pativijjhanattham eva
patthanam thapesi; iti imin patthitam eva may.dinnam, n-
ham mukham oloketv demti. Yasakulaputtapamukh paca-
pamsajan kim kammam karimsu bhante t i; ete pi ekassa
Buddhassa santike arahattam patthent bbum pumakammam
katv aparabhge anuppanne Buddhe sahyak hutv vagga-
bandhanena purhni karont (c. -o) anthasarrni patijaggant
vicarimsu, te ekadivasam gabbliam itthirii klakatam disv jhpes-
sm ti susnam harimsu, etesu paca jane tumbe jbpeth ti
susne thapetv ses (c. -a) gmam pavitth, Yasadrako
(c. yad-) tani sarram stlebi vijjhitv parivattetv parivattetv
jhpento asubhasaiiinam patilabhi, itaresam pi catunnarii jan-
narii: passatba bho imam sarram tattha tattha viddhastafi eam-
mam kabaragorpam (-?) viya duggandharh patikktlan ti dassesi,
te pi tattha asubhasamam patilabhimsu, te paca pi jan
gmam gantv sesasahyaknam kathayimsu, Yaso pana
drako geham gantv mtpitunna ca bhariyya ca kathesi,
te sabbam pi asubham bhvayimsu, idam etesam pubbakmam
(-kammam ?), tenevaYasassaitthgre susnasariiam uppajji,tya
(c. t) ca upanissayasampattiy sabbesarh visesdhigamo nibbatti;
evaiii ime pi attan patthitam eva labhirhsu, nhaiii mukham
oloketv dammti. Bhaddavaggiy sahyak pana kim karimsu
bhante ti; etc pi pubbabuddhnam santike arahattarii patthetv
pumni katv aparabhge anuppanne Buddhe tims dlmtt
hutv tundilovdam sutv satthivassasabassni pacaslni rak-
khim su, nbam mukham oloketv dammti. Uruvelakassa-
pdayo pana bhante kii karims t i; arahattam eva patthetv
pumni karimsu, ito hi dvenavutikappe Tisso Phusso dve
 128

Buddh uppajjimsu, Phussabuddhassa Mahindo nma rj pit

ahosi, tasmiih pana sambodhim patte rao kanitthaputto ag-
gasvako purohitaputto dutiyasvako ahosi, rj Satthu santikaiii
gantv jetthaputto me Buddho kanitthaputto aggasvako puro
hitaputto dutiyasvako ti te oloketv mam eva Buddho mam5
eva dhammo mam eva samgho ti namo tassa Bhagavato ara-
hato sammsambuddhass ti tikkhattum udnam udnetv Satthu
pdamule nipajjitv: bhante idni me navutivassasahassapari-
mnassa yuno kotiyam ukkutikam nisditv niddyanakl
viya, arhesaih gehadvram gantv yvham jvmi tva me
cattro paccaye adhivseth ti patirimam gahetv nibaddharii
buddhupatthnam (c. -up-) karoti; raiiio pana apare pi tayo
putt ahesurii, tesu jetthassa paca yodhasatni parivro maj-
jhimassa tini (c. ti-) kanitthassa dve, te mayam pi bhtikarir
bhojessm ti pitararii oksam ycitv punappuna ycantpi
alabhitv paecante (c. -ccaya-) kupite tassa vpasamatthyapesit
paccantam vipasametv pitu santikam gamimsn, atha ne
pit ligitv sise cumbitv vararii vo tt dammti ha, te
sdhu dev ti varam gahinakam(?) katv puna katiphaecayena
pitar ganhatha tt varan ti vutt: deva amhkam amena
kenaci attho natthi, ito patthya mayam bhojessm, imam
no varam dehiti hamsu (c. ah-) ; na demi tt ti; niccaklam
adento satta samvaccharni deth ti; na demi tt ti; tena hi
cha paca cattri tini dve ekam sariivaccharam satta ms
cha ms paca ms cattro ms tayo ms deth ti; na
demi tt ti; hotu deva, ekekassa no ekekaiii msam katv
tayo ms deth ti; sdhu tt, tena hi tayo ms bhojeth
t i; tesarii pana trnm pi eko va kotthgriko eko yuttako.
tassa dvdasanahutapurisaparivro (c. -taiiipu-), te te pakkos-
petv: mayarir imam temsam dasaslni gahetv ksvni
nivsetv Satthr salja vsaiii vasissma (c. vass-), tumhe
ettakaiii nma dnavattaiii (-vaddharii ?) gahetv devasikam navu-
 129

tisahassdnarh bhikkhunam yodhasahassassa ca no sabbam khd-

daniyam bhojaniyaiii samvatteyydtha, mayarh hi ito patthaya
na kinci vakkhdmd ti vadirhsu, te tayo pi jan (c.-nrna't p a ri-
vdrakapurisasahassam gahetvd dasasildni samadaya kasdyanivat
thd viliare yeva vasimsu, kotthagdriko ca dyuttako (c. ay-) ca
ekato hutvd tinnam bhdtikdnam kotthdgdrehi vdrena danavaddham
gahetvd ddnarii denti, kammakardnam putta ydgubhattddinar
panaatthayarodanti, te tesam bhikkhusamgheandgateyeva yagu-
bhattddini denti, bhikkhusarhghassa bhattakiecdvasdne kinci ati-
rekam na bhutapubbam, te aparabhge darakdnam dem ti attanpi
gahetvd khddisu (-diriisu ?), manumnam dhdram disvdadhivdsetum
nsakkhimsu, pana(?) caturdsitisahassd ahesum, te sarhghassa
dinnarii vaddham khaditva kayassa bheda pettivisaye nibbattimsu,
te bhdtika puna purisasahassena saddhim kdlarh katvd devaloke
nibbattitva devalokd devalokarh sarnsaranta dve navutikappe
khepesum; evam te tayo bhdtaro avahattam patthentd (c. -o) tadd
kalydnadhammaih karimsu, te attand patthitam eva labhims,
nham mukham oloketva dammi. Tadd pana tesarii dyuttako
(c.ay-) Bimbisdro ahosi, kotthdgdriko Visakho updsako, tesam
kammakard (c. -o) tadd petesu nibbattitva sugatiduggativasena
samsarantd imasmirh kappe cattdri buddhantardni petaloke
yeva nibbattimsu, te imasmim kappe sabbapathamarh uppan-
narii eattdlisasahassayukam (c. -ay-) Kakusandham Bhagavantam
upasamkamitvd: amhdkarh dharalabhanakdlam (c. -m la-) dcik-
khathd ti pucchimsu; mama tava kdle na labhissatha, mama
pacchato mahdpathaviya yojanamattarh abhirulhaya Kondga-
manabuddho uppajjissati, tarn puccheyydthd (c -atha) ti aha;
te tattakam kdlaiii klrepetva tarn pucchimsu, so p i : mama
kdle na labhissatha, mama pana pacchato mahdpathaviyd
yojanamattarh abhirulhaya Kassapabuddho uppajjissati, tarn
puccheyydthd (c.-athd) ti dha; te natavuttakam (?) kdlaiii khe-
petvdtasmim uppanne tarn pucchimsu, so p i : mama kdle na labhis-
9
satha, mama pana pacchato mahpathaviy yojanamattarii abhi-
rihya Gotamo Buddho nma uppajjissati, tad tumhkarh
tako Bimbisro nma rj bhavissati, so Satthu dnarii datv
umhkam ppessati, tad labhissath ti h a ; tesarii ekabud-
dhantararii svedi vasam sadisarii (?) ahosi. TeTathgate uppanne
Bimbisraramfio pathamadivasam dn dinn rattibhge bhe-
ravasaddarii katv rao attnam dassayiriisu, so pona divase
Veluvanarii gantv Tathgatassa tam pavattim rocesi, Satth:
maljrja ito dve navutikappamatthake Phussabuddhakle ete
tava tak bhikkhusamghassa dinnavaddharn khditv petaloke
nibbattitv samsarant Kakusandhdayo Buddhe pucchitv tehi
ida c ida ca vutt ettakarii (c. etth-) klam tava dnam paccsim-
samn bhiyyo tava dn dinn pattim (c. -i) alabhamn evam
evam akamsil t i; kim pana bhante idni pi dinn labhissantti;
ma mahrj t i; Buddhapamukharh bhikkhusamgham niman-
tetv puna divase maljdnam datv bhante ito tesarii petnam
dibbannapnam sampajjat ti pattim adsi, tesarii tam eva
nibbatti, puna divase nagg hutv attnarh dassesun, rj
ajja bhante nagg hutv attnarii dassesun ti pucchi, vatthni
te na dinnni mahrj ti, puna divase Buddhapamukhassa
sariighassa cvarni datv ito tesarii dibbavatthni honti ti ppesi,
tam khanarii (c.-a) eva nesarii dibbavatthni uppajjiriisu, petatta-
bhvarii vijahitv dibbattabhvena santhahiriisu, Satth anu-
modanarh karont (-to?) tirokuddesutitthantti (?) tirokuddnumo-
danarii aksi, anumodanvasne caturstiy pnasahassnarh
dhammbhisamayo ahosi. ti Satth tebhtikajatilnarii vatthurh
kathetv imam pi dhammadesanarii hari. Aggasvak pana
bhante kirii karirhs t i ; aggasvakabhvya patthanam kaririisu,
ito kappasatasahassdhikassa hi kappnarh asamkheyyassa
matthake Sriputto brhmanamahsrakule nibbatti, nmena
Saradamnavo nma ahosi, Moggallno gahapatimahsrakule
nibbatti, nmena Sirivaddhakutumbiko (c. -iyo) nma ahosi,
 131

te ubhopi sahaparsuklit sahyak (c.-as) ahesum ; Saradam-

navo pitu accayena kulasantakarii mahdhanar (c. -dh-) patipaj-
jitv ekadivasar rahogato (c. rabh-) cintesi: abar idbalo-
kattabhvam eva jnmi no paraiokattabhvar, jtasattna ca
maraar nma dhuvar , may ekar pabbajjar pabbajitv
mokkhadhammagavesanar ktur vaddhatti, so sahyakar
upasarkamitv ha: samma Sirivaddhaka (c. -kar) abar
pabbajitv mokkhadhammar gavesissmi, tvar may saddhir
pabbajitur sakkhissasti; na sakkhissmi samma, tvar yeva
pabbajjhti (c. -bhti); so cintesi: paralokar gacchanto sahyar
(c. -ya) v timite v gabetv gato nma n atthi, attan
katar attano va botiti, tato ratanakotthgrar vivrpetv
kapaniddhikavanibbakaycaknar mahdnar datv pabba-
tapdar pavisitv isipabbajjar pabbaji. Tassa eko dve
tayo ti evar anupabbajjar pabbajit catusattatisahassamatt
jatil abesur, so paca abhir attha ca sampattiyo nib-
battetv tesar jatilnar kasin parikammar cikkhi, te
sabbe paca abhir attha sampattiyo nibbattesur. Tena
samayena Anomadassinmabuddbo loke udapdi, nagarar
Candavat nma ahosi, pit Yasavasanto nma khattiyo, mt
Yasodhar nma dev, bodhi ajjunarukkho, Nisabbo ca Anomo
ca dve aggasvak, Varano nma upatthko, Sundar ca Su-
man c ti dve aggasvik, yu vassasatasahassar ahosi, sarrar
atthapasahatthubbedhar, sarrappabhdvdasayojanar, pa-
ribhikkhusatasahassaparivro (c. -r) ahosi; so ekadivasam
paccusakle mahkaranya sampattito vutthya lokar volo-
kento Saradatpasar disv: ajja mayhar Saradatpasasantikar
gatapaccayena dhammadesan ca mahat bhavissati, so ca agga-
svakatthnar patthessati, tassa sahyako Sirivaddhasetthiku-
tiimbiko dutiyasvakatthnar, desanpariyosne cassa parivr
catusattatisahass jatil arahattar (c, -nt-) ppunissanti, may
tattha gantnr vaddhatti attano pattacvarar dya arnar
9
 182

kici anmantetv siso viya ekacaro hutv Saradatpasassa ante-

vsikesu phalpbalatthya (c. -latvya) gatesu Buddhabhvar j-
nti ti passantass eva Saradatpasassa ksato (. -) otaritv
pathaviyar patitthsi, Saradatpaso Buddhnubhva c eva sa-
rranipphatti ea disvlakkhanante sammasitv: imehi lakkhanehi
samanngato nma agramajjhe vasanto rj boti cakkavatt (c.-i),
pabbajanto loke vi vattacchado sabbaru Buddho hoti, ayam puriso
nissarsayar (c. nissas^) Buddho ti jnitv paccuggamanarh katv
pacapatitthitena vanditv sanar parpetv adsi, nisdi Bha-
gavparattsane, Saradatpaso pi attanoanucchavikar sanam
gabetv ekamantar nisdi; tasmir samaye catusattatisahass
jatil pantni ojavantni phalphalni gabetv cariyassa
santikam sampatt Buddhnam c eva cariyassa ca nisinn-
sanam oloketv hamsu (c. ah-): cariya mayar imasmir
loke tumhehi mabantataro n atthti vicarma, ayar puriso
tumhehi mabantataro mare t i ; tt kir vadetha, ssapena
saddhir atthasatthiyojanasatasahassubbedhar Sinerur samar
ktur icchatha, sabbarbuddhena saddhir mama upamar
m karittha puttak t i ; atha te tpas: sac yar issarasanto
abhavissa na amhkar cariyo evarupar barissatha, yva
mahvat yar puriso ti sabbe pdesu pdesu patitv siras
vandirsu; atha te cariyo ba: tt amhkar Buddhnar
anucchaviko deyyadhammo n atthi, Sattb ca bhikkhcrave-
lyar idhgato, mayar yathbalar deyyadhammar dassma,
tumhe yar yar pantar phalphalar tar tar harath ti
harpetv hatthe dhovitv sayar Tathgatassa patte patitth-
pesi, Satthr phalapatiggabtamatte (c. -larp-) devat clibbojar
pakkhipirsu, so tpaso udakar pi sayam eva parissvetv adsi,
tato bhattakiccar katv nisinne Satthari sabbe antevsike pakko-
sitv Satthu santike srnyakathar kathento nisdi (c. -si-);
Sattb: dve aggasvak bhikkhusarghena saddhir gacchant
(c. -at) ti cmtesi, so (te?) Satthu cittam katv (atv?) satasa-
 188

hassakhnsavaparivr (c. -vp-) gantv Satthrarh vanditv

ekamantam atthamsu, tato Saradatpaso antevsike mantesi:
tt Buddhnam nisinnsanam pi nicasatasahassassa (c. -hassa;
ncar ?) pi sanam natthi, tumhehi ajja ulram Buddhasakkram
ktum vaddhati, pabbatapdato vannagandhasampannni (c. -rn)
pupphni harath t i , kathan kl papanco viya boti iddhi-
mato pana iddhivisayo cinteyy (-?) ti muhuttamatten eva te
tpas vannagandhasampannni pupphni haritv Buddh
nam yojanappamnam pupphsanam pamnpesum , ubhinnam
aggasvaknam tigvutam sesam bhikkhnam addhayojanikni
bhedam samghanavakassa usabhamattarri ahosi (-?). Katham
ekasmim assamapade tva mahantni sanni pamnattnti na
cintetabbam, iddhivisayo h esa (c. bhesa). Evam paiiinattesu
Saradatpaso Tathgatassa purato anjalim paggayha tliito: bhante
mayham dgharattam hi tya sukhya imarii pupphsanam
abhiruyha thth (? c. th) ti ha; nnpupphan ca gandhan
ca sanniptetvna ekato pupphsanam pamnpetv idarii va-
canam brtvi:
Idarii te sanam vra pamnattam tvanucchavarii,
mama cittam pasdento nisda pupphamsane.
Sattarattiriidivam Buddho nisdi pupphamsane
mama cittam pasdiv hsayitv sadevake ti.
Evam nisinne Satthari dve aggasvak sesabhikkh ca attano
attano pattsane nisdimsu, Saradatpaso mahantarii puppha-
chattariTL gahetv Tathgatassa matthake dhrento atthsi, Satth:
jatilnam ayarh sakkro mahapphalo hot ti nirodhasam-
pattim sampajji. Satthu sampannabhvam natv dve agga-
svakpi sesabhikkh pi sampattirh sampajjirhsu. Tathgato
sattham nirodhasampattiih sampajjitv nisinno, antevsik
bhikkhcrakle sampatte vanamtlaphalaiii paribhunjitv sesa-
klam Buddhnam anjalim paggayha titthanti, Saradatpaso
cod. nisd.
 184

pana bhikkhevam pi gantv pupphachattarii dhrayamno

va sattharh ptisukhena vtinmesi. Satth nirodh vutthya
dakkhinapasse nisinnarii aggasvakarh Nisabhattherarii mantesi:
Nisabha sakkrakarnam (c. -rariikra-) tpasnam pupphsan-
numodanam karohti cakkavattirarimo santik patiladdhamah-
lbho mahyodho viya tuthamnaso svakapramne thav
pupphsannumodanam rabhi. Tassa desanvasne dutiyasva-
kam mantesi: tvam pi bhikkhn dhammam desehti, Anomathero
TepitakamBuddhavacanam sammasitv dhammarii kathesi; dvin-
nam svaknarii desanya ekasspi abliisamayo nhosi. Atha
Satth aparimne buddhavisese thatv dhammadesanam rabhi
(c. -hi), desanvasne thapetv Saradatpasarii sabbe pi catusatta-
tisahassajatil arahattam ppimimsu, Satth etha bhikkhave ti
hattharii pasresi, tesam tvad eva kesamassum antaradhyi,
attha parikkhr kyapatimukh va ahesum, Saradatpaso
kasm arahattam na patto ti: vikkhittacittatt; tassa kira Bud-
dhnam dutiysane nisditv svakapramne thatv dham
mam desayato aggasvakassa dhammadesanam sotum raddha-
klato patthya: aho vatham pi angate uppajjanakassa ssane
imin svakena patiladdharii dhuram (c. dh-) labheyyan ti
cittam uppajji, so tena parivitakkena maggaphalam (c. -mph-)
pativedharii kturii nsakkhi. Tathgatam pana vanditv sam-
mukhe thatv ha: bhante tumhkam anantarsane nisinno
bhikkhu tumhkam ssane nma hotti; may pavattitam
dhammacakkarii anupavattento svakapramnassa kotippatto
solasapaiiiii pativijjhitv thito mayham ssane aggasvako nma
eso ti; bhante yavyaiii (yyam?) may sattham pupphachattarii
dhrentena sakkro kato aharii imassa phalena arharii Sakkattarii
iU v Brahmattarii v na patthemi, angate pana ayarii Nisabha-
*! j!3i tthero viya ekassa Buddhassa aggasvako bhaveyyan ti pattha-
M narh aksi; Satth samijjhissati nu kho imassa purisassa patthan
ti angatarii sarhnarii pesetv olokento kappasatasahassdhikarii

I1
 135

ekar asaihkheyyar atikkamitv samijjhanabhvar addasa, disv

Saradatpasar ha: na te ayar patthan mogh bhavissatl (c.
mogho vissati), angate pana kappasatasahassdhikar (c.-knar)
ekam asarkheyyar atikkamitv Gotamo nma Buddho loke
uppajjissati, tassa mt Mahmy nma dev bhavissati, pit
Suddhodano nma rj bhavissati, putto Rhulo nma, upatthko
Aliando nma, dutiyasvako Moggallno nma, tvar pan assa
aggasvako dhammasenpati Sriputto nma bhavissasti (c. -tti),
evr tpasar vykaritv dhammakatham kathetv bhikkhusar-
ghaparivuto ksar pakkhandi. Saradatpaso pi antevsikathe-
rnarn santikaiii gantv sahyakassa Sirivaddhakutumbikassa
ssanam pesesi: bhante mayham sahyakassa vadetha: sahya-
kena te Saradatpasena Anomadassibuddhassa pdamle an
gate uppajjanakassa Gotamabuddhassa ssane aggasvakatthnam
patthitam tvarii dutiyasvakatthnampatthehti,eva capana vatv
therein puretaram evaekapassena gantv Sirivaddhakassa nivesa-
nadvre atthsi,Sirivaddhako cirassam vata me ayyo gato ti sane
nisdpetv attan ncatare sane nisinno,antevsikapuris pana vo
bhante na pariinyantti (e.
atti) pucchi; ma samma amhkam
assamam Anomadass Buddho gato, mayam tassa attano balena
sakkre (c.-are) akarimha, Satthsabbesar dhammar desesi, de-
sanpariyosne thapetv marses arahattar patv pabbajirsu,
abar Satthu aggasvakar Nisabhattherar disv angate uppajja-
nakassa Gotamabuddhassa nma ssane aggasvakatthnar pat-
thesir, tvam pi tassa ssane dutiyasvakatthnarpatthehti; may-
har Buddhehi saddhir paricayo natthi bhante ti; Buddhehi sad-
dhir kathanam mayhaih bhro hotu, tvar mahantar adhisakk-
rar sajjehti; Sirivaddho tassa (c. ti-) vacanar sutv attano nivesa-
nadvre rjamnena atthakarsamattar thnar samatalarkre-
tv (?) vlikar okiritv ljapacamni pupphni vikiritv nluppa-
lachadanar Buddhsanarpapetv sesabhikkhnar (c.-kkhu-)
pi sanni patiydetv mahantar sakkrasammnar sajjetv
 186

Buddhdnam nimantanatthdya Saradatdpasassa sarhnam addsi,

tdpaso Buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham gahetvd tassa nive-
sanam agamdsi, Sirivaddho pi paccuggamanam katvd Tathd-
gatassa hatthato pattam gahetvd mandapam pavesetvd pa-
nfiattdsanesu nisinnassa Buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusarhghassa
dakkhinodakam datvd panitabhojanena parivisitvd bhattakicca-
pariyosdne Buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham mahdragehi
vatthehi acchddetvd: bhante nayarii arabbho appamatta katthd-
?} natthaya (-?) imina va niyamena (c. -nam) sattaharii anukampam
karothd ti aha, Satthd adhivasesi, so ten eva niydmena sattd-
ham mahaddnam pavattetvd Bhagavantam vanditva anjalim
paggayha thito dha: bhante mama salidyo Saradatapaso yassa
Satthu aggasavako bhavejjan ti patthesi aham tass eva duti-
yasavako bhaveyyan ti; Sattha andgatam oloketvd tassa pattha-
ndya samijjhanabhdvam disva vyakdsi: tvam ito kappasata-
ashassddhikam asamkheyyarii atikkamitvd Gotamabuddhassa
dutiyasdvako bhavissasiti, Buddhdnam vydkaranam sutvd
Sirivaddhako hatthapahattho ahosi, Sattha bhattanumodanam
katvd saparivaro vihdram eva gato. Ayam bhikkhave mama
puttehi tadd patthitapatthand, te yatha patthitam eva labhimsu,
ndharh mukharh oloketvd demiti. Evarn vutte dve aggasavakd
Bhagavantam vanditva: bhante mayarii agdriyabhutd samana
giraggasamajjadassanaya gatd ti ydva Assajitherassa santikd
sotapattiphalapativedha sabbam paccuppannavatthum kathetvd
te mayam bhante dcariyassa santikam gantvd tarn tumhdkam
pdddmularh anetukama tassa laddhiyd nissdrabhdvarh kathetva
idhagamane anisamsam kathayimha, so : iddni mayharn antevd-
sivdso namacatiya udakah canibhdvappattisadiso (-?), nasakkhis-
sami antevdsivdsam vasitun ti vatva: dcariya iddni mahdjano
gandhamalddihattho gantvd Satthdram yeva pujessati, tumhe
katham katharii bhavissathd ti vutte: kim pana imasmim loke
panditd bahu uddhu dandhd, dandhd ti kathite: tena hi panditd'

L,
 187

pandit samanassa Gotamassa santikam gamissanti, dandh

dandh mama santikam gamissanti, gacchatha tumhe ti va-
tv gantum n atthi bhante ti. Tam sutv Satth: bhikkhave
Sanjayo attano micchditthitya asram sro ti sran ca asro
ti ganhi, tmbe pana attano panditatya srarh srato asrarii
asrato hatv asram pahya sram evaganhitth (c. -itv) ti vatv
im (c. -arii) gtba (c.-arii) abhsi: Asre etc. Tattha as r
s r a m a t i n o cattro paccay (?) dasavatthuk micchditthik
assupanissayabht dhammadesan ti,ayam asro nma,tasmirii
sraditthino ti attho ; s r ca a s r a d a s s i n o ti dasavat
thuk sammditthikassa (-ktass?) upanissayabhut dhammade
san ti, ayain sro nma, tasmim nyam sro ti asradassino;
te s r a n ti te pi tain micchditthigahanam gahetv tbit k-
mavitakkdnam vasena micchsamkappagocar butv slasrarii
samdhisrampannsrarii (c. addit: vimuttisram) vimuttinna-
dassansram paramatthasrarii nibbnan ca ndhigacchanti;
s r a n c ti tam eva slasrdisrarii sro nma ayarii vut-
tappakran ca asrarii asro ayan ti natv; te s r a n ti te
pandit evain sammdassanam gahetv thit nekkhammasarii-
kappdnarh (c. -na) vasena sammsamkappagocar hutv tam
vuttappakram sram adhigacchantti. . . Gthpariyosne ba
ll (e.-u) sotpattiphaldni ppunimsu, sannipatitnam stthik
desan ahosti. Aggasvakavatthum.
Ca a s r a d a s s i n o cfr. ntm ad ca amatt- v. 7. Prse-
terea cfr. vv. 3 1 -3 2 et vv. 317-19.

Gogerly : Those who regard evil as good, or good as^

evil, will never attain to excellence, but are nurtered in error.
Those who know good to be good, and evil to be evil, will
attain to excellence, being nourished by truth.

V, 13I14L Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Nando.

. . . Bhvanrahitatt a b h v i t a m cittam pi rg sarna-
 138

tivijjhati, na kevalarh rg va dosamohamndayo sabbakiles

tathrpam cittam ativijjhani yeva; s u b h v i t a n ti sama-
thavipassanbhvanhi (c. -bhi) subhvitam . ..
Y a t h g r a m recita yatb agram. V u t t h i s a m a t i -
v i j j h a t i paeon primus non permissus vutthi legendo evitari
potest ad instar v. 4 satmato, v. 25 abhikrati, v. 49 mun,
v. 60 ratt etc. V u t t h i na s a m a t i v i j j h a t i cfr. ntm
ad viharantam v. 7. H. 1. cod. C vutthi exhibet.
Gogerly: As the rain completely penetrates the ill-thatched
roof, so will lust completely subdue the unmeditative mind.
As the rain cannot penetrate the well-covered roof, so lust
cannot overcome the contemplative mind.

V. 1 5 . Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Cundasukariko.

. . . Akatam vata me kalynarh katarii ppn ti ekaso
ten eva (c. ekaseteva) maranasamaye i d h a s o c a t i idam
(c. idham) assa (adde: idha) kammasoeanarii, vipkarh anu-
bhonto pana p e c c a s o c a t i idam assa paraloke vipka-
socanam . . . d i s v k a m m a k i l i t t h a m a t t a n o kilittha-
kammam passiv . . .
Gogerly: The sinner mourns in this world, and he will
mourn in the next world. In both worlds he has sorrow; he
grieves, he is tormented, perceiving his own impure actions.

V . 16 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: dhammikaupsako.

Tattha k a t a p u n n o ti nnappakrassa kusalassa krako
puggalo akatam vata me ppm katam kalynan ti idha kam-
mamodanena pecca vipkamodanena modati . . . k a m m a v i -
s u d d h i n ti dhammikaupsako pi attano kammavisuddhiiii
(c. -ddhi) pumnakammasampattim (c. -tti) disv klakiriyato
pubbe idhaloke pi modati klarii katv idni paraloke pi mo-
.dati atimodati yev t i . . .
 P e c c a gerundium verbi i prsefixo pa, sanscritice pretya
sonat. De metro hujus versus et sequentium appendicem vide.
Gogerly: The virtuous man rejoices in this world, and
he will rejoice in the next world. In both worlds he has joy;
he rejoices, he exults, perceiving his own virtuous deeds.

W. fl't'a Idha tappatiti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto Devadattam rabbha kathesi. Devadattassa
vatthum pabbajjto patthya yva pathavippavesan Deva-
dattarii rabbha bhsitni sabbni jtakni vitthretv kathitam;
ayarii pan ettha saihkhepo : Satthari Anupiyarii nma Mallnarir
nigamarii (c. nigamotam) nissya Anupiyambavane viharante yeva
Tathgatassa lakkhanapatigahanadivase yeva astisahassehi
ntikulehi rj v hotu Buddho v khattiyaparivro vicarissatiti
astisahassaputt patimnt; tesu yebhuyyena pabbajitesuBhad-
diyam rjnarh Anuruddham Anandarh Bhaguih Kimbilam
Devadattan ti ime cha Sakk apabbajante disv: mayam attano
putte pabbjema, ime cha Sakynam (c. -na) ntak marnne tasm
na pabbajantti katham samutthpesum; atha kho Mahnmo
Sakko Anuruddham upasamkamitv: tta(e.-) amhkam kul
pabbajitena n atthi, tvam v pabbaja aharn v pabbajissmti
ha. So pana sukhumlo hoti sampannabhogo, n attliti (c. -iti)
vacanam pi tena na sutapubbarii, ekadi vasam hi tesu chasu khatti-
yesu guliklam (c.-) klantesu Anuruddho pp parjito pvat-
thya pahini, ath assa mt pve sajjetv pahini, te khditv
puna klivhsu, punappuna tass eva parjayo hoti, mt pan assa
pahite tikkhattum pve pahinitv catutthavre pvarh n atthti
pahini, so n atthti (c. -iti) vacanassa asutapubbatt espek pva-
vikati (c.-) bhavissatti mariin a mno nathipvam me harath
ti pesesi, mt panassa natthipvarii pana ayyo deth ti vutte
mama puttena (c.-te) n atthti padaih na sutapubbarii iminpana
upyena etam attharh jnpessmti tuecharii suvannaptirii
 140'

ariiya (c. aya) suvannaptiy patikujjitv pesesi. Nagara--

parigghik devat cintesuvh: Anuruddhasakkena annahrakle
attano bhgabhattarh uparitthapaccekabuddhassa datv n atthti
(c. iti) me vacanassa savanarh m hotri (c. -u) ti bhojanuppattiy
(c. addt: na) jnanarii m hotri (c.-u) ti patthan kat, sacyarii
tucchaptiria passissati (.-si) devasamgamarh pavisiturh na labhjs-
sma (c.-bhassm) ssam (c. si-) pi no sattadh phleyyti, atha
ta ptina dibbaptvapunnaria akariisu, tass gulamandale tha-
petv ugghtitamattya pvagandho sakalanagare chdetv
thito privakandaria mkbe thapitamattam eva sattarasaharaniyo1
sahassni anupari (?), so cintesi: nharii nham mtupiyo, ettakari
me klaria imana natthipvam nma na paci, ito patthya ariaam
pvai nma na khdessmti geharia gantvpi mtararii pucchi:
amma tumhkaria aham piyo appiyo t i ; tta ekakkhino akkhirii
viya ca hadayaria viya ca atipiyo me ti; atha kasm ettakam
(c. ettamkrii) klaria naayharia natthiptvaria na pacittha amm t i ;
s culpatthkaria pucchi: atha (atthi?) kici ptiyarh tt ti;
paripunn (c. -aria) ayyo pti pvehi, erarup pv nma na
ditthapubb t i ; s cintesi: mayharh putt puriaav katbhi-
nhro bhavissati, devathi ptirh pretv pv pahit bha-
vissantti (c. -atni); atha naria putt: amma ito patthyaharine
ariaaria pvarii nma nakhdissmi, natthipvam eva paceyyst;
(c. -as-); spi ssa tato patthya privara khditukmusmti vutte
tucchaptim eva arhya ptiy patikujjetv pesesi, yva agra-
majjhe vasi tvassa devat pri (prive?) pahinimsu. So ettakam
pi ajnanto va pabbajjam nma kim jnissati, tasm: k es pa-
bbajj nm ti bhtararii pucchitv ohritakesamussuksya-
vatthena kanthatthare v bidalamacake v nipajjitv pindya
carantena vihritabbam (c. -viht-) es pabbajj nm ti vutte:
bhtika aharii sukhumlo, nharii sakkhissmi pabbajitun ti h a;
tena hi tta kammantarh (c.kim-) uggahetv gharvsam vasa
(c.-i) na hi sakk amhesu ekena apabbajitun ti; atha nana ko esa
 141

kammanto nm ti pucchitv, bhattutthnatthnam pi ajnanto

kulaputto kammantarii nma kim jnissati, ekadivasam hi
innam khattiynam kath udapdi: bhattam nma kuhim
utthahitti, Kimbilo ha: kotthe utthahitti, atha nam Bhaddiyo:
tvain bhattutthnatthnam na jnsi, bhattam nma ukkha-
liyam utthahutti ha, Anaruddho: tumhe dve pi na jntha,
bhattam nma ratanamakulya suvannaptiyam utthahatti
h a; tesu kira ekadivasam Kimbilo kotthato vh (c. -i) otari-
yamne disv ete kotthe va jt ti sarim (c. sai) ahosi,
Bhaddiyo ekadivasam ukkhalito bhattarii vaddhiyamnarii disv
ukkhaliyam eva uppannan ti sam (c.-i) ahosi, Anuruddhena pana
n eva vh (c. -i) koddhent na bhattam pacant (c. pavanat) na
vaddhent ditthapubb, vaddhetv pana purato thapiyam (-m-
nam ?) eva passati, so bhujitukmakle bhattam ptiyam uttha
hatti sarimam aksi, evam tavo pi bhattutthnatthnam na jnanti;
tenyam esa esa kammanto nm ti pucchitv pathamam
khettam kaspetabban ti dikarii sariivacchare samvacchare kat-
tabbakiccam sutv kad kammantnarii anto pariiyissati kad
mayam appossukk (c. -o) bhoge bhujissm ti vatv kammant-
nar apariyantatya akkhayatya tena hi tvam eva gharvsam
vasa na mayham ekena attho ti mtararii upasamkamitv anu-
jnhi (c -bhi) mam amma pabbajissmti vatv tya tikkhattum
patikkhipitv sace te sahyako Bhaddiyarj pabbajati tena
sddhim pabbajhti (c. -bhti) vutte tam upasamkamitv mama
kho sarama pabbajj tava patibaddh ti vatv tam nnppa-
krehi sampetv sattame divase attan saddhirii pabbajanat-
thya patimam (c. pati-) ganhi. Tato Bhaddiyo Sakkhirj
Anuruddho Anando Bhagu Kimbilo Devadatto ti ime cha khattiy
Uplikappakasattam dev viya dibbasampattim sattham anu-
bhavitv uyynain (c. -na) gacchant viya caturaginiy senya
nikkhamitv paravisayam patv rjnya senain (c. -) nivattetv
paravisayariipakkamiriisu, tattha cha khattiy attano attano bha-
ranni omucitv bhandikar kaiv handabhane (?)Upli niva-
tassu alar te ettakar jviky ti tassa adarsu, so tesar pdamle
pavaddhetv paridevitv nar (c. a-) atikkamitur asakkontout-
thyanivatti, tesar vijtakle vanaiii rodanappattar viyapatliav
kampamnakrappatt viya ahosi (-?). pli thokar nivattitv:
cancl klio skhiy imin kumr nipphtit ti ghteyyum pi
mar, ime hi nma Sakyakumr evartpar sampattir pahya
imni anagghni bharanni khelapindar viya chaddhetv p a -
bbajissan ti kimagapanbhantibhandikar (-?) mucitv tni bha-
ranni rukkhe laggetv atthik (c.-kya) ganhantu (c..ganhantu) ti
vatv tesar santikar gantv tehi kasm nivatto siti puttho
tam atthar rocesi, atha nar te dya Satthu santikar gantv :
mayar (c.-yhar) bhante Skiy nma mnanissit,ayar amhkam
dgharattar parivrako, imaiii pathamatarar pabbjetlia, mayam
assa pathamatarar abhivdandni karissma, evar no mno
nimmdayissatti vatv pathamatarar pabbjetv paech sayam
pabbajirsu, tesu yasm Bhaddiyo ten ev antaravassena (c.-eva)
tevijjo (c. addit: te) ahosi, yasm Anuruddho dibbacakkhuko hutv
paech Mahpurisavitakkasuttar sutvarahattar ppuni, yasm
Anando sotpattiphale patitthahi, Bhagutthero ca Kimbila-
thero ca aparabhge vipassanar vaddhetv arahattar ppu-
nirsu, Devadatto puthujjanikar iddhir patv, aparabhge
Satthari Kosambiyar viharante svakasarghassa Tathgatassa
mahanto lbhasakkro nibbatti, vatthabhesajjdihatth manuss
vihrar pavisitv: kuhir Satth kuhir Sriputtatthero kuhir
Moggallno kuhir Mahkassapatthero kuhir Bhaddiyatthero
kuhir Anuruddhatthero kuhir Anandatthero kuhir Bhaguthero,
kuhir Kimbilatthero ti astiy mahsvaknar nisinnatthnam
oloketv vicaranti, Devadattatthero kuhir nisinno v thito v
ti vattpi n atthi, so cintesi: ahar etehi saddhir yeva pa~
bbajito, ete hl khattiyapabbajit aham pi khattiyapabbajitos
lbhasakkrahatth manuss ete pariyesanti mama nmam
 143

gahetpi n atthi, kena nu kho saddhirii ekato kain pasdiv

mama lbhasakkram nibbatteyyan ti tassa etad ahosi: ayarh
rj Bimbisro pathamadassanen eva ekdasahi navuttehi saddhim
sotpattiphale patittliito, na sakk (c. -ka) etena saddhim ekato
bhavituvn, Kosalaramfi(c.-o) ca saddhirh na sakk, ayarii kho pana
rafino putt Ajtasattussa ucchange nisditv kumrassa ci (-?)
gunadose na jnti, etena saddhirii ekato bhavissmti Kosam-
bito Rjagahaih gantv kumravannam abhinimminitv cattro
sivse catusu hatthapdesu ekarii gvya pilandhitv ekarn
sse cumbatakarh katv ekarii ekarhsarii karitv imya abhi-
mekhalya ksato oruyha Ajtasattussa ucchange nisditv
(c. sid
) tena hi tena ko si tvan ti vutte aham Devadatto ti
vatv tassa bhayavinodanattham tam attabhvarn patisamgha-
ritv samghatipattacvaradharo purato thatv tam pasdiv
lbhasakkram nibbattesi, so lbhasakkrbhibfmto (c. -bhuto)
ahaiii bhikkhusariigham pariharissmti ppakari) cittarii upp-
detv saha cittuppdena iddhito parihyitv Satthrarh Velu-
vanavihre sarjikya parisya dhammarii desentarii vanditv
utthysan (c. -nya) anjalim paggayha: Bhagav bhante etarahi
jinno vuddho mahallako appossukko ditthadhammasukhavihraih
anuyunjatu, aharh bhikkhusarrigharn pariharissmi, niyydetha
(c. -y y o -) me bhikkhusariighan ti vatv Satthr khelsikavdena
apasdetv patikkhitto anattamano imin pathamarh Tathgate
ghtairi bandhitv apakkami, ath assa Bhagav Rjagahe
pabbjakapaksaniyakammarii kresi, so pariccatto dni aharh
samanena Gotamena, idni ssa anatthairi karissmiti Ajta-
satturh upasairikamitv h a : pubbe kho kumramanuss d-
ghyuk etarahi appyuk, thnarii kho pan etairi vijjati yarh
tvam kumro va samno klarii kareyysi, tena hi tvaih klmra
pitararii hantv rj hohi, aharii Bhagavantarri hantv Buddho
bhavissmti vatv tasmim rajje patitthite Tathgatassa vadhya
purise (c,-o) payojetvtesu sotpattiphalaih patvnivattesu sayarh
 144

Gijjhakutam abhiruhitv aham eva samanarh Gotaraam jvit

voropessmti silam pavijjhitv ruhiruppdakammam (?) katv
iminpi upyena mretum asakkonto puna nlgiriiii (c. -i)
vissajjpesi, tasmim gacchante Anandathero attano jvitarh
Satthu pariccajitv purato atthsi. Satth ngam dametv
nagar nikkhamitv vihram gantv anekasahassehi up-
sakehi abhibhatamahdnam paribhujitv tasmim divase san-
nipatitnam atthrasakotisamkhnam Rjagahavsinam anupub-
bikatham kathetv caturstiy pnasahassnam dhamm-
bhisamaye j te : aho mahguno yasm Anando tathrupe
nma hatthinge gacchante attano jvitam pariccajitv (c. -ji)
Satthu purato atthsti therassa gunakatham sutv: na bhik-
khave idn eva pubbe p esa mam atthya jvitam pariccadi
yev ti vatv bhikkhthi ycito Clahariisamahhamsakakkaa-
jtakni kathe*. Devadattasspi kammam neva rath (tath?)
rao mrpitatt na vadhaknarh payojitatt na silya (c. si-)
paviddhatt pkatam ahosi yath nlgirihatthino vissajjitatt:
tad hi mahjano: rjpi Devadattem eva mrpito vadhak
yojit silpi apaviddh, idni pana tena nlgiri vissajjpito,
evarpaiii nma ppm gahetv rj vicaratti kolhalam aksi;
rj mahjanassa katharii sutv paca thlipkasatni hr-
petv na puna tass upatthnam agamsi, ngar pi ssa kulam
upagatassa bhikkhmattam pi na adamsu, so parihnalbha-
sakkro hamena(?) jvitukmo Satthraiii upasarinkamitv
paca vatthni ycitv Bhagavat alarii Devadatta yo icchati
ramako hot ti patikkhitto: kassvuso vacanam sobhanarh,
kim Tathgatassa udhu mama, aham hi ukkatthavasena evarh
vadmi sdhu bhante bhikkhu yvajvam ramako assa, pin-
daptik pariisukulik rukkhamlik macchamamsarh (c. -sa) na
khdeyyun ti yo (c. so) dukkh mucitukmo so may saddhim
gaccha (-tu ?) gacchat (c. -tu) ti vatv pakkmi; tassa vacanam
sutv ekacce navapabbajit mandabuddhino kalynam D eva-
 145

datto ha etena saddhir vicarissm ti tena saddhiiii ekato ahesur;

iti so pacasatehi bhikkhuhi saddhim (c. addit: tehi bhikkhuhi
saddhim) tehi pacahi vatthhi lkhappasannam (c. lu-) jnarii
sarpento kulesu virpetv bhujanto saiiighabhedya parak-
kami,so Bhagavat saccarn (c. -) kira tvarh Devadatta sarghabtie-
dya parakkamasi cakkabhedy ti puttho saccan ti vatv garuko
(c. -r-) kho Devadatta samghabhedo ti dhi (c. -ihi) ovadito pi
Satthu vacanar andiyitv pakkanto yasmantar nandar Rja-
gahe pindya carantam disv: ajja tagge dnham vuso Ananda
amateva Bhagavat amatra bhikkhusamgho (-?), uposatham
karissmi samghakammam karissmiti ha, thero tam attham
Bhagavato rocesi, tam viditv Satth uppannadhammasamgho
va gova (?) hutv: Devadatto sadevakassa lokassa anatthanis-
sitaiii attano Avcimhi paccanakammam karotti parivitakketv:
Sukarni asdhni attano ajiitni ca,
yarn ve hitan ca sdlm ea tam ve paramadukkaran ti*
imarii gtham vatv puna imam udnam udnesi:
Sukaram 6 sdhunc sdhu, sdhu ppena dukkaram;
ppm ppena sukararh 5, ppm ariyehi dukkaran ti.
Atha kho Devadatto uposathadivase attano parisya saddhim
ekamantam nisditv: yass imni paca vatthtni khamanti so
salkaiii ganhat (c.-ntu) ti vatv pacasatehi (c.-te) Vajjiputtehi
(c. -ohi) navakehi appakatamuhi salkya gahitya samgham
bhinditv te (c.tehi) bhikkhu dyaGayssam agamsi, tassa tattha
gatabhvam sutv Satth tesam bhikkhnarii nayanatthya dve
aggasvake pesesi, tattha gantv ha: desanptihriynus-
saniya ca iddhiptihriynussaniya ca anussant te amatar
pyetv dya ksenagamirsu (-yk-?), kokliko pi kho
utthehi vuso Devadatta nte te bhikkhu Sriputtamoggallnehi
tvarh may vutte (-?) : m vuso Sriputtamoggallne visssi,
ppicch Sriputtamoggalln ppiknar icchnar vasgat
* Y. Dhpd. y. 163. a cod. skarni. * cod. skaram. c cod. sdhuna.
10
 ti vatv channukena (jannu- ?) hadayamajjhe paharitassa tatth eva
unham lohitam mukhato uggaji. Ayasmantam pana Sriputtam

I ' bhikkhusarhghaparivutam ksenagacchantam disv bhikkh

hamsu: bhante yasm Sriputto gamanakle attadutiyo va (c. ca)
I'"
gato idni (c. -na) mahparivro gacchanto sobhatti 5 Satth:
na bhikkhave idn eva tiracchnayoniyarii nibbattakle pi mama
putt mama santikam gacchanto sobhati yev ti vatv:
Hoti slavatarii attho patisanthravuttinam
Lakkhanaiii pss yantam tisamghapurakkhataiii,
atha passas imam Klam suvihnam va tihti
idam jtakam kathesi. Puna bhikkhhi bhante Devadatto kira
dve aggasvake ubhosu passesu nisdpetv Buddhallhya
dhammam desessmiti tumhkarh anukiriyaiii karti (c. -iti)
vutte: na bhikkhave idn eva pubbe p esa mama anukiriyam
ktum vyami na pana sakkhti vatv:
Api Vraka passehi b sakunam majubhnakam
maytragvasamksam patim mayham Savitthakaria.
Udakathalacarassac pakkhino
niceam makamacchabhojino
tassnukaram Savitthako
sevle paligunthito mato ti
din jtakam kathetv aparparesu pi divasesu tathrpim
eva katham rabbha:
Acratyarii vitudam vanni
, kattharukkhesu asrakesu
11
t -/: ath assa dkhadiram jtasrarh
I'Jjli
yatthamhi dgarul uttamamgan t i ;
Las ca te nipphalit matthako ca idalito,
sabb te phsuk bhagg idni kho tvam samma virocasti (-?)
ca (c. va) evam dni jtakni kathesi. Puna akatarim Deva
II
t ' ;H

datto ti katham rabbha:

cod. -satthr-. 6 cod. -esi. c cod. udakrathalavarassa.
 147

Akaramhasa te kiccarii yam balarii ahuvamhase;

migarja amo ty-atthu, api kici labhmase.
Mama lohitabhattassa kiccarii ludd nikuccato
dantantaragato santo tani bahum yam pi jvasti (-?)
dni jtakni kathesi. Puna vadhva parisakkanarii apanassa(?)
rabbha:
Ntam etarii kurugassa yarn tvarii sepanni seyyasi;
aiiiam sepannim gacchmi, na me te mecate phalam ti
dni jtakni kathesi. Puna ubhato parihno Devadatto l-
bhasakkrato ca smariiiato c ti kathsu pavattamnsu: na
bhikkhave idn eva pubbe p esa parihno yev ti vatv:
Akkh bhinn pato nattho sakkhi gehe ca bhandanam
ubhato padutthakammanto udakam pi phalam pi c ti (-?)
dni jtakni kathesi. Evam evam Rjagahe viharanto De-
vadattarii (c. -tta) rabbha bahni jtakni kathetv Rjaga-
hato Svatthim gantv Jetavanavihre vsam kappesi. Deva
datto pi kho navamse (c. -m a-) gilno pacchime kle Satthram
datthukmo hutv attano svake h a: aham Satthram datthu-
datthukmo tani me dasseth ti vatv: tvam samatthakle
Satthr saddhiiii veri hutv eari, na mayarii tam tattha
nessm ti vutto: mamar nsetha, may Satthari ghto kato,
Satthu pana mayi kesaggamatto pi ghto n atthi. So hi
Bhagav:
Vadhake Devadattamhi coro agulimlake
dhanaplake Rhulo c eva sabbattha samamnase (-?).
Dassetha (.-eta) me tam Bhagavantan ti punappuna yci, atha narii
te macakenadya nikkhamimsu. Tassa gamanam sutv bhikkh
Satthu rocesum: bhante Devadatto kira tumhkam dassanat-
thya gacchatti; bhikkhave ten attabhvena (adde: na) marii
passituriilabhissatti. Bhikkhkirapacannam vatthnam ycita-
klato (c. -leto) patthya puna Buddhe datthum na labhanti, ayarn
dhammat. Asukatthna ca (c. addit: asukatthna ca) gato
10 *
 148

bhante t i; yarn icchati tarn karotu, na so mam passituriilabhis-

satiti; bhante ito yojanamattam gato, addhayojanam, gvutam,
pokkharansampam gato bhante ti; sace pi antojetavanam pi
pavisati nevam passitum labhissatti; Devadattam gahetv gat
Jetavanapokkharantre (c. -ni-) macai otretv pokkharanim
nahyitum otarimsu, Devadatto pi kho macato utthya ubho
pd bhmiyarh (c. bhu-) thapetv nisdi, te pathavim pavi-
simsu, so anukkamena yva gopphak yva jannuk (c. janii-)
yva katito yva (c. yoca) thanato yva gvato pavisitv hanu-
katthikassa bhmiyam patitthitakle (c. -tk-):
Imehi atthhi tam aggapuggalam
dev ti devantaradammasrathim
samantacakkhum satapumalakkhanam
pnehi Buddhm saranam gato smti (-?)
imam gtham ha. Idm kira thnaiii disv Tathgato Deva-
dattarii pabbjesi, sace hi so na pabbajissa gih hutv kammai ca
bhriyam akarissa yatibhavassa ca paccayam kturii aparaddha-
bhvena (c. raddh-) pana niccalo va hutv paccatu ti yojanasatike
ante (antoavcimhi ?) nsakkhissa, pabbajitv pana kicpi kam-
maiii bhriyam karissati yatibhavassa paccayam kturii sakkhis-
satti, tena naiii Satth pabbjesi, so hi ito satasahassakappamat-
thake Atthissaro nma paccekabuddho bhavissati. So pathavim
pavisitv Avcimhi nibbatti, niccale Buddhe aparaddhabhvena
pana niccalo va hutv paccatu ti yojanasatike antoavcimhi yoja-
nasatubbedham eva sarram nibbatti, ssarh yva kannasakkhalito
upariayokaplam pvisij pd yva gopphak hetthayapatha-
viyarh (c. -ya) pavitth, mahtlakkhandhaparimnarii (c. maha-
-nam) ayastlam pacchimabhittito nikkhamitvpitthimajjham bhin-
ditv udarena nikkhamitv puratthimarh bhittirii pvisi, aparam
dakkhinabhittito nikkhamitv dakkhinapassam bhinditv uttara-
passena nikkhamitv uttarabhittim |c. -rapahitti) pvisi, apararii
uparikapallato nikkhamitv matthakam bhinditv adhobhgena
 149

nikkhamitv ayapathavim pvisi, evarh so tattba niccalo hutv

paccati. Bhikkh: ettakam thnam gantvBevadatto Satthram
datthurh alabhitv va pathavim pavittho ti katharii (c. -tam) sam-
utthpesum, Satth: na bhikkhave Devadatto idn eva mayi
aparajjhitv pathavim pvisi, pubbe pi pavittho yev ti vav
Hatthirjakle maggamlham purisam samasssetv attano pit
thim ropetv khemantam ppitena tena puna tikkhattum
gantv aggatthne majjhatthne mule ti evam dante chindi-
tv tatiyavre mahpurisassa cakkhupatham atikkamantassa
pathavim pavitthabhvam dpetum:
Akataiiniussa posassa, niccam vivaradassino,
sabba ce pathavim dajj, n eva nam abhirdhaye ti
imam jtakam kathetv puna pi puna pi tath eva kathya sam-
utthitya Khantivdabhte attani aparajjhitv Kalburjabh-
tassa tassa pathavim pavitthabhvam dpetum Khantivdajta-
karii (c. -ka), Cladhammaplabhte attani aparajjhitv Mahpa-
tparjabhtassa tassa pathavim pavitthabhvam dpetum Cla-
dhammaplajtaka ca kathesi. Pathavim pavitthe pana Deva-
datte mahjano hatthatuttho dhajapatkakadaliyo usspetv pun-
naghate thapetv lbh (c. -a) vata no ti mahantarii chanam anu-
bhoti, tam attharii Bhagavato rocesurii, Bhagav: na bhikkhave
idn eva Devadatte mate mahjano tussati, pubbe pi tussati yev ti
vatv sabbajanassa appiye cande pharuse Brnasiyam (c. -nas-)
Pigalarje nma mate mahjanassa tutthabhvam dpetum:
Sabbo jano hiriisito Pigalena,
tasmirii mate paccayam vedayanti;
piyo nu te si akannanetto06,
kasm nu tvam rodasi dvrapla.
Na me piyo si& akannanettoa,
bhymi paccgamanya6 tassa,
ito gato himseyya maccurjam,
so himsito neyyad puna idh ti
a cod. k-, b c0(y s. c cod. pacch-. d C0(j. naseyy.
 150

idam Pingalajtakam kathesi. Bhikkh Satthram pucchimsu:

idni bhante Devadatto kuhim nibbatto t i; Avcimahniraye
(c. avici-) bhikkhave ti; bhante idha tappanto vicaritv puna
gantv tappanatthne yeva nibbatto ti; ma bhikkhave pabbajit
v honti (-tu ?) gahatth v pamdavihrino ubhayattha tappanti
yev ti vatv imm gtham ha: Idha tappati etc. Tattha
idha tappatti idha kammatappanena domanassamattena
tappati; p e c c ti paraloke pana vipkatappanena atidrunena
apyadukkhena tappati .. . Devadattassa vatthum.
Gogerly: The sinner suffers in this world, and he will
suffer in the next world. In both worlds he suffers; he suf
fers, knowing sin has been committed by me; and dread
fully will he suffer in the regions o f torment.

V . 18 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sumandev.

. . . S u g a t i m g a t o sattapannsa vassakotiyo satthin ca
vassasatasahassni dibbasampattirh anubhavanto Tusitapure
ativiya nandatiti.
Sug g a t i r i i consonans metri causa geminata prseterea
in vv. ee. me. 3 2 o. io 8 . 351 (katukapphalaiii, bahujjano, ujju-
gatesu, acchidda) animadvertenda est, duplex vero consonans
vice versa simplex facta in vv. 83. i 86 . 203. 302. 218 (dukh, putho).
Gogerly : The virtuous man is happy in this world, and
he will be happy in the next world. In both worlds he is
happy; he is happy, knowing I have acted virtuously,
and greatly will he rejoice in heaven.

V. Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: dve sah-

yakabhikkhu.
Tattha sah it an ti Tepitakassa Buddhavacanass etam
nmarii, tam cariye upasamkamitv ugganhitv bahum pi
paresam bhsamno vcento tani dhammam sutv yam kra-
 151

kena puggalena kattabbaiii tamkaro na hoti (c.ho), kukkutassa

pakkhapaharanamattam pi(?) aniccdivasena yonisomanasikrarh
na-ppavattat, eso yath nma divasabhatiy (c. -srii-) gvo rak-
khanto gopo pto va paticchitv syarii ganetv smiknam
niyydetv divasabhatimattarh ganhati yathmciy pana paca
gorase paribhujitum na labhati evam eva kcvalarii antev-
siknar santik vattapativattakaranamattassa bhg (c. -gi)
hoti smarimassa pana bhg (c. -gi) na hoti, yath pana
goplakena niyyditnarii gunnarii gorasam smik va pari-
bhujanti tath tena kathitam dhammam sutv krakapuggal
yathnusittharii patipajjitv keci pathamajjhndni ppunanti
keci vipassanam vaddhetv maggaphalni ppunantti gosmik
gorasasseva smaassa bhgino honti; iti Satth slasampan-
nassa bahnssutassa pamdavihrino aniccdivasena yonisomanasi-
kre na pavattassa (c. pam-) bhikkhuno vasena pathamarii gtham
kathesi, nadusslassa dutiyagth pana appassutasspi yoniso-
manasikre kammam karontassa krakapuggalassa vasena ka-
thit; tattha a p p a m pi c e ti thokaiii ekavaggadvivagga-
mattam p i; d h a m m s s h o t i a n u d h a m ma c r i t i attham
amya dhammam amya navalokuttaradhammassa anurpa-
dhammam pubbaghapatipadsariikhtarh catuprisuddhisla-
dhutagaasubhakammatthndibhedam carapato anudhamma-
cr hoti, ajja ajj ev ti pativedham karhkhanto vicarati, so
imya sammpatipattiy (c. smp-) rga ca dsn ca (c. r-
gadveso ca) pahya mohm sammhetun nayena parijnitab-
badhamme parijnanto tadafigavikkhambhanasamucchedapati-
ppassaddhinissaranavimuttnam vasena suvimuttacitto;
anupdiyno id ha v hu r a m v ti idhalokarii para-
lokarh pariypann (c. -panna) v ajjhattikabhir v khan-
dhyatanadhtuyo catdhi updnehi a n u p d i y a n t o mah-
khnsavo maggasamkhtassa smaassa vasena gatassa
 152

phalas&mahnassa e eva pancaaseldiadhammakkhandhassa ca

b h g i v h o titi.
S a b i tarn commentator nomen appellat orationis Buddhse
tripartite (Tepitakarn Buddhavacanam), inde vero etymologia
vocabuli non elucet. Nescio an recte ex sa et bita compo-
situm existimaverim. T a k k a r o sanscr. esset tatkaro. D h a m -
massa anudhamm ac^ri cfr. v. 86 dhamme dhamm&iu-
vattino. M o h a m melius fortasse ad prsecedens pahya refertur
et epexegesis intelligitur verborum lAgo et doso, hoc posito
interpungendum est post moharii. Sum in versione ejusmodi
locos secutus u t: r^gadosamoMnam abh&vena; cfr. Sp. Hardy
p. 153. Sammappajano verbum compositum ex sammd,
et paj^no. A n u p ^ d i y ^ n o pres. part. med. radicis d pref.
upa et 6,; cfr. vv. 8 9 . 4 14 . 352. 396. 406. 4 2 1.

Gogerly : The worldly - minded m an, who understands

much o f religion, and talks much concerning it, without keep
ing its precepts, is like a herdsman of other mens cattle,
who is not a partaker of the flock he tends. The pious man,
who though he understands but little, and talks but little o f
religion, is an observer o f its precepts; who removes lust,
wrath, and folly far from h im ; who is considerative, possessed
o f a mind free from evil and without attachments; he, in
this world and that to come, is a partaker of the fruits
o f piety.
Quum in reliquis capitibus sententia totius capitis vel
potius notio ejus primaria titulo subscripto indicetur, huic
uni capiti ex forma externa nomen imponitur; Gogerly certe
(cfr. Sp. Hardy p. 30) yamaka intelligit versus gemellos (double
answering verses), cfr. Wilson Sanscr. Diet. s. v.
 153

V. Appamdo amatapadan ti imam dliamma-

desanam Satth Kosambiyam upanissya Ghositrme viha-
ranto Smavatpamukhnam (c. -ti-) pacannam itthisat
nam Mgandikapamukhnam itiss (?) pacannam tisatnam
maranavyasanam rabbha kathesi. Tatryam anupubbikath:
Atte Allakapparatthe Allakapparj nma Vethadpakarj
nm ti ime dve daharaklato patthya sahyak ekcariya-
kule sippam ugganhitv attano pitunnam accayena ehattam
usspetv ymato dasadasayojanike ratthe rjno ahesum, te
klena klam samgantv ekato titthant nisdant nipajjant
mahjanam jyamna ca myamna ca disv: paralokam
gacchantam anugacchanto nma n atthi, antamaso attano sa-
rram pi sabbam pahya gantabbam, kin no gharvsena,
pabbajissm ti mantetv rajjni puttadrassa niyydetv isi
pabbajjam pabbajitv Himavantapadese vasant mantayimsu:
mayam rajjam pahya pabbajit, na jvitum asakkont, te
mayam ekatthne vasant apabbajitasadis yeva homa, tasm
visum vasissma, tvam etasmirii pabbate vasa, aham imasmim
vasissmi,anvaddhamsain pana uposathadivase ekato bhavissm
t i; atha nesarii etad ahosi: evam pi no ganasaganik bhavissati,
tvam tava pabbate aggim jleyysi, aham mama pabbate
jlissmi, tya mam (mayam?) samya atthibhvam jnissm
ti, te tath karimsu; athparabhge Vethadpakatpaso klarii
katv mahesakkho devarj hutv nibbatto, tato anvaddhamse
pabbate aggirh adisv itaro (c.-e) sahyako me klakato ti
amsi, itaro pi nibbattakkhane yeva attano devasirim oioketv
kammam upadhrento nekkhammato patthya attano tapacariyam
disv gantv mama sahyam passissmti tam attabhvam vi-
jahitv maggikapuriso viya tassa santikarir gantv vanditv
ekamantam atthsi; atha nam so h a: kuto gato siti; maggika
puriso aharh bhante, durato va gato mhi, kim pana bhante ayyo
imasmim thne ekako vasati, anio (c. -e) pi koci atthti; atthi
 154

eko sahyako ti; kuhirh so ti; etasmim pabbate vasati, uposa-

thadivase pana aggirh na jlesi, mato bhavissatti; evaih bhante
ti; evam vuso ti; aharii so bhante ti; kuhirh so nibbatto siti;
devaloke mahesakkho devarj hutv nibbatto smi (c. smiria)
bhante, ayyarii passissmti pana gato mhi, api nu kho ayy-
nam pana imasmirii thne vasantnarh koci upaddavo atthti;
mavuso hatth (c. -i) nissya kilammti; kiiii vo bhante hatth
(c.-i) kim karontiti; sammajjanatthne landam ptenti, pdehi
paharitv pamsurh uddharanti, sv-ham landam chaddentoj parii-
surri samar karonto kilammti; kirii pana tesarii angamanam
icchath ti; mvuso; tena hi tesam angamanam karissmxti
tpasassa hatthikantavna c eva hatthikantamanta ea adsi,
dadanto ca pana vnya tisso tantiyo dassetv tayo mante
ugganhpetv: imarii tantiiii (c. nan-) paharitv imasmim mante
vutte nivattetv oloketum pi asakkont hatth (c. -i) palyanti,
imaiii tanirn paharitv imasmim mante vutte nivattitv pacchato
olokent palyanti, imana tantirh paharitv imasmia mante
vutte ythapati pitthim upanento gacchatti cikkhitv yarn vo
ruccati tam kareyyth (c. -ath) ti vatv pakkmi, tpaso palya-
namantam vatv palyanatantiih paharitv hatth (c. -i) pal-
petv vasi. Tasmia samaye Kosambiyai Parantapo nma
rj hoti, so ekadvasaiia gabbhiniy deviy saddhiria bltaparh
tappamno ksatale nisdi, dev raiiao prupanaria satasahassag-
ghanikaiia (c. -ni-) rattakambalarh prupitv nisinn rarir (c. -o)
saddhim sallappamn rarho agulito satasahassagghanikaiia r-
jamuddikarh nharitv attano aguliyam pilandhi (c. -iha), tasmiria
samaye hatthiligasakuno gacchanto ksena deviiii disv marh-
sapesti(?) samya pakkhe vissajjetv otari, rj tassa otarana-
saddena utthya antonivesanaria pvisi, dev (c. -i) garugabbhatya
ca bhrukajtikatya ca vegena gantum nasakkhi, atha nana
so sakuno ajjhappatto nakhe (c.-a) pajare nisdpetv ksarh
pakkhandi, te kira sakun (c. -a) pacannarii hatthnarii balarii dh-
 155

renti, tasm ksena netv yathrucitatthnarh gantv nisditv

mamsar khdanti, spi tenaniyyamn maranabhayabht cintesi:
sac ham viravissmi, manussasaddo nma tiracchnagatnarii
ubbejaniyo, tarh sutv marii chaddesi, evarii sante saha gabbhena
jvitakkhayarh ppunissmi, yasmirii pana thne nisditv marii
khditurii rabhissati tatra narri saddarh katv palpessmti
s attano panditatya adhivsesi, tad ca Himavantapadese tho-
karii vacldhitv maiidapkrena thito eko mahnigrodho boti,
so sakuno migarpni tattha netv khdati, tasm tam pi
tatth eva netv vitapaantare thapetv gatamaggarh olokesi,
gatamaggolokanarii kira tesarii dhammat, tasmirri khane dev
idni imam palpeturii vaddhatiti cintetv ubho hatthe ukkhi-
pitv pnisaddarii c eva mukhasaddari ca katv palpesi, ath
ass suriyuggamanavele kammajavt calirrisu, sabbadissu
gajjanto mabmegho uttbahi, sukhe(?) thitya rjamahesiy m
bhyi ayy ti vacanamattam alabbamnya dukkhaparetya
sabbarattirii nidd nma na hsi, pabhyamnya rattiy val-
hakavigamo ca arunuggamanari (c. run-) ca tass (c.-a) gabbha-
vutthna ca ekakkhane yeva ahosi, s meghautu ca arunauturi
ca gahetv jtatt puttassa Udeno ti nmam aksi. Allakap-
patpasasspi kho tato avidtre vasanatthnarh boti, so pakatiy
vassadivase stabhayena phalphalatthya vanarh na pavisati,
tarii rukkhamlarii gantv sakunehi khditamariisnarii atthirh
haritv koddhetv rasarii katv pivati, tasm tam divasam pi
atthirh harissmiti tatth eva gantv rukkhamle atthirii pariye-
santo upari drakasaddarii sutv olokento deviiii disv ksi tvan
ti vatv manussi mhti katharii gat ti hatthilirigasakunennt
amhti (c. -ntanam-) vutte otarhti ha; jtisambhedato bhymi
ayy t i ; ksi tvan ti; kliattiy ti; aham pi khattiyo (c. -e) v t i ;
tena hi khattiyamy (?) kathehti; so kathesi; tena hi ruyha
puttakarh me otrehti; so ekena passena abhiruhanamaggarii
(c. -han-) katv abhiruhitv drakarii ganhi, m marii hatthena
 156

chupti (c. chtpiti) cavutto (c. -) narii acchupitv vadrakarh ot-

resi, devim pi otresi, atha narii assamapadarii netv slabhedarii
akatv va anukampyapatijaggi, nimmakkhikamadhurh haritv
sayajtaslirii haritv ygurii pacitv adsi; evarii tasmirh pti
jaggante s aparabhge cintesi: aharii neva gatamaggarii na gama-
namaggarii jnmi, iminpi me saddhirii visssamattam pi natthi,
sace pana amhe paljya katthaci gamissati ubhopi idheva mara
ara ppunissma, yarn kind katv imassa slarh bhinditv yath
mam na mucati tath ktum vaddhatti, atha narii dunnivatth
dupprupit (c. -rut) dassanena palobhetv slavinsarii ppesi,
tato patthya dve pi samaggavsarii vasiiiisu. Ath ekadivasam
tpaso nakkhattayogam olokento Parantapassa nakkhattaplanam
disv bhadde Kosambiyam Parantaparj mato ti h a; kasm
ayya evarii vadesi, kim tena saddhim ghto atthti; n atthi
bhadde, nakkhattaplanam (c. -lm) assa disv evarii vadmti; s
parodi, atha narii kasm rodasti pucchitv tya tassa attanosmi-
kabhve akkhte h a: m bhadde rodi, jtassa nma niyato macc
t i ; jnmi ayy t i ; atha kasm rodasti vutte me kulasantakassa
rajjassa anucchaviko sace tattha bhavissati setacchattarii uss-
payissati, mahjaniko vata jto ti sokena rodmi ayy t i ; hotu
bhadde, m cintayi, sac assa rajjarii patthesi aham assa rajjam
labhankrarii karissmti; ath assa hatthikantavnari ceva*
hatthikantamante ca adsi, tad anekni hatthisahassni gantv
vatarukkhamle nisdanti, atha narii ha: hatthsu angatesuyeva
rukkharii abhimhitv tesu gatesu imarii mantara vatv imarii
tantirii paliara, sabbe nivattitv oloketum pi asakkont pal-
yissanti, ath otaritv gaccheyysti, so tath katv gantv
tarii pavattirii rocesi, atha narii dutiyadivase ha: ajja imarii
mantarii vatv imarii tantirii pahareyysi, nivattitv olokent
(c.-o) palyissantti, tadpi tath katv gantv rocesi; ath assa
mtararii mantetv: bhadde te puttassa te ssanarii dehi, etto
va gantv rj bhavissatti; s puttarii mantetv: tta tvarii
 157

KosambiyariiParantaparao putt,mam hatthiligasakuno nesti

(c.n-) vatv senpatidnam nmni cikkhitv: asaddahantnam
imarii pitupvupanam kambala ceva pilandhanamuddikam (c. -)
ca dasseyysti datv uyyojesi; kumro tpasam idni kiiii karo-
miti ha; rukkhassa hetthimaskhya nisditv imarh mantam
vatv tantim pahara, jetthakahatth (c. -i) te pitthim upan-
metv upasamkamissati, tassa pitthiyam nisinno rattham gantv
rajjarh ganhhti; so mtpitaro vanditv tath katv gatassa
hatthino pitthiyam nisditv kanne mantayi: aharh Kosambiyam
Parantaparao putt, pettikam me rajjarh ganhitv dehi s-
mti; so ta sutv anekni hatthisahassni sannipatant ti
hatthiravam ravi, anekni hatthisahassni (c. -ss) sannipatiriisu,
puna (c. -na) jinnahatth (e. -i) patikkamant ti batthiravam
(c. addit: ravarir) ravi, jinnahatth (c. -i) patikkamirhsu, puna
atitarun(c.-n) nivattant ti ravi, tepinivattiriisu ; so anekehiyo-
dhahatthisahassehi parivuto paccantagmarii patv: aham rao
putt, sampattim patthayamnmay saddhim gacchantt ti tato
patthya manussasagaharii (c. -uss-) karonto gantv nagaram
parivretv yuddham v me detu rajjam v ti ssanam pesesi;
ngar hamsu: mayam dve pi na dassma, amhkam pi dev
garugabbh hatthiligasakunena hat, tass atthibhvam v
natthibhvam v na jnma, yva tass pavattim na sunma
(c. sun-) tva (c. t) neva yuddham dassma na rajjan ti, tad
kira tam pavenirajjam ahosi, tato kumro aham tass putt ti
vatv senpatidnarh nmni kathetv tathpi asaddahantnam
kambala ca muddika ca dassesi, te kambalamuddikarn sa-
jnitv dvram vivaritv rajjena abhisicimsu. Ayam tva
Udenassa uppatti. . . Idam Ghositasetthino vatthum . . . Idm
Smavatiy vatthum. Udenassa pana aparpi Vsuladatt nma
dev ahosi Candapajjotassa dht; Ujjeniyarii (c. -m) hi Canda-
pajjoto nma rj ahosi, so ekadivasam uyynato gacchanto
attano sampattirii oloketv: atthi nu kho amassa pi kassaci
 158

evarup sampatti (c. -ttim) nm esa(?) Kosambiyarii Udenassa

rariifo atimahat (c. -i) sampatti vutte ha: tena hi ganhissma
nan ti; na sakk so gahetun t i ; yarii kici kaiv ganhissm
ev ti; na sakk dev ti; kimkran ti; so hatthikantam nma
sippam jnti, mantam parivattetv hatthikantavnarii vdento
nge palpeti pi ganhti pi, hatthivhanasampanno tena sadiso
nma n atthti; na sakk may tam gahetun ti; sace te deva
ekantena ayam niechayo, tena hi druhatthim kriv tass-
sannatthnam pesehi, so hatthivhanam v assavhanarii v
duram pi gaechati, tattha nam gatarii gahetum sakk bha-
vissatti; rj atth eso upyo ti drumayam yantahatthim
kriv bahi pilotikhi vethetv katacittakammam tassa vijite
sannatthne ekasmiiii saratre vissajjpesi, hatthino antokuc-
chiyaiii satthi puris aparparam camkamanti, hatthilandarii
haritv tattha tattha chaddesuiii; eko vanacarako hatthim disv
amhkam rao anucchaviko ti cintetv gantv ranino rocesi:
deva may sabbaseto Kelsaktapatibhgo tumhkarii c eva
anucchaviko varavrano dittho ti, Udeno tam eva maggadesi-
kaiii katv hatthim abhiruyha saparivro nikkhami, tassgama-
narh atv carapuris gantv Candapajjotassa roeesum, so
gantv majjhe tuccham katv ubhosu passesu balakyam payo-
jesi, Udeno tassgamanarii ajnanto hatthim anubandhi, anto-
thitamanuss vegena palpesurii, katthahatth (c.-i) ranino man
tam parivattetv vnarii vdentassa tantisaddam asunanto viya
palyati yeva, rj hatthingaiii ppunituiii asakkonto assarii
ruyha anubandhi, tasmirii vegena anubandhante balakyo
ohiyi, rj ekako va ahosi, atha narii ubhosu passesu payutt
Candapajjotassa puris ganhitv attano raiinio adamsu, ath
assa balakyo amittavasagatabhvam atv bahikhandhvram
nivesetv acchi. Candapajjoto pi Udenam jvagham eva
ghpetv ekasmiiii coragehe parikkhipitv dvram pidahpetv
tayo divase jayapnam pivi, Udeno tatiyadivase rakkhike puc-
 159

chi: kaham vo tt(c.-a) rj t i ; paccmitto me gahito ti jayap-

narh pivatti; k nm es mtugmassa viya tumhkam ramo
kiriy, na nu patirjnarh gahetv vissajjeturh v mreturir (adde:
v) vaddhati, amhe dukkham nisdpetv jayapnam kira pivatti;
te gantv ramo tam attharir kathesum; so gantv saccam
kira tvam evam vadesti pucchi; ma mahrj ti; sdhu tam
vissajjessmi, evaripo kira te manto atthi, tam mayharii dassasti;
sdhu dassmi ganhanasamayena ganhti kim tvarii mam van-
dissasiti; ty-harh vandissmti na vandissmi (-mti ?); aham pi
na dassmi (-mti ?); evam sante rjnan te karissmti; karohi,
sarrassa me issaro na pana cittass t i ; rj tassa stragajjitarh
sutv kathan nu kho mantam ganhissmti cintetv imam
mantarh amam jnpetum na sakk, mama dhtararh etassa
santike ugganhpetv aham tass santike ganhissmti; atha
nam ha: ariiassa vanditv ganhantassa dassasti; ma ma
hrj ti; tena hi amhkam ghare ek khujj atthi, tass anto-
sniyam nisinnya tvam bahisniyaiii thito va mantam vce-
hti; khujj v hotu pthasapp (c. -i) v, vandantiy dassmti;
tato rj gantv dhtararh Vsuladattarii ha: amma eko sarh-
khakutth (c. -i) anaggham mantarh jnti, tam ariram jnpetum
na sakk, tvam antosniyarh nisditv mantarh ganha, so bahi-
sniyaiii thatv tuyham vcessati, tava santik aham ganhis
smti, evam so tesam ariiamarirarir santhavakaranabhayena
dhtaram khujjarii itaram sarirkhakutthim katv kathesi; so
tass antosniyarh nisinnya bahithito mantarh vcesi, atha
nam ekadivasam punappuna vuccamnam pi mantapadarir vat-
tuiir asakkontirh: are khujje atibahalotthakapolan te mukbarh,
evam nma vadehti ha; s kujjhitv are dutthakuttha kim
evarir vadesi, mdis khujj nma hontti; snikannarh ukkhi-
pitv ksi tvan ti vutte ramo dht Vsuladatt nm ahan
ti h a; pit te mayham kathento khujj ti kathesti; mayharh
kathento pi tam samkhakutthim nma katv kathesti; te
 160

ubho pi tena hi amhkam esa(?) santhavakaranabhayena kathi-

tam bhavissatti antosniyam yeva santhavam karimsu, tato
patthya mantagahanam v sippagahanam v natthi. Rjpi
dhtararii niccarii pucchati: sipparh ganhasi amm ti; ganhmi
tt ti. Atha nam ekadivasam Udeno ha: bhadde smikena
kattabbarh nma n eva mtpitaro na bhtibhaginiyo kturh
sakkonti, sace mayham jvitarii dassasi paca te (c. pacasate)
parivram datv aggamahesitthnam dassmti; sace imasmim
itthisatni vacane patitthtum sakkhissatha dassmi y o jvita-
dnan ti; sakkhissmi bhadde ti; s sdhu smti pitu santikam
gantv vanditv ekamantam atthsi; atha narii so pucchi: amma
nitthitam sippan ti atha kim amm ti (-?); amhkam ekam dvra
ca vhana ca laddhum vaddhati tt ti; idam kim amm t i ;
tta rattim kira trakasamya mantassa upacratthya ekam
osadham gahetabbam atthti, tasm amhkam velya v ave-
lya v nikkhamanakle ekadvra ceva vhana ca laddhum
vaddhatti; rj sdh ti sampaticchi; te attano abhirucitam
ekam dvrai hatthagatam karirhsu. Ramo pana paca v-
hanni ahesum, Bhaddavat (c. -i) nma kaneru ekadivasam
pamsa yojanni gacchati, Kko nma dso satthi yojanni
gacchati, Celakanthi ca nmaMujakesi c ti dve ass yojanasa-
tam gacchanti, Nlgirihatth (c. -i) vsayojanasatan (c. vsariiy-)
ti; so kira rj anuppanne Buddhe ekassa issarassa upatthko
ahosi, ath ekadivasarii tsmirii issare bahinagare nahtv gac-
chante eko paccekabuddho nagaram pindya pavisitv sakala-
nagaravsnam Mrena avasitatt ekabhikkham pi alabhitv
yathdhotena pattena nikkliami, atha nam nagaradvram pat-
takle Mro artmataravesena upasamkamitv api bhante kici
laddhan ti pucchi; kim pana me tam labhanam (c. -) krti;
tena hi nivattitv puna pavisatha, idni karissmti; nham puna
nivattissmiti; sace hi nivatteyya puna so sakalanagaravsnam
sarre adhimuccitv pnim paharitv hasanakelim kreyya;
 161

atha so issaro yathdhotena pattengacchantam paccekabuddharh

disv vanditv api bhante kici laddhan ti pucchi; caritv nik-
khant amha vuso t i ; so cintesi: ayyo may pucchitarii aka-
thetv aniar vadatti na kici laddharii bhavissatti, atha
pattand olokento tuccharii disv gebe bhattassa nitthitnitthi-
tabhvam ajnantya sro hutv pattam gahetum avisahanto
bhante thokam adhivseth ti vatv vegena gharam gantv
amhkam bhattan (-arh nitthitan?) ti pucchitv nitthitan ti vutte
tam upatthkam ha: tta ao (c. -e) tay sampannavegataro
(c. -narhv-) natthi, sghena javena bhadantam patv pattam me
bhante deth ti vatv pattam gahetv ehti, so ekavacanen eva
pakkhanditv pattam gahetv hari, itaro attano bhojanassa
pattam pretv: imam sgham ayyassa samppehi, aham te ito
pattim dammti ha; so vegena gantv paccekabuddhassapattam
datv pacapatitthitena vanditv bhante vel upakatth ti aham
atisghena javena ^gato cgato, etassa me javassa phalena yo-
jannam pafmsasatthisatavsasatagamanasamatthni (c. pann-
-vsamsatarii-) vhanni nibbattantu, gacchantassa ca me gac-
chantassa sarram suriyatejena tattam, tassa me phalena nibbat-
tatthne n suriyatejasadis hotu, imasmim me pindapte s-
min patti dinn, tassa nissandena tumhehi ditthadhammassa
bhg homti ha; paccekabuddho evam hotii ti vatv:
Icchitam patthitarii tuyham sabbam eva samijjhatu,
prentu sabbasamkapp cando pannaras yath.
Icchitam patthitam tuyham khippam eva samijjhatu,
pdrentu sabbasamkapp mani jotiraso yath (adde: ti)
anumodanaih aksi, paccekabuddhnam kira im dve gth
anumodanagth nma honti, tattha jotiraso ti sabbakmada-
dam maniratanam pavuccati. Idm tassa pubbacaritarii. So
etarahi Candapajjoto ahosi, tassa kammanissandena imni paca
vhanni nibbattimsu. Ath ekadivasarii rj uyynam klya
nikkhami, Udeno ajja palyitabban ti mahantamahante camma-
ll
 162

pasibbake hiramasuvannass pretv kaneruy pitthe thapetv

Vsuladattam dya palyi, antopurapl disv gantv ranino
rocesum, rj sgham gacchath ti balam pahini, Udeno
balassa pakkantabhvarii atv kahpanapasibbakarii mocetv
ptesi, manuss kahpane uccinitv puna pakkhandimsu, itaro
suvannapasibbakam mocetv ptetv tesara suvannalobhena
papacentnarii yeva bahinivittham attano khandhvraiii p-
puni, atha nara gacchantarii disv va attano balakyo pari-
vretv nagararh pavesesi, so gantv Vsuladattam abhisicitv
aggamahesitthne thapesti. Idarii Vsuladattya vatthum.
Apar pana Mgandiy nma rao santik aggamahesitthnarii
labhi; s kira Kururatthe Mgandiyabrhmanassa dht, mtu
p iss Mgandiy (c. -ya) tv-evanmani (c-a), clapitpi (c. -tapi)
ss Mgandiyo va. S abhirp ahosi devaccharapatibhg,
pit pan ass anucchavikarii sraikam alabhanto mahantaku-
lehi ycito pi na mayham dhtu tumhe anucchavik ti tajjetv
uyyojesi. Ath ekadivasam Satth paccusasamaye lokarii olo-
kento Mgandiyabrhmanassa pajpatikassa angmiphalpas-
sayam disv attano pattacvararii dya tassa nigame aggi-
paricaranatthnam agamsi, so Tathgatassa rpaggappattam
attabhvarii oloketv: imasmim loke imin purisena sadiso
amo puriso nma n atthi, ayam mayham dhtu anucchaviko,
imassa posvanatthya mama dhtaram dassmti cintetv:
samana ek me dht atthi, aharii ettakam klaiii tass anu-
cchavikam purisarii na passmi, tumhe tass s ca tumhkam
yeva anucchavik, tumhkam hi pdaparicrik tass ca bhatt
laddhum vaddhati, tam vo aharii dassmi, yva mamgaman
idh eva titthath ti ha, Satth kici avatv tunh ahosi;
brhmano vegena gharam gantv: bhoti bhoti dhtu me anu-
cchavikapuriso dittho, sghasgharii nai alamkarohti tam
alamkrpetv saddhirii brhmaniy dya Satthu santikam
pysi; sakalanagararii sariikhubhi: ayam ettakam klarh
 163

mayham dhtu anucchaviko (c. addit: na) n atthti kassaci

adatv ajja me dhtu anucchaviko dittho ti kira vadati, kdiso
nu kho so , passissma nan ti mahjano ten eva saddhim
nikkhami; tasmim dhtaram gahetv gacchante tena vuttatthne
athatv tattha padacetiyam dassetv gantv arimasmim thne
atthsi, Buddhnarn hi padacetiyam adhitthahitv akkatthne (?)
yeva pamyati na aihattha, yesa c atthya adhitthitam hoti
te yeva narh passanti, tesam padam adassanakaranattham hat-
thidayo v akkamantu mahmegho v vassatu verambavto
v paharatu, na(c. nam)koci makkhetum sakkoti; atha brhman
brhmanam ha: kuhim so puriso ti; imasmim thne titth
hiti nam avacam, kuhim nu kho so gato ti olokento padace
tiyam disv ayam assa padavalajo (?) ti ha; brhman salak-
khanamantnam tinnam vednarii pagunatya lakkhanamante
parivattetv pdalakkhanam upadhretv na yidarh brhmana
pacakmagunsevino padan ti vatv imarii gtham h a :
Rattasabhi ukkutikam padam bhave,
dutthassa hoti sahasnuplitam,
mlhassa hoti avakaddhitam padam,
vivattacchadassab idam disaiii padan t i ;
atha nam brhmano evam h a: bhoti tvaih udakaptiyam kum-
bhle gehamajjhe ca pana core vissamante passanasl, tunh
hohti; brhman yarii icchasi (c. -ati) tam (c. yam) vadehi,
na yidam pacakmagunsevino padan t i ; tato olokento hi Satth-
ram disv ayam so puriso ti vatv brhmano gantv: samana
dhtaran te posvanatthya dammti ha; Satth dhtar(c. -rni)
te mayham attho atthi v n atthi v ti avatv va brhmana
ekan te kranam kathemti vatv kathehi saman ti vutte ma-
hbhinikkhamato patthya yva ajaplanigrodhamtle ca pana
atto idni me esa viyan ti(-?) tass sokturassa sokavupasama-
rattassa h? vhattachandass?

11*
 164

nattharii gathi Mradhthi kumrvanndivasena (c. -r-) payo-

jitarii palobhanarii cikkhitv tadpi mayharii
Disvna tanharii aratirii ratiii ca
nhosi chando api methunasmirii;
kim ev idarii muttakarsapuimam,
pdpi narii samphusitum na icche ti
imam gtham ha, gthpariyosne brhmapo brhman ca
angmiphale patitthahimsu ; Mgandiypi kho: sac assa may
attho natthikabhvo vattabbo, ayain pana marii muttakarsa-
punnarii karoti, hotu attano jtikulapadesabhogavayasampattirii
gamma tathrparii bhattrarh labhitv samanassa kattabba-
yuttakarii jnissmti Satthari ghtarii bandhi; kirii pana Satth
tass (c.-a) attani ghtuppattirii jnti na jntti: jnti, j-
nanto kasm gtham ha: itaresairi dvinnarii vasena, Buddh hi
ghtarii aganetv maggaphaldhigamrahnarii vasena dhammarii
desenti yeva; mtpitaro narii netv Clamgandiyarii paticch-
petv pabbajitv arahattarii ppunirrisu, Ciamgandiko pi
cintesi: mama dht omakasattassa na anucchavik, ekassa
rao va anucchavik ti tarii dya Kosanibirh gantv sabb-
larrikrehi alarhkaritv: imarii itthiratanarii devassa anucchavikan
ti Udenassa rao adsi, so tarii disv uppannabalavasineho
abhisekam datv pacasatamtugmaparivrarii (c.-sat-) katv
aggamahesitthne thapesi. Evam assa diyaddhasahassantakitthi-
parivr tisso aggamahesiyo ahesurii. Tasmirii kho pana sa-
maye Ghositasetth (c. -i) Kukkutasetth (c. -i) Pvriyasetthti
Kosambiyarii tayo setth (c. -i) honti, te upakatthya vasst-
panyikya pacasate tpase Himavantato ganv nagare
bhikkhya cavante disv pasditv nisdpetv bhojetv patiarh
gahetv cattro ms attano santike vaspetv puna cassratte
(csrante ?) gamanatthya patijnpetv uyyojesurii, tpaspi
tato patthya attha ms Himavante vasitv cattro ms tesarii
santike vasanti, te aparabhge Himavantato gacchant ararii-
 9165

yatane ekarii mahnigrodham disv tassa mle nisdimsu,

tesu jetthakatpaso cintesi: imasmim rukkhe adhivatth devat
na oramatthintik(?) bhavissati, mahesakkhen ettha devarjena
bhavitabbaiii, sdhu vatt assa sac yarh isiganassa pnyam
(c. pn-) dadeyy ti, so pnyam (c. pn-) adsi, tpaso nahnoda-
kam cintesi, tam pi adsi, tato bhojanam cintesi, tani pi adsi (c.
addit: tad bliojanam cintesi tam pi adsi), ath assa etad ahosi:
ayarn devarj amhehi cintitacintitam sabbam deti, aho vata
naiii passeyym t i , so rukkhakkhandham padletv attnam
dasseti, atha nam: devarj mahat(c.-i) te sampatti, kinnukho
katv ayam laddh ti pucehimsu; m pucchattha ayy t i ; cikkha
(c.-i) devarj ti, so attankatakammassaparittattlajjamnoka-
thetumna visahati, punappunanippliyamno pana tena hi sunth
(c. sun-) ti vatv kathesi. So kir eko duggatamanusso hutv bhatim
pariyesanto Anthapindikassa santike bhatikammam (c. -tim-)
labhitv tam nissya jvikam kappesi, ath ekasmim uposatha-
divase sampatte Anthapindiko vihrato gantv pucchi: tassa
bhatikassa ajja uposathadivasabhvo kenaci kathito ti; na ka-
thito smiti; tena hi ssa syamsam (c. -sni) pacath t i ; ath assa
patthodanani pacimsu, so divasam arae kammarii katv
syam gantv bhatte vaddhetv dinn jto smti sahas bhu-
jitv va: amesu divasesu imasmim gehe bhattam detha spam
detha vyajanam dethti mahkolhalam hoti, ajja sabbe nissad-
d na (?c.nb pucehimsu, mayham ev ekasshram vaddhayiriisu,
kin nu kho etan ti cintetv pucchi: avases bhujims ti (adde: na
bhunjiriis ti?); kimkran ti; imasmim gehe uposathadivasesu
syamsam na bhujati, sabbe uposathikhonti, antamaso thana-
pvino drakemukh uii vikkhletv catumadhurarii mukhe pakkhi-
ppetv mahsetth (c. -i) uposathike kreti, gandhatele dpenti,
khuddakamahallakadrak sayarii gat dvattimskram sajjh-
yanti, tuyham pana uposathadivasabhvam kathetum satim na
karimha, tasmtaveva (c. tave) pakkam bhattam, bhuiijassu nan t i ;
 166

sace idni uposathikena bhaviturh vaddhati aham pi bhaveyyan ti;

idam setth (c. -i) jntti; tena hi pucchath (c. -t) ti; te gantv
setthim pucchimsu, so evamha: idniabhujitv mukhaiii vikkh-
letv uposatham gmi (?) adhitthahant oupaddhuposathakammarh
labhissatti; itaro tam sutv tatli aksi, tassa sakaladivasam
kammar katv chtassa sarre (c. -ri-) vt kujjhimsu, yottam
bandhitv yottakotiyam gahetv parivattti, setth (c, -i) tam
pavattiiii sutv ukkbhidhriyamhi (?) catumadhurarh ghpetv
tassa santikam gantv kim tt ti pucchi; smi vt me ku-
pit ti; tena hi utthy idam bhesajjaiii khdhti; tumhe pi
khdittha smti; amhkam aphsukam n atthi, tvam khd
hti ; smi uposathakammarii karonto sakalam ktum nsakkhim
(c.-i), upaddhakammam pi me vikalarii (c.-k-) m ahosti; na icchi,
m evarii kari tt ti vuccamno (c. -no) pi anicchitv arune
utthahante miltaml viya klam katv tasmiiii nigrodharukkhe
nibbatti. Tasm imam attharh kathetv: so setth (c. -i) Bud-
dhammako dhammammako samghammako, tam nissya
katassa upaddhuposathakammassa nissandena es sampatti may
laddh ti ha. Buddho ti vacanarii sutv va paeasat tpas
vutthya devatya ajalim paggayha Buddho ti vadehti Buddho
ti vademti tikkhattum patijnpetv ghoso pi kho eso dullabho
lokasmin ti udnarii udnetv: devate anekesu kappasatasaljassesu
assutapubbam (c. anassu-) saddam tay sunpit amh ti haiiisu,
ath antevsino cariyam etad avocum: tena hi Satthu santikam
gaeehm ti, tt tam (te?) setthino amhkam bahtpakr,
sve tesaiia nivesane bhikkham ganhitv tesam pi cikkhitv ga-
missm ti adhivseti, tt (?) ti te adbivsayimsu, puna divase
setthino ygubhttrh sampdetv sanni pampetv ajja no
ayynam gamanadivaso ti atv paccuggamanam katv dya
nivesanam gantv nisdpetv bhikkharii adamsu, te katabhat-
takicc: mahsetthino mayaii gamissm ti vadimsu; na nu
bhante tumhehi cattro vassike ms amhkam gahit ca
f
167

patim, iclni kuhir gacchath t i ; loke kira Buddho uppanno

dhammo uppanno sargho uppanno, tasm Satthu santikar
gamissmti; kim pana tassa Satthu santikam (c. addit: gamiss)
tumhkar eva gantur vaddhatti; ariiesam pi avritar vuso ti;
tena hi bhante gata (?) mayam pi parivacchar katv gacchm
ti; tumhesu parivacchar va karontesu amhkar papaco hoti,
mayam purato gacchma, tumhe (c. -esu) gaccheyyth (c. -ya-) ti
vatv te puretaram gantv sammsambuddhar disv abhitthavitv
vanditv ekamantar nisdirsu, atha nesar Satth anupubbika-
thar kathetv dhammar desesi, desanpariyosne sabbe pi saha
patisambhidhi arahattar patv pabbajjam ycitv ehi bhik-
khavo ti vacanasamanantaram iddhimayapattacvaradhar elii-
bhikkh ahesurii; te pi kho tayo setth (c. -i) pacahi pacahi
sakatasatehi vatthacchdanasappimadhupphnitdni dntpakara-
nni dya Svatthim (c. -iyam) patv Satthram vanditv dham-
makatham sutv kathpariyosne sotpattiphale patitthya addha-
msamattam dnam dadamn Satthu santike vasitv Kosam-
bgamanatthya (e. --) Satthram ycitv Satthr patimam da-
dano (-t?) sumgre kho Tathgat abhiramantti vutte arii-
tam (?) bhante arnhehi pahitassane gantum vaddhatti vatv Ko-
sambim gantv Ghositasetth (c. -i) Ghositrmam Kukkutasetth
(c. -i) Kukkutrmam Pvriyasetth (c. -i) Pvrikrman ti tayo
mahvihre kretv Satthu gamanatthya ssanam pahiniiiisu
(c.-ni-),Satth tesam ssanam sutv tattha agamsi,te paccuggantv
Satthram vihram pavesetv vrena vrena patijagganti, Satth
devasikam ekekasmim vihre vasati, yassa vihre vutto hoti
tass eva gharadvre pindya carati. Tesam pana tirmar setth
nar upatthko Sumano (c. -no) nma mlkro ahosi, so te setthino
evam ha: aliar turhkar dgharattar upakrako Satthram
bhojetukmo mhi, may ham pi ekadivasar Satthrar deth
ti; tena hi sve bhojehti; sdhu sdhu smiti; so Satthrar
nimantetv sakkrar patiydesi. Tad rj Smavatiy deva-
sikarii pu ppham le aftha kahpane deti, tass K hujjuttar nm a

ds Sn m an am lkrassa santikarii ga n tv nibaddharii pupphni

g a n h a ti, atha narii tasmirh divase gatarh m l k ro a h a : m ay

Satth nim antito, a jja pupphehi (c. -p h e ) Satthrarii p jessm ti

tittha tva tvarii parivesan ya sahyik hutv dham m arii sutv

avasesni pupphni gah etv ga m issa sti (c .-s s m ti); sdhu s -

dh ti adhivsesi ; Sum ano Buddhapam ukharii bhikkbusariigharii

parivisitv anum odanakaranatthya (.-r a n -) pattam gahesi, Satth

anum odanadham m adesanarii rabhi, K hu jjuttar Satthu d h a m -

makatharii sunant (c. -i) y e v a sotpattiphalepatitthahi, s a ih fesu

divasesu cattro kahpane attan (c. - o ) gah etv cathi pupphni

gah etv gacch ati, tani divasam atthahi pupphni gah etv gat,

atha narii Sm avat (c. - i) ha : kin nu kho am m a a jja a m -

hkarh rariiri digunam puppham tlam dinnan t i ; no a y y o ti;

atha kasm bahtni p u p p h n iti; am esu divasesu cattro kah

pane gah etv cathi pupphni h a r m ti; a jja kasm na g a n -

h t i ; sam m sam buddhassa dham m akatharii sutv dham m assa

adhigatatt t i ; atha n arn : are dutthadsi ettakaih kkuh tay

gahitakahpane m am a d eh ti; atha narii ta jjetv : am ina tay

ptarh amatarii am hehi pi pyeh ti v a tv tena hi m am n ah p e-

hti vutte solasagan dh odakagh ateh i nah petv dve m addha-

stake d p e si; ekarii nivsetv ekarii ekam sarh pru pitv s a -

narii pa petv ekarii vjanirii harp etv sane nisditv c i-

travjanirii dya paca m tugm asatni m antetv Satthr

desitaniym en 1 eva dhamm arii d esesi, tass dhamm akatharii

sutv sabbpi sotpattiphale patitthahiriisu, sabbpi K hujjuttaram

v a n d itv : am m a a jja patthya tvarii kihtthakam m am m kari,

amhkarii mtitthne cariyatthne y e v a thatv Satthu santikarh

gan tv desitarh desitarh dhamm arii sutv amhkarii kathehti v a

riiiiisu, Satth (s ta th ?) ka ron ti(-?) aparabhge tipitakadhar jt,

atha narii Satth etadaggarii bhikkhave m am a sviknarii u p sik -

narii bahussutnam dham m akathiknarh yadidarii K hu jjuttar ti

 169

etadagge thapesi. T p i kho pacasat itthiyo tar evam hariisu :

a m m a Satthram passitukm am ha, tam no dassehi (c .-t i), g a n -

dham ldhi nar p jessm ti; a y y e rjakulam n m a b h ri-

yarii, tum he ga h etv bahi ganturii na sakk ti; am m a m no

nsehi, dasseh e va amhkarii Satthran t i ; tena hi tum hkam v a

sn a vas an a g a b b !in arii bhittsu (c. -isu ) yattakena oloketur sakk

h oti tattakam chiddaiii katv gandham lam harpetv Satthram

tinnar setthnam gharadvrarii gacchantarh tesu tesu thnesu

thatv oloketha c eva hatthe ca pasretv vandatha c eva pjeth

t i ; tath (c. k a -) katv Satthrarii gacchantarh ceva gacchantaf

ca olok en t (c. - o ) vandim su c eva pjesurii (c. -su ). A th ek a -

div a sa m M gan diy attano psdatalato n ikkham itv ca m k a -

m am n tsam vasanathnam gan tv ga b b h e chiddaih disv

idam kin ti (c. kici) pu cch itv thi tass Satthari baddh-
ghtam a j n a n th i: Satth im aih nagaram g a t o , m ayar ettha

thatv Satthrarii passm a c eva pjem a c ti v u tte : gato

nm a imarii nagararii sam ano G o t a m o , idni ssa katabbarii

jn issm i, im pi tassa upatthyik, im sam pi kattabbarii j n is -

sm ti cintetv rao r o c e s i: m ahrja Sm avatm issiknarii (c.

-ti-) bahiddh patthan atthi, katiphen eva te jvitarii h arissan titi;

rj na t evarupar karissantti na saddahi, puna vutte pi

na saddahi ye v a , atha narii tikkhatturii vutte pi a saddah antarii:

sace m e na saddahatha tsarii vasanatthnarii gan tv u p a d h -

rehi m ahrj ti h a , rj gan tv gabbhesu chiddarii disv

idarii kin ti pu cch itv tasmir atthe roeite tsarii akuppitv

a k u jjh itv kici a va tv v a chiddni pid ahp etv sabbagabbh esu

uddhacchiddakavtapnni kira tasmirii kle uppannni. M gan

diy tsarii kici ktur asakkunitv sam anassa G otam assa

ca kattabbarii karissm ti ngarnarii laiijarii d a tv : sam anam

G otam arii antonagarar pavisitv carantar dsakam m akarehi (c.

-re ) porisehi saddhir akkositv paribh sitv p a l p e th t i; m ic-

chditthik tsu ratanesu appasann antonagararii pavittham

 170

Satthrarh a n u b a n d h itv : co ro si b lo si m lh o si ottho si gon o

si gadrabh o si n erayiko si tiracchnagato si, n atthi tu yh am

sugati, duggati y e v a tu yh am ptikam kh ti dasahi akkosavatthhi

akkosanti pa rib h san ti, ta sutv ya sm n an d o Satthrarii

etad a v o c a : bhante im e n gar am he akkosanti paribhsanti,

ito am attha ga cch m t i; kuhim A n a n d t i ; amarii nagaram

bhante t i ; tattha m anussesu akkosantesu puna kattha g a m is-

sm a A n an d ti; tato pi ariiai nagarai bhante ti; tattha

m anussessu akkosantesu kuhirii ga m iss m t i ; tato pi tato pi

aniar nagaram bhante t i ; A n an d a na evam kturii vaddhati,

yattha adhikaranam uppannai tatth eva tasm im vpasam an te

(-sante ?) am attha gantiu vaddhati,ke pana teA n an d a akkosantti;

bhante d sakam m akareu pd ya sabbe a k k osa n tti; aharii (yath ?)

A n an da sariigm am ( c .- a ) otiim ahatthino (c. -n n e -) cathi dishi

(c. da-) gate sare sahitum bhro tath e v a baljhi dusslehi k ath ita-

kathnam (c.-kat-)sah anam n m a m a y h a m b h ro ti vatv attnam

rabbha dham m am deseno im N g a v a g g e * tisso gth a b h si:

A h a r ii, ngo v a sam gm e cpto patitai sarain,

ativk ya n titik k h issa m , dusslo hi b a h u jjan o.

D antam nayanti sam itim , dantarii r j b h irth a ti4,

danto settho m a n u ssesu , y o tiv k y a n c titikkhati.

V a ra m assatar d a n t , j n iy y d va sindhav,

ku jar va m ahng, attadanto tato varan ti.

D ham m ak ath sam pattajanassa stthik ah osi, eva i dh am m am

d e se tv : m cintayi A n a n d a , ete sattham eva akkosanti,

attham e divase tunh bh a vissa n ti, Buddhnam hi uppannarii

adhikaranam satthato uttariih ngacchati. M ga n d iy S a t-

thram akk ospetv palpeturii asakkont (c. -i) kin nu kho

karissm ti cintetv im etassa upattham bhabhut etsam

vyasanarii karissm ti ekadivasam rao surpnatthne u p a -

tthnam karont clapitu ssanam p a h in i: attha kira m atakuk-

*v. 320 sqq. a cod. vpno. b cod, bhruhati. e cod. tavkyan. cod. jryy.
 171

kute attha sajvakukkute gah etv ga cch a tu , gantv ca s o -

pnam atthake thatv gatabhvarh n ivedetv pavisat ti vutte pi

a pa visitv pa tba m a m attha(c. aja) sajvakukkute pahinatu pacch

itare ti, clupatthkassa c a : m am a vacan am k areyysti laeam

a d s i; M gan dik o (c. -d h ik o) gantv ram o n ivedpetv p a

visat ti vutte ram o pnabhm im na pavism ti, itar c lu -

palthkam p a h in i: ga cch a tta m am a clapitu santikan t i , so

gan tv tena dinn attha sajvakukkute netv deva purohitena

pan nkro (c.-e) pahito ti ha, r j : bhaddako vata n o u ttaribhago

u ppanno, nu kho p a cey y ti ha (e. ) ; M g a n d iy : m ah rja

S m av atpa m u k h (c.-ti-) pacasat ittbiyo n ikkam m vicaranti, t -

sam pesehi, t pacitv harissantiti h a ; r j : g a cch a tsaiii datv

am assa kira hatthe adatv sayam eva m retv pacat ti pesesi,

claupatthko sdhu d ev ti gan tv tath va tv thi m a y am

pntiptam ( c .-t im ) n a k a rom ti patikkhitto gantv tam attham

ram o r o c e s i, M g a n d ik : ditthante m ah rja idni tsaiii

pntiptassa karanam v akaranam v j n is s a s i, sam anassa

G ota m a ssa pacitv peset ti vadeh i d ev ti h a , rj tath

va tv p e s e s i, itaro te gah etv gacch an to v iya h utv gantv

te (c. tesu) kukkute purohitassa datv m atakukkute tsam santikam

n etv im e kira kukkute pacitv Satthu santikarii pahinath (c.-atth )

ti ha, m idam nm a amhkarii kiccan ti paccuggantvganhiriisu,

so raim o santikam gantv kim tt ti puttho sam anassa G o ta

m assa pacitv peseth ti vuttamatte patim aggarii gantv g a n -

hiriis ti cikkhi, M g a n d iy : passa m ahrja, na t tu m h dis-

naiii karonti, bahiddh patthan tsam atthiti vutte na saddaha

(-h ti? ), rj tam sutvpi a dh ivsetv tunh ahosi. M ga n diy

kin nu kho karissm ti cintesi, tad pana rj S m a v a tiy V s u -

la d a tt y a M g a n d iy y ti tissannam pi etsarii (c. -te -) psdatale

v ren a (c. -n a ) vren a (c. -n a ) sattham vtinm eti, atha nam sve

v pare v S m avatiy psdatalaih gam issatti atv M gan

d iy clapitu ssanam p a h in i: agadena kira dth d h ov itv ekarii

 172

sappam peset ti, so tath katv pesesi, r j attano ga m a n a -

tthnam hatthikantavnam dya y e v a gacch ati, tass pokkhare

ekam chiddanx a tth i, M ga n diy tena ch iddena sappam p a v e -

setv chiddam m lkulena th a k e s i, sappo dvhatham a n to v -

n yam eva ahosi, M ga n d iy ra m o gam an adivase a jja kata-

riss psdarh gam issasi dev ti pu cch itv S m av atiy ti vn tte:

a jja m a y am an po supino d itth o, na sakk tattha gantum

dev t i ; g a cch m ev t i ; s y va tatiya m v retv evam sante

aham pi tum hehi saddhim gam issm ti v a tv nivattiyam npi

anivattitv na j n m i kirii bhavissati dev ti ra (c. - o ) saddhim

y e v a agam si, rj S m avatm issikd hi (c. - t i- ) dinnni va tth a -

pupphagandhbharanni dhretv su b h oja n am bhunjitv vnam

usssake thapetv sayane n ipajji, M ga n diy aparparam vicaran t

(c. -i) v iy a hutv vn cchiddato pu pphagulam a p a n e si, sappo

dvhatharii n irhro tena chiddena n ikkham itv passanto p h a -

nam katv sayanapitthe n ipajji, M ga n d iy tani disv h a n d i(?)

d ev a sappo ti m ah saddam katv rjna ca t a v a ( ? ) akkosant

( c . - i ) : ayarii dandharj alakkhiko m a y h a m vacanam na sunti

(c. -n -), im (c. -n i) pi nissirik du bbint (.- n i-) kim nm a ram o

santik na labhanti, tumhe imasmirii mate y e v a sukhaiii jvissath a

jva n te dukkham jvath a, a jja m a y ppasupino dittho, S m av atiy

psdam gantum na vaddhatti viravan tiypi me ta y sa ddo na

suto d ev ti lja, rj sappam disv m ara n a b h a ya tajjito : e v a -

rtiparii hi nm a im karissanti, aljo pp, aham im sam p p a -

b h va m cikkhant.iypi im iss va ca n am na saddahim , patham am

attano gabbhesu chiddni katv n isin n , puna m a y pesite

kukkute p a h in im s u , a jja sayane sapparii vissa jjay im s ti k o -

dhena sam pajjalito a h o s i; S m avat pi pacannam itthisatnaiii

ovdarh a d s i: am m a am hkaiii ariiam patisaranarii (c. -n )

n a tth i, n arindo ca d ev iy ca attani ca sam asam am eva

m ettam pavattetha, m kassaci kopaiii karitth t i; rj s a -

hassatthm asigadhanum d ya jiy a iii ( c .j- ) p oth etv visaptam

 173

sarain sannayhitv Sm avatirii dhure katv sa b b patiptiy

thappetv S m avatiy ure saram vissajjesi, so tass m ettnu-

b h ven a patinivattitv gatam aggbliim u kh o v a hutv hadayarii

p a v isa n o v iy a atthsi, rj c in te s i: m a y khitto saro silam pi

n ib b ijjh itv gacch ati, kse patihananakatthnam (c. -h a n n a -)

n atthi, atha ca pan' esa nivattitv m am bhim ukh o va j to, ayaiii hi

nm a n iecito n ijjv o saro pi etiss gunarii j n i, aharii m a n u ssa -

b h to pi na jnm ti, so dhanurii ch a d d etv ajalim pa gga yh a

S m avatiy pdam le ukkutikarh n isditv im in gtham h a :

S am m u yhm i pam uyhm i, sabb m uyhanti m edis,

S m avati marii tyassu, tva ca me saranam b h a v ti;

s ta s s a vacanarii su tv : sdhu deva marii saranarii g a c e h (c .-a )

ti ava tv yarn aliaiii m ah rja saranam gat tani eva tvam pi

g a cch ti, idarii vatvna S m avati ( c .- i) : sam m sam buddh vikm ,

imarii tvam saranarii g a cch a yam aharii saranarii gat,

esa B u ddh o, m ah rja, esa B uddho anuttaro,

saranarii tvarii B uddhin g a c e h a b, tv a n c ca m e saranarii b h a v ti

h a ; r j idn liarii atirekatararh bhym ti vatv imarii gtham

ha :
Esa b h iy y o p a m u y h m i, sa b b m uyhanti m edis,

S m avati marii tyassu, tva ca me saranarii b h a v t i ;

atha narii s pu rim an ayen eva puna patikkhipitv: tena tva

ca saranarii gacch m i Satthra ca, varan ca te dam m ti v u tte :

v a ro gah ito hotu m a h r j ti h a ; so Satthrarii upasarh-

k am itv saranarii gan tv nim antetv B uddhapam ukhassa b h ik k h u -

sariighassa sattharii dnarii datv Sm avatirii m antetv utthehi

varain ganh ti; m a m ah rja mayharii hiradhi attho

n atthi, idarii pana m e varain d e h i: tath karoh i ya th Satth

nibaddharh pacahi bhikkhusateh'i saddhim idhgacchati, d lia m -

marii sun issm ti; rj Satthrarii v a n d itv : bhante pacahi

bhikkhusatehi saddhirii nibaddharii idh agacch ath a, S m a v a tm is-

* cod. mam. b cod. omittit gaccha. c cod. tan-

 174

sik (c. -ti-) dhammarh sossm ti vadantti ha; mahrja Bud

dhimra nma ekasmim thne nibaddharh gantum na vaddha-
tti, mahjano paccsimsatti; tena hi bhante ekam bhikkhum
npeth ti; Satth Anandattheram npesi, so paca bhikkhu-
satni dya nibaddham rjakulam gacchati, tpi deviyo ni
baddham theram bhojenti dhammam sunanti, t ekadivasarh
therassa dhammakatharh sutv pacahi uttarsagasatehi ptjam
akariisu, ekeko uttarsago paca stni agghati, t ekavatth
disv rj pucchi: kuhim vo uttarsag (c. -o) ti; ayyassa no
dinnti; tena sabbegahit i ; magahitti; rj theram upasaiii-
kamitv vanditv thi uttarsagnam dinnabhvam puechitv
thi dinnabhva ca therena gahitabhva ca sutv: na nu
bhante atibahni vatthni, ettakehi kim karissath ti pucchi;
amhkam pahenakni (c.-h o-) ganhitv sesni jinnacvaraknarh
(c.jinn-) dassmi mahrj t i; te attano cvarni kim karissantti;
jinnataracvarnam (c. jinn-) dassantiti; te attano cvarni kim ka
rissantti ; paceattharanni karissantti; purnapaccattharanni
kim karissantti; bhummattharanni karissantti; purnabhum-
mattharanni kim karissantti; pdapuchanni mahrj ti;
purnapdapuchanni kim karissantti; khandkhandikam kod-
dhetv mattikam madditv bhittim limpissantti; bhante ettakarii
gantvapi ayynam dinnassatti( ?); ma mahrja; pasanno apa-
rni pi paca vatthasatni harpetv pdamule thappesi, thero
kira pacasatagghanakn eva vatthni sahassabhgena pdamule
thapetv dinnni satasahassakkhattum labhi, sahassagghanakni
(c. -na-) sahassabhgenapdamtle thapetv dinnni sahassakkhat-
tum labhi, satasahassagghanakni sahassabhgena pdamle tha
petv dinnni satakkhatturii labhi, ekam dve tini cattri paca
das ti din nayena laddhnarii pana ganan n atthi, Tathgate
kira parinibbute thero sakalajambudpam vicaritv sabbavi-
hresu bhikkhtnam attano santakn eva pattacvarni adsi.
Mgandiy (c. - d i): yam aharii karomi tam tath ahutv ama-
 175

th va hoti, kin nu kho kavissmti cintetv atth eso upyo ti

uyynaklarh gacchant (c. -i) cuapitu ssanarii pahini: S-
mavatiy psdarii gantv dussakotthgratelakotthgrni vi-
varpetv dussni telactsu (c, -ti-) temetv thambhe vethetv t
sabbpi ekato katv dvrarh pidahitv bahiyantakarii datv
dandadpikhi gebe aggirii dadamno otaritv gacchatii t i; p
sdam abhimyha kotthgrni vivaritv vatthni telactsu (c. -ti-)
temetv thambhe vethetum rabhi, atha narii Smavatpamukh
(c. -ti-) itthiyo kim etarh clapit ti vadantiyo (e. -iso) upasarii-
kamimsu, amma rj dalhikammatthya ime thambhe telapilo-
tikhi (c. -knihi) vethpeti, rjagahe nma suyuttaduyuttam dujj-
tam, m me santike hotha amm t i, evarii vatv t gat
gabbhe pavesetv dvrni pidahitv bahiyantakam datv
dito patthya aggirii dent otari; Smavat (c. -i) tsarii ov-
darii adsi: amhkarn anamatagge samsre vicarantnarn evam
evarii aggin jhma attabhvarii narii Buddhanena pi pariccbe-
dena sukaro (-?) appamatt hoth ti, t gehe jhyante vedan-
pariggabakammatthnarii manasikarontiyo ki dutiyaphalarii
kci tatiyaphalarii ppuniriisn, tena vuttarii {?). Atha kho sam-
balral bhikkh paechbhattarii pindaptapatikkant yena Bha-
gav ten upasariikamirhsu, upasariikamitv Bhagavantarh abhi-
vdetv ekamantarb nisdiriisu, ekamantarh nisinn kho te
bhikkh Bhagavantarh etad avocum : idha bhante rao Udenassa
uyynagatassa antepurarii daddharii, parica itthisatni klakatni
(c. -ti) Smavatpamukhni (c. -ti-), tsarh bhante upsiknarh
k gti aggisamparyo t i; sant ettha bhikkhave upsikyo
sotpann, santi sakadgminiyo, santi angminiyo, sabb t
bhikkhave upsikyo anipphal klakat t i ; atha kho Bhagav
etam attham viditv tyarii velyarii imarii udnarh udnesi:
Mohasambandhano loko bhabbarpo va dissati,
upadhisambandhano blo tamassa parivrito,
sassati viya khy ti (?) passato n atthi kicanan ti.
 176

eva ca pana vatv: bhikkhave satt nma vaddhe yicarant

niceaklarh appamatt hutv pumakammam eva na karonti,
pamdino hutv ppakammam pi karonti, tasm vaddhe vica-
rant sukham pi dukkham pi anubhavantti dhammam desesi.
Rj Smavatgeharii (c.-ti-) ira jhyatti sutv vegengacchanto
pi adaddhe samppuniturii nsakkhi, gantv pana geharii nibb-
petv uppannabalavadomanasso amaccaparivuto nisditv S-
mavatiy gune anussaranto kassa nu kho idarii kanmian ti
cintetv Mgandiykritam bhavissatti atv tsetv pucchi-
yamn na kathessati sanikarii upyena pucchissmti cintetv
amacce h a: ambho aharii ito pubbe upatthya samutthya
sariikitaparisariikito va homi, s me niccarii otram eva gave-
sati, idni pana me cittam nibbutarii bhavissati, sukhena ca
sayitum labhissmti; kena nu kho deva idarii kanmiam katan
ti; mayi sinehena kenapi kataiii bhavissatti (c. -ssati); Mgandiy
sampe thit: anio ktum sakkhissati, may katam deva,
aharii clapitarai npetv kresin ti h a; tam thapetv
afino mayi sinehasatto nma n atthi, pasanno sm i, varan te
dammi, attano tiganarii pakkospehti; s taknam ssa-
naiii pahini: rj me pasanno vararii deti, sgham gacchat t i;
rj gatgatnam mahantarii sakkram kresi, taiii disv tass
ariitakpi lachai datv mayarii Mgandiyya tak ti gae-
chimsu, rj te sabbe ghpetv rjagane nbhippamne (c.- nena)
vte khanpetv te tattha nisdpetv pamsum ptretv upari
pallarii vikirpetv aggim dpesi, cammassa daddhakle aya-
nariigalena kaspetv khandkhandam hrahrarii kresi, Mgan-
diysarrato pi tikhinena satthena ghanaghanatthnesu mariisarii
uppthetv telakapallakarii uddhanarii ropetv pve viya
bhajjpetv tam eva khdpesi. Dhammasabhyam pi bhikkh
(c. -u) katham samutthpesurii: ananucchavikam vata evar-
pya saddhsampannya upsikya evartparii (c. -) maraan
ti; Satth gantv kya nu ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathya
 177

sannisinn ti pucchitv imya nm ti vutte: bhikkhave imasmim

attabhve Smavatpamukhnam (c. -ti-) itthnam etaiii ayut-
taiii appattaiii, pubbe katakammassa pana yuttam eva pattam
eva ethi laddhan ti vatv kim bhante ethi pubbe katari)
cikkhath ti ycito attarii hari: Atte Brnasiyam (c. -na-)
Brahmadatte rajjam krente rjagahe nibaddham attha paceeka-
buddh bhujanti, pacasat itthiyo te upafhahanti, tesu
satta jan Himavantarh gacchanti, eko nadtre ekarii ti naga-
han am (c. -parii) atthi tattha jhnam sampajjitv nisdi, ath
ekadivasaiii raj paccekabuddhesu gatesu t itthiyo dya uda-
kaklam klitum gato, tattha t itthiyo divasabhgarh udake
klitv uttaritv stapflit visvetukm amhkarii aggiih kara-
natthnarii oloketh ti aparparam yicarantiyo tam tinagaha-
narii (c. -narii) disv tinarsti sarimya tarn parivretv thit
aggirii adamsu. tinesu jhyitvpatantesu paccekabuddham disv:
natth anrh, natth amh, rao paccekabuddho jhyati, rj
atv amije nsessati, sudaddham narii karissm ti sabb ito
c ito ca druni (c. -ni) haritv tassa upari rsim karimsu,
mahdrursi aliosi, atha narii limpetv idni jhyissatxti pk-
kamiriisu, t pathamam asacetanik hutv idni kammen-
bajjhimsu (e. -m m a-), paecekabuddharii pana antosampattiy
(c.-ya) sakatasahassadrni(c.- ni) haritv limpentpi (c.-topi)
usmkramattam pi vigahpeturii na sakkonti, tasm so sab
ame di vase utthya yathsukham agamsi, t tassa kammassa
katatt bahuni vassasatasahassni niraye pacitv tass eva
kammassa vikvasesena (vipkavasena?) attabhvasatena imin
\ niymena gehe jhyamne jhyiiiisu, idaiii etsarii pubba-
kamman ti. Evarii vutte bhikkh Satthrarii patipucchimsu:
Khujjuttar pana bhante kena kammena khujj jt kena ma
li p a fni, kena sotpattiphalarii adhigat, kena paresarii pesana-
krik jt t i; bhikkhave tass eva rariuio Brnasiyarii (c.-na-)
rajjam karanakle sv-eva paccekabuddho thokakhujjadhtuko
12
 178

ahosi, ath ek upatthyik itthi kambalarii prupitv svanna-

sarakarh gahetv amhkam paccekabuddho eva ca evari ca
yicaratti khujj hutv tassa vicarankrarh dassesi, tassa nis-
sandena khujj jt; te pana paccekabuddhe pathamadivasam
rjagehe nisdpetv patte ghpetv pysassa pretv dpes,
unhapysassa pure patte paccekabuddh parivattetv pari-
vattetv ganhanti, s itthi te tath karonte disv attano san-
takni attha dantavalayni datv idha thapetv ganhath ti
ha, te tath katv tam oloketv n atthi bhante amhkam
etehi (c. eteti) attho (adde: ti), tumhkam eva tni pariccattni, ga-
hetv gacchath ti ha, te Nandamtlakapabbhram agamamsu,
ajjpi tni valayni arogni (c. r-) eva, s tassa kammassa
nissandena idni tipitakadhar mahpafm jt; paccekabuddh-
nam kataupatthnanissandena pana sotpattiphalarii patv idam
ass buddhantare kammam; Kassapasammsambuddhakle pana
ek Brnassetthino (c. -nasi-) dht vaddhamnacchyya d-
sam gahetv attnam alamkaront (c. -i) nisdi, ath ass viss-
sik ek khnsav bhikkhun narii datthum agamsi, bhikkhuniyo
khnsavpi syanhasamaye upatthkakulni datthukm honti,
tasmim pana khane setthidhtya santike ki pesanakrik
n atthi, s : vandmi ayye etam tva me pasdhanapelikam
gahetv deth ti ha, ther (e. -i) cintesi: sac ass imam gan-
hitv na dassmi mayi ghtam katv niraye nibbattissati, sace
pana dassmi parassa pesanakrik hutv nibbattissmi (c.-ssati),
nirayasantpato kho pana parapessbhvo va seyyo ti s
anuddayam paticea tam gahetv tass adsi, tassa kammassa
nissandena paresam pesanakrik jt ti. Pun ekadivasarii
dhammasabhyam katham samutthpesum : Smavatpamukh
(c. -ti-) pacasat itthiyo gehe aggin jhyirhsu, Mgandikya
tak upari pallaggim datv ayanagalehi bhinn, Mgan-
dik pakkatthitatele pakk, ke (. ) nu kho ettha jvanti
nma ke mat nm t i; Satth gantv kya nu ttha bhik-
 179

khave etarahi kathya samiisinn ti pucchitv imya nm ti

vutte: bhikkhave ye keci pamatt te vassasatam jvantpi
mat yeva nma, ye appamatt te mat jvantpi amat
yeva, tasm Mgandiy jvant pi mat (c. mtpit) yeva
nma, Smavatpanmkh (c. -ti-) mat jvanti yeva nma, na
bhikkhave appamatt maranti nm ti vatv im gth abhsi:
Appamdo etc. Tattha appamdo ti padam mahantam
attham dpeti, mahantam attham gahetv titthati, sakalam pi
tepitakam buddhavacanam haritv kathiyamnam appamdam
eva otarati (c. -nti); . . . ye keci kusal dhamm sabbe te appa-
mdamillak. . . appamdo tesam dhammnam aggam akkhyatti;
so pan esa atthato satiy avippavso nma niccam upatthitya
satiy c etarii (c. -ta) nmarn; amatapadan ti amatam
vuccati nibbnarh, tarn hi ajtatt na jyati na miyyati (c.
m i-), tasm amatan ti vuccati, p a d a n ti imin ti ( ?) padam
amatarii ppunantti attho, amatassa adhigamtpyo ti vuttam
hoti; p r n d ti pamajjanabhvo mutthasaccasamkhtassa
satiy vossaggass etain nmarii; . . . p a d a n ti upyo maggo;
pamatto hi jtim ntivattati, jto jiyyati (c. j-) c eva miyyati
(c. mi-) c ti pamdo maccuno padam nma hoti , maranam
upeti (c. upenti); a p p a m a t t na m y a n t t i satiy saman-
ngat hi appamatt na maranti, ajarmar hontti na sallak-
khetabb, na hi koci satto ajarmaro nma atthi, pamattassa
pana vaddham (c. vaddha) nma aparicchinnarii appamatassa
paricchinnam, tasm pamatt jtidhi aparimuttatt jvan
tpi matpi mat yeva nma, appamatt pana appamdalak-
khanam vaddhetv khippam maggaphalni sacchikatv dutiya-
tatiyaattabhvesu na nibbattanti, tasm te jvantpi matpi
na myanti yeva nma; ye pamatt y a t h m a t ti ye
pana satt pamatt te pamdamaranena mat (c. matt), yath
hi jvitindriypacchedena mat drukkhandhasadis apagata-
viriin tath eva honti, tesam tesam pi hi matnam viya ga-
12 *
 1 80

hatthnam tva dnarh dassma slam rakkhissm ti ekam

cittam pi anuppajjati, pabbajitnam pi cariyupajjhyavattdni
prayissma dhutafigdni (c. dhu-) samdiyissma bhvanarii
vaddhessm ti ekacittam pi anuppajjatti matena (mattena?)
ninnakaran (c. -nkarana) va honti, tena vuttam: ye pamatt
yathmat t i ; etarii y i s e s a t o a t v ti pamattassa vattato
nissaranam n atthi appamattassa atthiti etam visesam visesato
jnitv; ke pana tarn visesam jnantti: a p p a m d a m h i p a n -
d i t ti ye pandit medhv (c. -i) sajpa (sajvapa?)
attano appamde thatv appamdam vacjdhenti te evarii vise-
sarii kranam j nant i ; . . . a r i y n a m buddhapaccekabuddba-
svaknam goearasariikbte catusatipatthndibhede (c.-darn)
sattatiriisabodhapakkhiyadbamme navavidhe lokuttaradbamme
ca r at nirat abhirat bontiti attbo ; te j h y i n o ti te appa-
matt pandit atthasampattisamkhtena rammantpanijjhnena
(c. -ntp-) vipassanmaggaphalasamkhtena lakkhanpanijjhnena
v ti duvidhenpi jhnena (e. jjli
) jhyino; s t a t i k ti
abhinikkhamato (c. -kka-) patthya yva arabattamagg satataiii
pavattakyikacetasikaviriy; . . . p h s n t t i ettha dve phu-
san: finapbusan vipkaphusan ca, tattha cattro magg
naplmsan nma, cattri phalni vipkaphusan adhippet,
ariyaphalena nibbnam sacchikaront dhr pandit tya
vipkaphusanya nibbnam sacchikaronti, yogakkbemam
a n u t t a r a n ti ye cattro yog mabjanam vaddhe osdpenti
tehi kbemarii nibbhayam sabbebi lokiyalokuttaradliammehi set-
thatt anuttaran t i . . . Smavatiy Mgandiyya ca caranapa-
ridpi Udenavatthum.
A p p a m d o a m at a p a d a m legendum est appamdo
matapadam ad instar v. 24 yaso bhivaddhati, vv. is 4 . 154

pato si, dittho si, v. 321 yo tivkyan, v. 351 antimo yarii.

A m a t a p a d a m cfi. v. 114 amatam padaiii. A r i y n a ii
nobilium, prseolarorum, i. e. proborum, perfectorum; palica
 181

enim lingua hoc vocabulum prsesertim morali sensu usurpari

videtur. Cfr. vv. 79. 164. 190-91. 270. 20s, et librum Suttani-
pto dictum cap. Dvayatnupassansuttarn, adhibito Dhpd. v. 6 ,
Yarii pare sukhato hu tad ariy hu dukkbato,
yam pare dukkhato hu tad ariy sukhato vidu.
Comm, de tribus ordinibus, buddh, paccekabuddh et svak
dictis, intelligit. Cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 290, prgeterea Lassen:
Ind. Alterth. I, p. 5 et N eve: le mythe des Ribhavas p. 117.
Gogerly, teste W. Knighton (history of Ceylon p. 77),
y. 21 sic vertit: Religion is the path of immortality; irreligion
the path of death. The righteous die not, but the irreligious
are even as now dead. Cfr. Upham : Mahvansi vol. Ill, p. 214.

V. S 4 . Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Kumbhaghosako.

... Nisamraakrino ti evan ce bhavissatiti evarii
karissmti v imasmim kamme evam kate idaiii nma bhavis
satiti v evarii nidnam sallakkhetv rogarh tikicchak (? c.
rogatikicchnarh) viya sabbakammni nismetv upadhretv
karontassa; . . . dhammajvino ti agriyassa kulkulni
vajjetv kasigorakkhdhi (c. -dnihi) anagrikassa vejjakam-
madiltakammdni vajjetv dhammena samena bhikkhcariyya
jvikam kappentassa; a p p a r n a t t a s s t i avippavutthasatino . . .
De metro appendicem vide. S a t m a t o exempla i vocalis
produetse adhuc exstant vv. 91. isi. 32s satmat, v. 89 jutmat,
V V. 7. 8 -p a s s -, VV. 4 9 . 2 6 8 - 6 9 m u n , VV. 63. 69. 119 . 120 . 99.

116. 1 1 9 -2 0 . 1 2 7 -2 8 . 162 . 1 9 3 . 212 Sq. 2 $ 2 -8 3 . 257. 27 7 - 7 9 . 309 .

334 - 36 . 350 374 mannat, passat, ramat etc., v. 25 krati,

v. 152 jrati. Adnumerandi sunt fortasse vv. 7. 8. 112. 143.
245 vriya, hir.

We m * Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Clapantha-

katthero.
 182

. . . Imasmirii ativiya dullabhapatitthitya ativiya gambhre

sarhsrasgare attano patitthbhtarh (c. -bhu-) arahattaphalarii
d pari i k a y i r t h a kareyya kturii sakkuneyy ti attho;
kdisam: yar n o g h o n b h i k r a t i , yarn catubbidho pi kile
sogho abhikiriturh na sakkoti, na hi sakk arahattam oghena
vikiritun t i . . .
Utthnen appamdena cfr. v. 41 vat ayarii, vv.
158 . 384 ath annarii, ath assa, v. 326 ajj aharii, v. 62 cet.
n atthi, v. lei v amhamayam, vy . 191. 302 c atthariigikarii,
c addhag, vv. 5 6 . 260 yen attharii, yen assa, v. 328 ten
attamano, v. 77 ovadeyy anusseyya, v. 327 uddharath att-
naiii, v. 379 coday attnarii, sannmay attnam, vv. 75. 376

dukkhass antarii.
Gogerly (cfr. Knighton p. 7 s) versum anglice reddit:
The wise man so establishes himself, in industry, perseverance,
prudence and mental control, that he is not carried away by
the floods of sensuality.

V. Locus: Jetavanarii. Personae: Blanak-

khattaghuttam.
Tattha b 1 ti blena samanngat idhalokaparalokatthaih
ajnant. . . ; yath hi uttamarn dhanarii nissya kmaguna-
sampattirii ppunissma puttadram posissma paralokagamana-
maggam sodhem ti dhane nisariisam passant narii rakkhanti
evarii pandito pi appamatto pathamajjhndni patilabhati
maggaphalni ppunti tisso vijj cha abhiriin sampdetti
appamde nisariisaiii passanto dhanarii settharh va appa-
mdairi rakkhatti attho; m p rn d an ti tasm tumhe m
pamdam anuyunjetha m pamdena klarii vtinmayittha, k -
m aratisan th avan tivatthu km akilesakm esu ratisariikhtarii
tanhsanthavam pi m anuyunjetha m vidittha m patilabhittha...
Anuyunjetha 3 pers. est potentialis attanop. a rd.
 183

yunj prsef. anu; quod quo jure 2 pers. aor. parassap. babeai
commentator, nescio.
Gogerly (cfr. Knighton p. is) v. 27 sic vertit: Live
not in the practice o f irreligion, neither cleave to sensuality;
for the meditative and the religious man experiences great
happiness.

V. Pamdarh appamden ti imam dhammadesa-

narii Satth Jetavane viharanto Mahkassapattheram rabbha
kathesi. Ekasmirii hi divase thero Pipphaliguhyarh viharanto
Rjagahe pindaptapatikkanto lokarh vacldhetv pamatte va
appamatto vaudakapathavpabbatdisu (c. -v i-) cavanake uppajja-
nake satte (c. addit: na) dibbena cakkhun olokento nisdi.
Satth Jetavane nisinno va kena nu kho vihrena ajja mama
putt Kassapo viliaratti dibbena cakkhun upadhrento satt-
nam cutpaptarh olokento viharatti natv: sattnam cutpa-
ptam nma buddhannena pi aparicchinno mtukucchiyarh pa-
tisandhirh gahetv mtpitaro ajnpetv va cavanakasattnarii
paricchedam ktum na sakk, te jniturii tava ca avisayo Kassapa
amattako(?) tava visayo, sabbaso pana eavante ca uppajjante
ca jnitum passiturii Buddhnam eva visayo ti vatv obhsarh
pharitv sammukhe nisinno viya hutv imam gtham ha:
Pamdarh appamdena etc. Tattha nudat t i , yath nmapok-
kharanim pavisantam navodakam purnodakarii samkhobhetv
tass oksaih adatv tani attano matthakamatthakena pal-
yantam nudatti harai evam eva pandito appamdalakkhanam
brhento pamdass oksam adatv appamdavegena nudatti
harati, atha so panunnapamdo (c. panunn-) accuggatatthne
parisuddharir dibbacakkhurii sariikhtarh pamnya psdarh
tassa anucehavikam patipadam purento tya patipadya nis-
seniy psdarh viya ruyha pahnasokasallatya a s o k o appa-
hnasokasallatya s 0 k in i m pajaiii sattakyan cavamnan
 184

ca uppajjamna ca dibbacakkhun avekkhati passati?

yath kim: p a b b a t a t t h o va b h u m m t ( h e pabbatamud-
dhani (hito bhumiyam (hite uparipsdapariveno akicchena
avekkhati tath yo pi d h r o pandito mahkhnsavo sam-
ucchinne vaddhabje bl cavante ca uppajjante ca avek-
khatti.

v. 29. Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: dve sahyak

bhikkhu.
. . . S u t t e s ti satijgariybhvena sabbiriypathesu nid-
dyantesu yeva; b a h u j g a r o timbante sativepulle jgariye
(hito; a b a l a s s a m v ti kunthapadam chinnajavam dubba-
lassam sghajavo sindhavjnyo viya; s u m e d h a s o ti utta-
mapamo tathrpam puggalam gamena pi adhigamena pi
hitv yti, mandapamasmim hi ekam sutiam gahetuih vya-
mante yeva sumedhaso ekam vaggarii (c. magg-) ganhti evaiii
tva gamena yti, mandapame (c. -pamena) pana rattitth
nadivtthndni ktum vyamante yeva kammatthnam ugga-
hetv sajjhyante yeva ca sumedhaso pi pubbabhge pi parena
kataiii rattitthnam divtthnam pavisitv kammatthnam sam-
masanto sabbakilese khepetv nava lokuttaradhamme hattham-
gate karoti evaiii adhigamena hitv yti, vaddhe pana tarii
hitv chaddetv vaddhato nissaranto yti yev ti.
Non plane aecurata videtur constructio hujus versus;
vix enim gerundium hitv in comparativam enunciationem
trahere licet, et ad enunciationem primariam relatum objecto
crt, dicendum erat: appamatto pamatte. . . hitv yti.

V. 30. Appamdena Maghav ti imam dhammadesa-

nam Satth Vesliyam nissya ktgraslyam viharanto
Sakkam devarjam rabbha kathesi. Vesliyam hi Mahli
nma Licchavi, so Tathgatassa Sakkapafihasuttantadesanarh
 185

sutv: sammsambuddho Sakkassa sampattirh mahatirh katv

kathesi, disv nu kho udhu adisv, jnti nu kho udhu no,
pucchissmi nan ti cintetv atha kho Mahli Licchavi yena
Bhagav ten upasarhkami, upasariikamitv Bhagavantarii abhi-
vdetv ekamantarii nisdi, ekamantarii nisinno kho Mahli
Bhagavantam etad avoca: dittho bhante Bhagavat Sakko
devnam indo; dittho kho me Mahli Sakko devnarh indo ti;
so hi nna (c. add. so) bhante Sakkapatirtpako bhavissati, dud-
daso hi bhante Sakko devnam indo t i; Sakkaiii charii Mahli
pajnmi Sakkakarane ca dhamme yesan ca dhammnam sam-
dinnatt Sakko Sakkattam (c. -ntam) ajjhag tifca(?) pajnmi,
Sakko Mahli devnam indo pubbe manussabhto samno Magho
nma mnavo (c. -ma-) ahosi, tasm Maghav ti vuccati, Sakko
Mahli devnam indo pubbe manussabhto samno pure pure
dnarii adsi, tasm Purindado pindo (?) ti vuccati, Sakko
Mahli devnam indo pubbe manussabhto samno sakkaccam
dnarii adsi, tasm Sakko ti vuccati, Sakko Mahli devnam
indo pubbe manussabhto samno vasatham adsi, tasm
Vsavo ti vuccati, Sakko Mahli devnam indo sahassam pi
attham muhuttena cintesi, tasm Sahassakkho ti vuccati, Sak
kassa Mahli devnam indassa Sujt nma asurakarhn pa-
jpati, tasm Sujampatti vuccati, Sakko Mahli devnam indo de-
vnarii tvatimsnarii issariydim pathavyarh (?c. add. ka) rajjam
kresi, tasm devnam Indo ti vuccati, Sakkassa Mahli dev
nam indassa pubbe vnanussabhtassa satta vutapadni (c. mata-)
samattni samdinnni ahesuiii yesarii samdinnatt Sakko Sak-
kattarii(c.-ntarii) ajjhag, katamni satta: yvajvarii mtpetti-
bharo assarii, yvajvarii kule jetthpacy (c.-pajyino) assarii,
yvajvarii sanhavco assarii, yvajvarii apisuno assarii, yva
jvarii vigatamalamaccherena cetas agrarii ajjhvaseyyarii,
muttacgo payathapnivossaggarato ( ?) , ycayogo dnasariivi-
bhgarato:
 186

Yvajvam saccavco assarir,

yvajvam akkodhano assarii,
sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya
khippam eva narii pativineyyan ti.
Sakkassa Mahli devnam indassa pubbe manussabhitassa
imni satta vutapadni samattni samdinnni ahesurh yesam
samdinnatt Sakko Sakkattam ajjhag ti.
Mtpettibharam jantum , kule jetthpacyinarn,
sanham sakhilasambhsam, pesuneyyappahyinarii,
Maccheravinaye yuttarh, saccaiii, kodhbhibhum naram,
tam ve dev tvatims hu sappuris itti.
Idm Mahli Sakkena Maghamnavakakle katakamman ti
vatv puna tena katharii bhante Maghamnavo patipajjiti tassa
patipattirii vitthrato sotukmena puttho tena hi sunhti vatv
attam hari: Atte Magadharatthe Macalagme Magho mnavo
gmakaranatthnam gantv attano titthanatthnam gantv pdena
pamsuiii viythitv ramanyam katv atthsi, aparo tam bhun
paharitv tato apanetv sayaiii tattha atthsi, so tassa akuj-
jhitv va amam thnam ramanyam katv thito, tato pi narii
arimo bhun paharitv apanetv sayarn atthsi, so tassa pi
akujjhitv amam thnarir ramanyam katv thito, iti tam
gehato nikkhant nikkhant puris bhun paharitv sodhitaso-
dhitatthnato apanesum, s o : sabbe pi te sukhit jt, imin
kammena may ham sukhadyakena pumakammena bliavitabban
ti cintetv puna divase khuddlam dya khalamandalamattam
thnam ramanyam aksi, sabbe gantv tatth eva atthamsu,
nesaiir stasamaye aggim katv adsi, tato ramanyam thnam
nma sabbesarii piyaiii, ito patthya may nraggaiir samarii
(c. sm-) karontena (c. -te) vicaritum vaddhatti cintetv pto
va nikkhamitv maggam samaiir karonto chinditv haritabba-
yuttak rukkhaskh haranto vicarati, atha naiii aparo disv
ha: samina kim . karositi; mayham saggagminim maggam
 187

samm ti; aham pi te sahy homti; hold samma, saggo

nma bahunnam pi manpo t i; tato patthya dve jan ahesurii,
te disv tath eva pucchitv ca sutv ca aparo pi tesarii sahyo
(c. add. sahyo) jto evad aparo pi aparo piti sabbe pi tettirii-
sajan jt, te (c. tesarii) sabbe pi khuddldihatth maggarii samarii
karont yojanadviyojanamattatthnarii (c. -nariidvi-) gacchanti, te
disv gmabhojako cintesi: ime manuss ayogeyutt, sabbe p ime
ararhato macchamariisrlni v hareyyurii surarii v katv pi-
veyyurii ariiadi v tdisarii kammarii kareyyurii, aham pi kinci
kidi labheyyan ti, atha ne (c. no) pakkospetv puechi: kirii
karont carath t i; saggamaggarii smti; gharvsadi vasan-
tenpi cvarii kturii vaddhati, arariidato macchamariisdni ha-
riturh surarii katv ptum nnappakre ca kammante kturii
vaddhatti; te tassa vacanarii patikkhipirhsu yeva, punappuna
vuccamn patikkhipiriisu y e v a , so kujjhitv nsessmi ne ti
raddo santikarii gantv core te deva vaggabandhanena vica-
rante passmti vatv gaccha te gahetv nehti vutte tath
katv rariido dassesi, rj avmariisitv va hatthin madd-
peth ti npesi, Magho sesnadi ovdam adsi: samm tha-
petv mettarti arnarii amhkani avassayo n atthi, tmbe kat-
thaci kopani akatv ranino (c.-) gmabhojake maddanahatthimhi
ca attani ca mettacittena samacitt ca hoth ti, te tath karimsu,
atha nesarii mettnubhvena hatth (c. -i) upasariikamiturii na
visalji, rj tani attharii sutv bah (c. -u) disv madditurii
na visahissati, gaccha katasrakena paticchdetv maddpeth
ti gate katasrakena paticchdetv madditudi pesiyamno hat
th (c. -i) drato va patikkami, rj tarn pavattirii sutv kranen
ettha bhavitabban ti ne pakkospetv pucchi: tmarii nissya
tumbe mam (?) kirii na labhath ti; kim etarii dev ti; tumhe kira
vaggabandhanenacorhutv arariide carath (c, rath) t i; evam
ha; gmabhojako tt ti; na mayarii deva corpnayarii pana attano
saggamaggarii (c. saggarii) sodhent idad c idad ca karoma, gma-
 188

bhojako amije akusalakiriyya niyojetv attano vacanam ka-

ronto nsetukmo kujjhitv evam h ti; tt (c.-a) ayam tirac-
chno tumhkarh gime jnti, manussabhto jniturii nsakkhim,.
khamatha me ti, eva ca pana vatv saputtadrakagmabhoja-
kam tesam hatthim rohanyam ta ca gmarii yathsukharh pari-
bhogam katv adsi, te idh eva no katapurimassnisamso dittho
ti bhiyyoso(c. bh-) mattya (c. mant-) pasannamnas hutvtaiii
hatthim vrena vrena abhiruyha gacchant mantayimsu: idni
amhelji atirekatararii pumarh ktabbarh, kimkarom tictumma-
hpathe thvararh katv mahjanassa vissamanaslaiii (c. -klam)
karissm ti te vaddhakim pakkospetv slam patthapesurii,
mtugmesu pana vigatya(?) tass slya mtugmnarn pattiiii
ndamsu. Maghassa pana gehe Nand Citt Sudhamm Sujt ti
catasso itthiyo honti, tsu Sudhamm vaddhakin saddhirii ekato
hutv bhtika imassa slyaih mam jetthikam karohti vatv
lacam adsi, so sdht ti sampaticchitv pathamam eva kanni-
krukkham sukkhpetv tacchitv vijjhitv kannikam nittha-
petv Sudhamm nma ayam sl ti akkharni (c. -ni) chin-
ditv vatthena palivethetv thapesi, atha slam nitthapetv kan-
nikropanadivase ayyo ayyo e (ekaih?) na sarimh ti ha; kim
nm ahoti; kannikan ti; harissmti; idni chinnarukkhena k-
tum na sakk, pubbe yeva hi chinditv thapitakannik laddhum
vaddhati; idni kirii ktabban ti; sace kassaei gehe nitth-
petv pithipitvikkinyikakannik(?) atthi s pariyesitabb (c.
-yetab-) t i; te pariyesant Sudhammya gehe disv sahassam
datv mlena na labhimsu, sace mam slya pattim (c. -i)
karotha dassmti vutte pana mayam mtugmnarn pattim na
dadamh ti hamsu, atha ne vaddhak ha: ayyo tumhe kirh
karotha, thapetv Brahmalokarii arimam mtugmarahitatthnam
nma n atthi, ganhatha kannikam, evaiii sante amhkarii kam-
mam nittham gamissatti, te sdht ti kannikam gahetv slam
nitthpetv tidh vibhajitisu, ekasmirii kotthse issarnam vasa-
 189

nathnarii karirhsu, ekasmirii duggatnarii, ekasrairii gilnnarii.

Tettiriisajan tettirhsaphalakni pamnpetv hatthino (c. -thi)
sariiriarii adarhsu: gantuko gantv yassa atthataphalake nisdati
tarii gahetv phalakasmikass eva gehe patitthpehi, tassa pda-
parikammarh pitthiparikammaih khdanyarii bhojanyarii saya-
nni sabbni smikass eva bhro bhavissatti, hatth(c. -i)gat-
gatarii gahetv phalakasmikassa ghararii neti, so tassa.tara diva-
sam kattabbarii karoti. Magho slya avidre kovilrarukkharh
ropetv tassa ratle psnaphalakarii atthari, slam pavitth
pavitth kannikam oloketv akkharni vcetv Sudhamm nma
me (?) sl ti vadanti, tettiriisajanrtani nmarii (c.-a) 11a parhfi-
yati. Nand (c. nn) cintesi: ime slam karont amliehi
apattikarii (c. p-) karimsu, Sudhamm pana attano vyattatya
pattikjt, maypi kinci kturii vaddhati, kin nu kho karis-
smti, ath ass etad ahosi: slaiii gatnarii pana pnyan
(c. pn-) ceva nahnodakan ca laddhuiii vaddhatti pokkha-
ranim khanpessmti (c. -n -), s pokkharanirii kresi. Citt
cintesi: Sudhammya kannik dinn, Nandya pokkharan k-
rit, maypi kinci kturii vaddhatti, kin nu kho karissmi,
ath ass etad ahosi: slain gatehi pnyarii (c. pn-) piviv
nahtv gamanakle mlarii pilandhitv ganturii vaddhati, pup-
phrmam kressmti, s ramanyarii (c. -ni-) pupplirniarii
kresi, yebhuyyena tasmirii rme asuko nma pupphipaga-
phatpagarukkho n atthti na hsi. Sujt pana ha: Ma
ghassa mtuladht meva (aham eva?) pdaparicrik ca, etena
katakammarii mayhain eva mv katarii (c. -) etass ev ti
cintetv kinci akatv attabhvam eva niandayamn vtinmesi.
Magho pi mtupatthnarii pitupatthnarii kule jetthpacyika-
kammarii saccavcarii apharusavcam apisunavcarii macclie-
ravinayarii akkodhan ti imni satta vutapadni priv:
Mtpettibhararii janturii, kule jetthpacyinarii,
sanhaih sakhilasambhsarii, pesuiieyyappahyinarii,
 190

Maccheravinaye yuttam, saccarh kodhbhibhurh naram,

tam ve dev tvatims hu sappuris itti,
evarh pasarhsiyabhvarh pajjitv jvitapariyosne tvatimsa-
bhavane Sakko devarj hutv nibbatti, te pi ssa sahy
tatth eva nibbattirhsu , vad cihk Vissakammadevaputto hutv
nibbatti, tad tvatimsabhavane asur vasanti, te abhtav
devaputtnibbattti(?) dibbapnam sajjayirhsu, Sakko attano pa-
risya kani jvanatthva samnam adsi, asur pivitv pamaj-
jiriisu, Sakko kim me imehi sdhranena rajjen ti parisya
samnarii datv te pdesu gahpetv samudde khippesi, te
avamsir samudde patirhsu, atha nesarii pumnnubhvena Sune-
runo hettbimatale asuravimnam nma nibbatti, cittaptali
nma nibbatti, devsurasamgme pana asuresu parjitesu da-
sayojanasahassam tvatiriisadevanagaram nma nibbatti, tassa
pcnapacchimadvrnam antar dasayojanasahassarii, tath
dakkhinuttarnam, tani pana nagavarh (c. -a) dvrasahassayuttarii
(c. -rny-) ahosi rmapokkharanpatimanditam (c. -ni-), tassa
majjhe slya nissandena tiyojanasatubbedhehi dhajehi pati-
mandito sattayojanasatubbedbo psdo Vejayanto nma ug-
ganchi, suvannayatthisumanidhaj (c. -sama-) ahesum, pavlayat-
thisumuttdhaj ahesum, muttyatthisupavjadhaj, sattarata-
namaysu yatthsu sattaratanadhaj, iti slya nissandena yoja-
nasatubbedho psdo sattaratanamayo va hutv nibbatti, ko-
vilrarukkhassa nissandena samant yojanasaaparimandalo p-
ricehatto nibbatti, psnaphalakassa(c. -na-) nissandena pricchat-
takamle dghato satthiyojan putbulato pannsayojan (c. -nn-)
bahalato pancadasayojan sajayasnman (c. yajav-) latta-
kaptalavannapandukambalasil nibbatti, yattha nisinnake
upaddhakyo pavisati utthitakle nam pariprati, hatth (c. -i)
Ervano nma devaputto hutv nibbatti, devalokasmim hi
tiracebnagat na honti, tasn so uyynaklya nikkhamanakle
attabhvarii vijahitv diyaddhayojanasatiko Ervano (c. -no) nma
 191

hatth (c. -i) hoti, so tettimsajannam tettirhsakumbhe mpeti,

vte (c. -ena) gvutaaddhayojanappamne sabbesariimajjbe Sak-
kassa atthya Sudassanarh rima timsayojanikarh knmbham
mpeti, tassa upari dvdasayojaniko ratanamandapo hoti, tattha
antarantar sattaratanamay yojanubbedh dhaj utthahanti,
pariyante kimkinikajlam olambati, sassamandavtari (?) tassa
ea pacagikaturiyasaddasammisso dibbasagtasadde ravo nic-
charati, mandapamajjhe Sakkassa yoniko manipallamko pam-
atto hoti, tattha Sakko nisdati, tettimsakumbhnar ekekasmim
kumbhe satta dante mpeti, ekeko pasayojanymo (c. -nn-),
ekekasmim cettha(?) satta satta pokkharaniy o Sionti, ekekapokkha-
raniy satta padumagacch (c. -mnig-), ekekasmim gacche satta
pupphni honti, ekekassa pupphassa satta satta pattni, ekeka-
smiiii patte satta devadhtaro naccanti, evarh samant pa-
sayojane (c. -nn-) thne hatthidantesu yeva naccasaddam (e.
-m s-) hoti, evam mahantam yasam anubhavanto Sakko deva-
rj yicarati. Sudhammpi klarn katv gantv tatth eva nib-
batti, tad Sudhamm nma navayojanasatik (c. -am) deva-
sabh nibbatti, tato ramanyataram kira amam thnam nma
n atthi, msassa atthadivase dhammasavanam tatth eva hoti,
yv ajjatan ramanyam thnam disv Sudhamm (c. -a) deva-
sabh viy ti vadanti. Nandpi klarn katv tatth eva nib
batti , tass pacayojanasatik Nand nma pokkharan (e. -i)
nibbatti. Citt klarn katv gantv tatth eva nibbatti, tasspi
pacayojanasatikam Cittalatvanam nma nibbatti; tattha uppan-
napubbanimitte devaputte netv moh samn caranti. Sujt
pana klarn katv ekiss girikandarya bakasakunik hutv
nibbatti. Sakko attano paricrik olokento : Sudhamm idh
eva nibbat, tath Nand ca Citt ca (c. -ttaca), Sujt nu
kho kuhim nibbat ti cintento tarh tattha nibbattam disv:
bl kici pumam akatv tiracchnayoniyam nibbat, idni
pana pumam kretv idhneturh vaddhatti attabhvam vija-
 192

hitv ariintakavesena tass santikam gantv kim karont (c. -i)

idha vicarasti pucchi; ko pana tvarii smti; ahan te smiko
Magho t i; kuhirii nibbatto si sm lii; aharii tvatiriisadevaloke
nibbatto, tava (c. t-) sahyiknarii nibbattatthnarh jnsti; na j -
nmi smiti; tpi mm eva santike nibbatt, passissasi (c.-ati) te
sahyik ti; kath harii tattha gamissmti; Sakko ahan teness-
mti vatv tam hatthatale kaiv devalokam netv Nandya pok-
kharaniy vissajjetv itarsarii (c. -r) tinnam rocesi: tumhkarii
sahyikarii Sujtarh passissathti; kuhirii s dev ti; Nandpok-
kharaniy (c.-dap-) tre t i; t tisso pi gantv: aho ayyya evartpaiii
attabhvamandanassaphalaiii, nidnisskunclarii (?) passatha, pd
passatha, jaiiighe (c.-o) passatha, sobbati etissattablivo tikelhii
katv pakkamimsu; puna Sakko tass santikam gantv ditth
te sahyik ti vatv ditth marii uppandetv gat tatth eva
marii nehti vutte tarii tatth eva netv udake vissajjetv ditth
te tsarii sampattti pucchi; ditth dev ti; taypi tattha nib-
battanpyarii kturii vaddhatti; kim karomi dev t i; may
dinnarii ovdarii rakkhissasti; rakkhissmi dev ti; ath ass
parica slni datv appamatt rakkh ti (c. -tti) vatv pak-
kmi ; s tato patthya sayarii matamacchake yeva pariye-
sitv khdati, Sakko katiphaccayena tass vmariisanatthya
gantv vlukapitthe matamacchako viya hutv nipajji, s disv
matamacchako ti sriinya aggahesi, maccho gilanakle nari-
guttharii clesi, s jvamacchako ti udake vissajjesi, so thokarii
vtinmetv puna tass purato uttno hutv nipajji, puna s
matako ti sariiriya gahetv gilanakle aggananguttharii calen-
tam disv jvamaccho (c.-) ti vissajjesi, evaiii tikkhatturii v-
mariisitv sdhukam slarii rakkhatti attnarii jnpetv: aharii
vmariisanatthya gato, sdhukaiii slarii rakkhasi, evarh rak-
khamn na cirass eva mama santike nibbattissasi, appamatt
(c. -o) holiti vatv pakkmi, tato patthya sayarii matamae-
chaiii labhati v na v, alabhamn katiphaccayen eva sus-
 193

sitv klarh katv tassa slassa phalena Brnasiyam (c. -na-)

kumbhakrakassa dht hutv nibbatti, ath ass pannarasaso-
lasavassakle Sakko kuhim nu kho s nibbatt ti vajjento
disv idni may tattha gantum vaddhatti ellukavanno na
pamyamnehi sattahi rattanehi ynakam pretv tam pjento
Brnasim pavisitv ellukni ganhath ti ugghosento vthiyarii
patipajji, muggamsdni gahetv gate pana mlena na demti
vatv katharh dehti (desti?) vutto slarakkhikya(c. -m r-)itthiy
dammti lra, slarn nma smi kdisam, kim klarii udhu
nldivannan ti; tumhe slarii kdisan ti pi na jntha, kim
eva narh rakkhissatha, slarakkhikya pana dassmti; smi
es kumbhakrassa dht slam rakkhmti yicarati, etiss
dehti; smi pi n a ( ? ) tena hi mayham dehti ha; ksi tyan
ti; aham avijahitapacasl ti; tuyham etni may ntnti
(c. -nnti) ynakam pjento tass ghavam gantv asamhriyavii
katv ellukavannena devadattiyam dhanam datv attnam jn-
petv: idan te jvitayuttiy dhanam, paca slni (c. -I) akhan-
clni katv rakkh ti vatv pakkmi; spi tato cavitv asu-
rabhavane asurajetthakassa dht hutv Sakkassa veriya-
ghare nibbatti, dvsu pana attabhvesu slassa rakkhitatt
abhirdp ahosi suvannavann asdhran sarpasiriy sara-
anngat; Yepacitti asurindo gatgatnam asurnam: tumhe
mama dhtu anucchavik na hoth ti tam kassaci adatv:
mama dht attan va attano anucchavikarii smikam vres-
satti asurabalam sanniptpetv tuyham anucchavikam smikam
ganh ti tass (c. -a) hatthe pupphadmam adsi, tasmim khane
Sakko tass nibbattatthnam olokento tam pavattim fiaiv idni
may gantum vaddhatti mahallakaasuravannam nimminitv
gantv parisapariyante atthsi, s ito c ito (add. ca) olokent (c. -i)
pubbasannivsavasena uppannena pemena mahogheneva ajjho-
tthatahaday hutv eso me smiko ti tassa upari pupphadmam
khipi, asur: amhkam rj ettakam klarh dhtu anuccha-
13
 194

vikarii alabhitv idni ayam ev assa dhtu pitmahato m a-

hallako anucehaviko ti lajjayamn apakkamirhsu, Sakko tar
hatthe gahetv Sakko ham asmti naditv ksarh pakkhandi,
asur vancimh jarasakken ti tarn anubandhiriisu, Mtalf
sariighako Vejayantaratharii haritv antarmagge atthsi,
Sakko tam tattha ropetv devanagarbhimukho pysi, athr
assa simbalivanarh sampattakie rathasaddarii sutv bht
garulapotak viravirhsu, tesam saddarii sutv Sakko Mtalim
pucchi: ke (c. ko) ete viravantti; garul dev t i; kimkran t i ;
rathasaddam sutv maranabhayen t i ; marii ekarii nissya ettak
jan rathavegena eunnit (e.-o) m nassi (?), nivattehi rathan ti;
so sindhavasahassassa dandasarrinarii datv ratham nivattesi?
tarii disv asur: jarasakko asurapurato patthya palyanto
idni ratharii nivattesi, addh arhnena upatthambho laddhu
bhavissatti nivattitv gatamaggen eva asurapuram pavisitv
puna ssarii ukkhipirhsu, Sujarii asurakarhnarii devanagararh
nev addhateyynarii accharkotnarii jetthikatthne thapesi,
s Sakkena vararii y ci: mahrja mama imasmirii devaloke
mtpitaro v bhtikabhaginiyo (c.-n i-) v n atthi, yatthayattha
gacchasi tattha tattha marii gahetv gaccheyysti, so sdh
ti tass patiriinarii adsi, tato patthya cittaptaliy pupphitya
amhkarii dibbapricehattakassa pupphanaklo ti asur yuddhat-
thya Sakkarii abhiyanti, Sakko hetth samudde ngnarii rak-
kharh adsi, tato supannnarii (c.-nn-) kumbhandnarriyakkh-
nam tato catunnarii mahrjnarii sdhu parijan(?) devanagara-
dvresu vajirahatth (c. vanj-) Indapatim thapesi, asur ngdayo
chinditv gatpi Indapatim disv Sakko nikkhanto ti palyanti.
EvariiMahli Maghomnavo appamdapatipadarii patipajji, evaih
appamatto pan esa evarparh issariyarri patv dvsu devalo-
kesu rajjaiii kreti, appamdo nm esa Buddhdhi pasatho,
appamdarri hi nissya sabbesam pi lokiyalokuttarnarri visesnarh
adhigamo hohti (hotti ?) vatv imarii gtham ha: appamdena
 195

etc. Tattha a p p a m d e n ti Macalagme bhiimippadesa-

sodhanarii dirhkatv katena appamdena; M a g h a v ti idni
Maghav ti painto Maghamnavo (c. -na-) dvinnarhdevaloknarii
rjabhvena settharhgato; pa s a r hs a nt t i Bud d b d a y o pandit
appamdam eva thomenti vannayanti, kirhkran: sabbesam loki-
yalokuttarnarh visesnarii patilbhakratt; . . . g a r a b i t nin-
dito, kirhkran: sabbavipattnarii mlabhvato. . . Sakkavatthum.
S e t t h a t sanscr. gresthat Manu 4 ,2 4 5 .

V. 31. Appamdarato bhikkh ti imm dhammadesanaiii

Satth Jetavane viharanto ariinataram bhikkhum rabbha kathesi;
so kira Satthu santike yvaarahattam kammatthnam thpetv
aramnam pavisitv ghatento vyamanto arahattam pattum
nsakkhi; so visesetv kammatthnam kathpessmi, tato nik-
khamitv Satthu santikarii gacchanto antarmagge mahantaiii
dvaggim utthitam disv vgn ekarii mundapabbatam abhi-
ruyhanisinnoaramne(c. -a) dayhamnarh aggim disv rammanam
ganhi: yath ayarii aggi mahantni ca khuddakni ca updnni
dahanto gacchati evam ariyamaggannagginpi mahantni
khuddakni ca samyojanni dahantena gantabbam bhavissatti;
Satth gandhakutiyam nisinno va tassa cittopacram natv evam
etam tani (?) bhikkhu mahantamkhuddakni hi updnni viya
iniesam sattnarii abbhantare uppajjamnni anumthlni (c. an-)
samyojanni tni (c. t) nnaggin jhpetv abhabbuppattikni
ktum vattatiti vatv obhsarii vissajjetv tassa bhikkhuno abhi-
mukhe viya pamnyamno imm obhsagtham (c. -samg-) ha:
Appamdarato etc. . . P r n d b h a y a d a s s i v t i nirayuppatti-
dikapamde (c.-karhpa-) bhayarii passanto, tsam v uppattnam
mulatt pamdaiii bhayato passanto, s a m y o j a n a n ti vattaduk-
khena saddhirii yojanarii, pajnam vaddhe osdpanasamattharii
dasavidhasamyojanarii, a n u m t h l a n (c. an-) ti mahantan ca
khuddakan ca daliam aggva gacchatiti, yath ayarii aggi mahantan
18
 198

ca khuddakan ca upddanam dahanto gacchati evam evarii yo

appamadarato bhikkhu appamadadhigatena ndnaggina etarii sarh-
yojanam dahanto abhabbuppattikarii karonto gacchatiti. . . .
Arimatarabhikkhussa vatthurii.
Dassiva nominat. thematis dassivas sanscr. dargivas,
cfr. Westerg. Sanskr. Lseseb. p. 5 dharmadargivtin, et Sanskr.
Forml. p. 89. An u r i i t h u l a i h , cod. C anuriithu-, B anuriithu-,
nt comment, passim; A anuthu-. Nasalis inter duas vocis
composite partes frequentius quam sanscr. inseri videtur.
Cfr. etiam ad v. 5.

V. L ocus : Jetavanarh. Persona : Nigamatissatthero.

Tattha a b h a b b 0 p a r i h a n a y a ti so evarupo bhikkhu
samathavipassanddhammehi va maggaphalehi va parihdnaya
abhabbo, n,pi pattehi parihdyati na appattani na piipunati
(c. -nanti), n i b b a n a s s e v a s a n t i k e ti kilesanibbanass&pi
anupadaya (c. -da) parinibb^nassapi santike yev& ti.
Abhabbo sanscr. abhavyo; cfr. Spiegel: Kammav.
p. 10. 1 1 : abhabbo haritattaya, punavirulhiya. Bollensen:
Vikramorvagi p. 145.

V 33-34L L ocus: Cdlinaya pabbato. Persona: M e-

ghiyatthero.
. . . Yatha nama usukaro arannato ekarii dandakam aliari-
tvd, nittacam karitva kanjiyatelena makkhetva angarakapalle
tapetva rukkhalake uppiletva tibbakarii ujurh valavijjhanayoggarii
karoti (c. -onti) katva ca pana raj amah dmattan aril sipparh
dassetvd mahantam sakkarasamm&narii labhati evam evarii
medhavi (c. -i) panclito viriinu puriso phandanadisabhavam p
etarii cittaiii dhutangaraninavasena (c. dhut-) nittacarii apagatarii
olarikalesarii (-taola-?) katva saddhasinehena temetva kayikaceta-
sikaviriyena tapetva samathavipassanalake uppiletvd (c. ujji
)
 197

ujurii akutilarii nibbisevanarh karoti katv^ ca pana sariikh&re

sammasitva mahantaih avijjdkhandharii padaletv^ tisso vijjd,
cha abhimna navalokuttaradhammo ti imarii visesam hattha-
gatam eva (c. evarh) katvd aggarii dakkhmeyyabhavarii labhati;
... okamokata ubbhato ti okapunnehi civarehiti ettha
udakarh, okarii pahaya aniketasariti ettha alayo; idha ubha-
yam pi labbhati. . . udakasarhkhatd alayd ti ayam attho, u b b h a
t o ti uddhato, p a r i p h a n d a t idaiii c i t t a n ti yathd so
udakalayato ubbhato thale khitto maccho udakarii alabhanto
pariphandati evam idaiii pancakdinagundlaydbhiiatam cittarh
tato (adde: attanarii) uddharitva mdradheyyasamkhdtavaddhaiii
pahaturh vipassandkammatthane cittarii kayikacetasikaviriyena
santdpiyamdnam pariphandati santhdturii na sakkoti, evam
saute pi dhuram anikkhipitva medbavipuggalo tarn vuttanayen eva
ujurii kammaniyarii (e. -ni-) karotiti attho; aparo nayo: idarh
maradheyyarii kilesavaddharh avijahitva thitarii cittarii so varijo
viya pariphandati, tasma maradheyyarii pahitave yena kilesa-
vaddhasarhkh^tena maradheyyen eva pariphandati tain paha-
tabban ti.

U ju sanscr. rju. U su k a r o sanscr. isukaro, respondet
igitur vocalis u sanscr. i, rarioris hujus mutationis exempla 1

alia sunt: susu s. gisu, pasuta s. prasita (Okkaku s. 1.;

Ixvaku), cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 35 not. Okamokata

inserta euphonise causa consonante m , cfr. v. 247 idh eva-m -
eso, Clough: Pali Grammar p. n . U b b h a t o sanscr. ud-
bhrto M d r a d h e y y a r h Marse regnum, cfr. commentar. in t

Suttanipatam fol. jha: maccudheyyan ti maccu ettha dhiyyatiti

(c. dhiyy-) maccudheyyarii (c. -a ), tebhumakavaddhass etarh
adhivacanarii. Pahdtave dativus infmitivi, cfr. dialectum
vedicam, C l o u g h : Pali Grammar p. 12 1.

Gogerly (Knighton p. m) : As the fletcher makes straight

his arrow s, so the wise and virtuous man rectifies his mind.
 198

V. 35* L ora s: Svatth. Persona: amataro bhikkhu.

. . . Y a t t h a k m a n i p t i n o ti yattha katthacid eva ni-
ptanaslassa, etam (c. etan) hi labhitatthnam v yuttatth-
narii v ayuttatthnam v na jnti, n eva jtiiii oloketi na
gottam na vaddham, yattha yattha icchati tattha tatth eva
nipatatti (c. -tantti); . . . maggaphalasukham arahattapara-
matthanibbnasukharh ca vahatti. ..

V 30 Locus: Svatth. Persona: amataro ukkan-

thitabhikkhu.
D u d d a s a sanscr. durdrga Mahbh. 7,0 4 5 4 . 12,10 14 2.

V. 3 ^ . Dragaman ti imam dhammadesanarii Satth

Svatthiyaiii viharanto Samgharakkhitam nma rabbha ka-
thesi. Svatthiyam kir eko kulaputto Satthu dhammadesanam
sutv nikkhamitv pabbajito laddhpasampado Saihgharakkhi-
tatthero nma hutv katiphen eva arahattarh ppuni c. -ni),
assa kanittho puttam labhitvtherassanmamaksi, soBhginey-
yasariigharakkhito (c. -ne-) nma hutv vayappatto therass eva
santike pabbajitv laddhpasampado ariiatarasmim gmkrpi
me (?) vassam upagantv ekarii sattahattham ekam atthahatthan
ti dve vassavsikastake labhitv atthahattham upajjhyassa
me bhavissatti sallakkhetv sattahattham mayharii bhavissatti
cimtetv vutthavasso upajjhyam passissmti gacchanto an-
tarmagge pindya caranto gantv there (c. -o) vihram angate
yeva vihraih pavisitv therassa divtthnarii sammajjitv p-
dodakarii upahapetv sanam paihpetv gamanamaggam
olokento nisdi, ath assa gacchantam disv paccuggamanam
katv pattacvaram gahetv nisdatha bhanteti theram nisdpetv
tlavantai dya vjetv pniyam datv pde dhovitv tam
stakam netv pdamule thapetv bhante imam paribhu-
jath ti vatv vjamno atthsi, atha nam thero h a: Sam-
gharakkhita mayham cvaraparipunnam, tvam eva paribhuj
 199

t i ; bhante may laddhaklato patthya ayaiii tumhkam eva

sallakkhito, paribhogam karoth ti; hotu Samgharakkhita, pari-
punnani me (c. add. ti) cvaram, tvam eva paribhuj ti; bhante m
evam karotha, tumhehi paribhujanto (? ) mayham majiapphalarh
bhavissatti, atha naiii tassa punappuna kathentasspi thero
na icchi, evarii so vjamno (c. vi-) thito va cintesi: ahaiii therassa
gihikle bhgineyyo (c. -ne-) pabbajitakle saddhivihriko , evam
pi may saddhim upajjhyo paribhogam na ktukmo, imasmirh
may saddhim paribhogam akaronte kim me samanabhvena,
gih (c. -i) bhavissmti, ath assa etad ahosi: dussanthpayo
gharavso , kin nu kho katv gih bhto jvissmti, tato cintesi:
atthahatthastakaiii vikknitv (c. -in-) ekam elikam ganhissmti,
elik nma khippam vijyanti, sv-harii vijtarh vikknitv (c. -in-)
mlani karissmi, mlarh katv ekaiii pajpatim nessmi, ekaiii
s puttam vijyissati (c. -n ti), ath assa mama mtulassa nmam
katv mlani (c. -a) ynake nisdpetv (c. -si-) mama putta ca
bhariya ca dya mtulam vanditum gacchissmi, gacchanto
antarmagge mama bhariyam vakkhmi: nehi tva me puttam,
vahissmi nan ti, s kin te (c. add. na) puttena gahitena, ehi imam
ynakam pjehti vatv puttam gahetv aham nessmi nan ti
sandhretum asakkont (c. -i) eakkapde ehaddessati, ath assa
sarram ruyihitv cakkam gamissati, atha narii: tvam mamaput-
tam 11 eva mayham adsi na sandhretum sakkhi, nsito smi
(c. -irii) tay ti vatv patodalatthiy pitthim paharissmti, so
evaiii cintento thatv vjamno therassa sise (c. si-) tlavantena
pahari, thero kin nu kho ahaiii Samgharakkhitena sise pahato ti
upadhrento cintitacintitam sabbam atv: Sarngharakkhita mtu-
gmaiii pahrai dtum nsakkhi, ettha mahallakatherassa
doso ti ha, s o : aho nattho mhi, fitam (c. -t) kira meva upajjh-
yena cintitacintitan ti tlavantam chaddetv palyitum raddho,
atha nam dahar ca smaner ca anubandhitv dya Satthn
santikam agamariisu, Satth te bhikkh disv va kim bhik~
 200

khave gat attba, eko vo bhikkhu laddbo ti pucchi; ma bhante

t i , idaiii dahararii ukkanthitv palyantarii gahetv tumhkarh
santikavh gat amh ti; evaiii kira bhikkhu ti; ma bhante ti;
kimattharii te bhikkhu evarii bhriyarii kammam katarii (c. -tharii),.
na nu tvarii raddhaviriyassa ekassa buddhassa putt, mdisassa
buddhassa nma ssane pabbajitv attnarii dametv sot-
panno ti v sakadgmiangmiarah ti v vadpeturh (?) n-
sakkhi, kimatthaiii evam bhriyarii kammam aksti; ukkan-
thito Tsmi bhante ti; kiriikran ukkanthito siti; so ekarii vas-
svsikam Iaddhadivasato patthya yva therassa tlavantena
paharanam sabbam tam pavattirii (c. -i) rocetv imin k-
ranena palto smi bhante ti ha, atha nam Satth: bhikkhu
m cintayi, cittam nm etaiii dre hontam pi rammanam
sampaticchanaka.jtikam (?) rgadosamohabandhan muccanat-
thya vyamitum vaddhatti vatvimam gtham ha: Duraga-
matii etc. . . . Sattatthacittni pana ekato kannikbaddhni eka-
kkhane uppajjitum samatthni nma n athi, uppattikle ekekam
eva eittam uppajjati, tasmim niruddhe puna ekekam eva
uppajjatti ekacaram (c. -var-) nma jtarii, sattatthacittassa
sarrasanthnam v nldippakro vannabhedo v n atthti
a s r i r a m nma jtarii, guh nma catumahbhtaguh, ida
ca hadayaruparii nissya vatatti g u h s a y a m nma jtarii;
ye cittan ti ye keci puris v itthiyo v gahatth v
pabbaji v anuppajjantassa kilesassa uppajjiturii denn (?)
satisammohena uppannarii kilesarii pajahant cittarii s a r i a -
m e s sa n ti yatarh (c. yariitaiii) avikkhittarii karissanti, m o k -
khanti mrabandhan sabbe te kilesabandhanbhvena
mrabandhanasamkht tebhmakavaddh (c. -bhu-) muccis-
sant. . . ih gi ney y as aiiigharak khitatti eravattl iu rii.
Mokkhanti mrabandhan epitritus tertius remover!
potest mokkhanti legendo. M r a b a n d h a n cfr. rv. . aso.
S a f n a m e ss an ti fut. rad. yarn praef. srii.
 201

Ve 3 8 = 3 9 * Locus: Svatth. Persona: Cittahatthatthero-

. . . Sattathhsabodhapakkhikadhammabhedarh idarii s a d -
dh a m m a m ajnantassa, parittasaddhammatya upplavallo-
p a n a s a d d h a t y a ( ? ) v p a r i p a l a v a p a s d a s s a , kmvacara-
rupvacardibhedpi pam (c. pafi) na p a r i p r a t i, k-
mvacarya pi aparipriyamnya kuto ca rpvaear (? ) rup-
vacaralokuttarapam (c .-paya) paripurissatti dpeti; a n a -
v a s s u t a c i t t a s s ti rgena acintacittassa (?), a n a n v h a -
t a c e t a s o ti h a, cittoldiilajto (?) ti gatathne dosena eittassa
pahatabhvo vuto, idha pana dosena appatihatacittass ti attho
... so pana saddhdhi pacahi jgaradhammehi samann-
gatatt jgaro nma, tasm tassa jaggantasspi ajaggamtassp
kilesabhayam n atthi. . .
A n a v a s s u t a hsesitavi in hac forma explicanda; numrecte
pro part. perf. pass, habuerim radiis se sanscr. fyai prsef..
ava una cum partcula negativa an, judicent docti. Cfr. comm.,
in anussuta v. 400. P u a p p a p a h n a s s a cfr. vv. 4 12 .

.40, Locus: Svatth. Personae: pacasatavipassaka-

bhikkhu.
. . . N a g a r p a m a n ti nagaram nma bahiddh thi-
rarh (c. thr
) hoti gambhraparikham pkraparikkhittam adv-
raddhlayuttam (?) anto suvibhattavthicatukkasimghtakasam-
pannam, antar pana (c. -narh) tam vilumpissm ti bahiddh
cor gantv pavisituiii asakkont pabbatarii asajja (sajja?)
patihat viya gacchanti; evam evarii pandito kulaputto
attano vipassancittam thiram (c. thr-) nagarasadisam katv
thapetv nagare thito ekato dhrdinnappakrena vudhena
coragahanam viya vipassanmayena ca ariyamaggamayena
(c. arimag-) ca pamvudhena (c. pa-) tahi tahi maggavaj-
jharh (?) kilesarii patibhanto tahi kilesamram y 0 j e t h a hareyy
ti attho; j i t a m c a r a k k h e ti jitam uppditam (c. uppjit-) tahi-
tarunavipassanarh dvdsasappdyarri utusappdyarii bhojanasap-
pdyarii puggalasappdyarh dhammasavanasappdyadirh dsevanto
antarantard samdpattirh samdpajjitvd tato vutthdya suddha-
cittena sathkhdre sammasanto rakkheyya; a n i v e s a n o si yd
ti aridlayo bhaveyya, yathd ndma yodho safigdmasise bala-
kotthakarh katva amittehi saddhim yujjhanto chato vd pipd-
sito va hutvd sanndhe vd sithile dvudhe vd patite balakottha-
karri pavisitvd vissamitvd bhunjitvd pivitvd sannayihitvd dvu-
dharii gahetva puna nikkhamitvd yujjhanto parasenarii maddati
ajitani jindti jitarii rakkhati. . . evam evarii bhikkhu patiladdham
karundvipassanam (tarunav-?) punappuna samdpattirh sama-
pajjitvd vutthdya suddhacittena (c. -citte) sarhkhare samma
santo rakkhitum sakkoti uttarimaggaphalena (c. -paldhena) ki-
lesani drain jindti. . . samdpattinivesanarri katvdtattha niveseyya
ilayain na kareyyd ti attho (c. -yydtha attho). . .
N a fi g a r u p a m a lii cfr. v. 315. A n i v e s a n o cfr. and-
gdra, anoka vv. 404. 415. Mahdbh. 12,891. De metro ap
pend icem vide.

V. 41 .
Locus: Savatthi. Persona: Putigattatissatthero.
. . . C h u d d h o ti apaviddho (c.-vittho) ti apagataviirina-
natdya tuccho hutvd sessatiti dasseti, yatha kirn: n i r a t t h a m
va kal i ngar ar i i nirupakararh (c. nirup-) niratthakarri kattha-
baddharii viya . . .
C h u d d h o ni fallor altera est forma palica sanscritici vo-
cabuli xudro, pro vulgari khuddo, litera d ob latentem
semivocalem r aspirata, cfr. tattha sanscr. tatra etc., atque x
In cch mutato, cfr. not. ad v. 3. Cod. B chuddo. A p e t a -
v i r h n d n o A et B -viriindno. K a l i f i g a r a r n cfr. Manu
4 ,4 1 . 5 ,6 9 .

V . 458. Diso disan ti imarii dhammadesanarii SatthaKosala-

janapacie Nandagopdlakairi drabbha kathesi. Sdvatthiyarii kira

 203

Anthapindikassa gahapatino Nando nma goplako goytham

rakkhati addho mahaddhano mahbhogo, so kira yath seniyo
jatilopabbajjvasena evam goplakante rjaplam pariljaranto (?)
attano kutumbam rakkhati, so klnuklam paca gorase dya
Anthapindikassa santikam ganty Satthram passati dham-
marh sunti attano vasanatthnarh gamanatthya Satthram
ycati, Satth tassa naparipkam gamayamno gantv
paripakkabhvam atv ekadivasarir mahbhikkhusamghapari-
vuto crikam caranto magg okkamma tassa vane amatara-
smirii (c. a-) rukkhamle nisdi, Nando Satthu santikam
gantv vanditv patisanthram katv Satthravh nimantetv
sattham bhikkhusamghassa pantarii pacagorasadnam adsi,
sattame divase Satth anumodanam katv dnakathdibhedam
anupubbikatham (c. -tam) kathesi, kathpariyosne Nandago-
plako sotpattiphale patitthya Satthu pattaih gahetv Satth
ram anugacchanto drarii gantv tittha upsak ti nivattiyamno
vanditv nivatti, atha nam eko luddako vijjhitv mresi, pac-
chato gacchant bhikkhu disv gantv Satthram hamsu:
Nando bhante goplako tumhkam idhgatatt mahdnarh
datv anugantv nivattanto (c. ani-) mrito, sace tumhe ngacchis-
satha nssa maranam abhaviss (c.- a) t i ; Satth: mayi bhikkhave
gate pi angate pi tassa catasso dis catasso anudis gac-
chantasspi maranato muccanpyo nma n atthi, yarii hi
n eva cor na verino karonti tam imesam sattnam antopa-
duttham micchpanihitam cittam eva karotti vatv imam
gtham ha: Diso etc. Tattha d i s o di s a n ti coro coram
disv ti pthaseso, y a n ta m k ay i r ti yam (adde: tam ?) tassa
anayavyasanarii kareyya, dutiyapade pi es eva nayo, idam
vuttarn h oti: eko ekassa mittadhicoro (?) puttadrakhettavatthu-
gomahisdisu aparajjhanto yassa aparajjhati tam pi tatfh eva
attani aparajjhantam coram disv v e r i v pana kenacid eva
karanyena (c. -ni-) baddham veram verirh disv attano akak-
 204

khalatya drunatya (-?), yan tarii tassa anayavyasanam kareyya

puttadrarh v pleyya (c. pi-) khettdni v nseyya jvit
v pana tarii voropeyya, dasasu akusalakammapathesu inicch
thapitatt m i e c h p a n i h i t a m (c.-pa-) c i t t a m p p i y o
narn t a t o k a r e ti purisam tato ppataraiii kareyya, vutta-
ppakrehi diso v disassa (c. diss) veriv v verino imasmim
yev attabhve (c. -vo) dukkham uppdeyya, jvitakkhayam v
kreyya, idarii pana akusalakamraapathesu (c. -kathesu) micch
thapitam cittam ditthe va dharnme anayavyasanam ppeti,
atabhvasatasahassesu pi catusu apyesu khipitv sisara uk-
khipitum (c. -khiturh) na detti . . . Nandagoplavatthum.
In constructione hujus versus ellipsis inesse videtur;
sententia enim lisec est: quod mali homo homini facere potest,
nihil est prse detrimento, quod fluit ex mente falso directa. Y an
ta m Mahbh. 13,1674. V e r i v sanscr. esset vairivn.

V o 43. Na tam mt pit kayir ti imam dhammadesa-

naiii Satth Soreyyanangare samutthitam Svatthiyam nittha-

pesi. Sammsambuddhe Svatthiyam viharante (c. -o) Sorey-
yanagare Soreyyasetthiputto ekena sahyakena saddhim su-
khaynake nisditv mahantena parivrena nahpanatthya na-
gar nikkhami, tasmiiii khane Mahkaccyanatthero Soreyyam
pindya pavisitukmo bahinagare samghtim prupati, therassa
ea suvannavannam sarram, Soreyyasetthiputto ta disv cin-
tesi: aho vata ayam v thero mama bhariy bhaveyya mama
v bhariyya sarravanno etassa sarravanno (c. -e) viya bha-
veyy ti, tassa cintitamatte yeva purisaligam antaradhyi
itthiligaih ptur ahosi, so lajjito ynak oruyha palyi, pari-
jano kaiii (tam?) asajjnanto (asaj-?) kim etarh kim etan ti ha,
spi Takkasilmaggam patipajji, sahyako pi ss ito c ito ea
vicaritvpi nddasa, sabbe nahyitv geham gamiriisu, ka-
ham setthiputto ti ea vutte nahtv gato bhavissatti
 205

marhriamh ti vadirhsu, ath assa mtpitaro tattha tattha pa-

riy esitv apassant (c. -o) roditv paridevitv mato bhavissatiti ma-
takar bhattam adarhsu, s ekarii Takkasilgmirh (c.-la-) satthv-
harii disv ynakam pacchato pacchato anubandhi, atha narii ma-
nuss disv: amhkam ynakassa pacchato pacchato gacchasi,
mayarii kassa drik ti tahi na jnm ti vadirhsu, spi: tumhe
attano ynakam pjetha, aharii padas gamissmti, sgacchant
gacchant arigulimuddikam datv ekasmim ynake oksarii kresi,
manuss cintayimsu : Takkasilnarigare (c. -la-) amhkam setthi-
puttassa bhariy n atthi, tassa cikkhissma, mahpannkro
(c. -pann-)no bhavissatiti, tegantv: smi amhehi tumhkam ekam
itthiratanam ntan t i , so sutv tahi pakkospetv attano vi-
bhavasnurpam psdikarii (?) disv uppannasineho,gehe aksi.
Puris hi itthiyo (c. -e) v itthiyo puris (c. -o) v ablitapubb
nma natthi, puris hi parassa dre aticaritv klarii katv bahtni
vassasatasahassni niraye pacitva manussajtim gacchant atta-
bhvasate itthibhvam pajjanti, nandatthero pi hi kappasata-
sahassam pritapramim (- ?) ariyasvako samsre sariisaranto
ekasmirh attabhve kammrakule nibbatto, paradrakakammam
katv niraye pakkvasesena cuddasasu attabhvesu parassa
pdaparicrik itthi ahosi, sattasu attabhvesu bjuddharanaiii
ppuni, itthiyo pana dndni pumnni (c. pun-) katv itthi
bhve chandam virojetv idaiii no pumnarii purisattabhva-
patilbhya samvattatu ti cittarh adhitthahitv klam katv pu-
risattabhvam patilabhanti patidevat hutv smike (c. -o) samm-
patipattivasena pi purisattabhvam patilabhanti ca, ayam pana
setthiputto thero(-e?) ayoniso cittarii uppdetv imasmim yeva atta
bhve itthibhvarii patilabhati. Takkasilya setthiputtena saddhim
sariivsam anvya pan ass kucchiyarii gabbho patitthsi, s
dasamsaccayena (c. -mpac-) puttam labhitv tassa padas
gamanakle aparam pi puttam patilabhi, evam ass kucchiyarii
vutt dve putt ahesuhi, Soreyyanarigare tahi paticcanibbattcepi-
 206

catt (dve ti cattro?) putt ahesur, tasmir kle Soreyyanariga-

rato so tass sahyakasetthiputto pacahi sakatasatehi Takkasilam
(c. -s-) gantv sukhaynake nisinno nagaram pvisi, atha nar s
upari psdatale vtapnar vivavitv antaravthirh olokayamn
thit disv sajnitv dsii pesetv pakkospetv mahtale
nisdpetv (c. -si-) sakkrasammnai aksi, atha so
lja: bhadde tvarii ito pubbe amhehi na ditthapubb, atha ca
no mahantai sakkram karosi, jnsi tvar amhe t i;
ma smi jnmi, nanu tmbe Soreyyanagaravsino (-vs ?) siti;
ma bhadde t i ; s mtpitunnai ca bhariyya ca puttna
ca arogabhvar (c. r-) pucchi, itaro ma bhadde arog (c. r-) ti
vatv lja: jnsi tvarii ete ti; ma smi jnmi, tesarir eko putt
atthi, so kaharii smiti; bhadde (c.-o) ene (? ) mkathehi, mayarii
tena saddhirii ekadivasarh sukhaynake nisditv (c. -si-) nahyiturh
nikkhamitv n eva tassa gatim ngatirh jnma, ito c! ito
(c. cuto) ca vicaritv adisv mtpitunnai rocayimha, te pi
ssa roditv kanditv petakiccam karirs t i; aham so smiti
apehi bhadde kir kathesi, mayhar sahyo devakumro viya
eko puriso ti; hotu me smi aljain so ti; atha idai kir n-
m ti; tam divasan te ayyo Mahkaccyanathero dittho ti,
aharii Mahkaccyanatherai oloketv: aho vata ayarii v
thero mama bhariy bhaveyya etassa (c. ek-) v sarravanno viya
mama bhariyya sarravanno bhaveyy ti cintesim, cintita-
kkliane eva (c. -am )yai me purisalirigar antaradhyi itthiligar
ptu bhavi, athhai lajjya kassaci vattui asakkunitv pal-
yitv idhagat smiti; aho te bhriyai kammarii katar,.
kasm mayhar nacikkhi, api pana te thero khampito t i;
na khampito smi, jnsi jnsi pana tvarii kahar thero
ti; imam eva nagararii nissya viharatti; sace pinclya ca-
ranto idhgaccheyya aharii mama ayyassa bhikkhhrarii da-
deyyarii smiti; tena hi sgharii sakkrarii karohi, amhkarii
ayyar khanrpessm ti therassa vasanatthnarii gantv van-
 207

ditv ekamante nisinno: bhante sve mayhaih bhikkham gan-

hath ti h a; na mi tvarii setthiputta gantnko t i; bhante m
amhkarii gantukabhvaiii pucchatha, sve in bhikkharii gan-
liatli ti; thero adhivsesi, gebe pi therassa mahsakkro pti-
yatto (c.-nto), thero punadivase narii gehadvrarii agamsi, atha
naiii nisdpetv pantenh rena parivisitv setthiputto tani itthirn
gahetv therassa pdamle nipajjpetv: bhante mayham sa-
hyikya khamath ti ha; kim etan ti; ayarii bhante pubbe
mayham piyasahyiko hutv tm he oioketv evarii nma cin-
tesi, ath assa purisalifigarii antaradhyi itthilifigarh ptu bhavir
khamatha bhante ti; tena hi utthahatha, khammi vo ahan t i;
therena (c. -na) khammti vuttamatte eva (c. -am) itthilingarii anta
radhyi purisalingarii ptu bhavi, purisalifige ptubhtamatte
eva (c. -arri) tarn Takkasilya setthiputto ha: samma sahyakaime
dve drak tava kucchiyaiii vutthatt marii patieca nibbattatt
ubhinnam pi no putt eva, idh eva vasissma, ma ukkatthiti (? ) -
samma aharii ekena attabhvena pathamarii puriso hutv
itthibhvarii patv puna puriso jto vippakram patto ti, pathamarii
marii patieca me dve putt nibbatti (-tt ?), idni me kucchito
dve nikkhant, sharii ekena attabhvena vippakrappattena (?)
puna gehe vasissasiti sariinarri (c. sri-) m kari, aharii ayyassa
santike pabbajissmti, ime drak tava bhr, imesu m pamajjti
putte paricumbitv parissajitv pitu niyydetv nikkhamitv the
rassa santike pabbaji, thero pi narii pabbjetv upasampdetv
va crikaiii caramno Svatthirri (c.-iyarii) agamsi, tassaSorey-
yathero ti nmarri ahosi, janapadavsino tarii pavattim fatv
sariikhubhitv (c. -ku-) kothalajt upasarhkamitv pucchiriisu:
evarii kirabhante ti; mvuso (c. -uso) t i ; bhante evarpam pi k-
ranarii nma h oti, tumhkarii kira kucchiyaih dve putt nib-
batt, tumhe patieca jt, tesarii vo kataresu balavasineho t i ;
kucchiyaiii vutthakesu vuso t i ; gatgat nibaddharii tath eva
pucchanti; thero: kucchiyarri vutthakesu eva sineho blv t i;
 208

mayharh katthaci sineho n atthiti; bhikkhu: ayarii abhutam

katheti, purimadivase kucchiyarh vutthaputtesu sineho blv
ti vatv idni mayharh katthaci sineho n atthti vadati, atiiharh
(c. ah-) vykaroti bhante ti hamsu; Satth: na bhikkhave
may ham putt mhm (c. ah-) vykaroti, mama puttassa sam-
mpanihitena cittena maggadassanarh ditthaklato pattliya na
katthaci sineho jto, yaih yarii sampattirii n eva mtpit k-
turii sakkonti tahi imesarii sattnaih abbhantare pavattasam-
mpanihitam cittam eva vadetti vatv imarii gatham ha: Na
tarn etc. Tattha n a t a n ti tani kranarh n eva mt ka-
reyyanapit na atiihe ntak, s a m m p a n i h i t a n ti dasasu
kusalakammapathesu samm thapitam, s e y y a s o nana t a t o
kar ti tato kranto seyyaso nam varataram uttaritaram
kreyyakarotiti attho ; mtpitaropi puttnam dhanam dadamn
ekasmim eva attabhve kammarii akatv sukhajvitarh (c. -)
pavattanakadhanaib dtum sakkonti, Viskhya mtpitaro pitava
mahaddhan mahbliog tass ekasmim attabhve sukhena
jvitakappanam adamsu, catusu pana dpesu cakkavattisiriiii
dtum samatth mtpitaro pi nma puttnam n atthi pag
eva dibbasampattim v pathamajjhndisampattim v lokutta-
radhammasampattidne kath va n atthi (?), samm panihitaiii
pana cittam sabbam p etaih sampattiiii dtum sakkoti, tena
vuttarn: seyyaso nam tato kar ti. . . Soreyyattherassa
vatthum.
Quid sibi velit commentatoris tani kranarh, tato kra
nto, non perspicio. T a m per prolepsin intelligo dictum pro
sequentibus: seyyaso nam tato kar, num recte, videant
docti.
Gogerly (teste Knighton p. m) versum reddit: True
nobility is not of ones parentage, but o f a virtuous and
noble soul.
 209

v. 4 4 -4 5 . Locus: Savatthi. Persona?: pathavika-

thipas utap an casa tab h ik kh u.
Tattha ko i m a n ti ko imamattabhavasariikMtam p a t h a -
v i m v i j e s s a t i t i attanonanena vijanissati pativijjhissati sacchi-
karissatiti attho Y a m a l o k an ca ti catubbidham apayalokan
ca i m a m s a d e v a k a n ti imam manussalokan ca devalokena
saddhirh ko vijessati vijinissati vijanissati (c. vijan- vijin-)
pativijjhissati sacchikarissatiti pucchati; dh a m m a p a d a r i i
s u d e si t a n ti yathasabhdvato kathitatta sattatimsabodha-
pakkhikadhammasarhkMtam dhammapadarii k u s a l o mal&kdro
puppharh vicinanto viya ko p a c e s s a t i t i (c. vijess-) vicipissati
(c. -ssa) upparikkhissati (c. upap-) pativijjhissati (c. -ssa)
sacchikarissatiti attho; s e k h o t i adhisilasikkha adhieittasikkha
adhipariiiiasikkhd, ti ima tisso sikkh^ sikkhito (c. -ato) sota-
pattimaggatthanam adiriikatva yava arahattamaggatthana (c. -tta-
-tfhaya) sattavidho sekho imam attabhavap athavim arahatta-
maggena tato chandaragavii (c. -darabarii) apakaddhanto vijes
sati . . yatha narna kusalo malakaro puppharamarh pavisitva
tarunamakuldni (c. -na-) ca panakaviddhni ca mildtani ca
gandikajdtani (c. kagand-) ca pupphdni vajjetvd sobhanani
sujdtaiV (c. sujatasujatan) eva pupphani cinati evam evarii imarii
(c. ime) sukathitarii suniddhittharh (sunitthitam v) bodhapakkliika-
dhammapa am (c. boda-) pi parhnaya pacessati vicinissati
upparikkhissati pativijjhissati sacchikarissatiti Sattha sayam
eva panham vissajjesi. . .
P a t ha v im terrain i. e. hunc animse revolutse statum,
hanc existentiam, sanscr. prthavhh, th ex th orto ob latentem
r sonum , cfr. pathama, addha, pati, hata, vivata, vaddhati etc.
D h a m m a p a d a r i i non spectat ad librum hunc, sed universe
dictum accipiendum est, et quidem ut in titulo libri collectivo
sensu. Ceterum padam et h. 1. et v. too sq. melius fortasse
verbum intelligitur. De metro appendicem vide.
14
 210

X 46 Phentpaman ti imarh dhammadesanarii Satth

Svatthiyarii viharanto arhatararii mareikammatthnikarh
bhikkhurii rabbha kathesi; so kira Satthu santike kamma-
ttlinarh gahetv samanadhammarii karissmti arimatararii
pavisitv ghatitv vyamitv arahattarh pattuiii asakko vise-
setv kammatthnarh kathpessmti Satthu santikam gac-
chanto antarmagge martaim disv: yath ayarii gimhasamaye
utthit marii dtre thitnarii rppagat viya pamyati
(c. pa-) santikam gaeehantnam neva sarhyati ayam atta-
bhvo pi uppdavayatthena (c. -nam) evartpo hotti marci-
kammatthnam bhvento gantv maggakilanto Aeiravatiyam
nahyitv ekasmim candasotatre chyya nisinno udakavegbhi-
ghtena utthahitv mahante mahante (c. -tena) phenapinde (c. -n-)
bhijjamne disv: ayarii attabhvo pi uppajjitv bhijjanatthena
evarpo yev ti rammanarii aggahesi; Satth gandhakutiyarii
thito etaih therarii disv: evam etam bhikkh, evartpo v ayarii
attabhvo, phenapindo viya marii viya uppajjanabhijjanasa-
bhvo ev ti vatv imarii gtham ha: Phentpamarii etc. Tattha
i m n ti imarh kesdisamthasariikhtarh kyarii abaladubbalaa-
naddhatiyatvakalikatthena (?) phenapindasarikkho (e. -n-) ti
viditv, r a a r c i d h a m m a n ti yath marii dtre thitnarii rtpa-
gat (c. -tarii) viya gayhtpag viyahoti santike upagacchantnarn
ritttucch (c.-arh)agayhtpag sampajjati evarii kanikarh ittara-
paccupatthnatthena ayarii kyo pi mareidhammo ti abhi-
sambudhno (c. -ddhtio) bujjhanto jnanto ti attho, p a p u p -
p h a k n t i Mrassa pupphakasaihkhtni tebhumakni vad-
dhni ariyamaggena chinditv khnsavo bhikkhu maceurjassa
adassanarii (e. -n) avisayaih (c. -y) amatamahnibbnarii
gaccheyy t i . . . Marcikammatthnikattherassa vatthurii.
M r a s ex auctoritate Amarakosse et Abhidhnappadpikse
(Aviggaho tu kmo ca manobht madano bhave
antako vasavatt ca ppim ca pajpati
 \

211

Paraattabandhu kanho ca mro namuei, tassa tu

tanhrat rag dhtu (?), hatth tu girimekhalo)
ideni est ac Brachmanarum Krnas, utrque sagittse flores
in acumine ferentes (papupphakni) attribuuntur. Distinguit
commentarius ad y . 337 in M ra: Kilesamram, Marana-
mram et Devaputtamram. Cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 76.
Chetvna cfr. Clough: Pali Grammar p. 12 1. M ac c h

i' j cfr. v. r. P h e n t - , cum n, sic eodd. omnes.

V. 47. Pupphni heva pacinantan ti imam dham-

madesanam Satth Svatthiyarh .viharanto saparisam maho-
ghena ajjhottharitv mritarh Vidudabham rabbba kathesi.
Tatryam anupubbikath: Svatthiyam Mahkosalararho putt
Pasenadikumro nma Vesliyarh Licchavikumro Mahli nma
Kusinryam Mallarjaputto Bandhulo nm ti ime tayo
Dispmokkhassa cariyassa santike sippuggahanatthya
Takkasilam gantv bahinagare slya samgat aama-
assa gatakrana ca kulafi ca nmafi ca pucchitv sahyak
ljutv ekato va cariyarh upasamkamitv na Grass eva ugga-
hitasipp te cariyarh upasamkamitv puechitv (c. ap-)
ekato (c. -ako) va nikkhamitv sakasakatthnni agamarhsu. Tesu
Pasenadikumro pitu sipparh dassetv pasannena (c. -nne)
pitar rajje abhisitto. Mahlikumro Licchavnam sippam
dassento mahantena usshena dassesi, tassa akkhni bhijjitv
agamarhsu, Licchavirjno mahvatacariyo akkhivinsam
pattoti narir(c. nanam) parissajissma upatthhissma nan ti sata-
sahassutthnakam ekam vram adamsu, so tam nissya pafica-
sate Liechavirjaputte sipparii sikkhpento vasi. Bandhula-
kumro satthirh satthim velum gahetv majjhe ayasalkarii
(c. ayaihsa-) pakkhipitv satthikalpe usspetv thapite Malla-
rajjakulehi ime kappetu ti vutto astihattharii ksarh lamghitv
asin kappento gamsi, so osanakalpe ayasalkya kniti ( - ?)
14"
 212

Saddam sutv kim etan ti pucchitv sabbakalpesu ayasal-

knarii thapitabhvam sutv asirii ehaddetv rodamno (c. -no)
mayhaiii ettakesu tisuhajjesu eko pi sneho hutv imam
kranarh ncikkhi, sace hi aharii jneyyarii ayasalkya
saddam anutthapento va chindeyyan ti vatv sabbe p' ime
mretv rajjarii karessan ti mtpitunnam kathesi, tehi pave-
nirajjam (c. -ni-) tta idarii na labbh evarri ktun ti nnappakrehi
vrito tena hi mama sabyakassa santikam gamissmti S-
vatthim (c. -iyam) gamsi. Pasenadirj tassa gamanam sutv
paceuggantv mahantena sakkrena (c. -na) nagaram pave-
setv senpatitthne thapesi, so mtpitaro pakkospetv
tatth' eva vsam kappesi. Ath ekadivasam rj upari psde
thito antaravthim olokayamno Anthapindikassa Claantha-
pindikassa Viskhya Suppavsy ti etesam geh am bhatta-
kiceatthya gacchante anekasahasse bhikkhu disv kbm
ayy gacchantti pucchitv deva Anthapindikassa gehe nicca-
bhattagilnabhattdnam (c. -di-) atthya devasikam dve bhik-
khusahassni gacchanti Cdlaanthapindikassa paca stni tath
Viskhya tath Suppavsy ti vutte sayain pi bhikkhu-
sariigham upatthahitukmo vihram gantv bhikkhusahassena
saddhim Satthram nimantetv sathaiii dnam datv sattame
divase vanditv pacahi bhikkhusatehi saddhim nibaddharii
bhikkharii ganhath ti ha, mahrja (c. -j) buddh nma eka-
tthne nibaddham bhikkham naganhanti, baht(c.-u) buddhnam
gamanam paccsiiiisantti, tena hi ekaiii bhikkhuiii nibaddharii
peseth ti, Satth Anandattherassa bhram aksi, rj bhik-
khusariighe gate pattarii gahetv ime nma parivisantu ti
avicretv va satharii sayam eva parivisitv atthame divase
vikkhitto papacam aksi, rjakule nma annatt sanni
parimpetv (c. pari-) bhikkhu nisdpetv (c.-sid-)parivisiturii na
labhantti bhikkhu na mayarii idha-tthturii sakkhissm ti bah
pakkamiriisu, rj dutiyadivase pi pamajji, dutiyadivase pi
bah pakkamiriisu, tatiyadivase pi pamajji, tad Anandatherarii
ekam eva thapetv avases pakkamirhsu. Purriavant (c. pun-)
nmakranvasik honti, kulnatii pasdam rakkhanti, Tathta-
gassa ca Sriputtatthero Mahmoggallnatthero ti dve aggasvak,
Khem Uppalavann ti dve aggasvik, upsakesu Citto gahapati
Hatthako Alavako ti dve (c. add. aggasvak) upsak, upsiksu
Velukandakinandamt Khujjuttar ti dve upsik (c. aggasvik)
it ime atthajane (c. -) diriikatv thnantarappattsabbepisvak
ekadesena dasannarii pramnarii pritatt mahpum (c. -pu)
a blii nh ra sarap an n, Anandatthero pi kappasatasaljassarii piirita-
pram abhinhrasampanno mahpumo attano kranvasi-
katya kutassa pasdam vakkhanto. Tam ekam eva uisdpetv
parivisimsu, rj bhikkhunarii gatakle gantv khdaniyabhoja-
uiyni tath eva thapitni disv kirii ayy na gamimst (c. a-) ti
pucchitv Anandatthero ekako va gato dev ti sutv addh
ettakam me chedanam akams ti bhikkhnam kuddho: Satthu
santikam gantv bhante may paricannain bbikkhusatnam
bhikkh patiyatt, Anandatthero kira ekako va gato, patiyatta-
bhikkh tath eva thit, paHcasat bhikkh mama gehe sriiarii
(c. sri-) na karimsn, kirii nu kho kranan ti kranarh puc-
chissmiti bhikkhunarii kuddho santikarii gantv: bhante may
paricannarii bbikkhusatnam bhikkh (c. -ya) patiyatt, Ananda
tthero kira ekako va gato, patiyattabhikkh tath eva thit,
pacasat bhikkh mama gebe sariifarri na kaririisu, kin mi
kho kranan ti lja, Satth bhikkhunarii dosarii avatv mama
svaknarii tumhehi saddhirii tvisvso n atthi tena na gat
bhavissantti vatv kulnarii anupagamanakranari (c. -nak-)
ca upagamanakrana (c. -nak-) ca paksento bhikkh man-
tetv imarii suttam ha: Navahi bhikkhave arigehi samann-
gatarii kularii anupagantv v nlarii (al- ?) upaganturh upagantv v
nlarii (al- ?) upanisditurii, katamehi navahi: na manpena pacc-
utthenti, na manpena abhivdenti, na manpena sanarh
 214

denti, sntm assa patiguhanti, bahukam pi thokarii denti,

pantam (c. pni-) pi ltkham denti, asakkaccaih denti no sak-
kaccarii, na upanisdanti dhammasavanya, bhsitam assa na
railjyanti, imehi kho (c. so) bhikkhave navahi angehi samann-
gatarii kularii anupagantv v nlam (al- ?) upaganturh upagantv
v nlam (al-?) upanisditurh; navahi bhikkhave angehi samann-
gatarh kularii anupagantv v nlam upaganturh upagantv
v nlarii upanisditum, katamehi navahi: manpena pacc-
utthenti, manpena abhivdenti, manpena sanarii denti,
sntm assa na pariguhanti, bahukam pi bahukam denti,
pantam pi pantarh denti, sakkaccam denti no asakkaccarh,
upanisdanti dhammasavanya, bhsarii tassa ranjyanti, imehi
kho bhikkhave navahi angehi samanngatarh kularii anupagantv
v alaiii(nl- ?) upaganturh upagantv v alaih(nl-?)upanisditum.
Iti ha kho mahrja mama svak tumhkarii santik visssarii ala-
bhant (c. add. na) gat na bhavissanti, pornakapandit (c. -nak-)
hi avisssiyatthne sakkaccarh upatthiyamnpi maranantikarn
vedanarii patv visssikatthnam eva gamiihs ti, kad bhante
ti rarhhputtho attarir hari: AtteBrnasiyarh(c. -na-) Brahma-
datte rajjarh krente Kesav nma rj rajjam pahya isi
pabbajjarii pabbaji, taih panca purisasatni anupabbajiriisu, so
Kesavatpaso nma ah osi, pasdhanakappako pan assa
pabbajitv Kappako nma antevsiko ahosi, Kesavatpaso
parisya saddhiih attha ms Himavante vasitv vassarantelonam-
bilasevanatthya (?) Brnasirii (c. -na-) patv bhikkhya pvisi,
atha narh rj disv pasditv catumsam attano santike vasa-
natthya patiriinam (c. patiri-) ganhitv (c. -nh-) uyyne vas-
pento syarii syaptam assa upatthnarii gacchati, avasesat-
pas katipharii vasitv hatthisadddhi ubbjh cariya ukkan-
thit amh gaechm ti haihsu; kaharii tt ti; Himavantarh
cariy ti; rj amhkarh gatadivase eva etumsarii idha
vasanatthya patirhnavh (c. patiri-) ganhi, katharh gamissma
 215

ttti; tumhehi amhkarii ancikkhitv va patim (c. -arh) dinn,

mayarii na sakkoma vasitum, ito avidre tumhkarh pavatti-
vasanatthne yasissm ti vanditv pakkamimsu, Kappante-
vsikena saddhim cariyo ohiyi, rj upatthnam gato kaharii
ayy ti pucchi, ukkanthit' arnh ti vatv Himavantaih gat
mahrj ti, Kappo pi na cirass eva ukkanthitv cariyena
punappuna vriyamno pi na sakkomti vatv pakkmi,
itaresam pana santikam gantv cariyassa pavattim sunanto
avidre thne vasi, aparabhge cariyassa antevsike anu-
ssarantassa kucchirogo uppajji, rj vejjehi tikicchpeti, rogo
(c. -e) na vpasammati, tpaso lja: mahrja icchatha me roga-
vupasamanan ti; bhante svha (sac haiii?) sakkuneyyam
idn eva vo phsukam kareyyan t i; mahrja sace me phsn-
karii icchasi (c -sirii) inam antevsiknarii santikam pesehti;
rj sdhu bhante ti macake nipaijpetv Nradaamacca-
pamukhe cattro amacce mama ayyassa pavattim fiatv mayham
ssanam pahineyyth (c. -neyya-) ti uyyojesi, Kappante-
vsiko cariyassa gamanam sutv paccuggantv itare kahan
ti vutte asukatthne kira vasantti ha, te pi cariyassa
gatabhvam sutv tattli 'eva samosaritv cariyassa unhoda-
karii datv phalphalam adamsu, tani khanarii yeva rogo
vpasami, katiphena, (c. -he) suvannavanno (c. -) ahosi,
atha narh Nrado pucchi:
Manussindam jahitvna sabbakmasamiddhinam
kaiban nu bhagav Ksi Kappassa ramati assame ti.
Sdni ramanyni (?), santi rukkh manoram,
subhsitni Kappassa Nrada ramayanti mam.
Slnam odanam bhutv sucirii mamspasecanarii
katharii smkanim vram alon jayanti tarii (?).
Asdurii yadi v sdum apparii v yadi v bahurh
vissattho yattlia bhujeyya visssaparam ras ti.
Satth imarii dhammadesanarii haritv jtakam samo-
 216

dhnento tad rj bhikkhusariighna saddhirh Moggallno

ahosi Nrado Sriputto Kappantevs Anando Kesavatpaso
aham ev ti vatv: evatii mahrja pubbe pandit mrananti-
karii vedanarh patv visssikatthnam gamimsu, mama svak
na tumhkam santike visssaiii lubhanti marae ti ha. Rj bhik-
khusariighena saddhirh may visssarii kturii vaddhatiti kathan nu
kho karissmiti sammsambuddhassa itidhtaraiii (c. -dhram)
marna gehe kturh vaddhati evarii sante dahar casmaner (c.-ne-)
ca sammsambuddhassa tirj ti mama santikam vissatth
nibaddham gamissantti cintetv ekam me dhtaram dent ti
Skiynam santike pesesi, katarasakkassa dlht ti ca atv gac^
cheyyth ti vatv dte npesi, dt gantv Skiyadrikam
ycirhsu, te sannipatitv: pakkhuntariyo (pakkhantaro ?) rj, sace
na dassma vinsessati no, na kho pana amhehi kulena sadiso, kin
nu kho ktabban ti cintayimsu, Mahnmo: mama dsiy
kucchismim j Vsabhakhattiy nma dht rpagga-
ppatt atthi tahi dassma ti vatv dte h a : sdhu ranino
drikam dassm t i , s kassa dht ti, sammsambuddhassa
eullapitu puttassa Mahnmasakkassa dht Vsabhakhattiy
nm ti, te gantv rarimo rcayimsu, rj: yadi evaiii sdhu
sgham netha, khattiy nma bahmay (?) dsdhtaram (c.-si-)
pi pahineyyum, pitar saddhirh ekabhjane bhujantirii neyyth
(c. -atha) ti pesesi, te gantv deva tumhehi saddhirh ekato bhufi-
jantim (c. -ti) rj icchatiti hariisu, Mahnmo sdhu tt ti tani
alarhkrpetv attano bhujanakle pakkospetv tya saddhim
ekato bhunjankrm dassetv dtnam niyydesi, te dya
Svatthinaiigararii gantv tahi pavattirh ranino rocesum, rj
tutthamnaso tahi pacannarii itthisatnarii jetthikarii katv
aggamahesitthne abhisifici, s na cirass eva suvannavannam
puttaiii vijyi, ath assa nmagahanadivase rj attano ayyakya
(c. -kyikya) santikarii pesesi: Sakyarjadht Vsabha
khattiy puttarii vijt, kim assa nmarii karont ti, tam
 217

pana ssanam gahetv gato amaceo thokai badhiradhtuko,

sogantv ramo ayyakya rocesi, s tam sutv: Vsabhakhat-
tiy puttam avijyitvpi sabbai janarh abhibhavi, idni
pana ramo ativiya vallabh bhavissatti ha, badhirmacco
vallabh ti vacanarii dussutam sutv vidtdabho ti sallakkhetv
rjnarh upagantv deva kumrassa Vidtdabho (c. -ho) ti
nmam karoth ti ha, rj pornakam (c. -na-) no kula-
santakarh nmam dhavissatiti cintetv Vidtdabho (c. -ho-) ti
nmam aksi, ath assa daharakle va rj Satthu piyarh karo-
mti senpatithnaih adsi, so kuniraparihrena vaddhanto
sattavassikakle arimesai kumrnarii mtmahakulato (c. -h-)
hatthirtpakaassartpakdni hariyamnni disv mtaram pucchi:
anima amesam mtmahakulato (c. -h-) pannkro hariyati (c.
r
), mayham koci kici na pesti, kin tvarii nimmtpitik ti,
atha narii s tta tava Sakyarjno mtmah, dtve pana
vasanti, tena te na kici pesentti vatv vacesi, solasavassa-
kle amma tava mtmahakularii (c. -ha-) passitukmo nihti vatv
alarii tta kin tattha karissasiti (c. -atti) vriyamno pi punappuna
yci, ath assa mt tena hi gacch ti sampaticehi, so pitu
rocetv mahantena parivrena nikkhami, Vsabhakhattiy
puretaraih pannarii pesesi: aharh idha sukham vasrai, mss
kici smino antaram dassayiriist ti y ci, Skiy Vidtda-
bhassa gamanai atv vanditurii na sakk ti tassa dahara-
tare kumre janapadarii pahinitv (c. -ni-) tasmim Kapila-
purarii sampatte Satthgre sannipatiriisu, kumro tattha
gantv atthsi, atha narii ayam te tta mtmaho ayarti
mtulo ti vadimsu, te sabbe vandamno vicaritv ekam pi
attnam vandantam adisv kin nu kho mam vandit n atthti
pucchi, Skiy kanitthakumr te janapadarh gat ti tassa
mahantaih sakkram karimsu , so katiphaih vasitv mahan
tena parivrena nikkhami, ath ek ds Satthgre tena
nisinnarii phalakarii idarii Vsabhakhattiy dsiy puttassa
 218

nisinnaphalakan ti akkositv khrodakena dhovati, eko puriso

attano vudharh pamussitv nivatto tari ganhanto tarn V i-
dddabhakumrassa (c. -baku-) akkosanasaddaiii sutv tarh
antaram pucchitv Vsabhakhattiydsiy kucchisraim Mah-
nmassa Sakkassa jt ti balakyassa kathesi, Vsabhakhattiy
kira dsdht (c. -si-) ti mahkolhalarh ahosi, tarh sutv: etetva
(c. ettova) mama (c. mam) nisinnaphalakath khrodakena dhovanti,
aharii panarajje patitthitakle etesam galalohitarii gahetv mama
phalakam dhovpessmti cittarh thapesi, tasmirh Svatthirh (c.
-iyarii) gate amacc tam pavattirii rarho (c. rano) rocayimsu, rj
mayharh dsdhtaram (c. -si-) adams ti Skiynam kujjhitv
Vsabhakhattiyya ea puttassa ca dinnarii parihram aechinditv
dsadshi laddhabbamattam eva dpesi, tato katiphaccayena
Satthrjanivesanam gantv nisdi, rj gantv vanditv: bhante
tumhkam kira takehi dsdht (c.-si)mayharh dinn, ten ass-
ham saputtya parihram acchinditvdsadshi laddhabbamattam
eva dpesin ti ha, Satth avuttam mahrja Skiyehi katam,
dadantehi nma samajtik dtabb, assa (?) tam pana mahrja
vadmi: Vsabhakhattiy rjadht khattiyaramo gehe abhise-
kam laddh, Vidudabho pi khattiyarjnam eva paticca jto,
mtigottam nma kim karissati, pitigottam eva pamnam ti
pornakapandit, daliddiy katthahrikya aggamahesitthnam
adariisu, tass kucchismirii hi jtakumro dvdasayojanikya
Brnasiyam rajjarh patv Katthavhanarj nma jto ti
Kati habr ikajtakam kathesi, rj dhammakatham sutv pitu
gottam eva kira pamnan ti tussitv mtputtnam pakati-
parihram eva dpesi. Bandhulasenpatissa pi kho Kusin-
ryam Mallikya dht Mallik nma bhariy dgharattarn na
vijyi, atha nam Bandhulo attano kulagharam eva gacch ti
uyyojesi, s Satthrarii disv gamissmti Jetavanam pavisitv
Tathgatam vanditv thit kaham gacchasti vutt smiko
marii bhante kulaghararh pesetti ha, kiriikran (adde: ti),
 219

varhjh kir asmi (c.-irh) aputtik ti, yadi evarii gamanakiccarh n1

atthi nivattassu ti, s tutthamnas Satthrarh vanditv nive-
sanam gantv kasra nivattasti vutte Dasabalena nivattit
amhiti ha, Bandhulo dittharh bhavissati dghadassin kranan
ti sauipaticchi (c. -itv), s na cirass eva gabbharh patilabhitv
uppannadohal dohaio me uppanno ti rocesi, kirhdohajo
t i, Veslinagare ganarjakulnarii a bb ise amail ga Iap okkii ara-
niyarri otaritv nahtv pnyam (e. -ni-) ptukm amhi smti,
Bandhulo sdh ti vatv sahassatthmarii dhanum gahetv tani
ratharii ropetv Svatthito nikkhamitv ratharii vhento Ma-
hliccbavino dinnadvrena Veslim pvisi. Mahlicchavino ca
dvrasampe eva nivesanam h oti, so ratbassa ummre pati-
ghtasaddam sutv: Bandhulassa rathasaddo, ajja Licchavnarh
bhayaiii uppajjissatti lja, pokkharaniy anto ea bahi ca
rakkli blv, upari lobajlarii patthatam, sakunnam pi
oks n atthi, Bandhnlasenpati pana rath otaritv rakkhike
vettena paharanto palpetv loljajlam chinditv antopokkba-
raniyam bhariyam nabpetv sayam pi nahtv (c. -petv) pana
tari) ratharii (c. -tha) ropetv nagar nikkhamitv gaa-
maggen eva pysi, rakkhik Licehavnaiii rocesuiii, Licchavir-
jno kujjbitv paca rathasatni ruylja Bandhulamallarii ganhis-
sm ti nikkhamirhsu, tarn pavattim Mahlissa rocayimsu, Ma-
hli: m gamittba, so hi vo sabbe ghtessatiti ha, te pi mayar
gamissma ev ti vadiriisu, tena hi cakkassa yva nbhito (c. nh-)
pavitthatthnaiii disv nivatteyytha, tato anivattant purato
asanisaddam viya sunissatha (c. sn-), tamh thn nivatteyytha,
tato anivattant turnhkam rathadhuresu ehiddam passissatha,
tamh thn nivatteyytha (e. ani-), purato mgamitth ti, tetassa
vacanena anivattitv tarii anubandhimsu yeva, Mallik disv
rath (c. -e) parhyantti ha, tena hi ekasseva pariiyanakle
roceyysti, s yad sabbe eko viya hutv parhyiriisu tad
ekam eva rathassarir parimyatti ha, Bandhulo tena hi im
 220

rasmiyo ganhhiti tass (c. -a) rasmiyo datv rathe tirito va

dhanum ropesi, rathaeakkarii yva nbhito pathavim pvisi,
Licehav tarii thnarii disvpi na nivattimsu, itaro thokam
gantv jiyam pothesi (c. sopth-), asanisaddo viyaahosi, te tato pi
na nivattimsu, anubandhant gacchant eva (c. ova), Bandhulo rathe
.thitako va ekam saram khipi, so pacannam rathasatnam
rathasse chiddam katv paca rjasatni parikarabandhatthne
vinivijjhitv pathavim (c. -vi) pvisi, te attano viddhabhvam
ajnitv tittha re tittha re ti vadant anubandhimsu eva, Ban
dhulo ratham thapetv tumhe matak matakehi saddhim
mayham yuddham nma n atthti h a, matak nma amhe
sadis hontiti, tena hi sabbapurimassa parikkhram moceth
ti, te mocayimsu, so muttamatte yeva mariiv patito, atha
te sabbe p i : tumbe evartpam attano gharni gantv sarirvi-
dhtabbam samvidahitv puttadram anussitv sannham
moceth ti ha, te tath katv sabbe pi jvitakkhayam patt,
Bandhulo pi Mallikam Svatthim nesi, s solasakkhattum
yamake putte vijyi, sabbe pi sur thmasampann ahesum,
sabbasippe nipphattirh (c. -pp-) ppunimsu, ekekassa purisasa-
hassaparivro ahosi, pitar saddhim rjanivesanarh gacchantehi
teh eva rjamganam paripuri, ath ekadivasam viniechaye kt-
taddhaparpitamanuss ( ?) Bandhulam gacchantam disv
mahviravam viravant vinicchayaamaccnam kitaddha-
kranai tassa rocesurii, so vinicchayam gantv tani addham
tretv smikam eva smim aksi(1?), mahjano mahsaddena
sdhukram pavattesi, rj kim idan ti pucchitv tam attham
sutv tussitv sabbe pi te amacce hretv Bandhulass eva
vinicchayam niyydesi, so tato patthya samm vinicchinir
te pornakavinicchayik lajam alabhant appalbh hutv
Bandhulo rajjarii patthetti rjakule paribhindiriisu, rj tesam
kathavii gahetv niggaheturir nsakkhi, imasmim idh eva (. -am)
ptiyamne garah uppajjissatti puna cintetv payuttapurisehi.
 221

paceantar paharpetv Bandhulam pakkospetv paccanto

kira kupito tava puttehi saddhir gantv core ganhhiti pa-
hinitv (c. -n i-) etth ev assa dvattirsya puttehi saddhim
ssarii chinditv harath ti tena saddhir are pi samatthe
mahyodhe pesesi, tasmir paceantar gacchante yeva senpati
kira gaechatti payuttakacor palyirsu, so tani padesar
vspetv santhpetv nivatti, ath assa nagarato avidtra-
tthne te yodh saddhir puttehi ssaiii chirdirsu, tar divasar
Mallikya pacahi bhikkhusatehi saddhir dve aggasvak
nimantit. honti, ath ass pubbanhe yeva smikassa te puttehi
saddhir sisar chinnan ti pannar haritv adarsu, s tar
pavattir fiaiv kassaci kici avatv pannar ucchage katv
bhikkhusargham eva parivisi, ath ass (c. -a) pricrikyo
bhikkhnar bhattar datv sappictir harantiyo thernar
purato ctir bhirdirsu, dhammasenpati bhedanar dhammar
bhinnar na cintetabban ti lja, s ucchargato pannar
nharitv dvattirshi puttehi saddhir pitu ssaiii chinnan ti
me imar pannar (c. -nn-) harirsu, ahar imar sutvpi
na cintemi, sappictiyar bhinnya kir cintessmi bhnte ti
ha, dhammasenpati animittamanani fitan ti dni vatv
dhammar desetv utthyasan vihrar agamsi, spi dvattirsa
sunis pakkospetv: tumhkar smik nirapardh attano
purimakammaphalar labhirsu, tumhe m socittha, raro
upari manopadosar m karitth (adde: ti) ovadi, ranino
ca puris tar kathar sutv gantv tsar (c. te-) niddosabhvarii
raro kathayirsu, rj sarvegappatto tass (c. -a) nivesanar
gantv Mallika ca sunisyo c ass (c a) khampetv Mallikya
varar adsi, s gallito me hot ti vatv tasmir gate mataka-
bhattar datv nahtv rjnar upasarkamitv: deva tum-
hehi me varo dinno maylja ca aren attho n atthi dva-
ttirsya ca me sunisnar mama kulagharagamanar (c. -rarga-)
anujnth ti ha, rj sampaticchi, s dvattirsa (c. -ya) sunisyo
 222

yathsakni kulni pesesi, s Kusinrnagararh attano kula-

ghararii agamsi, rjpi Bandhulasenpatino bhgineyyassa
(c. -ne-) Dghakryanassa nma senpatifthnarh adsi, so
pana mtulo me imin mrito ti rariino otararh gavesanto
viearati, rjpi nirapardhassa Bandhulassa mritaklato
patthya vippatisr cittassdarii na labhati, rajjasukharh nnu-
bhoti, tad Satth Sakynam eva Ulumparii nma nigamarh
upanissya viharati, rj tattha gantv rmato avidire khan-
dhvrarii nivsetv mandena paricrena Satthrarh vandis-
smti vihram gantv paca rjakakudabhandni Dgha
kryanassa datv ekako va gandhakutim pvisi, sabbam Dliarn-
macetiyasuttantaniymena veditabbam , tasmiiii gandhakutim
pavitthe Kryano tni rjakakudabandni gahetv Vidtla-
bham (c. -ham) rjnam katv ranino ekam assarh eka ca
upatthnakrikam mtngman nivattetv Svatthim agamsi,
rj Satthr saddhim piyakatham kathetv nikkhanto senam
adisv tam mtugmarii pucchitv pavattim sutv bhgineyyam
(c. -ne-) dya gantv Viddabharii (c. -ham) gahessmti
Rjagaharii gacchanto vikle dvresu pihitesu nagaram patv
ekiss slya nipajjitv vttapakilanto rattibhge tatth eva
klam aksi, vibhtya rattiy deva Kosalanarindo antho
jto siti vilapantiy tass itthiy saddam sutv rariino rocesuvh,
so mtulassa mahantena sakkrena sarrakiccarii kresi, Vid-
dabho pi rajjam labhitv tarii verath sriiv sabbe pi Skiye
mressmti mahatiy senya nikkhami, tarii divasarii Satth
paccsakle lokam volokento ritisarhghassa vinsarii disv
ritisarhgaham kturii vaddhatiti eintetv pubbanhasainaye
pinclya caritv pindaptapatikkanto gandhakutiyarii shaseyyarh
kappe'.v syanhasamaye ksengantv Kapilavatthusmante
ekasmiiii kabaracchye rukkhaunle nisdi, tato Viddabhassa
rajjasmya mahanto sandaechyo nigrodharukkho atthi,
Vidtdabho Satthrarii disv upasariikamitv vanditv bhante
 223

kirhkran (c. -ya) evarupya unhavelya imasmim kabara-

cchye rukkhamtle nisinn attha, etasmim sandacchye nigro-
dhamtle nisdatha bhante ti vatv hotu mahrja taknarii
chy nma stal ti vutte ritaknurakkhanatthya Satth
gato bhavissatti cintetv Satthrarh vanditv nivattitv
Svatthim eva paccgami, Satthapi uppatitv Jetavanam eva
gato, rj Skiynarh dsam sriiv dutiyam pi nikkhamitv
tatth eva Satthrarh passitv puna nivatti, tatiyavre pi nikkha
mitv tatth eva Satthrarh passitv nivatti, catutthavre pana ta-
smirh nikkhante Satth Skiynam pubbakammarh oloketvtesarii
nadiyarh visapakkhepanappakammassa appatibhiyabhvam
atv eatntthavrena agamsi, Vidudabho Skiye ghtessmiti
mahantena balena nikkhami, sammsambuddhassa pana tak
asattugbtaknma, attan marantpi pare (c.-esam)jvit na voro-
penti, te cintayiriisii: mayam sikkhit katahatth katupsa-
n mahissya (?), na kho pana sakk amhehi prm jvit voro-
petinii, attano kain marii dassetv palpessm ti te katasan-
nh nikkhamitv yuddharii rabhirhsu (c. -hi-), tehi khittasar
Vidclabhassa (c. -hassa) purisnarii antarantare gacchanti, phala-
kantarakannaechiddantardhi nikkhamanti, Vidudabho disv: na
nu bhane Skiy asattughtak amh ti vadanti, atha ca pana me
purise nsentti, atha narh eko puriso ha: kirh smi nivattitv
(c. ni-) olokesiti; Skiy rne purise nsentti; tumhkarh koci puriso
mato nma n atthi, iriigha te ganpeth ti; ganpento ekassa pi
khayaiii na passi, so tato nivattitv: ye ye bhane (c.-ne) Skiy
amh ti bhananti sabbe mretha, mtmahassa pana meMahn-
masakkassa santike thitriarii jvitarii deth ti ha, Skiy gahe-
tabbagahanarii (?) apassant ekacce tinarh (c. -n-i dasitv ekacce
nlam gahetv attharhsu, tumhe Skiy no ti pucchi, te pana yasm
te marantpi musvdarii na bhananti tasm tinarh (c. -n-)
dasitv thit no sko tinan ti vadanti, nalarh gahetv thit
no sko nalo ti vadanti, tesu Mahnmassa ca santike jvitarii
 224

labhimsuy tesu tinar (c. -n-) dasitv thit Tinaskiy nma

najar gahetv thit Nalaskiy nma jt, avasese khra-
pyake pi drake avissajjetv ghtpento lohitanadim pavattetv
tesar galaloliitena phalkan dhovpesi, evar Skiyavaiso
Vidtdabhena ucchinno, so Mahnmasakkar nivattetv ptav-
saveiya ptarsam karissmti ekasmirii thne otaritv odane
upante ekato bhujissm ti ayyakar pakkospesi, khattiy
pana jvitarh cajantpi dspnttehi saddhim na bhujanti,
tasm Majinmo ekam saram oloketv kilitthagatto mili
nahyissmi tv ti ha, sdhu ayyaka nahyath ti, so ayam
marii ekato abhujantarii ghtessati sayam eva me matar
seyyo ti kese mucitv agg gathi, tai katv kese pda-
gutthake pavesetv udake nimmujjitassa gunatejena nga-
bhavanar unhkrarii dassesi, ngarj kir mi kho ti upa-
dhrento tassa santikam gantv tar phane nisdpetv
ngabhavanarir pavesesi, so dvdasa vassni tatth eva vasi,
Viddabho mayhai ayyako idni gamissati idni gamis-
sasiti nisditv tasrnirii aticiryante sarai vicinpetv dplo-
kena paresai vatthantarni pi oloketv (adde: tassac?) adisv
gato bhavissatti pakkmi, so rattibhge Aciravatim patv khan-
dhvrar nivsesi, ekacce auto nadiyar vlikpuline nipajjiisu
ekaccebalii thale, auto nipannesu pi pubbe akatappakamm atthi
bahi nipannesu pi pubbe katappakamm, tesu nipannatthne
kipillik utthhiriisu, te mayhai nipannatthne kipillik mayham
pi nipannatthne kipillik ti utthahitv akatappakamm
uttaritv thale nipajjiisu, katappakamm otaritv vlik
puline nipajjiisu, tasmir khane megho utthahitv ghana-
karakavassar vasi, nadiy ogho gantv Yiddabhai (c. -henal
saddhim parisya samuddam eva ppesi, sabbe tattha macclia-
kacchapabhatt aliesui. Mahjano kathai samutthpesi: Ski-
ynar maranai ayuttarii, evai nma koddhetv koddhetv
Skiy mretabb ti ananucchavikam etan t i, Satth tar
 225

katharh sutva: bhikkhave imasmim attabhave kinc&pi Sdkiy&narii

evam maranam ayuttam, pubbe kammavasena puna yuttam
eva etehi laddhan ti ha, kirii pana bhante etq pubbe akarhsu
ti, pubbe ekato (c. -ako) hutv nadiyarii visarh pakkhipimsu t i; pun
ekadivasam dliammasabhdyarh katharh samutthdpesum : Vidu-
dabho ettake Sakiye m^retva dgacchanto attano manoratham
matthakam appatte (? ) eva ettakarii janam adaya samudde mac-
chakacchapabhattam jdto t i, Sattha agantva kaya nu ttha
bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sannisinna ti pucchitvd imaya ndmti
ti vutte: bhikkhave imesam sattanam manoratham matthakam
appatte (?) eva maccurdja (c. -cu-) suttam gdmarh ajjhottharanto
mahogho viya jivitindriyam chinditvd catusu apdyasamuddesu
(e. -dde) nimujj^petiti vatvd imam gdtham dha: Pupphani etc___
Evam kdmagunasamkhahtni pupphdni eva pacinantarir sampatte
v asampatte va kdmagune bydsattamanasarh naram, s u t t a m
g d m a n ti gdmassa gehabhittiddinam supanavasena supanam
n&ma n atthi sattdnam (c. -ttha-) pana sutiapamattatarh upddaya
sutto nama hoti evam suttagamam, dve tini yojanani ayatagambhiro
mahogho v a maccu &d a y a g a c e h a t i , yathd so mahogho
itthipurisagomahisakukkutddisu kifici anavasesetva sabban tarn
gamam samuddarh papetva macchakacchapabhattarh karoti
evam eva byasattamanasarii naram maranamaecu adaya
jivitindriyam (c. jitindr-) assa chinditva catusu apiiyasamuddesp
nimujjdpetiti. . . Vidudabhavatthum.
Cum hoc versu et sequenti cfr v. <_>87 et Mahabh.
1 2 ,6 5 3 4 sqq. 9939 sqq. H e v a i. e. eva anteposito h , itidem
meva, yeva (neva); Clough: Pali Grammar p. u et is.

V. 4-8. Pupphani heva ti imam dhammadesanam

Sattha Sdvatthiyaih viharanto Patipujikam nama drabbha
kathesi. Vatthum tavatimsadevaloke samutthitam, tattha kira
Malabhtiri (c. -i) n&ma devaputto acchar&sahassaparivuto uyydnarh
15
 226

pvisi, pacasat devadhtaro rukkham ruyha pupphni

ptenti, pacasat hi ptitni pupphni gahetv devaputtarh
alamkaronti, tsu ek devadht rukkhaskhya meya eut,
sarram dpasikh yiya nibbyi; Svatthiyam kulagehe patisan-
dhim gahetv jtakle jtissar hutv Mlbhridevaputtassa
(c. -r-) bhariy amhti anussarant (c. -ti) buddhim anvya
gandhamldiptjam katv smikassa santike abhinibbattim
patthesi, solasavassakle parakulam gatpi salkabhattarh
pakkhikabhattam vassvsikni (?) datv ayam me smikassa
santike nibbattanatthya (c. -ttya) saccakro hott ti vadati,
ath ass (c. -a) bhikkht ayam utthya samutthya patim eva
patthetti Patipujik ti* nmarii karimsu, spi nibaddham
sanaslam patijaggati pnyarh upatthapeti sanni pam-
peti, amfe pi manuss salkabhattdni dtukm amma
imni pi bhikkhusamghassa patiydeyysti vatv haritv
denti, spi etena niymena gacchant gacchant ekapadavre
chapparinisakusaladhamme patilabhati. tass kucchiyam gabbho
samutthahi, s dasamsaccayena puttam vijyi, tassa padas
gamanakle amam piti cattro putte pailabhi, s ekadivasam
dn am datv pjam katv dhammam sutv sikkhpadni
rakkhitv divasapariyosne tarn khanarh nibbatten ekena
rogena klam katv attano srnikass1 eva santike nibbatti;
itarpi ettakam klam devaputtarh alamkaronti eva, devaputto
nam disv tani pto va patthya na dissasi kuhim gatsti
ha; cut am hi smti; kim vadesti; evarii etam smti; kuhim
nibbattsti; Svatthiyam kulagehe t i; kittakaiii klarir tattha
thitsti; s: dasamsaccayena mtu kucchito nikkhamitv
solasavassakle parakulam gantv cattro putte vijyitv
dndni puni katv tmbe patthetv gantv tumhkam
eva santike nibbatti mhi smti; manussnam kittakam yun
t i; vassasatamattan t i ; ettakam ev t i ; ma smti; ettakam
yum gahetv nibbattamanuss kin nu kho suttapamatt klam
 227

atinmenti udhu dndni pumni karontti; kim vadetha

smi asariikheyyarii yurii gahetv nibbatt yiya ajarmar
viya niccappamatt manuss ti; Mlbhridevaputtassa ma-
hsariivego udapdi (c. -d): vassasatamattarii yurii gahetv
nibbattamanuss kira pamatt nipajjitv niddyanti, kad mi
kho dukkh muecissantti; amhkam pana vassasatarh tvatirii-
snarh devnarii eko rattindivo, tya rattiy tirhsarattiyo mso,
tena msena dvdasamsiko sriivaccharo, tena sriivaccharena
dibbarii vassasahassarii yuppamnarh, tarii manussagaiia-
nya tisso ca vassakotiyo satthi ca vassasatasahassni,
tasm tassa devaputtassa ekadivaso pi ntikkanto, mulmttasadiso
va kl ahosi, evarii appyuknarii manussnarh pamdo nma
ativiya ayutto t i ; pnna divase bhikkh (c. -u) gmarii pavitth
sanaslarii apatijaggitarn sanni apparimattni pniyarh anupa-
tthpitam (c. -sitaiii) disv kaharii Patipijik ti harhsu, bhante
kaharii tumhe tarn dakkhissatha hiyyo ayyesu (c. -osu) bhu-
jitv gatesu syanhasamaye ma ti sutv puthujjan bhikkh
etiss upakrarii sarant assni fc. -n-) sandhreturii nsak-
khirhsu, khnsavnarh dhammasriivego udapdi, te bhatta-
kiccarh kaiv vihrarii gantv Satthrarb pucehirhsu: bhante
Patiptjik utthya samutthya nnappakrni pumni katv
smikam eva patthesi, s idni mat, kaharii nu kho nibbatt
t i ; attano smikass eva santike bhikkhave ti; n atthi bhante
smikassa santike t i; na s bhikkhave etarh smikarh patthesi,
tvatirhsabhavane tass (c. -a) Mlbhridevaputto nma smiko,
s tassa pupphapilandhanatthnato cavitv pungantv tass eva
santike nibbatt t i; evarii kira bhante (adde: ti ) ; ma bhik
khave ti; aho parittakarii bhante sattnam jvitarii, pto amhe
parivisitv svaiii uppannavydhin nma mat ti; Sath:
ma bhikkhave parittarii sattnam hi jvitam nm a, ten eva
me satte vatthukmehi ceva kilesakmehl ca atitte eva
antako attano (c. -) vase vattetv kandante paridevante
15*
 228

gahetv gacchatiti vatv imin gtham ha: Pupphni etc.

Tattha pupphni heva p a c i n an tan ti pupphrme
mlkro nnpupphni viya attabhvapatibaddhni c eva
upakaranapatibaddhni ca kmagunapupphni ocinantam (c.
ocinnam) eva, b y s a t t a m a n a s a r h n a r a n ti asampattesu
patthanvasena sampatesu setthavasena vividhenkrena satta-
cittarii, at i t t ari i e v a k m e s ti vatthukmakilesakmesu
pariyesanena pi patilbhena pi paribhogena pi nidhnena pi
atittarii eva samnarh, a n t u t e v a s a n ti maranasarii-
khto antako kandantam paridevariitarri gahetv gacchanto attano
vasarii ppetti attho . . . Patipijikya vatthurri.

v. 49. L ocu s :Svatth. Persona: Maccharikosiyasetthi.

... Pupphan ti pupphrme caranto puppha ca
vararan ca gandha ca ahethento avinsento caratiti attho,
p al e t i t i evarri caritv yvadatthaih rasara pivitv aparara pi
madhukaranatthya dya yeti, so evarii vanagahanarii ajjhoga-
hetv ekasmirii rukkhasusire ta rajavissakarii (?) rasarh thapetv
anupubbena madhukarasam madhurii karoti, na nassa pupphrme
caritapaccay, puppham v vannagandharii vssa vigacchatti,
atha kho sabbarri pakatikam eva hoti, evam gme mu
c a r e ti evarii sekhsekhabhedo (c. -de) angriyamuni kulara
patiptiy gme bhikkharii ganhanto vicaratiti attho, na hi
tassa gme caranapaccay, kulnarh saddhhni v bhogahni
v saddhpi bhogapi pkatik va honti, eva caritv pana
nikkhamitv sekhamuni tva bahigme udakaphsukatthne
sarhghtiih pariipetv nisinno akkhamaharii janavanapaticch-
danaputtamamspamavasena (?) paccavekkhanto pindaptarh
paribhujitv tathrupam vanasandarii anupavisitv ajjhattika-
kammatthnarh sammasanto cattro magge cattri ca phalni
hatthagatn eva karoti, asekhamuni pana ditthadhamme su-
 229

khavihram anuyunjati, ayam assa bhamarena saddhim madhu-

karanasarikkhat veditabb, idha pana khnsavo veditabbo . . .
Gogerly (Knighton p. ts) : As the bee collects nectar
and departs without injuring the beauty or the odour o f the
flowers, so the sage sojourns among men; he views their
ways, and learns wisdom from their folly.

v* 5 L ocu s: Svatth. Persona: Ptikjviko.

Tattha n a p a r e s a r i i v i 1 o m n iti paresam vilomni
pharusni mamariimacchedakavacanni (?) na manasiktabbni,
na p a r e s a m k a t k a t a n ti: asuko upsako assaddho appa-
sanno, npi (c. ndi) ssa gehe katacchubhikkhdni dyanti na
salkabhattdni, na cvardipaccayadnarh etassa atthi, tath:
asuk upsik assaddh appasann, npi ss (c.-a ) gehe
katacchubhikkhdni dyanti na salkabhattdni, na cvardi-
paccayadnam etiss atthi, tath: asuko bhikkhu assaddho
appasanno, na pi upajjhyavattarh karoti na cariyavattam
na gantukavattam na gamikavattarh na cetivanganavattam
na uposathgravattam na bhojanasljantgharavattni, npi
ssa kinci dhtangam (c. dhu-) atthi, na bhvanrmatya
usshamattam piti evam paresam katkatam pana na oloke-
tabbain, attano va avekkheyy ti katham hutassame
(? ) rattiriidiv vtipatantti pabbajitena abhinham paccavek-
khitabban ti imam ovdam anussaranto saddhpabbajito kula-
putto kin nu kho ahaiii aniccam dukkham anant (anattam ?)
ti tilakkhanam ropetv^ yoge kamuiam ktum sakkhim na
sakkhin ti evam attano katkatni olokeyy t i . . .
V a forma apocopata est particular eva.
Gogerly: Be not anxious to discover the faults o f others,
but jealously watch your own.

N
 230

v. 51-5. L ocus : Svatth. Persona : Chattapniu-

psako.
A g a n d h a k a n ti gandharahitam plibhaddakagirikanni-
kjayasumandibhedam, ev a rii subhsit vc nma
Tepitakam Buddhavacanarii vannasanthnasampannarii agan-
dhapupphasadisarh, yath pana agandhakapuppharh yo narh
dhreti tassa sarre gandharh na pharati evarii etam pi yo
narii sakkaccarh savandhi na samcarati tassa sakkaccarh
asamcarantassa yaiii tattha kattabbam tahi akubbato suta-
gandham (c. sg-) cgagandharh (c. vhaccam) patipattigan-
dhan ca na vahati aphal b o t i s a g a n d h a k a n t i cam-
pakanluppalapupphdibhedam,. . . s a k u b b a t o y o sakkaccarii
(c. -cca) savandni tattha kattabbam karoti (c. addit: so)
assa puggalassa saphal b oti, sutagandhacgagandhapatipatti-
gandhnarh vahanato (e. -hanto) mahapphal hoti mahni-
sariis ti attho . . .
S u b h s i t v c non opus esse videtur cum commen-
tatore de Buddhse dietis interpretari. S a k u b b a t o sine dubio
pro sakkubbato (cfr. nt. ad v. is), gnit, parti, prses. act.
a sakkar (sanscr. satkr), constanter, assidue (sakkaccam) agere.
De metr cfr. nt. ad v. 7- 8.

v , 5H . Yathpi puppharsimh ti imm dhammadesanarii

Satth Svatthirii (c. -iyarh) upanissya (c. -ss) Pnbbrme viha-
ranto Viskham upsikam rabbha kathesi; s kira ngaratthe
Bhaddiyanangare Mendakasetthiputtassa Dhananjayasetthino
aggamahesiy Sumanya deviy kucchismirii nibbatti, tass satta-
vassikakle Satth Selabrhmandnarii bodhaneyyabandhavnam
upanissayasampatirii disv mahbhikkhusariighaparivro crikan
caramno tani nangararii ppuni, tasmiii ca samaye Mendako
gahapati tasmirii nangare pancannam mahpumnnam jetthako
hutv setthitthnam karoti; panca mahpuriin nma Mendako
 231

setth (c. -i) ca nma, Padum ass eva jetthakabhariy,

tass eva jethakaputto Dhanajayo nma, tassa bhariy
Suman nma, Mendakasetthissa dso Punno nm ti; na
kevala ca Mendakasetth (c. -i) eva, Bimbisraramo pana
vijite paca amitabhog nma ahesum: Jotiyo Jatilo Mendako
Punnako Kkavaliyo ti, tesu ayam Mendakasetth (c. -i) Dasa-
balassa attano nagaram sampattabhvam atv puttassa
Dhanajayasetthino dhtaram Viskhaiii drikam pakkospetv
h a: amma tuyham pi magalam amhkam pi magalam, tava
parivrehi pacahi driksatehi saddhim paca rathasatni
rnyba pacahi dssatehi (c. -sis-) parivut Dasabalassa paccug-
gamanam karohti, s sdht ti patisunitv tath aksi, krank-
ranesu pana kusalatt yvatik ynassa bhmi (-?) ynena gantv
yn paccorobitv pattik va Satthrarii upasamkamitv vanditv
ekamantarh atthsi, ath ass eariyya vasena Satth dharnmam
desesi, s desanvasne pacahi driksatehi saddhim sot-
pattiphale patitthahi, Mendakasetth (c. -i) pi kho Satthram
upasamkamitv dhammakatham sutv sotpattiphale patitthya
svtanya nimantetv puna divase antonivesane pantena
khdanyena bhojaniyena Buddhapamukhar bhikkhusamgham
parivisitv eten eva upyena addhamsarii mahdnam adsi,
Satth Bhaddiyanagare yathbhirantam viharitv pakkmi.
Tena kho pana samayena Bimbisro ca Pasenadikosalo ca
amammam bhaginpatik (c. ini
) honti; ath ekadivasam
Kosalarj cintesi: Bimbisrassa vijite paca amitabhog
vasanti, mayharh vijite eko pi tdiso n atthi, yan niinham
Bimbisrassa santikam gantv ekam mahpuiham yceyyan ti,
so tattha gantv ram katapatisanthrena (c. -tthre) kimkran
gatosti puttho: tumhkam vijite paca amitabhog mahpum
vasanti, tato ekam gahetvgamissmiti gato mhti, tesu me ekam
deth ti ha; mahkulni amhehi cletuiii na sakk ti ha;
aharh aladdh na gamissmti ha; rj amaccehi saddhirii
 232

mantetv: Jotidnam mahkulnam clanaiii nma pathaviy

clanasadi srii (c. -larhsa-), Mendakamahsetthissa putt Dha-
nanjavasetth (c. -i) nma atthi, tena saddhim mantetv va pativa-
canam te dassm ti vatv tani pakkospetv: tta Kosalarj
Dhanajayasetthim gahetv va gamissmti vadati, tvarh tena
saddhirii gacch t i; tumhesu pahinanesu gamissmi dev t i ; tena
hi parivaccharh katv gaccha tt t i; so attano kattabbayuttam
aksi, rjpi ssa mahantam sakkram katv imam dya gac-
chath ti Pasenadirjnam uyyojesi, so tani dya Svatthim
ekarattivsena gacchanto ekam phsukatthnam patv nivsam
ganlii, atha nam Dhanajayasetth (c. -i) pucchi: idam kassa vijitan
(c. jivitan) ti; mayharii setthti; kva dure ito Svatthti; satta-
yojanamatthake t i; antonagaram sambdham, amhkam pari-
jano mahanto, sace rocetha (c. -otha) idh eva vaseyyma
dev t i; rj sdh ti sampaticchitv tasmiin thne nagaram
mpetv tassa datv agamsi, tasmim padese syam vasana-
tthnassa gahitatt nagarassa Sketan t eva nmarii ahosi.
Svatthiyarii pi kho Migrasettbino putt Punnavaddhana-
kumro nma vayappatto ahosi, atha nam mtpitaro vadimsu:
tta tava ruccanatfhne ekam drikaiii upadbrebti; rnayham
evarpya java (?) kiecarii n atthti; putta ma evam kari, kulam
nma aputtakarii na titthatti; so punappuna vuccamno tena hi
pacakalynasamanngatam drikam iabhamno tumhkam va-
canam karissmti lja; knipan eni paca kalynni nma tt
ti; kesakalynam mamsakalynam atthikalynam chavikalynam
vayakalynan ti: mahpumya hi itthiykes morakaipasadis
hutv muicitv vissath nivsanantarii paharitv nivattitv
uddhagg titthanti, idaiii kesakalynam nma ; dantvaranam
bimbaphalasadisam vannasampannam samaiii suphassitam hoti,
idam mamsakalynarh nma; dant sukk samavivar uss-
petv thapitavajirapamti viya samacchinnarii sriikhapattam viya
v sobhanti, idarii atthikalynarh nma h oti; kliyvarmak-
 233

dhi avilitto eva chavivanno siniddho nluppaladmasadiso boti

odtya (odo ?) kanikrapupphadmasadiso ti, idam chavi-
kalynarii nma; dasakkhatturii yijtpi kho pana sakirii vijt
viya avihatayobban heva hoti, idarii vayakalynarh nma b oti;
ath' assa mtpitaro atthuttarasatabrhmane (c. -tariibr-) niman-
tetv bhojetv paricakalynasamanngat itthiyo nma hontti
pucchiriisu; ma hontti; tena hi evarparh drikam pariyesitum
attha jan gacchantd ti, bahum dhanam datv gatakle vo
kattabbam jnissma, gacchatha evarupam dvikam pariyesatha
ditthakle ea imam pilandheyyth ti satasaijassagghanikam
suvaimamlam datv uyyojesum, te mahantamahantni nagarni
(c. -ni) gantv pariyesamn va pacakalynadhammasamann-
gatarii drikam adisv nivattitv gacchant vivatanakkhattadi-
vase Sketam anuppatt ajja amhkam kammam (c. -a) nippajjis-
satti (c. nipa-) eintayimsu, tasmirii kiranagare anusamvaecharam
vivatanakkhattam nma hoti, tad bahi anikkhamakulni pi pari-
vrena saddhim geh nikkhamitv apaticchannena sarrena padas
va nadtram gacchanti, tasmirii divase khattiyamahsldnarh
puttpi samnajtikarii manpam kuladrikarii disv mlgulena
parikkhipissm ti tam tarii maggarii nissya titthanti, te pi
brhman nadftre ekarii slam pavisitv ahariisu, tasmirii
khane Viskh pannarasasolasavassuddesik (c. -udes-) hutv
sabbbharanapatimandit pacahi knmriksatehi parivut
nadirii gantv nahyissmti tam padesarh patt, atha kho
megho utthahitv pvassi, paricasat kumrikyo vegengat
gantv slarii pavisimsu, brhman olokent (c. -ta) tsu ekam
pi pacakalynasamanngatarii na passirhsu, Viskh pakati-
gamanen eva slarii pvisi, vatthbharanni temirhsu, brh
man tass cattri kalynni disv dante passitukm: alasa-
jtik amhkam dht, etiss smiko kaiijikamattam pi labhissati
marim ti arimamarimarii kathayirhsu, atha ne Viskh ha: kirii
vadetha tumhe t i; tam kametha (kathema ?) amm t i ; madhuro
 234

kira tass saddo karsatlasaro viya niccharatb; atka ne puna

madhurasaddena kirkran katheth ti pu cchi; tava pariv-
ritthiyo vatthlarkre atemetv vegena slain pavitth, tuyhar
ettakarii thnar vegena gamanamattam pi n atthi, vatth-
bharane temetv gatsti tasra kathem ti; tt (c. -a) evarii m
detha (vadetha ?), abar ethi balavatar, kranam pana sallak-
khetv javengat amhti; kim amm ti; tt (c .-a) cattro jan
(c. jan) javamn (c. -na) na sobhanti, apaiam pi kranam atthi;
katame cattro jan na sobhanti amm t i ; tt abhisitto rj tva
sabbbharanapatimanclito kacchar bandhitv rjagane java-
mno (c. ehavamno) na sobhati: kim ayarh mahrj gaha-
patiko viya dhvatiti amadatthum garaham labhati, sanikam
gacchanto va sobhati, ramo magalahatth pi alarnkato java-
mno (c. chava-) na sobhati (c. -iti), vrauallhya gacchanto
va sobhati, pabbajito javamno (c. -no) na sobhati: kim ayam
samano gih viya dhvatiti kevalaiii garaham eva labhati,
8

samitagamane pana sobhati, itthi javamn (c. -no) na sobhati:

kim es itthi puriso viya dhvatiti garahitabb va hoti, ime
cattro javamn na sobhanti; katamarii pana tarn aparam
(c. -r) kranar amm t i; tt mtpitaro nma dhtarar
agapaccagni santhpetv posenti, mayar hi vikkniya-
bhandar (c. vikki-) nma, amhe parakular pesanatthya posenti,
sace javamnnar daskanne v bhmiyar v pakkhalitv
patitakle hattho v pdo v bhijjeyya kulass eva bhr bhavey-
ym a, pasdhanabhandakar pana temetv sukkhissati, imar
kranar sallakkhetv na dhvit amhi (c. -vitantiyamhi) tt ti
(c. h i); brhman tass katlmr kathanakle dantasampattir disv
evarup no sampatti na ditthapubb ti tass sdhukrar datv
amma tuyham eva s anucchavik hotti (c. tti) vatv tar suvan-
namlam pilandhayirsu, atha ne pucchi: kataranagarato gat
attha tt t i; Svatthito amm t i; setthikular katarar nm t i;
Migrasetth (c. -i) nma amm t i; ayyaputto konmo t i;
 235

Punnavaddhanakumro (c. punna-) amm i ; s samnajtikam

no kulan ti adhivsetv pitu ssanam pahini: amhkam ratham
pesent ti; kicpi hi s gainanakle padas gat, mlya
pana pilandhanaklato patthya tath gantum na labhanti,
issaradrik rathdhi gacchanti, itar pakatiynakam v
abhiruhanti (c. -rh-) chattarii (c. -tt) v tlapannarii upari
karonti, tasmim asati nivatthastakassa dassanam ukkhipitv
arhse khipanti eva, tass pana pit paca rathasatni (c. rata-)
pesesi, 's saparivr ratham rnyba gat, brhmanpi ekato va
gamirhsu, atba ne (c. nam) setth (c. -i) pucchi: kuto gat atth
ti; Svatthito mahsetthiti; seh c. -i) kataro nm ti;
Migrasetth (c. -i) nm a; putt konmo ti; Punnavaddhana-
kumro nma; dhanam kittakarii dhanan ti; cattlsa kotiyo
mahsetthiti; dhanarii tva amhkam dhanarii updya (c. upp-)
kkanikatthnyam, drikya pana rakkhamattya addhak-
lato patthya kim amena kraijen ti (c. pi) adhivsesi, so tesam
sakkram katv ekadvharii vaspetv uyyojesi, te Svatthim
gantv Migrasetthissa laddh (e. -am) no drik ti roeayimsu,
kassa dht (c.-tar) ti, Dhanajayasetthino ti (c. pi), s o : mahku-
lassa drik laddh, khippam ^ nam neturiTi vaddhatti tattha
gamanatthaii! ramo rocesi, rj: mahkulam etarii rnay Bim-
bisrassa santik netv Skete (c. -tee) vsitarii (c. vas-), tassa
sammnam kturh vaddhatti aham pi gamissmiti ha, so sdhu
dev ti vatv Dhanafijayasethino ssanam pesesi: mayi gac-
chante rjpi gamissati, mahantam rjabalam, ettakassa janassa
kattabbayuttakam kturii sakkhissasi (c. -ati) na sakkhissasiti,
itaro: sace (c. same) pi dasa rjno gacchanti gacchant ti patis-
sanam pesesi, Migrasetth (c. -i) tva mahante nagare geha-
gopakamattam thapetv sesajanarii dya gantv addhayojana-
matte thne thatv gat amh ti ssanam pahini, Dhanaja-
yasetth (c. -i) bahum pannkraiii (c. pann-) pesetv dhtar
(e. -rya) saddhirii mantesi: amma sasuro kira te Kosalara
 236

sad dilim gao (c. -te ), tassa katarageharii patijaggitabbam

ramno kataram uparjdnarii katarnti, panclit setthidht
cchiraggitikkhann (jraggatikhinann ?) kappasatasahassarii
patthitapatthan abhinhrasampann sasurassa me asukam
geharri patijaggatha ramno asukam uparjdnarii asuknti
sriividahitv dsakammakare pakkospetv: ettak ramno
kattabbakiccarh karotha ettak uparjdnarii, hatthiassdayo
pi tumhe eva patijaggatha assabandhdayo pi, gantv mangala-
cchanarh anubhavissantti sarhvidahi, kimkran: mayam
Viskhya mangalatthnarii gantv na kinci labhimha, assarak-
khandni karont (c. -to) vicarimh ti keci (c. koci) vatturh
m labhirhst ti, tani divasam eva Viskhya pit pancasate
suvaimakre pakkospetv: dhtu me mahlatpasdhanam nma
karoth (adde: ti) rattasvannanikkhasahassarh (c. -nntini-) tada-
nurpni ca rajatamatiimuttpavlavajirdni dpesi, rj katip-
harii vasitv va Dhanarijayasetthissa ssanarii pahiai: na sakk
setthin amhkarh bharanam (c. har-) posanarii kturri, drikya
gamanaklarh jntu ti, so pi rariino ssanarii pesesi: idni
vassaklo gato, tena sakk ctumsarh vicaritum, tumhkam
balakyassa yarii sabbarh tarn mama bhro, may pesitakle
devo gamissatiti, tato patthya Sketanagaram niccanakkhattam
viya ahosi, rjnain dirhkatv sabbesarii mlgandhavatthdni
patyattn eva honti, ten eva (c. e) jan cintayiriisu: setth
(c. -i) amhkarh eva sakkram karotti, evam tayo ms atikkant,
pasdhanarh pana na tva nitthitarh (c. titthti), kammantdhi-
tthhik gantv setthino rocesum: ariinarh asattaih (? ) nma
n atthi, balakyassa pana bhattapacanadrni na-ppahontti;
gacchatha t, imasmirh nangare parijinnahatthasldayo c eva
jinnakni cagehni gahetv paeath ti; evarh paeataknam (pacan-
tnam?) pi addhamso atikkanto, tato puna pi drtni n atthti
rocayirhsu; imasmirh kle na sakk drtni laddhurn, dussakotth-
grni vivaritv thtlastakehi vaddhiyo katv telactsu (c. -isu)
temetv bhattam paeath ti; te addhamsarii tath akaiiisu,
evam cattro ms atikkant, pasdhanam pi nitthitam, asutta-
mayam pasdhanam rajatena suttakiccam karimsu, tarn sise
patimukkam pdapithim gaechati, tasmim thne muddik
yojetv kat suvannamay bhandik honti rajatamay psak,
matthakamajjhe ek mudik dvsu kaimapitthsu (c. -asu) dve gala-
vtake ek dvsu jannsu (c. -ntusu) dve dvsu kapparesu dve dvsu
katipassesu dve ti, tasmim kho pana pasdbane ekarii moram
karimsu, tassadakkhinapasse rakkhasesa (?) rattasuvannamayni
paca sattasatni ahesum vmapasse paea sattasatni, tundam
pavlamayarii akkhni manimayni tath gv ca pijni ca
pattanliyo rajatamay (c. paja-) tath (c. ta) jamgh, so Yis-
khya matthakamajjhe pabbatakte (c.- tamk-) thatv naccanta-
mayro (c. -cata-) viya khyatti, pattanlisahassassa saddo
dibbasagtapacagikaturiyaghoso viya ca pavattati, santikam
upagat yeva tassa (c. -) amorabhvam jnanti, pasdhanam
navakotiagghanakam ahosi, satasahassarii hatthakammamle
dyittha, kissa pana nissandena ty etam pasdhanam laddhan
(c. landan) ti: s kira Kassapabuddhakle vsatiy bhikkhusa-
hassnam cvarastakarii datv sutiam pi stciyo pi rajanam
pi attano santakam eva adsi, tassa cvaradnassa nissandena
imam pasdhanam labhi, itthnam hi cvaradnam mahlat-
pasdhanabhancena matthakarii pappoti purisnam iddhimaya-
pattacvaren ti, evam mahsetth (c. -i) cathi (c. -tu-) insehi
dhtu parivaccham katv tass deyyadhammam dadamno kali-
panaprni paea sakaasatni adsi, suvannabhjanaprni
paca sakatasatni rajatabhjanaptrni paca tambabhjana-
ptrni paca patthakoseyyavatthaprni paca sakatasatni
sappiprni paca nylitaudulaprni (?) paca nagalaphldi-
upakaranapurni paca sakatasatni, evam kir assa ahosi: mama
dhtya gatatthne asukena nma me attho ti m parassa
gehadvram pahiniti (c. -nti) tass sabbpakaranni dpesi,
 238

ekekasmir rathe sabblarkrapatimandit (c. -raratim-) tisso

tisso vannadsiyo thapetv paca rathasatni adsi, etarh nali-
pentiyo bhojentiyo alarkarontiyo vicarath ti diyacldhasahass
parierik adsi, ath assa etad ah osi: mama dhto gvo dassmti
so purise npesi: gaeehatha bhane clavajassa dvrar vivaritv
tsu gvutesu tisso bheriyo gahetv titthatha, puthulato usa-
bhamattatthne ubhosu passesu titthatha, gvnarh tato prm
gantur m daditth (c. datitth) ti, evar thitakle bherisarar
kareyyth ti, tath akarsu, te gvnam yajato nikkhamitv gvu-
tam gatakle bherisamam akamsu, puna addhayojanam gatakle
akamsu, puua tigvutarh gatakle, puthulato gamanau ca
nivresum, evam dghato tigvute puthulato usabhamatte thne
gviyo amamamam nisasantiyo atthamsu (c. -asu), mahsetth
(c. -i) mama dhtu ettik gvo alaria dvram pidahath ti
vajadvram pidahpesi, tasmim pihite Viskhya pumfiaphalena
balavagvo ea dhenuyo (e. ~uvo) ca uppatitv nikkhamimsu, man-
ussnam vrentnarh vrentnam eva satthisahass balavagvo
satthisahass ca dhenuyo nikkhant, tattha balavavacch pacch
tsarn dhennarii usabh ahesurh, kassa nissandena evarh
gvo gat ti: nivrentnam ni vrentnam dinnadnassa, s
kira Kassapasammsambuddhakle Kikissa ramo sattannam
dhtnam kanitth (c. -a) Sarhghads nma hutv vsatiy
bhikkhusahassnam paficagorasadnam dadamn daharna
ca smanerna (c. -ne-) ca hattham pidahitv alam alan
ti vrentnam pi idara madhuram idam manpan (c. mn-)
ti adsi, evam tassa nissandena t vriyamnpi gvo nik-
khamimsu, setthin ettakassa dhanassa dinnable setthibhariy
h a: tumhehi mayham dhtu bhandar sarvidahitar, veyy-
vaccakar (c. -kap) pana dsadsiyo na sarvidahit, kir-
kran ti, mama dhtari sasnehanisnehnar jnanatthar,
ahar hi tya saddhir gacchamn kehivyhagetv to (-?)
pahinmi, ynar ruyha gamanakle evar pana etya saddhir
 239

gantukm gacchantu m gacchantu km (-?) ti vakkhmti,

atha sve mama dht gamissatti gabbhe nisinno dhtaram
sampe nisdpetv: amma patikule yasantiy nma imm
imn ca cram sikkhitum vaddhatti ovdam adsi, ayam pi
Migrasetth (c. -i) anantaragabbhe nisinno pana Dhanajayaset-
thino ovdam assosi, so pi setth (c. -i) dhtaram evam ovadi:
amma sasurakule vasantiy nma antoaggi bahi na nharitabbo,
bahiaggi anto na pavesetabbo, dadantass eva dtabbam, adadam-
tassa na dtabbarn, dadamtasspi adadarntassa pi dtabbam,
sukham nisditabbarh, sukham bhujitabbam, sukharh nipajji-
tabbam, aggi paricaritabbo, antodevatpi namassitabb ti,
idam dasavidham ovdam datv puna divase sabb seniyo
sanniptetv rjasenya majjhe attha kutumbike ptibhoge
gahetv sace me gatatthne dhtu doso uppajjati tumhehi
sodhetabbo ti vatv navakotiagghanakena (c. -nak-) mahlat-
pasdhanena dhtaram pasdhetv nahnacunnamlakam catu-
pannsakotidhanam datv ynam ropetv Sketassa samant
attano santakesu anurdhapuramantakesu cuddasasu bhatg-
mesu naca ppesi (-? ): mama dhtar (c. -rena) saddhim
gantukm gacchantt ti, te Saddam sutv va amhkam ayyya
gamanakle kim amhkam idh ti cuddasa gm (c. -me) kici
asesetv nikkhamimsu, Dhanajayaseth (c. -i) pi ramo ca Mig-
rasetthino ca sakkram katv thokam anugantv tehi saddhim
dhtaram uyyojesi, Migrasetth (c. -i) sabbapacchato ynake
nisditv gacchanto balakyam disv ke nu (c. n) te ti pucchi,
sunisya vo veyyvaccakar dsds (c. -si-) ti, ettake
posessati (c. pe-) pothetv ne palpetha apalyante ito karoth
ti, Viskh pana: apetha m vretha blm eva balssa
bhattam dassatti ha, setth (c. -i) evam vutte pi amma n atthi
amhkam eteh attho ete (adde: ) posessatti leddudanddhi
pothpetv (c. p-) paltvasesake alam amhkam ettakehti
gahetv pysi, atha Viskh Svatthinagaradvram (c.-ramdv-)
 240

pattakle cintesi: paticchannaynasmirh (c. -nn-) nu kho

nisditv pavismi udhu rathe thatv t i, ath ass etad
abhibho (): paticchannaynena me pavisantiy mahlatpas-
dhanassa viseso na parhnyissatti s sakalanangarassa attnam
dassent fe. -i) rathe thatv nagararii pvisi, Svatthivsino
Viskhya sampattirh disv: es kira Viskh nma, evartp
ayarh sampatti etiss va anueehavik ti harhsu , iti s ma-
hsampattiy setthino geharh pvisi, gatadivasavass sakala-
nagaravsino: amhkarh Bhanafijayasetth (c. -i) attano nagaram
sampattnam mahsakkram aksti yathsattirii yathbalarh
pannkram pahinimsu, Viskh paljitam pahitarh pannk-
ram tasmini yeva nagare amnamamnesu kulesu sabbatthakam
eva dpesi, itthi (?) s idarn mayham mtu detha idam pitn idam
bhtu idam bhaginiy ti tesarii tesam vaynurpam piyavacanam
vatv pannkram pesent (c. -i) sakalanangaravsino ntike viya
aksi, ath ass rattibhgasamanantare jamfavalavya gab-
bhavutthnam ahosi, sadshi dandadpake gahpetv tattha
gantv valavam unhodakena nahpetv telena makkhpetv
attano vasanatthnam eva agamsi, Migrasetth (c. -i)
puttassa vhamangalam karonto Dhuravihre vasantesu (c. -te)
pi Tathgataiii amanasikatv dgharattam naggasamanakesu
patitthitena pemena vodiyamno mayham ayynam pi sakkram
karissmti ekadivasarh anekasatesu navabhjanesu nirudaka-
pysam pacpetv pancasate acelake nimantpetv attano
geharii pavesetv gacehatu me sunis arahante vandat
(e. -nt) ti Viskhya ssanam pahini, s arahanto ti vaca-
narii sutv sotpann ariyasvik hatthatutth hutv tesarii
bhojanatthnam gantv te oloketv evarip hirottappavajjit
arahant nma na honti kasm marii sasuro pakkospesti
setthirii garahitv attano vasanatthnam eva gat, acelak
nairi disv sabbe ekappahren eva setthirii garahirrisu: kirii
tvarh gahapati arrinarii na lattha, samanassa Gotamassa svi-
 241

kam mahklakannirh idha pavesesi, vegeim tarn iniasm geh

nikaddhpehti, so na sakk maya imesar vacanamatten (c.-tec)
eva nikaddhpetur mahkulassa dh ti cintetv ayy dahar
nma jnitv v ajnitv v kareyyur tumhe tunh hoth ti te
uyyojetv mahrahe sane nisditv suvaimaptiyar appoda-
karii madhupysar paribhufijati, tasmir samaye eko pin-
dacrikathero pindya earanto tar nivesanar pvisi, Yiskh
sasuram (c. ya~) vjamn (c. -n) thit, tani disv sasurassa
cikkhitur na yuttan ti yath so therarii passati evar
apagantv atthsi, so pana hl therarii disvpi apassanto viya
hutvadhomukho bhnjat (c. -jit) eva, Yiskh therarii disvpi me
sasuro sarnar na karotiti (c. -osti) fiaiv: atiechatha bhante
mayhar sasuro purnar khdatti ha, so niganthehi kathitakle
adhivsetvpi nisinno purnar khdatti vuttakkhane yeva hat-
thar apanetv (c. p-): imam pysarii ito haratha, evar (etarii ?)
imasm geh nikkaddhatha, ayarn kho mam evarpam mamgala-
kle asueikhdakarii nma karotiti (c.-osti) ha, tasmii kho pana
nivesane sabbe va dsakammakar Viskhsantak va, nar
hatthe v pd v ganhissati, mukhena katheturh samattho pi
n atthi, Yiskh sasurassa katharii sutv ha: tta na ettaken
eva mayarii nikkhamma, nham tumhehi udakatitthato kum-
bhads (c. -i) viya nt, dhar amn akamtp ituman i dhtaro
nma ettaken eva na nikkhammanti, eten eva me kranena
(c. -n evana) pit idhgamanakle attha kutumbike pakkospetv
saee me dhtu doso uppajjati sodheyyth (c. -ath) ti vatv
mam tesarii hatthe hapesi, te pakkospetv mayhar dosdo-
satii sodhpeh ti, setth (c. -i) es kalynar kathetti attha
kutumbike pakkospetv: ayam drik mamgalakle nisditv
suvannaptiyar nirudakapysar (c. nini-) paribhufijantar (c.
-tir) marii asueikhdako ti vadatti ha, imiss dosar ro-
petv imar ito nikkaddhath ti; evar kira amrn ti; nhar
evar vadmi, ekasmir pana pindaptathere ghradvre thite
16
 242

sasuro (c. -r) me appodakaiii madhupysar paribhuianto

na manasikaroti , ahar mayhar sasuro imasmir attabhve
purnam na karoti purnam (e. -na, c. addit: puameme) kh-
datiti cintetv: aticchatha bhante mayhar sasuro purnam
khdatti avacar, etta me (c.addit: ) doso ti; n atthi, am-
hkar dht yuttar katheti, tahi kasm kujjhasti; ayyo esa
tva doso m hotu, ayar (c. aya) pana ekadivasar majjhi-
maym dsdsaparivut (c. dsi-) pacchgehar agamsiti;
evar kira amm t i; tt (c. -a) nhar arena kranena gat,
imasmir pana gehe ajneyyavalavya vijtya saram pi akatv
nisditur nma ayuttan ti dandadpik ghpetv dshi (c. ilii)
saddhirh gantv valavya vijtaparihram krpesin (c. -sen)
t i; ayya amhkarii dht (c. dhi
) tava gehe dshi pi akattabba-
kammam karoti, tvarii ettha kim dsam passasti; ayyo idhapi
tva (c. tava) doso m hotu (c. tu), imass pana pit idhga-
manakle imam ovadanto gulahapaticchanne (glha- t) dasa ovde
adsi, tesarh attham na jnmi, tesar me atthar kathetu (-etha ?),
miss (im- ?) pana pit antoaggi bahi na nharitabbo (c. -vit-) ti
ha, sakk nu kho amhehi ubhato pativissakagehnar aggir
adatva vasitun t i; evar kira amm t i; tt (c. -a) mayhar pit
na ete sandhya kathesi, idar pana sandhya kathesi: anima
sassusasurasmiknar agunar disv bahitasmir (bhirasmir ?)
gehe thatv m kathesi, evarpo (c. -e) hi aggi nma n atthti;
ayyo etar tva evar hotu, imiss pana pit bhirato aggi na
auto pavesetabbo (c. -so-) ti h a, kirii sakk amhehi anto-
aggimhi nibbute bhirato aggir anharitun ti; evar kira
amm t i ; tt mayhar pit na etar sandhya kathesi, idar
pana sandhya kathesi: sace pi pativissakagehesu (c. -kargeh-)
itthiyo v puris (c. -o) v sasurasmiknam agunar kathenti
tehi kathitar haritv asuko nma tumhkar evar eva ca
agunar kathetiti puna m katheyysi, etena hi aggin sadiso
aggi nma n atthti; evar imasmim pi (c, mi) krane s (e. y) ni(i-
 243

dos va ahosi, yath ca ettha evar sesesu pi, tesu pana ayar
adhippyo: yam pi hi tass pitar ye dadanti tesam yeva d-
tabban ti vnttar ycitar upakaranar gahetv ye patidenti
tesar yeva dtabban ti sandhya vuttar, ye na dentiti idam pi
ye ycikkar (ycitar?) gahetv na patidenti tesar na dtabban ti
sandhya (c. nan-) vuttar, dadantasspi adadantasspi dtabban
ti idar pana daliddesu timittesu sampattesu te patidtur
sakkontu v m v dtum eva vaddhatti sandhya vuttar,
sukhar nisditabban ti idam pi sassusasurasmike disv uttha-
tabbatthne nisditur na vaddhatti sandhya vuttar, sukhar
bhujitabban ti idar pana sassusasurasmikehi puretarar
abhujitv te parivisitv sabbe (-esar?) pi laddhladdhar atv
pacch sayarh bhujitur vaddhatti sandhya vuttar. sukhar
nipajjitabban (c. nipaj-) ti idam pi sassusasurasmikehi pure
tarar sayanar ruyha na nipajjitabbar (c. nipaj-) tesar
kattabbayuttakar vattapatjvattar katv pacch sayar nipajji-
tur yuttan ti idar sandhya vuttar, aggi paricaritabbo ti idar
pana sassum pi sasuram pi smikam pi aggikkhandhar viya
uragarjnam viya ca katv passitur vaddhatti sandhya
vuttar, antodevat namassitabb ti idar sassu ca sasura
ca smika ca devatar viya katv datthur vaddhatti san
dhya vuttar, evar setth (c. -i) imesar dasaovdnar atthar
sutv pativacanar apassanto adhomukho nisdi, atha nar ku-
timbik: kir setthi anio (c. ae) pi amhkar dhtu doso atthti
pucchirsu, n atthi ayy ti, atha kasm nar niddosar akra-
nena geh nikkaddhpesti, evar vutte Viskh ha: tt kicapi
mayhar sasurassa vacane (vacanena?) pathamam eva gamanar
na yuttar, pit pana me gamanakle mama dosdosar sodha-
natthya mam tumhkar hatthe thapesi, tumhehi ca me nid-
dosabhvo (c. -gvo) to, idni ca mayhar gantur snkhan ti
dsdse (e. -si-) yndni sajjpeth ti npesi (c. n-); atha
nar setth (c. -i) te kutimbike gahetv anima may ajnitv
16 *
 244

kathitarh khamhi me ti h a ; tta tumhkam khamitabbarii

(c. -a) tya khammi, aharii pana Buddhassane aveccappa-
sannassa(?) kulassa dlit, na mayam vin bhikkhusamghena
vattma, sace mama ruciy bhikkhusariigham patijaggitum
labhmi vasissmti; amma tvarii yathruciy tava samane
patijagg ti ha ; Viskh Dasabalam nimantpetv puna di-
vase nivesanam pavesesi (c. pavi-), naggasamanpi (c.- -n-)
Satthu Migrasettbino gehagamanabhvam sutv gantv geham
parivretv nisdirhsu (c. sid
), Viskh dakkhinodakarii datv:
sabbo sakkro patiydito, sasuro me gantv Dasabalam pari-
visat ti ssanam pesesi, atha gantuimam (-tukmam ?) jvik
m kho tvaiii gahapati samanassa Gotamassa santikaih gaech
ti nivresum, so sunh me sayam eva pativisat (pari- ?) ti pa-
hini, s Buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham parivisitv nitthite
bhattakicce puna ssanam pesesi: sasuro me gantv dhamma-
katham sunhti (-t ti ?), atha nam idni angamanam (c. n-)
nma ativiya ayuttanti dhammam sotukmatya gacchantam puna
te hamsu: tena hi samanassa (c. -na-) Gotamassa dhammam
sunanto bahisniyam nisditv sunhti puretaram ev assa gantv
snim parikkhipimsu, so gantv bahisniyam nisdi, Satth:
tvarii bahisniy v nisda (c. -i) parakudde v prasele v,
paracakkavle pana nisda, aham Buddho nma sakkomi tam
mama saddam svetun ti mahjambukkhandhe gahetv calanto
viya amatavassam vassanto (c. vasa-) viya ca dhammam dese-
tum anupubbikatharii rabhi. Sammsambuddhe ca pana
dhammam desente purato hitpi pacchato pi cakkavlasatam
cakkavlasahassam atikkamitv thipi akanitthabhavane hitpi
Satth mam eva oioketi mayham eva dhammam desetti
vadanti, Satth mam eva (?) olokento viya tena tena saddhim
sallapanto viya ca hoti, candtpam kira buddh, yath cando
gaganamajjhe tinto (c. -e) mayham upari cando ti sabbasatt-
narii (c. -ttnanam) khyati evarii katthaci (c. -vi) thitnam
 245

abhimukhe thit viya khyanti, idarii kira nesarii alariikatassam

chinditv achita (?) akkhni (c. -ni) uppetv hadayamariisarh
ubbattetv (c. uddhatetv) parassa dsatthya Jlisadise putte
Kanhdinsadis dhtaro Maddsadis pajpatiyo (adde: hitv?)
dinnadnassa phalarh (c. pal-). Migrasetth pi kho Tathgatassa
desanarii vinivattento bahisniyarh nisinno va sahassanayapati-
mandite sotpattiphalepatitthya acalasaddhya saraanngato tsu
saranesu nikkharhkho hutv snikam ukkhipitv gantv sunhya
thanarh gahetv tvarii rae ajja patthya rat ti tani mti-
tttane thapesi, spi tato patthya Migramt nma jt, pac-
chbhge puttam labhitvpi Migro ti ssa nrnam aksi, ma-
hsetth (c. -i) sunisya thanarii yissajjetv gantv Bhagavato
pdesu patitv pd pnhi (e. -ihi) ca parisambhanto mu-
khena ca paricumbanto Migro ham marii (? ) bhante ti ti-
kkhatturii nmarri sviv: aharii bhante ettakarri klaiii etta
nma dinnarh mahapphalan ti na jnmi, idni me sunisarh
nissya ntarii, sabbaapyadukkh mntto m h i, sunis me
imarii geharii gacchant atthya hitya gat ti vatv imm
gtham ha:
So ham ajja pajnmi yattha dinnarh mahapphalarh,
atthya vata me bhadd sunis gharam gat ti,
Viskh puna divase satthya pi Satthrarh nimantesi, ath assa
puna divase pi sassu sotpattiphalam patv (patt?) tato
patthya tarii geham ssanassa vivatadvrarh ahosi, tato setth
(c .-iN
cintesi: bahtpakr me sunis, passantkram (patink-?)
ass karissmi, etiss hi gariyarii (c. bha-)pasdhanarii niccaklarh
pasdhetnrii na sakk, sallahukam ass div ca ratto ca sabbiriy-
pathesu (c. samb-) pasdhanayoggam pasdhanarii kressmiti
sahassagghanakam (c. -na-) ghanamatthakarh nma pasdha
narii kriv tasmirii nithite Buddhapamukharii bhikkhu-
sarhgharii (c. -a) nimantetv sakkaccarii bhojetv Viskharh
solasahi gandhodakaghatehi nahpetv Satthu sammukhe tha-
 246

petv pasdhetv Satthram vannapesi (?), Satth anumodanaiii

katv viliram eva gato, Viskhpi tato patthya dndni
purhni karont Satthu santik atiba var labhitv gaganatale
candalekh (c. -del-) viya pamiiyamn puttadhthi vuddhim
ppuni, tass kira dasa putt dasa dhtaro (c. -r) ahesum,
tesu (c. te) ekekassa dasa dasa putt ca dhtaro ca ahesui,
tesu tesu ekekassa dasa dasa putt ca dhtaro c ti evam
ass puttanattasattnani vasena pavattni vsdhikni cattri
stni atlha ca pnasahassni ahesum, sayarii vsavii vassasa-
tam atthsi, sise ekam pi phalitam nma nahosi, niccarh
solasavassuddesik viya ahosi, tarn puttanattaparivrarii vih-
rarii gaccliantirii (c. -ti) disv katam etta Viskh ti pati-
pucchitro honti, ye gacchantim passanti idni thokarir gaccliatu
gacchamn va no ayy sobhatti cintenti, ye thitam nisinnarii
nipannam passanti idni tliokaiii nipajjatu nipann va no ayy
sobhatti cintenti, iti catusu iriypathesu asukairiypathe (c. -esu)
nma na sobhatti na vattabb ahosi, paficannaiii kho pana
hatthnam thmaiii dhreti, rj Viskh kira pacannaiii hatth-
nam thmarii dhretti sutv vihram gantv dhammarii sutv
gamanavelya thmam vmamsitukmo hatthirii vissajjpesi,
sondar (c. soddheni) so (c. s) ukkhipitv Viskham abhi-
mukho agam si, tass parivritthiyo pancasat ekacc pa-
lyiisu ekacc naiii parissajitv kim idan ti vutte rj kira
te ayothmarii vmanisitukmo hatthini vissajjpesti (c. -esi)
vadinisu, Viskh imani disv kirii palyitena kathan nu kho
nam ganhissmti cintetv sace nam dajhai ganhissmi vi-
nseyyti dvhiamgulhi sondyarh gahetvpatipanmehi (-esi?),
hatth (c. -i)samdhreturh (c. yani-) santhtui nsakkhi, rjamgane
ukkutiko hutv nipati, mahjano sdhukram adsi, ssaparivr
sotthin gehani agamsi. Tena kho pana samayena Svatthiyaiii
Viskh Migramtbahuputthoti (c. honti) bahunatt arogaputt
aroganatt (c. r-) abhimanigalasammat, tvatakesu puttanatta-
 247

sahassesu eko pi antar maranarii patto nma nlisi, Svatthi-

ysino maihgalesu chanesu (c. ja-) Viskham pathamarii niman-
tetv bhojenti, ath ekasmirii ss avdi vas mahjane mandita-
pasdhtte dhammasavanya vihrarii gacchante Viskhpi ni-
mantitatthne bhunjitv mahlatpasdhanarii pasdhetv(e.-de-)
mahjanena saddhirii vihrarii gantv bharanni muncitv dsiy
adsi, yarn sandhya vuttam: Tena kho pana samayena S-
vatthiyam ussavo b o ti, manuss alamkatapatiyatt rrnam
gacchanti, Viskhpi Migramt alavhkatapatiyatt vihram
gacchati, atha kho Viskh Migramt bharanni muncitv
uttarsarhge bhandikam bandhitv dsiy adsi: hancche (?)
imm bhandikam ganhhti, s kira vihram gacchanti: eva-
rtparii mahggharii pasdhanahi sse patimukkam yva pda-
pitthim alamkaranakarii (c. -na-) alamkaritv vihram pavi-
siturir ayuttan ti tani muncitv bhandikam katv attano attano
puihhen eva nib.battya pancahatthithmadharya dsiy hatthe
adsi, s eva ganhitum sakkoti, tena narii ha: amma imm
pasdhanam ganha, Sathu santik nivattakle pasdhessmi
nan t i , tam pana datv ghanamatthapasdhanam pasdhetv
Satthram upasamkamitv dhammarii assosi, dhammasavan-
vasne (c. -nvane) -Bhagavantarii vanditv utthya pakkmi,
spi ss ds tani pasdhanam pammutth, dhammarii sutv
pana pakkantya parisya sace kiici pammuttharii (c. -) hoti
tarh Anandathero (c. -e) patismeti, iti so taiii divasarh mahlat-
pasdhanam disv Satthu rocesi: bhante Viskh pasdhanarii
pamussitv gat ti, ekamantarii thapehi Anand ti, thero uk-
khipitv sopnapasse laggetv thapesi. Viskhpi Suppiyya
saddhirii gantukagamikagilndnaiii kattabbayuttakam jniss-
mti antovihre vicari, t pana upsikyo antovihre disv sappi-
madhuteldhi hatthik pakatiy va dahar ca smaner ca
thlakdni (c. -na) gahetv upasaiiikamanti, tasmim pi divase
tath eva kaririisu, ath ekarii gilnarh bhikkhurii disv Suppiy
ken attho ayyassa ti puechitvd paticchddaniyen^ ti vutte: hotu
ayyo pesessd,miti dutiyadivase kappiyarh alabhanti (c. -ti) attano
urumamsena kattabbakiccarh katv puna Satthari pas^dena
pakatikasarir^ va ahosi. Vis^kh^ giMne ca dahare ca oloketv^
amnena v^rena nikkhamitvd, viharapac^re thitd,: amma pasii-
dhanarh hara pasadhess^miti aha, tasmirh khane sa d^si pa-
mussitva nikkhantabh^vam natvd, ayye pammutth arhhiti aha,
tena hi gantv^ ganhitva ehi, sace pana mayharh ayyena Ananda-
therena ukkhipitvd, amnasmim tMne thapitam hoti ^hareyyasi,
ayyass eva tam mayd pariccattan ti, j^nati kira sa: kulama-
nussd,narii pammutthabhandakarh thero patis^meti, tasmd evam
ha, thero pi tain d^sirh disva kimattharh gatasiti pucchitva
ayydya me pasadhanarh pammussitva gat amhrti vutte: etasmirh
yeva (c. sema) sopanapasse thapitarh, gaecha nam ganha ti aha,
ayya tumhdkarii hatthena amatthabhandakam mayham ayyaya
an^haraniyarii katan ti vatva tucchahatth^ va gantva kirn amma
ti Yisakhdya puttha tam attharh rocesi, amma nahaiii mama
ayyena amatth ab handakarii piiandhissiimi, pariccattarh mayd,
ayyanam pana patijaggitum dukkham, tam vissajjitv^ kappiyarh
bhandam upanessami, gaccha tarn aharahiti, sa gantva ahari,
Visakha tarn apilariidhitva va kammare pakkos^petv^ agghd-
pesi, nava kotiyo agghati kar^panikarii pana satasahassan ti
vutte pasadhanarh yne thapetv^ tena hi tarn vikkinatha (c. -in-)
ti ha, tattakam dhanarh datva ganhiturh na koci sakkhissati, tail
ea pasdhanarh pasdheurh anuechavik itthi n k a dullabh,
pathavimandalasmim (e. -das-) hi tisso (c. tasse) va itthiyo m aM -
latpasdhanam labhiriisu: V ^ k l ^ mahupsik (c. -k l^) Bandhu-
lamallasenpatissa bhariy Maliik Brnasiset.thino (c. -sis-) dht
ti, tasma (c. tass) Viskh sayam eva tassa mu lam datv satasa-
hassdhika navakotiyo sakate ropet\A viMram netv Satthd-
rariv vanditva : bhante mayham ayyena Anandatherena mama
pasdhanarh hatthena mattham, tena matthaklato pattl^ya
 249

na sakk tam may pilandhituiii, tam (c. patarii) pana vissajjev

kappiyarhupanessmti vikknpesirii(c. -inpe) tanti, amamgan-
hitum samatham adisv aham ev assa mlam ghpetv gat,
catusu paccayesu katarapaccayena upanemi bhante ti, pcna-
dvre (c. -ci-) saihghassavasanatthnam ktum yuttan te Viskhe
ti, yuttam bhante ti Viskh tutthamnas navakothi bhmim
eva ganhi, aparhi navakothi vihrarh rabhi, ath ekadivasaih
Satth paccsasamaye lokam olokento devalok eavitvBhaddiya-
nagare setthikule nibbattassa Bhaddiyassa nma setthiputtassa
upanissayasampattim disv Anthapindikassa gehe bhattakiccam
katv uttaradvrbhimukho ahosi , pakatiypi Sattb Yis-
khya gebe bhikkham ganhitv dakkhinadvrena nikkhamitv
Jetavane vasati, Anthapindikassa gehe bhikkbarii gahetv
pcnadvvena (c. -ci-) nikkhamitv Pubbrme vasati, uttara-
dvram sandhyya gacchantam eva Bhagavantam disv cri-
kaiii pakkamissatti jnanti, Viskhapi tam divasam uttara
dvrbhimukho gato ti sutv va vegena gantv vatitv(?) ha:
crikam gantukm attha bhante t i; ama Viskhe t i; bhante
ettakam dhanam paticcajitv tumhkam vihram kremi, ni-
vatatha (c. -vatth-) bhante ti; anivattigamanam idarir Viskhe t i;
s addii hetusampannarii (c. -na) kici (c. ka-) passati Bhagav
ti cintetv: tena (c. -n) hi (c. ha) bhante mayham katkatavij-
nanakam (c. -tamvijt-) ekarii bhikkhurii nivattetv gacehath ti,
rocesi (yassa roc-?) tassa pattarii ganha(c. -i) Viskhe ti, skicpi
Anandatheram piyyati, Mahmoggallnathero iddhim, etam me
nissya kammar lahum nippajjissatti pana cintetv therassa
pattam ganhi, thero Satthrarii olokesi, Sattb tava parivre paca-
sate bhikkht gahetv nivatta Moggalln ti ha, so tath aksi,
tassnubhvena pamsa satthi ojanni pi rukkhatthya ca ps-
natthya ca gat mahantamahante rukkhe ca psne (e. -ne) ca ga
hetv tam divasam eva gacchanti, n eva sakate rukkhe psne
ca ropent kilamanti na akkho bhajati, na cirass eva dvebh-
 250

makai psdam kaririisu, hetthbhtmiy pafica gabbhasatni,

uparibhmiyarii gabbhasahassapatimandito psdo ahosi. Satth
navahi msehi crikam caritv puna Svatthirh agamsi, Vis-
khya pi pasd kammarii navahi msehi nitthitarii, psdaktam
(c. -d-)ghanakottimarattasuvannen eva (?) saddhiiii udaka-
ghataganhanakam kresi, Satth Jetavanavihram gacchatti ca
sutv paecuggamanam katv Satthram attano vihram netv
patirhnam ganhi: bhante (c. bhante) imm catumsarh bhikkhu-
samgharii gahetv idh eva vasatha, psdam ahaiii kariss-
m ti, Satth adhivsesi, tato patthva Buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusamghassa vihre eva dnam deti, ath ass ek sah-
yik sahassagghanikam (c. -ni) ekam vattharii dya gantv:
sahyike ahaiii imarii vattham tava psde bhummattharana-
samkhepena attharitukm, attharanatthnam me cikkh ti
ha, sahyike sace ty-ham okso natthti vakkhmi tvaiii
me oksaih ad tlt m ti marhnis asi (c. mafia-), sayam eva
psdassa dve bhmiyo gabbhasahassan ca oloketv atthara
natthnam jnhti, s sahassagghanakarii (c. -na-) vattham ga
hetv tattlia vicarant (c. -im) tato appataramlam vattham adisv
nham imasniin) psde puriinabhgam labhmti domanassa-
ppatt ekasmiih thne rodant atthsi, atha nahi Anandathero
disv kasm rodasiti pucchi, s tani attham rocesi, thero m
cintayi ahan te attharanatthnarii eikkhissmti vatv: sop-
napdadhovanantare pdapuhjanam katv attharhi, bhikkh
pd dhovitv pathamarii ettha pucchitv anto pavisissanti,
evan te mahapphalam bhavissatti ha, Viskhya kira tani
asallakkhitatthnarii, Yiskh cattro ms antovihre Buddha-
pamukhassa sariighassa dnaiii adsi, osnadivase bhikkhu-
sariighassa cvarastake adsi, sariighanavakena laddhacvaras-
tak (c. -aiii) sahassam agghiriisu, sabbesarii pattni pretv
bhesajjarii adsi, dnapariccgena nava kotiyo agamams (c. -sn)
ti vihrassa bhiimgahane nava (c. ne-) kotiyo vihrakrpane
 251

nava vihramahe nav ti sabbpi sattavsati kotiyo s Buddha-

ssane pariccaji, itthattabhve thatv micchditthikassa gehe
vasamn (-nya?) evarpo pariccgo (c. -ge) nma amiss
n! atthi, s vihrassa (c.-ramassa) nitfhitadivase vaddhamna-
kacchyya (c. -yaya) puttanattaparivut yait may pubbe
patthitarii sabbam me matthakarh pattan ti psdam anuparigac-
chant (c.-i) pacahi gtbhi madhurasarena udnam udnesi:
Kadham psdam rammam suddh mattikalepanaih
vihradnarh dassmi, samkappo mayha piirito.
Kadhain macaptha6 ca bhisibimbohanni (?) ea
sensanabhandam dassamc, samkappo mayha prito.
Kadham salkabhattarh sucim mariispasecanami!
bhojanadnam dassmi, samkappo mayha prito.
Kadham ksikam vattham khopakappsiknie ca
cvaradnam dassmi, samkappo mayha prito.
Kadham sappinavantam (?) madhutela ca phnitam^
bhesajjadnam dassmi, sariikappo mayha prito ti.
Bhikkh tass saddarii sutv Satthu rocayirhsu: bhante amhehi
ettake addhne Viskhya gyitam. nma na dithapubbai (c. -),
s ajja puttanattaparivut gyamn psdam anupariyti,
kin nu mee (?) ass pittarh (c. -a) kupitam udhu ummattik
jt t i, Satth na (c. ni) bhikkhave mayharii dht gyati
attano pan ass ajjhsayo pariputmo s patthitapatthan me
matthakam patt ti tutthamnas udnam udnent (c. -i)
vicaratiti vatv kad pana bhante tya patthan patthit ti
sunissatha bhikkhave ti sunissma bhante ti vutte attam hari:
Bhikkhave ito satasahassakappamatthake Padumuttaro nma
buddho lolce nibbatti, tassa vassasatasahassani yu ahosi, kh-
nsavnam satasahassarii parivro, nagararh j-|amsavat nma,
pit Sunando nma rj, mt Sjt nma dev, tassa aggu-
<* suddham ? cod. pith-. c cod. dass. cod. -sev-.
, khoma-? / cod. phn-.
 252

patthyik ek upsik attha vare (c. v-) yeitv mtitthne

thatv Satthram cathi (c. -uhi) paccayehi patijaggati, syap-
taiii upatthnam gacchati, tass ek sahyik tya saddhirii
nibaddham vihrarii gacchati, s tass Satthr saddhirh
visssena kathana ca vallabhabhva ca disv kin nu kho
katv evarii buddhnam vallabh hontti cintetv Satthram
pucchi: bhante es itthi tumhkarii kim hotiti; upatthyi-
knarii agg ti; bhante kirii katv dyiknarii (c. day-)
agg hontti; kappasatasahassarh (c. -ss) patthanarh patthetv
ti; idni patthetv laddhum sakk bhante ti; ma sakk ti;
tena hi bhante bhikkhusatasahassena saddhirii sattharii may-
ham bhikkham ganhath ti ha; Satth adhivsesi, sattham
dnam datv osnadivase cvarastake datv Satthrai van-
ditv pdamtle nipajjitv: bhante naharn imassa dnassa pha-
lena devissariydnam (c. -ssir-) amnatararii patthemi, tumhdi-
sassa pan ekassa buddhassa santike attha vare labhitv m
titthne thatv cathi paccayehi patijaggitum samatthnam
agg bhaveyyan ti patthanam patthesi, Satth samijjhissati nu
kho imiss patthan ti angatarii vajjento kappasatasahassarh
oloketv: kappasatasahassapariyosne Goamo nma buddho
uppajjissati, tad tvam Yiskh nma upsik hutv tassa
santike attha vare labhitv mtitthne thatv cathi (c. -uhi)
paccayehi patijaggantnarii upatthyiknam agg bhavissasti
ha, tass ssain pi seva va laddhabb viya ahosi (-? ), s
yvatyukam (c. -utni) purharii katv tato cut devaloke nib-
battitv devamanussesu samsarant (c. -i) Kassapasammsam-
buddhakle Kikissa Ksiramo sattannam dhtnam kanitth
Samghads (c. -i) nma hutv parakulam gantv thi bha-
ginhi saddhirii dgharattarh dndni purhni katv Kassapa-
sammsambuddhassa pdamle p i : an ga te tumhdisassa bud
dhassa mtitthne thatv catupaccayadyiknarh agg bhaveyyan
ti patthanarii aksi, tato patthya pana devamanussesu srii-
 253

sarant imasmirh attabhve Mendakasetthiputtassa Dhanajaya-

setthino clht hutv nibbatt mayham ssane bahni (c. -ti)
pun bn i aksi, iti kho bhikkhave na mayham dht gyatti,
patthanya pana nipphattim disv udnam udnetti vatv
Satth dhammam desento: bhikkhave yath nma cheko m-
lkro (c. -la-) nnpupphnam mahantam rsim patv nnappa-
kre mlgune karoti karoti evam evarh Viskh (c. -ya) nna-
ppakrni kusalni kturii cittarii namatti vatv imam gtham
ha: Yathpi puppharsimh etc. Tattha puppharsigahanam
bahupupphadassanattharh, sace hi appni pupphni honti
mlkro ca cheko n eva bahumlgune ktum sakkoti, acheko
pana appesu pi bahusu pi pupphesu na sakkoti yeva, bahsu
pana pupphesu santesu cheko mlkro dakkho kusalo bahu
mlgune karoti, evam evarii sace ekaccassa saddh mand
bhog ca bah samvijjanti n eva sakkoti bahni kusalni
kturii mandya, ca pana saddhya mandesu ca panabhogesu
ulrya ca pana saddhya mandesu ca bhogesu na sakkoti
yeva ulrya pana saddhya ulresu ca bhogesu (c. add. sati)
sakkoti.. . Viskhya vatthurii.
Mlgune sic codd. B et C. A m lam gime , ex qua
lectione mlgune fortasse emendandum est, anusvra ex
orto, comment, tamen passim: mlkro. B a h scripsi cum
contra omnes cdices (ut etiam: thlarii v. si), quum sit
discrimen inter longam et brevem u vocalern in mscriptis sfepe
tam exiguum, ut vix appareat.
v . 5 4 -5 5 . Locus: Svatth. Persona: Anandatthero.
. . . C an dan an ti candanagandho, t a g a r a m a I l i k v
ti imesam pi gandho eva adhippeto (c. -te), sragandhnavh ag
gassa hi lohiacandanasspi tagaramallikya pi anuvtam eva
yti no pativtam; s a t a ca g a n d h o ti sappurisnam pana
buddhapaccekabuddhasvaknarh slagandho pativtam eti, kirii-
kran: s a b b d i s s a p p u r i s o p a v t i yasm sappuriso
 254

slagandhena sabb dis ajjhottharitv gacchati tasm tassa

gandho pativtam etti vattabbo, tena vuttam pativtam etti;
v a s s i k t i jtasuman, e te san ti iraesam candandnam gan-
dhajtnam gandho slavantnam sappurisnam slagandho anut-
taro asadiso appatibhgo ti . . .
Comnaentator alterum hemistichium v. 55, ni fallor, ita
intelligit: honim odoratorum odor (et) virtute prseditorum,
proborum virorum virtutis odor valde praestans est. Tali vero
interpretatione versui obtruditur sensus, qui per anticipationem
ex sequenti petitus climacem evertit.

V. 56, Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Mahkassapatthero.

Tattha appamatto ti parivattapamno (parittapa-
mno?); yo ca s i a v a ta n ti yo pana slavantnam sla
gandho so tagare viya lohitacandane viya ea parittako na
hoti ativiya ulro vipphriko, ten eva kranena v t i d e v e s u
uttamo pavaro sejtho hutv devesu ca manussesu ca sab-
batthakam eva vti ottharanto gacchatti. , .
A p p a m a t t o h. 1. modicus, sanscr. alpamtro. Y yam
(yo ayam) cfr. appassut yaiii v. 15 , prseterea: dukkhnupatit
addhag v. 302, y assa v. se. T a g a r c n dan nomina-
tivus adjeetivi in in desinentis.

V. 5 7 . Tesam sampannaslnan ti imm dhammadesa-

nam Satth Rjagaham nissya Veluvane viharanto Godhika-
therassa parinibbnam rabbha kathesi; so hi yasm Isigili-
passe Klasilyarii viharanto appamatto tp (c. -i) pahitatto
samdhikarii cetovimuttim phusitv ekassa nusayikassa ro-
gassa vasena tato parihyi, so dutiyam pi tatiyam pi chak-
khattum jhnarii nibbattetv parihno sattame vre uppdetv
cintesi: aham chakkhattum jhn parihno, parihnajhnassa
kho pana aniyat gti, idn eva sattharii harissmti kesolo-
 255

panasatthakam gahetv galanlim (c. -i) chinditum macake

nipajji, Mro tassa cittam atv: ayarii bhikkhu sattham haritu-
kmo, harant kho pana jvite nirapekkh honti, te vipassa-
narii patthapetv arahattarh ppunanti, sac harh etam vres-
smi na me vacanarh karissatti Satthr narii vressmti
amfitakavesena Satthram upasamkamitv evam lja:
Mahvra mahpaa iddhiy yasas jala
sabbaverabhaytta6 pd vandmi cakkhuma.
Svako te mahvra maranam maranbhibhc
kariikhatid khetayat tarn nisetthajutindhara
Kaphariifiahi ( - ? ) Bhagav tuyharii svako ssane rato
appattamnaso sekho klam kayir janesabh ti;
tasmim khane therena sattharii haritam (c. -apit-) boti; Satth
Mro ayan ti viditv imam gtham ha:
Evam hi dlir kubbanti, nvakamkhanti jvitm,
samlam tanljam abbuyha Godhiko parinibbuto.
Atha Bhagav sambahulehi bhikkhihi saddhim therassa sattham
haritv nipannatthnam agamsi, tasmirii khane Mro p-
pim kattha nu kho imassa patisandhivimnam patitthitan
ti dhmarsi viya timirapujo viya ca hutv sabbadissu
therassa vimnam samannesati (c. -nte-), Bhagav tam dh-
matimirabhvarii bhikkhnam dassetv: eso kho bhikkhave
Mro ppim Godhikassa kulaputtassa vimnam samannesati
(c. -nte-) kattha Godhikassa kulaputtassa vimnam patitthitan
ti, appatitthitena ca bhikkhave vimnena Godhiko kulaputto
parinibbuto ti lia, Mro pi tassa vimnatthnam datthum
asakkonto kumravann hutv beluvapanduvnam (c. -nam) dya
Satthram upasariikamitv pucchi: uddharii adho tiriyarii dis
anudis sv-harii anvesam n -higacchmi, Godhiko so kuhirh
gato ti, atha nam Satth ha:

cod.-jalam. 6 cod.-fam. c cod.-bhum. d cod.-khamati.

 256

dhro dhitisampanno jhy jhnarato sad

ahorattam anuyujar jvitam anikmayar
Jitv Namucino0 sear angantv punabbhavar
samlar tanhar abbuyha Godhiko parinibbnto ti,
evar vutte Mro ppim Bhagavantam gthya ajjhabhsi:
Tassa sokaparetassa vnkacch0 abbissatha,
tato so dummano yakkho tatth ev" antaradhyath ti,
Satthpi: kin te ppima Godhikassa kulaputtassa nibbattatth-
nena, tassa hi nibbattatthnar tumhdisnam satam pi sa-
hassam pi datthum na sakkotti vatv imam gtham ha: Te
sampannaslnam etc.. . . Sammadariivimuttnan ti
hetun nayena kranena jnitv . . . gatamaggam na vindati na
patilabhati na passatti. . . Godhikatherassa pavinibbnavatthum.
S a m m a d a - cum d inserto, cfr. not, ad v. :u et 47.

Locus: Jeta vanar. Persona: Garahadinno.

Tattha s a m k r a d h n a s m i n (c. sarkhr-) ti kaca-
vararsimhti attho; . . . s a r k r a b h u t e s u ti sarkram (c,
sarkhr-) iva bhtesu; p u t h u j j a n e ti puthnar kilesnarh
jnanato evar laddhanmo (c, -me) lokiyamahjano; idar
vuttar h oti: yath mahpathe ehacldite sarkradhnasmir
asucije gucchapatikkule (c. -la) pi sucigandhar padumar j -
yetha tar rjamahmattdnar manoramar piyar manpar
upari matthake patitthitraha c eva bhaveyya evam eva
sarkrabhutesu pi puthujjanesu jto nippaassa mahjanassa
acakkhukassa antare nibbatto pi attano parbalena kmesu
dnavar nekkhamme ca nisarsarii disv nikkhamitv pa-
bbajito pabbajjmattena pi tato uttarir slasamdhipamvi-
muttinadassanni rdhetvpi sammsambuddhasvako kh-
nsavo bhikkhu (c. -uno) andhabhte puthujjane atikkamitv
rocati sobhatti...
cod.jhyi. 6 cod. namcunino. c cod. vina-.
 f

257

In v. 59 vertendo commentarium sequutus sum; at prsestat

fortasse, verbis andhabhute puthujjane locativis singul. habitis,
atirocati sensu intransitivo intelligere, ita ut vertamus: sic in
stercori simili occoecato vulgo excellit intelligentid Buddhse
auditor. Sdvako cfr. vv. 15. 187. 195. 29c. P u t h u j j a n o
sanscr. prthagjano, cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 290. Abhidhdnapp.
ed. Clough p. 142 v. 7. (p. 56 v. 28.)
Gogerly: As the lily, growing from a heap of manure
accidentally cast upon the highway, delights the soul with
the delicacy of its fragrance, so the wise, the disciples of
the all-perfect Buddha, shine amongst the foolish, and are
grateful to the gods.

W. CIO* Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Pasenadikosalo.

. . . B d l d n a n ti idhalokaparalokattharii ajdnantanarii bdld-
narii, sariisaravaddhassa pariyantam kdturii asakkontdnarii, yam
sattatirhsabodhapakkhikabhedarh saddhammam natvd sariisdrassa
antarh karonti tarn saddhammam avijdnatarii (c. -nitarii) sarii-
sdro digho nama, so hi attano dhammatdya eva digho ndma. . .
bdldnarh pana pariyantam katurii asakkontdnarii atidigho cd t i ...
$ a hi s 4 r 0 revolutio animse in novas existentias , sarii-
sard varife existendi formse, in quas animee revolvuntur (sarii-
saranti); cfr. vv. 95. 153. 414. Manu 12, 39. Mahdbh. 12,7131
etc. Sariisdras opponitur Nibbdno.

V. ! L ocus : Savatthi. Persona : Mahakassapattherassa

saddhivihariko.
...Seyyarn s a d i s am a t t a n o ti attano silasamadhi-
pannagunehi adhikataram vd sadisarii vd na labheyya c eva;
e k a c a r i y a n ti etesu hi seyyarii labhamdno silddihi vaddhati
sadisarii labhamdno na parihdyati.. . e k a c a r i y a r h dal hari i
17
 258

k a y i r ekbhvam eva thirarii katv sabbairiypathesu eko va

vihareyya, kimkran: n atthi ble sahyat nma
ctlaslarh majjhimaslarii mahslarii dasa kathvatthuni terasa
dhttagagun (c. dhutagagune) vipassannam (c. -ngunam)
cattro magg cattri phalni tieso vijj cha abhim ayam
sahyatguno (c. -kgune) blm nissya n atthiti. . .
S e y y a m s a d i s a m a t t a n o meliorem, sui similem, i. e.
sibi convenientem; commentator vero intelligit: vel meliorem vel
sui similem. S a h y a t cfr. vv. 329-30 .

V. (i2 . Locus: Svatth. Persona: Anandasetth.

Tass attho putt me athi iti blo puttatanhya viham
ati dukkhyati, putt me nassims ti vihamati nassantti
vihamati nassissantti vihamati, dhane pi es eva n a y o , iti
chahi krehi vihamati; putte posessmti ratti ca div ca
thalajalapathdisu nnappakrato vyamanto (c. -te) pi viharh-
ati, dhanarii uppdessamti kasivanijjdni (c. -vani-) karonto
pi viharimat e v a , vihamantassa ca att hi attano n atthi
tena vightena dukkhitam attnarii sukhitam ktum asakkon-
tassa, pavattiyam pi ssa att hi attano n atthi maranamace
nipannassa maranantikhi vedanhi aggijlhi viya pariday-
hamnassa chijjamnesu sandhibandlmnesu ca bhijjamnesu
atthisarhghtesu nimmletv paralokam ummletv idhalokarii
passantasspi, divase divase tikkhattum nahpetv tikkhattum
bhojetv gandhamldhi alamkaritv yvajvam puttho pi
sabhvena dukkhaparittnam ktum asamatthatya att hi
attano n atthi kuto putt kuto dhanam; putt y dhanam v
tasmirii samaye kim eva karissanti, Anandasetthino pi kassaci
kici adatv puttass atthya dhanam santhapetv pubbe v
maranamace idni v imam dukkharii pattassa kuto putt
kuto dhanam, putt v dhanaih v kim dukkham harimsu
kim v dukkham uppdayimsu t i . . .
I
259

M atthi r a r iu s , ut o p in o r , p ro m y -a tth i, cir. C lou g h :

Pali gram m ar p. to. O b serva usum sing, atthi p ro plurali

S a n ti V. 288.

V . 3 . L o c u s : Jetavan am . Personae: gan th ibhedakacor.

. . . S a ve b l o ti y o ca b lo sam no k o a m o (c .-e )

m ay sadiso bahussuto v dham m akathiko v vin a ya dh aro

v dhutavde atthti evam panditam n h oti so am am p a n d i-

tam anu pasam k am an to a p a yiru p sa n to n eva pariyattiiii u g g a n -

hti na patipattim pdreti ekantablabh vam ev a p p u n ti. . .

Balyarit sanscr. b lya m insipientia. Vpi, ni fallor,

ex e va et api. P an ditam n ion ici a m inore, in pede secundo

o b v i i , praeterea exstant exem pla dilucida in v v . too. 420, am

b igu a in VV. 1 . 1 8 2 . 185 . 200 . 2 4 8 . 2 9 2 . 31 3 . 3 3 3 .

W H # . Y v a jv a m pi ce b lo ti im am d h a m m a desa -

n am Satth Jetavane viharanto IJdyittheram rab b h a kathesi ,

so k ira mahtheresu (c. -ro su ) patikkantesu d h am m asabh am gantv

dh am m san e nisdati, atha nam ekadivasarii gantuk bhikkhu

disv ayarii bahussuto m ahthero bhavissatiti m am am n

khandhdipatisam yuttam paharii p u cch itv p i kici ajnam nam

ko eso b u d dh eh i (c. buddhehi) saddhim ekavih re vasam n o

khandhadhtuyatanam attam pi na jntiti garah itv T a th g a -

tassa rocesum , Satth tesai dham m am desento im am gtham

h a : Y v a jv a m etc. T ass a tth o : b l o am a y v a jv a m pi

panditam u pasam kam anto payirupsan to im am b u d dh a va ca n a m

ettakam buddh avacanan ti evam pariyattidham m arh v ayam

v ro cro g o ca ro idarii s vajjam idarii a n a va jja m idaiii s e v i-

ta b b a m idam na sevitabbam idarn pa tivijjh ita b b a m idam

sacchik tabban ti evam patipattip atived hadh am m am v na

jnti, yath k i ci: da b b sparasam v iy a , yath hi d a b b

y v a parikkh ay n n appakrya stpavikatiy sa m p arivattam -

17
 260

npi idarii lonikam (c. lon i-) idam alonikam (c. -a l n -) tittakam

kh rik am katukam a m b ila m a cca m b ilam kasvan (c. k s v -) ti

stparasarii na j n ti evam evam b lo y v a jy a m pi panditam

payiru p sam n o vu ttappakradh am m am na vijntti. D esa-

nvasne gantukabhikkhnam sa veh i cittni vim u ccim su ti.

U dyittherassa vatthum .

V. OS. L o c u s : Jetavan am . P erson a e: tiriisa ptheyyak

bhikkht.

V i fill cfr. C lo u g h : Pali gra m m a r p. 115 .

v. 0 0 . L ocu s: V elu va n a m . P erson a: su p pabu d dh o

kutthi.
Tattha c a r a n t i t i catu iriypath ebi akusalam eva karont

v ica ra n ti. . . amitteneva ti am ittabhtena v iya verin v iy a

h u tv ; katukapphalan ti tikhin aphalam dukkhaphalam . . .

Katukapphalam cfr. not. ad v. is.

v. 0 7 . L o c u s : Jetavan am . P e r so n a : kassako.

V . OS! L o c u s : V elu va n a m . P e rso n a : S um anam lkro.

O b serva in pede p rim o ch oria m b u m (ya ssa pa tito); item

in VV. 122. 148. 150. 265. 268. 363. 375. 399. 420. 421.

w . m . L o c u s : Jetavan am . P e r s o n a : U ppalavaim atheri.

T atth a m a d h u v ti blassa hi pparh akusaladh am m am

k aron tassa ta kam m am m adhu v iy a m adhurarasam v iy a

ittham kantarh m anpam v iy a u p a tth ti. . . n a p a c c a t i dittha-

dh am m e v sa m p arye v vip kam na d e t i . . .

Madhuv a d v e r b iu m , sanscr. m adhu vat. Atha blo

sic om nes cod d. Sine du bio b lo glossa p er n egligentiam in

versu m irrepsit. Cfr. v v . 119. 120.

 261

V. 7 . Locus: Vejuvanarh. Persona: .lambuko jvako.

T a ss a tt h o : sace b lo aparin n adh am m o sl digu n ap a ri-

b h vito titthyatane p a b b a jito tapacaranarh ptressm ti m s m s

pnt (patt?) ku saggena bhojanarh bhunjanto vassasatarh b h u n -

je th a bhojanarh na so s rii k h a t a d h a m m n a r h kalam (c. k -)

ngghati solasirh, sam khtadham m vuccanti n tadham m tu lita-

dham ra, tesu hetthim akotiy sotpan no (c. -n n o) sarhkhtadham m o

u p a rik otiy k h n s a v o . . . idarh vuttarh h o t i: yarn tass sa m k h ta -

dham m nam cetan ya phalam tam solasa kotthse katv

tato ekekarii pu na solasa solasa kotthse katv tato ekassa

kotthsassa phalai tad eva tassa bla ssa tapacaranato m a h a n -

tataran (c. -tam taran) t i . . .

A ttende iterationem n ega tion is: na ngghati. S am khata-

A B ; C sa m k h a th a-. Sriikhatadhammo h. 1., ni fallor,

adjectiv u m est n o tion is: qui ornatam habt n atu ram , orn a -

tiss im u s , am plissim us. Itidem ppadham m o m a lu s , deva-

dham m o divinus. Sarhkhata sanscr. sarhskrta cum sarhkhta

sanscr. sariikhyta ssepe co n iu n d i videtur. Gfr. com m en tariu m

in v. <>i3. Aggh sanscr. arh vei argh ; cfr. M ahbh. 12

6504. ((>636. 99i9.t etc. s o l a s a s. soda^a, cfr. cl, chal abhinri*

v . 71, Locus: Vefuvanarii. Persona: ahipeto.

. . . Y ath idarh sajju khrarh taih khanarh y e v a na m u c-

cati na parinam ati na pakatirh (c. phakaki) ja h a t i. . . evam

evarh p p a k a m m a m pi kayiram n am (c. -n a m ) eva na paccati,

yadi vipaccej^ya na koci ppakam m arh kturh v is a h e y y a . . .

tarh blarh dutiye v tatiye v attabhve niraydisu (c. -is)
nibbattarii dahantarh a n u g a cch a tti. . .

Sajju sanscr. sadyas (sadyo), C lou g h : Pali gr. p. ea.

Khrarh v a m u c c a t i , sim iliter M ah bh . 12, 3423, cfr. 1, 3333.

12,3551. M anu 4 , 119. dahan cfr. dasati.

 262

V. ? Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: satthiktapeto.

Tattha yvad ev ti avadhiparicchede ttlia nipto;
attan ti jnanabhvo, yam pi sippam jnti yamhi v
issariye yase sampattiya ca thito janena yatti pkato pai-
nato hoti tass etar nma (c. -am) sipparii v hi issariydi-
bhvo (adde: v) blassa anatthy eva jyati, tam nissya so
attano anattham eva karoti; hant t i vinseti; su a n i s a n
ti kusalakotthsam, blassa hi sippam v issariyarii v uppaj-
jamnam kusalakotthsam ghtentam eva uppajjati; m u d d h a n
ti pamy etam nmam; v i p t a y a n ti viddhamsayamnam,
tassa hitaiii sukkamsam hanantam pamsamkhtam vip-
tentam viddhavnsentam eva hantti. . .
S u k k a m s a m , ni falior, ex sukk sanscr. ^ukla et amsa,
alba sors; a t t a m saner, jtram (?).

V* Asataiii bhvanam iceheyysiti imam

dhammadesanam Satth Jetavane viharanto Sudhammattherarii
rabbha kathesi. DesanMacchiksande samutthyaSvatthiyarii
nithit. Macchiksandanagarasmim hi Citto gahapati paeavag-
giynarh abbhantaram Mahnmatheram pindya earamnam
disv tassa iriypathe pasditv pattam dya geham pavesetv
bhojetv bhattakiccvasne dhammakatharii suuanto sotpatti-
phalam patv acalasaddho hutv Ambtakavanam nma attano
uyynarii samghrmam ktukmo therassa hatthe udakam
ptetv niyydesi, tasmim khane patitthitam Buddhassanan
ti udakapariyantam (?) katv mahpathavi kampi, mahsetth
(c. -i) uyyne mahvihram kretv sabbadishi gatnam
bhikkrnam vivatadvro ahosi, Macchiksaude pi Sudhamma-
tthero nma nevsiko ahosi. Aparena samayena Cittassa guna-
katham sutv dve aggasvak tassa sagaham ktukm Macchi-
ksandam agamamsu, Citto gahapati tesar gamanam sutv
addhayojanamattarii paccuggantv te dya attano vihrat
 263

pavesetv gantukavattam katv bhante thokam dhamma-

katham sotukmo mhti (c. -iti) dhammasenpatim yci, atha
nam thero upsak addhnena mahkilantarp api ca thokam
sunhti tassa dhammakatham kathesi, so therassa dhamma-
katham sunanto va angmiphalam ppuni; so dve agga-
svake vanditv bhante sve bhikkhusahassena saddhiih mama
gehe sikkham ganhath ti nimantetv pacch nevsika v. Su-
dhammattheram tmbe pi bhante sve therein gaceheyyth
(e. -ath) ti nimantesi, so ayam mam pacch nimantetti kuddho
patikkhipitv punappuna yciyamno pi patikkhipi, tv esa
upsake (?) pamiiyissatha bhante ti pakkamitv puna divase
attano nivesane mahdnam sajjesi, Sudhammatthero pi
paccsakle yeva kdiso nu kho gahapatin aggasvaknaiii
sakkro sajjito yeva gantv passissmiti cintetv pto va
pattacvaram dya tassa geharii agamsi, so gahapatin
nisdatha bhante ti vuccamno nham nisdmi pindya
carissmti vatv aggasvaknam patiyditasakkram oloketv
gahapatijtiy ghattetukmo ulro te gahapati sakkro api
c ettha ekam yeva n atthti kim bhante ti lasamgulik (-?) gaha-
patti vatv gahapatin kkopamya (?) apasdito kujjhitv eso
te gahapati vs pakkamissmti vatv yvatatiyam vriyamno
pi pakkamitv Satthu santikam gantv Cittena ca attan ca
vutavacanam (c. vucca-) rocesi, Satth tay upsako saddh-
sampanno hnena khumsito ti tass eva dsam ropetv pati-
srnyakaminam kretv gaccha Gittm gahapatim khampe-
hti pesesi, so tattha gahapati mayharii doso (c. veso) kham-
hi me ti vatv nham khammti tena patikkhitto mariiku-
bhuto tam khampetum nsakkhi, puna-d-eva Satthu santikam
paecgamsi, Satth nssa upsako khamissatti jnanto pi
mnaddho esa tiriisayojanam gantv pacch gacehat (c. -u)
ti khampanipyam ancikkhitv va (c. ca) uyyojesi, ath assa
puna gatakle nihatamnassa anudtam datv gaccha imin
 264

saddhirh gan tv upsakarh kham pehiti vatv sam anena nm a

m ayham vih ro m a y h a m nivsanatthnam m a y h a m u p sak o m a y -

ham u p sik yo ti m nam (c. -a , a d d e : v) issam (c. - ) v ktum

na vaddhatti evam karontassa issm ndayo kiles vaddhantti

anusandhim gh atetv dh am m a iii desento im g th a b h s i: A satam

etc. Tattha a s a t a n ti b lo bhikkhu a vijjam n asam bh van am

ic c h e y y a , assaddho sam n o saddho ti m am ja n o j n t ti

icchati, niddese vuttanayena b lo assaddh o dusslo app assu to

avivitto kusto anupatthitasati (c. -t) asam hito dupparhfo

ak hn savo v a s a m n o : a h o vata m am ja n o (c. j n o ) ayarii

saddho slav bahu ssu to pa vivitto ra dd h a viriyo upatthitasati

sam hito p am av kh nsavo ti j n e y y ti im am asantasam -

bhvanarh icch a ti; purekkhran ti pa riv ra m a lio vata

m am sa k alavihre bhikkht parivretv paharn pu cch ant

v ica rey yu n ti evarii icch c re thatv pu rekkh ra ca bhikkhusu

(c. -u su ) icch a ti; v s e s t ti sam ghikesu ca vsesu yni y n i

vih ra m a jjh e pantni sensanni tni attano sanditthasam -

bhattdnam bhikkhtnam turnhe idha vasath ti vicren to

sa ya m pi parasensanam palibu ddhanto sensanam ga n tu k a -

bhikkhnam paccantim ni (-?) uklpasensanni c eva a m an u ssa-

pariggahtni ca tum he idha vasath ti vic ren to vsesu ca

issa riya m ic c h a ti; p t j parakulesu c ti n eva m t p i-

tunnam (a d d e : na) taknam paresam ye kulesu ah o v a t

im e m ayham eva d a d eyyu m na am esan ti evad catthi

pa ccayeh i pujarii ic c h a ti; mam eva kata mamantu ti

y a ssa ca b la ssa yarn kici vih re u posath grdikaranavasen a

katam navakam m an tam sabbam am hkam therena katan ti

evam gih ca p a b b a jit ca u bh o pi m am eva n iss ya katam p a ri-

nitthitarii m am antt ti sa m ka pp o u p p a jja ti; m a m e v t i v a s

assu ti g ih ca pab b a jit ca sabbe pi m am eva vasena (vase?)

vattantu, sakat g on (c. -a ) vsipharasudni v laddhabbni

hontu antam aso ygt (c. - u ) tpetv p ivandn i v , evarpesu

 265

kieckiccesu khuddakamahantesu karanyesu kismici ekakicce

pi mam eva vase vattantu, sarhka (sabbarh?) mam yeva
pucchitv karont ti sarhkappo uppajjati; it i blass ti
yassa blassa yva icch aya ca evanlpo sarhkappo uppajjati
tassa n eva vipassan na (c. nma) maggaphalni vaddhanti,
kevalarh pan assa candodaye samuddassa udakarii viya chasu
dvresu uppajjanatanh c eva (c. meva) navavidhamno ea vad-
dhantti. Desanvasne bah sotpattiphaldni ppunirhs ti.
Sudhammatthero pi imam ovdarii sutv Satthrarii vanditv
vutthysan padakkhinarh katv tena anudtena bhikkhun
saddhirh gantv upsakassa eakkhupathe pattim patikarity
upsakarh khampesi, so upsakena khamm aharii bhante
sace mayham doso atthi khamatha me ti patikhampito Satthr
(c. -tth) dinn ovde (c. -a) hatv katiphen eva saha pati-
sambhidhi arahattam ppuni. Upsako pi cintesi: may Hattb-
ram adisv va sotpattiphalam pattam, adisv va evahi (aham v)
angmiphale patitthito, Satthram me datthum vaddhatti, so
tilatandulasappiphnitavatthacchdanapijrni (c. -purni) paca
sakatasatni yojpetv Satthram datthukm gacehanru pinda-
ptdni na kilamissantti bhikkhusamghassa roepetv bhik-
khunsamghassa pi upsaknam pi rocpesi, tena saddhim
paeasat bhikkhu ca bhikkhuniyo ca upsak ca upsikyo ca
nikkhamimsu, so tesan c eva attano ca parisy ti tinnam jana-
sahassnam yath timsayojanamagge ygubhattdni (-diii Okinci
vekallarii na hsi tath sarhvidahi, tassa pana nikkhantabhvam
atv yojane yojane devat khandhvrarh bandhitv dibbehi yg-
ukhajjakabhattapnakdhi (c. -na-)tam mahjanam upatthahimsu,
kassaci kenaci vekallarii na hsi, evarh devathi upatthiyamno
devathi upatthiyamno devathi upatthiyamno devathi upa
tthiyamno devasikarii yojanarii gaechanto msena Svatthirh
(c. -iyarh) ppuni, paca sakatasatni yathpiritn eva ahesurh,
devathi c eva mauussehi ca abhibhatapannkram (c. -hat-)
 266

vissajjento vaagamsi. Satthpi nandatheraiii mantesi: nanda

vaddhamnacchyya Citto gahapati pacahi upsakasatehi pari-
vuto gantv marii vandissatti; kim pana bhante tumhkarii
vandanake kind ptihram bhavissatti; bhavissati (c. -titi)
Anand t i ; kim bhante t i ; tassa gantv marii (c. m) van-
danakle rjamnena atthakarsamatte padese jannumattena
odhin (c. odi-) pacavannnarh dibbapupphnarii ghanavassarii
vassissatti; tarii katharh sutv nagaravsino: evarii mah-
puriirio kira Citto gahapati nma gantv ajja Satthrarh
vandissatti, evarparii kira ptihriyarii bhavissati, mayam
pi tarn mahpurharii datthurii iabhissm ti pannkrarii dya
maggassa ubhosu passesu attharhsu. Vihrasamparh gatakle
paca bhikkhusatni pathamarri agamarhsu, Citto gahapati amma
tmbe pacchato anugacchath (c. ang-) ti mahupsikyo vatv
pacahi upsakasatehi parivuto Sattm santikarii agamsi;
buddhnarii sammukhatthne pana thit v nisinn v na ito
v etto v honti, buddhavthiy dvsu passesu niccal va
titthanti (c. -ati); Citto gahapati pahatarii buddhavthirii okkami,
tini phalni pattena ariyasvakena olokitatthnarii kampi, eso
kira Citto gahapatiti mahjano olokesi, so Satthrarh upasarii-
kamitv chabbannnarii buddharasmnarii anto pavisitv dvsu
gopphakesu Satthu pd gahetv vandi, tarii khauarii yeva
vuttappakrarii pupphavassarii vassi, sdhukrasahassni pa-
vattimsu; so ekarii msarii Satthu sanike vasi, vasamno
ca sakaiabuddhapamukhabhikkhusariigharii (c. -) vihre yeva
nisdpetv mahdnarii adsi, attan saddhirii gate pi antovi-
hre yeva katv patijaggi, ekadivasam pi attano sakatesu
kici gahetabbarii nahosi, devamanussehi bhatapannkren eva
(c.-rarimeva) sabbakiccni aksi, so Satthrarh vanditv lla:
bhante aham tumhkarii dnarh dassmti gacchanto msarii
antarmagge ahosirii, idha me mso vtivatto, may bhatarii
( gatarii) kici galjeturh (c. -tu) na labhmi (c. I-), ettakarii
 267

klarii devamanusselii bhatapannkren eva dnarii adsira,

so ham sace pi idha sariivacchararii vasissmi n eva mama
deyyadhammarii dtum labhissmi, sakatni otretv ganturii
icchmi, patismanatthnam me rocpeth ti, Satth Anan-
datherarii ha: Ananda upsakassa ekarii padesarii tuccharii
kriv dehiti, thero tath aksi, kappiyabhiimi kira Cittassa
gahapatino anuriirit, upsako pi attan saddhirii gatehi (c. -)
tijanasahassehi saddhim tucchasakatehi puna maggarii patipajji,
devamanuss utthya ayya tay tucchasakatehi gamanakam-
marh katan ti sattahi ratanehi sakatni purayimsu, so attano
bhatapannkren eva mahjanam patijagganto agamsi, Anan-
dathero Satthrarii vanditv ha: bhante tumhkam santikarii
gacchanto pi msena gato, idhpi msam eva vuttho, ettakam
klam bhatapannkren eva dnarii adsi, idni parica saka-
tasatni tucchni katv mne (?) va kira gamissati, devamanuss
pan assa utthya tay (c. nakay) ayya tucchasakatehi gamana-
kammarii katan ti sakatni sattahi ratanehi ptrayirhsu, puna attano
bhatapannkren eva kira mahjanarii patijagganto gamissati,
kirii pana bhante etassa tumhkarii santikam gacchantass eva
ayam sakkro uppajji udhu ariiriattha gacchantasspi uppaj-
jeth t i ; Ananda mama santikarh gacchantasspi ariiriattha
gacchantasspi tassa uppajjeth eva, ayairi hi upsako saddho
pasanno sampannaslo, evaripo yarn yarii padesarii bhajati tattha
tatth ev assa lbhasakkro nibbattatti vatv Satth imarii
Pakinnakavagge- gtham ha:
Saddho slcna sampanno yasobhogasamappito
yarii yarii padesarii bhajati tattha tatth eva pjito ti.
Attho pan ass tatth eva vibhavissati. Evarii vutte Anan-
datthero Cittassa pubbakammarh pucchi, ath assa Satth
kathento ha: Ananda ayarii Padumuttarassa bhagavato pda-
mrile katbhiniiro kappasatasahassarii devamanussesu sarii-
V. 303.
sriiv Kassapabuddhakle (c. kappapa-) migaluddakakule nib-
bato vuddhim anvya ekadivasam deve vassante migamara-
natthya sattim dya aramnarh gantv mige olokeno ekasmirh
akatapabbhre sassarh prupitv ekam bhikkhum nisinnarh
disv eko ayyo samanadhammarh karonto nisinno viya bha-
vissati bhattam assa harissmti vegena geham gantv ekasmirh
uddhanehiyyo (c. h-) bhatamamsarh ekasmirh bhattam pacpetv
pindaerikabhikkht disv tesam pi pattam dya pamnattsane
nisdpetv bhikkham sampdetv ayyo pavisath ti amnarh
npetv tam bhattam puake pakkhipitv dya gaechanto
antarmagge nnpupphni ocinitv pattapute katv therassa
nisinnatthnam gantv mayham bhante sahgaiam karoth ti
vatv pattarii gahetv pretv therassa hatthe thapetv tehi
pupphehi pjam karitv: yath me ayaiii rasapindapto pup-
phapjya saddhim cittam tosesi evarh nibbattanibbattatfhne
pannkrasahassni dya gantv mayham eittarh tosentu
paneavannakusumavassan ca vassatt (e. -u) ti patthanam thapesi,
so yvajvarii kusalam karitv devaloke nibbattanibbattatthne
jannumattena odhin dibbapuppham vassi, idni pi ssa jta-
divase c eva idha ca gatassa pupphavassavassanan ca pann-
krbhihro ca sattahi ratanehi sakatapranah ca tass eva
kammassa nissando ti. Sudhammattherassa vatthum.
A s a t a m prses. part. act. verbi as cnm negatione, forma
antiquior, comment, asantam. I s s a r i y a r h sanscr. aigvaryam;
exspectari poterat essariyam, interdum ver e et o, sequentibus
duabus consonantibus, in i et u transeunt, u t: pasibbaka, pativis-
saka, aggihutta, ussva, ussukka, sanscr. prasevaka, prativegaka,
agnihotra, ava^yya, autsukya; etiam in fine vocis o (proas) u
fit in exemplis sajju, aparajju, jnemu. K a t a sic omnes codd.
Non solum anusvram in flexione metri causa abjicere licet,
ut v. 33 phuseyyu, pativadeyyu, v. is maccna, v. iss bud-
dhna (cfr. Burnouf: Bhg. Purna T. I. p. C X X II not.),
 269

verum etiam vocalem antecedentem, ut v. i<j im ettarh, v. 242

mal itthiya, v. 27 3 maggan atthangiko, v. nss pabbajay attano.

A s s n a pers. plur. potent, verbi as, forma origin! proprior
quam sanscr. syuh; a pers. sing, assa et siyd. Kismiei
cum i in stirpe non commemoratur apud Clough: Pali gr. p. go.

v. 75. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Vanavdsitissatthero.

Tattha a rh n d h i 1A b h u p a n i s a a m n a n i b b a n a -
g a m i n i t i labhupanisd 11dm esd amiid nibbdnagdmini patipadd;
labhuppddakena hi bhikkhund thokarii akusalam kammam kdtum
vaddhati, kayavamkadini kdtabbani honti, yasmirii hi kdle
kayavamkddini [karanakdle yeva ldbho uppajjati su kind] karoti
tadd ldbho uppajjati, [pdydsapdniyam pi vamkam akatvd ujukam
eva hattham osdretvd ukkhipantassa battho makkhitamatto va
hoti, vamkarii katvd taretvd ukkhipantassa puna pdydsapindam
uddharanto va nikkhamati, evarii kayavamkddi ayam hi kara-
nakdlc (c. -na-) yeva ldbho uppajjati adhammi] pdydsapatiyamhi
vamkam (c. -d) akatvd ujukam eva hattham osaretvd ukkhipan
tassa battho makkhitamatto va hoti, vaihkam katvd otdretvd
ukkhipantassa puna pdydsapindam uddharanto va nikkhamati,
evarh kdyavamkddini karanakdle yeva labho uppajjati, ayam
adhammika (c. -kathd) Idbhupanisa ndma; upasampaddcivara-
dhdranam bahusaccam parivaro araiiinavaso ti evarupehi pana
kdranehi uppannaldbho dhammiko (c. addit: ldbho dbainmiko) ndma
hoti, nibbanagaminipatipadam(c. -nip-)piirentena pana bhikkhund
kdyavamkddini pahdtabbani, anandhen' eva andhena viya amugen
eva (c. amuhena, adde: mugena) viya abadhiren eva badhireneva
bhavitum vaddhati. asatthena (sath-?) amdydvind (adde: viya)
bhavitum vaddhati; e v a m e t a n ti evarh ldbhuppadanapaiipadan
ca nibbanagdminipatipadan ca evam natvd sabbesam (c. sabbe)
samkhatadhammanam bujjhanavasena b u d d h a s s a savanena
jdtatthena ovadanusdsanam va savanatthena s a v a k o bhikkhu
 27

adhammikam catupaecayasakkrarn n b h i n a n d e y y a , tam

eva dhammikam na patikkoseyya; kyavivekdikam v i v e k a m
an u b r h a y e ti tattha kyaviveko ti kyassa ekbhvo citta-
viveko ti attha sampattiyo upadhiviveko ti nibbnam , tesu
kyaviveko ganasanganikam vinodeti, cittaviveko kilesasan-
ganikam vinodeti, upadhiviveko sariikhrasanganikarh vinodeti,
kyaviveko va cittavivekassa paecayo boti, cittaviveko upadhivi-
vevakassa paccayo boti, vuttam pi c1 etaih: kyaviveko ca vata-
katthakynam (c. -tam) nekkhammbhiratnam, cittaviveko
ca parisuddhacittnam paramavodanappattnam (-vodapana-?),
upadhiviveko ca nirupadhnam (c. nirp-) puggalnarii visarh-
khragatnan ti, iti imam tividliam vivekam (c. -ka) brheyya
vaddheyya upasampajja vibareyy ti attho . ..
Ex eo, qui in versu inest, parallelismo (lbha-sakkra;
nibbna-viveka) elucet, vocem lbha simili sensu intelligendam
esse, quo sakkra; signiicat igitur, ni fall or, primum: munus,
quod quis accipit, honorificum, deinde: honorem ipsum.
Imprimis in composito lbhasakkra voci hsec notio subjecta
esse videtur, neque vulgaris, ut vertunt Burnouf (Introd.
p. 505 not.) et Tumour (Mahvanso p. as), commodum, lucrum.
Upanis sanscr. upanisad baud scio an recte interpretatus
sim. Vivekam cfr. vv. 87. 271. Jtakatthavannan fl.
c a i: ahaiii amma pabbajitv kasinaparikammam katv attha
sampattiyo panca abhimn uppdetv ganato kyam kilesehi
ca cittam vivecetv imam vivekam brhento vacldhento brah-
malokaparyano bhavissmi, alam me agren ti. Anubr-
h a y e (cfr. v. 285) a rd. brub sanscr. vrmh, vide Westerg.
Radices.

V L ocus: Jetavanam. Persona: Rdhatthero.

Tattha n i d h n a n ti nidahitv thapitnarii hiraasu-
vanndipilrnam nidhikumbhnam ; p a v a t t r a n ti kiccjvike
 271

duggatamanusse anukamparh katva ehi sukhena te jivitiipayaih

dassessdmiti nidhitthanam netvd hattharh pas4retv4 imam
gahetvd snkhi te jiva ti aeikkhatdram viva; v a j j a d a s s i n a n

ti me vajjadassino imind nam asdruppena khalitena vd sam-

ghamajjhe nigganhissdmiti randhagavesiko (c. ru-) ca, arhhavata
(amnatam?) ndvanatthdya (nanatthaya?) niltarii anugganhatthaya
silddinam assa buddhikamatdya (c. -yam) tam tarn vajjam oloka-
nena ullampanasabhdvasanthito ca (-?), ayarh idha adhippeto;
yatha hi duggatamanusso imarii ganhdhiti tajjetvapi pothe-
tvdpi nidhim dassento kopam na karoti pamudito va hoti evam
evam evarupe puggale asaruppam vd khalitam (c. bhavi-) vd disvd
ocikkhante kopo (c. -e) na kdtabbo, tutthen eva bhavitabbam,
bhante mahantam va kammarii katam mayham, dcariyupajjhaya-
tthdne thatvd ovadanto (c. -te) hi puna pi mam vadeyydtha (c.
-athd) ti pavaretabbam eva; n i g g a y h a v a d i n a n t i ekaccehi
saddhivihdrikadinam asdruppam vd khalitam vd disva: ayam
me mukhodakaddnadihi sakkaccam upatthahati, sace nam vak-
khami na main upatthahissati, evam eva parihani bhavissatiti
vatturh avisahanto niggayhavadi (c. -i) nama (adde: na) hoti,
so imasmim sdsane kacavaraih akirati, yo pana tathdrupam
vajjam disvd va vajjdnurupam tajjento pana mettodaccakammam
karonto vihdrd niharanto sikkhdpeti (e.-nti) ayam niggayha-
vddi nama, seyyathapi sannnasambuddho vuttarh h etam:
niggayha niggayha (c. -a) aharh Ananda vakkhami pavayha sd
sdro so thassatiti (- ?); m e d h a v i n ti dhammojaparhnaya samann-
agatain (c. -t a ); t a d i s a n ti evaruparh panditam bhajeyya
payirupaseyya; tddisam hi dcariyam bhajamanassa antevasi-
kassa s e y y o h o t i n a p a p i y o vaddhi (c. vassi) meva hoti
no parihaniti . . .
P a v a t t a r a r i i sanscr. pravaktdrarh Manu 4 , 1 6 2 . Pancat.
ed. Kosegarten p. 15?, 17. V a j j a m sanscr. varjyam, quod
fugiendum est, vitium. Abliidhdn. ed. Clough p. 99,7. 145,a
 272

i. q. doso. Cfr. Dhpd. vv. 252.318. N i g g a y h a v d i r i i cfr.

v. 24 nisammakrin.

v. 79 , Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: assajipunabbasuk

bhikkh.
Tattha o v a d e y y ti uppanne vatthusmim vadanto ova-
dati nma, anuppanne ayaso pi nesiy ti divasena anga-
tarii dassento anussati nma, sammukh vadanto pi ovadati
nma parammukh dttarh v ssanam v pesento anussati
nma, sakim vadanto pi ovadati nma punappuna vadanto
anussati nma . . . ; a s a b b h ti akusaladliamm nivrevva,
kusaladhamme patitthpeyy ti attho ...
0 v a d e y y a n u s - , cfr. v. 41 vatayarii, v. 320 ajjaham,
v. 327 uddharath att-, v. 379 coday att-, v. 38o sannmay att-,
v. 275 dukkhass antarii, vv. 256. 200. 398 yen attham etc., vv.
iss. 384 ath annam etc., vv. 62. ei. 191 n atthi etc. A s a b b h
sanscr. asabhy.

w. 78. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Channatthero.

Tass attho kyaduccaritdiakusalakammbhirat p p a -
m i t t nma, sandhicchedandike v ekavsatianesandibhede
(c. -npibhede) v atine niyojanik p u r i s d h a m nma,
ubho pi v ete ppamitt c eva purisdham ca, te na bhajeyya
na payirupseyya; vipart (c. -ri~) pana kalynamitt c eva
sappuris (c. -san) ca, te bhajetha payirupseth t i ...
M i t t e k a l y n e cfr. v. 375 (ne). De vi voci kalyna-
mitta posteriore tempore attributa vide Burnouf: Introd. p. 284.

v. 79. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Mahkappina-

tthero.
Tattha d h a m m a p t t i dhammapyako dhammaiii pi-
vanto ti attho, dhammo nm esa na sakk bhjanena ygudni
 273

viya pturii, navavidharh pana lokuttaradhammarii nma kyena

phusanto rammanato sacchikaronto parimnhi samdhihi (c.
-dihi) dukkhdini ariyasaccni pativijjhanto dhammarh pivati
(c. -anti) nma; s u k h a r n seti ti desanmattam eva tarn, eatuhi
iriypathehi tarn sukharn viharatiti attho; v i p p a s a n n e n
ti anvilena nirupakkilesena (c. nirup-); a r i y a p p a v e d i t e
(c. -to) Buddhdihi ariyehi payedite satipatthndibhede bodha-
pakkhiyadhamme . . .
A ri y appavedite dhamme cfr. y. ti.

v. m* L ocus: Jetavanarh. Persona: panditasmanero.

Tattha pathaviyam thalatthnarh khanitva (c. -ui-) vta-
tthnarh puretv mtikam v katv rakkhajjh (? ) doniyarh tha-
petv attan icchiticchitattbnam udakam nentiti n e t t i k ; . . .
etam ettakam rammanam katv pandit sotapattimaggni
(c. -niti) uppadent attnarh damenti, arahatte pana patte ete
dant nma hontiti.. .
Hie versus et v. 145, uno solo verbo inter se diversi,
habendi sunt unus idemque modo cum varia lectione.

v. 81 . Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Lakunfakabhad-

diyatthero.
. . . Evarii atthasu pi lokadhammesu ajjhottharantesu pan
dit na s a m i n j a n t i patighavasena v anunayavasena v
na calanti na kampantiti (c. k a p p -). . .
N i n d a p a s a r i i s a s u cfr. Mahbh. 12,7995. 442 etc. J n j
sanscr. irrig.

v. m* Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Knamt.

. . . Mama desandhammarh sutv sotpattimaggdivasena
nirupakkilesacittam (c. nirup-) pajjant vippasidanti pandit,
arahattapp att pana ekantavipassan va hontiti. . .
18
 274

V. 83. Sabbattha ve sappuris vajantiti imam dhammade-

sanam Satth Jetavane viharanto paicasate bhikkh (c. -u) rab-
bha kathesi. Desan Verajyam samutthit. Pathamabodhiyam
(c. -am bo-) hi Bhagav Verafijarii gantv Verajabrhmanena (c.
-janabr-) nimantito pacahi bhikkhusatehi saddhirii vassarii upa-
gaflchi, Vera lijo brhmano mravaddhanena avacco ekadivasam
pi Satthrarii rabbha satirii na uppdesi, Verafijpi dubbhikkh
ahosi, bilikkh (c. -u) santarabhiram Veraiijaiii pindya caritv
pindaptam alabhant kilamirhsu, tesara assavnijak pattaiii
thlakarii bhikkh pamfipesum (- ?), te kilamante disv Mah-
moggallnatthero pathavojaiii bhojetukmo Uttarakuri (c. -un) ca
pindya pavesetukmo ahosi, Satth tam patikkhipi, bhikkhu-
nam ekadivasam pi pindaptam rabbha parittso nhosi,
ieehcrarii vajjetv va vihariiiisu. Satth tattha temsam
vasitv Verafijarii brhmanam avaloketv tena katasakkra-
sammno tani saranesu patitthpetv tato nikkhanto anupubbena
crikam caramno ekasmim samaye Svatthiiii patv Jetavane
vihsi, Svatthivsino Satthu gantukabhattni karimsu, tad
pana paficasatamatt vighsd bhikkh nissya antovihre
yeva vasanti, te bhikkhnarii bhattvasesni pantabhojanni
(c. pni-) bhuijitv niddyitv utthya nadtram gantv nadant
vaggant mallayuddharh yujjhant klanti, antovihre pi bahi-
vihre pi ancram eva carant viearanti; dhammasabhyam
katharh samutthpesurii: passathvuso ime vighsd dubbhik-
khakle Veraiijya kani krarii na dassesurii, idni pana
evarpni pantabhojanni bhuijitv niddyitv anekappakrarii
dassent (c. -to) viearanti, bhikkh pana Veraiijya pi upasan-
tarp (c. -tr-) viharitv idni pi upasantupasant viya viharantti.
Satth dhammasabhyam gantv bhikkhave kim katheth ti
pucchitv idarii nm ti vutte: pubbe p ete gadrabhayoniyani
nibbatt pahcasat gadrabh liutv paficasatnarii jniyyasin-
dhavnarii allarasamuddikpnakam ptvasesam uccitthasaka-
 275

tarn (c.-kasatam) uclakena madditv va kaci (.?) pilotikhi paris-

svitatt vlodakan ti samkhtam (c. samkhamgatam) apparasam
nihnam ptv madhumatt viya nadant vicarimsu ti vatv:
Ylodakarii apparasam nihnam
ptv mado jyati gadrabhnarii,
imn ca ptvna rasam pantam
mado6 nac sajyati sindhavnam.
Appam p vitvrni/7, nihnajaccot
so majjat tena janinda puftho^
dhorayljasl5' ca kulamhi jto
na6 majjat aggarasam pivitv1 ti.
Imm Vlodakajtakam vitthrena kathetv: evarn bhikkhave
sappuris lobhadhammam vivajjetv sukhitakle pi dukkhitakle
pi nibbikr va hontti anusandhim ghatetv dhammam desento
imam gtham lja: Sabbattha etc. S a b b a t t h ti pacakhan-
dhdibhedesu sabbadhammesu: s a p p u r i s ti supuris; v a j
n tti arahattanena apakaddhant chandargam vijahanti;
k r n a k m ti kme kmayant kmahetu kmakran; na(c.n)
lapayanti s a n t o ti Buddhdayo kmahetu n eva attan lapayanti
na prm lappenti, ye bhikkhya pavitth icchcre thit: kim
upsak sukhan te puttadrassa, rjacordnam vasena dipadaca-
tuppadesu n atthi koei upaddavo ti dni vadant tva te lapanti
nma, tath pana vatv: ma bhante sabbesan no (c. to)
sukham, n atthi koei upaddavo, idni no geham pahtannapnarh
(c. pabu-^, idh; eva vasath ti attnam nimantpent lappent
nma, santo pana idam ubhayam pi na karonti; s u k h e n a
p u t t h a t h a v d u k k h e n ti desanmattam etam, atthahi
pana lokadhammebi putth tutthibhvamavhkubhvavasena v
vannahananaavannavasena (vannanvannanvasena?) v u c e -

cod. yati. b &ccod. donma. d cod. piyi-. cod.-jabbo.

/ c o d . phu- 0cod. yerayhasle. t*cod. n. *cod. piyi-.
18*
 276

vacaii i krarii pandit na dassayantti . . . Vighsdnaiii

desavutta (?) bhikkhnarii vatthurii.
P h u 11 h part. perf. pass, a rd. phus sanscr. sprg; hanc
lectionem ex cod. A recepi, B et C putth (sanscr. pust vei
prst) prsebent, quse lectio convenientem ullam interpretationem
admittere non videtur, nisi forte sit puttha i. q. phuttha cfr.
pih, puth (s. sprh, sphut). N a u c c v a c a r i i legendum est n ucc-.

v. 84. Locus: Jetavanarn. Persona: Dhammikatthero.

Tattha na a t t a he t t ti pandit nma attahetu v para-
hetu v ppm na karonti; n a p u t t a m icche ti puttarii
v dhanarii v ratthaiii v ppakanimena na iccheyya, etni
pi icchanto ppakammarii na karoti yev ti attho; sami d-
d h i m a t t a n o ti y attano samiddhi tam pi adhammena na
iccheyya, sarniddhikranpi pparii na karotti attho; sa s I v
ti so (yo?) ca evardpo puggalo so eva slav ca pamnav ca
dhanimiko ca siy na (c. narii) ariine ti attho. . .
P a n n v sic B et C, A patinv, cfr. Clough: Pali
gr. p. <14. Tum our: Mahvanso p. 30, s. Dhpd. v. 7 2 .
Dubito, sitne nmn neutr. gn. panna; metri ver causa, ut
opinor, correpta est longa vocalis, cfr. not. ad v. ion. De metr
append, vide.

v. 8 a -8 6 . Appak te manusses ti imaiii dhamma-

desanarii Sattli Jetavane viharanto dhammasavanam rabbha
kathesi; Svatthiyam kira ekavthivsino (c. ekariiv-) manuss
samagg hutv ganabandhanena dlim datv sabbarattikaiii
dhanimasavanarii kresurii (c. -u), sabbarattirii pana dhammaiii
sotum nsakkhimsu, ekacce kmaratinissit hutv puna geham
eva gat ekacce dosanissit hutv, ekacce pana thnamiddhasa-
mangino (?) hutv tatth eva nisditv palyant soturii nsak
khimsu; puna divase bhikkhu tani pavattirii dhammasabhyaiii
samutthpesum, Satth gantv kya nu ttha bhikkhave etarahi
 277

kathya sannisinn ti pucchitv imya nm ti vutte: bhik-

khave ime satt nma yebhuyyena bhavasannissit bhavesu
eva lagg viharanti, pragmino nma appak ti anusandhim
ghatetv dhammam desento im gth abhsi: Appak etc.
. . . S a m m a d a k k h t e ti samm akkhte sukathite; d h a m m e
ti desandhamme; d h a m m n u v a t t i n o ti tam dhammam
sutv tadanucchavikam patipadam ptretv maggaphalasacchi-
karanena dhammnuvattino; p r a m e s s a n t t i te evarp
jan nibbnapram (c.-ra) gamissanti; m a e c u d h e y y a n ti
kilesamrasamkhtassa maccussa nivsanatthnabhttam tebhu-
makavaddham; s u d u t t a r a n ti ye (c. yo) jan dhammnu
vattino te etam suduttaram duratikkamarii (c. -manv) mra-
dheyyam taritv (c. kar-) atikkamitv nibbnapram gamissan-
titi attho; . . . Dhammasavanavatthui.
P r a - cfr. Yv. 355. 385. 414. Tt a r p a j a dijambus prse-
terea in vv. 254. 302. 414 (3 .1 ) exstat. S a mma d a k k h t e cfr.
vv. 275. 276. Maccudheyyam cfr. v. 34. Duttaram
postulat formara sanscr. durtaram pro dustaram. Cfr. Rmya-
nam edid. Gorresio III, 59, 20 : nadi vaitaranm mrtyoh.

V. 8 * 7 -8 9 Kanharii dhammarii vippahy ti imam

dhammadesanam Satth Jetavane viharanto pacasate gantu-
kabhikkh (c. -u) rabbha kathesi; Kosalaratthe kira pacasat
bhikkh (c. -u) vassarii vasitv vutthavass (c. vutta-) Satthram
vandissm ti Jetavanam gantv Satthram vanditv ekaman-
tam nisdimsu, Satth tesara cariyapatipakkham nismetv
dhammam desento im (c. imarii) gth abhsi: Kanham etc.
Tattha k a n h a m d h a m m a n ti kyaduccaritdibhedam aku-
saladhammam jahitv s u k k a m b h v e t h t i panclito bhikkhu
abhinikkhamato patthya yva arahattamagg kyasuearit-
dibhedam (c. kyaduccar-) sukkam dhammam bhveyya;
katharii: anokatii gamma okam vuccati layo,
 278

anokaiii vuccati anlayo, layato iiikkhamitv anlayasam-

khtarh nibbnarii paticca rabbha tarii patthayamno bhveyy
ti attho; t a t r b h i rati rn i c c h e y y ti yasmirii anlayasarii-
khte v i v e k e nibbne imehi sattehi durabhiramarii tatra
abhiratirii (c.-ti) iccheyy; kme ti vatthukmakilesakme
hitv akincano hutv viveke abhiratirii iccheyy ti attho;
cittakkilesehti pancahi nvaranehi attnarh vodapeyya
pariyodapeyy ti attho; s ambo dhi ar i ge s ti bojjhafigesu
samm ci 11am subhvitan ti betun nayena cittam
sutthubhvitarh (c. susubh-) vaddhitarh; d n a p a t i n i s s a g g e
(c. -ggirii) ti (c. hi) dnarii vuccati ganharii, tassa tattha pati-
nissaggasariikhte agahane catthi (c. -uhi) updnehi kinci
anupdiyitv ye rat ti attho; ju t i m n to (c. j-) ti nu-
bhvavanto arahattamagganuadutiy khandhdibhede (c. -dena)
dhamme jotetv thit ti attho; te l o k e ti imasmirii khan-
dhdiloke(c.-d-) p a r i n i b b u t nma, arahattapattito patthya
kilesavaddhassa khepitatt savupdisesena carimacittanirodhena
khandhavaddhassa (c. ka-) khepitatt anupdisesena c ti dvhi
pi nibbnehi parinibbut, anupdno viya dpo apannattikabh-
varii gat ti a tth o ;... Agantukapancasatabhikkhimarii vatthurii.
V i v e k e cum commentatore igurate de Nibbno intelli-
gere ineptum putavi quum ob verba ok anokarh (cfr. vv. 40 .

9 1. 404. 115, Burnouf: Iiitrod. p. so) tm ob verba pariyoda-

peyya attnarh cittaklesehi, quse prse se ferunt, eum (sapientem)
Nibbnum nondum attigisse; cfr. v. 15. Pariyodapeyya,
ni fallor, potent, caus. a rd. de v. d (sanscr. dai) prseff.
pari et ava, cfr. v. i83. K i e s (pro vulgari kileso) et kilittha,
angor, miseria, et angore vexatus, miser, in palica lingua
prsesertim notionem vitii et vitiosi habere videntur; cfr. vv.
15 . '>4 4 . s1*. 158. res. Ratio hujus e doctrina metempsychosis
patet. A k i n c a n o cfr. vv. 2 2 1. 396. 4 2 1. Sambodhiarigesu
scilicet: sati - dhammavicaya - viriya - piti - pasaddhi - samdhi-
 279

upekha-sambojjharigdni, vide Satipatfhanasuttaih; efr. Clough:

Singhalese Diet. s. y. bodhyaiiga; Burnouf Introd. p. 295 .

Abhidhanapp. p. 109, 28. Adana- - a n u p a d i y a efr. vv.

352. 39. 406. 4 2 1 . 20 . 4i4. K h i n r i s a v a efr. v. 420; vv. 94.

126. 386: an^sava; v. 110: nirasaya (com. nittanha); vv. 93.

226. 253. 2i 2. 292. 293: asava (Abhidhanapp. edid. Clough

p. 126, 9 1) sanscr. agraya, ut 4vudha, avuso, kasava, tv-eva,
tJvatirhsa sanscr. ayudha etc. ; dsaya (Abhidhanapp. p. 104,1.
122,59) sanscr. et agaya et agraya (?). P a r i n i b b u t a part,
perf. pass, a rad. var (sanscr. vr) prseflf. pari et nis; efr.
vv. 196. 406. 4 1 4 : nibbuta.

V. OO. Gfataddliino ti imam dhammadesanam (c. -a)

Satthd, Jivakambavane viharanto Jivakena putthapanham arab-
bha kathesi. Jivakavatthurh Khandhake vittharitam eva. Eka-
smirii pana samaye Devadatto Ajatasattuna saddhirii ekato hutv<4
Grijjhakutam abhiruhitvJ padulthacitto Satthararii vadhissiimiti
silarh pativijjhi, tance (?) pabbatakutdni paricchimsu, tato bhijjitva
gata papatika Bhagavato pddarii abhihanitva lohitarh uppMesi,
bhusa vedana pavattimsu, bhikkhu Satthararii maddakucchiiii
nayiriisu, Satthd, tato pi Jivakambavanarh gantukamo tattha
mam (c. tam attharh) netha ti aha, bhikkhu Bhagavantaih
ad4ya Jivakambavanarh agamariisu. Jivako tarn pavattirii
sutva Satthu santikarh gantva vanapatikammatthaya tikhina-
bhesajjarii datva vanarii bandhitva Satthararii etad a v oca : bhante
may<4 antonagare ekassa manussassa bhesajjakaranarii (c.
-jjamkar-), tassa santikarh gantva agamissamiti (c. a g -), idarii
bhesajjarh yava mamagamand (c. mayag-) bandhaniy&men eva
titthatu ti, so gantvd tassa purisassa kattabbakiccarii katva dvara-
pidalianaveldya (c. -rarhpid-) dgacchanto dv4rarii na sampapuni,
ath assa etad ahosi: alio maya bhariyarii kammarh katath,
 280

sv-harh arnnatarassa purisassa viya Tathgatassa pd tikhina-

bhesajjam datv vanam bandhirir, ayarii tassa mocanavel,
tasmirh amuccamne sabbarattirh Bhagavato sarraparilho
uppajjissatti. Tasmirh khane Satth Anandattherarir mantesi:
Ananda Jyako syam gacchanto dvrarh na samppuni,
ayarii vanassa mocanavel ti pana cintesi, mocehi nan ti,
thero pi mocesi, vano rukkhato chaddh viya gato (c. ag-), Jvako
antoarune yeva Satthu santikam vegena gantv: kin nu
bhante sarre vo parilho uppanno ti pucchi, Satth Tathgatassa
kho Jvaka bodhimande yeva sabbaparilho (c. sabbaihpa-) vupa-
santo ti anusandhim ghatetv dhammam desento imam gtham
lra: Gataddhino etc. Tattha g a t a d d h i n o ti gatamaggassa,
kantraddb vaddhaddh ti (c. vabaddhthi) dve addh nma,
tesu kantrapatipanno yva icchitatthnam ppunti tva addhiko
eva tasmirh pana patt gataddh nma boti, vaddhasannissitpi
satt yva vaddhe vasanti tva addhik (c. -it) eva, kasm:
vaddhassa akhepitatt sotpanndayo pi addhik eva, vad-
dhaih pana khepetv thito (c. th-) khnsavo gataddh (c. -i)
nma hoti; tassa gataddhino vi s o k a s s ti vaddhamdlakassa
sokass vigatatt visokassa; s a b b a d h i t i sabbesn khandhdi-
dhammesu vippamuttassa; catunnam pi ganthnam pahnatt
s a b b a g a n t h a p p a h n a s s a ; p a r i l h o na v i j j a t t i drividho
parilho kyiko cetasiko ca, tesu khnsavassa stunhdivasena
uppajjanako kyikaparilho anibbuto, tani sandhya Jvako
pucchi, Satth pana dhammarjatya desanvidhikusalakyi-
kacetasikaparilhavasena desanarii vinivattento: vuso Jvaka
paraman (?), tena hi evarpassa khnsavassa parilho na
vijjatti ha . . . Jvakavatthurh.
G a t a d d h i n o cfr. Mahbh. 3 , iross. 12, 12504. n s io etc.
G a n t h a p p a h i n a cfr. v. 211; i. q. nirgrantha, vide W ilson:
Sanscrit Diet. s. v. P a r i l h o ex paridho sanscr. paridhah;
cfr. Clough: Pali gr. p. 15.
 V . 9 1 Locus: Veiuvanarh. Persona: Mahkassapatthero.
Tattha u y y u j a n t i s a t ma n to ti sativepullappasatt
(c. -ppavesatt) khnsav attan attan patividdhagunesu jhna-
vipassandisu vajjanasamvajjariavutthndhitthnapaccavek-
khanhi yujanti ghatanti (c. ppatanti); na nikete ramanti,
tesam laye rati nma n atthi; hamsa v ti desanssam
etaih, ayam pan ettha (c. etv) attho: yath gocarasampanna-
pallale sakun attano goearam gahetv gamanakle mama
udakarii mama padumam mama uppalam mama tinan ti
tasmirh thne kismici layarii akatv anapekkh tam padesaiii
pahya uppatitv kse klamn gacchanti evam evaiii khn
sav yattha katthaci viharantpi kuldisu alagg ca viharitv
gamanasamave pi tam thnarh pahya gacchant mama vihro
mama pari venar mama upatthk ti anlay (c. anal-) ana
pekkh va gacchanti; okam okn ti l ayam , sabblaye
pariccajantiti attho. . .

X. 9. Locus:' Jetavanam. Persona: Belatthissatthero.

Tattha sa n ni c a y o ti dve sannicay: kammasannicayo
paccayasannicayo ca, tesu kusalkusalakammam kammasanni
cayo nma cattro paccay paccayasannicayo ca nma, tattha
vihre vasantassa bhikkhuno (c. -u) ekarii gulapindam catubhga-
mattarii sappitan ca tandulanlim thapentassa paccayasannicayo
n atthi, tato uttarim hoti sayam(-?), ayaiii duvidho pi sannicayo
n atthi; p a r i m t a b h o j a n ti thi parimhi parimta-
bhojan: ygudnam ygubhavdijnanaih (c. -dichannam) na-
parim (c. bta-), hre patikktlasamvasena pana bhojanassa
parijnanarii tranapatirh, kabaliriikrhre chandargaapakad-
dhananam (c. -m-) pahnaparim (c. pahta-), imhi thi
parimhi ye parimtabhojan; sum a t o an i m itt o c ti
ettha appanihitavimokho pi gallito yeva, tini pi cetannibbnass
 282

eva nmni, nibbnarh hi rgadosamohnarii abhvena surhnatarh

(c. -to) tehi ca vimuttan ti surhnatavimokho (c. suriinta-), tattha
rgdinimittbhvena (c. -d-) animittarh tehi ca vimuttan ti
animitto vimokho, rgdipanidhnarh pana abhvena appani-
hitarii tehi ca vimuttan ti appanihito vimokho ti vuccati,
phalasampattivasena tahi rammanam katv vihar antnaiih,
ayarh tividho pi hi vimokho yesaiii gocaro; gti tesar
durannay ti yath nma ksena gatnavh sakunnarii
padanikkhepassa adassanena gti durannay (c. -yarii) na sakk
jniturii evam evaih (c. esarii) yesarh ayam duvidho sannicayo
(c. hie et supra constanter: santicayo) n atthi imhi ca thi
parimnhi paririintabhjn yesan ca ayarh vuttappakro
vimokho gocaro tesarii tayo bhav catasso yoniyo (c. -yarii) parica
gatiyo satta virhnnathitiyo'nava sattvs ti imesu kotthsesu
imin nma gat (-?) ti gamanassa apariiriyanato gti dur
annay na sakk parrinpetun ti . . .
Sun i a t o , ni fallor, adjectivum est e nomine substantive
abstracto sufinat sanser. cnyat (cfr. H odgson: Illustrations
p. as) formtum. - Ak s e cfr. Mahbh. 12,6763. 875?. ii56.
5953. Dhpd. v. 4'ki.

v. 03. Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Anuruddhatthero.

. . . Ahrasmin ca tanhditthinissayehi anissito; . . . evam
evarii evarpassa bhikkhuno nirayapadena gato tiracchayoni-
padena v ti din nayena padatri pariinpeturh nma na
sakk t i . . .
A n i s s i t o sanser. anigrito.

v. 04. Locus: Pubbrmo. Persona: Mahkaccya-

natthero.
.. . Tathrpassa d e v p i p i h a y an ti manusspi dassanan
ca gamanari ca patthenti yev ti . . .
 283

Y a s s i n d r i y n i cfr. v. m passath imam (y. 32e yenic-

ehakarii); Mahbh. II, 175. Pahnamnassa cfr. v. 221.
P i h a y a n t i cfr. v. isi. Exspectandum erat phih sanscr.
sprh, at constanter tamen scribitur pih.

v. 95. Locas: Jetavanarii. Persona: Sriputtatthero.

Tass attho: bhikkbave yath nma pathaviyarii sucni
gandhamldni pi nikkhipanti tath nagaradvre nikhtarii
indakhlarii drakdayo omuttenti pi ilhadayanti pi, apare na
tarii gandhamldhi sakkaronti, tattha (yath ?) pathaviy
indakhlassa ca n eva anurodho uppajjati na virodho evam
evam sv-yarii khnsavp bhikkhu atthahi lokadhammehi akap-
piyabhvena tdi vatnarii sundaratya subbato so ime hi marii
catlii (c. -uhi) paccayehi sakkaronti ime pana na sakkarontti
sakkra ca karontesu n eva anurujjhati no virujjhati, atha
kho pathavisamo ca indakhlpamo eva ca hoti, yath apa-
gatakaddamo rahado pi pasanndako hoti evam apagatakile-
sargakaddamdhi akaddamo vippasanno (ps-?) va hoti,
t di no ti tassa pana evarpassa sugatiduggatsu sariisr
nma (adde: na) hontti. ..
I n d k h i l o vide Abhidhnapp. p. 24,7 . 27, 23. 130, 28.
Subbato cfr. vv. 145. 208. 400. 271. 312.

v. 96. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Kosambivsi-

tissatthero.
Tattha s n t n ti tattha (yath?) khnsavasamanassa
abhijjhdnarri abhvena manam sntm eva hoti upasantarii
nibbutarii tath musvddnarh abhvena vc ca pnti-
ptdnairi abhvena kyakamma ca sntm eva boti . . .

w. 97 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Sriputtatthero.

Tattha attan patividdhagunarii paresarii kathya na
 284

saddahatiti a s s a d d h o ; ak a t a m fi nibbnarii jntti aka-

taitinu, sacchikato (c. -t) nibbno ti attho; vaddhasandhi-
sarhsrasandhirh chetv thito ti sandhichedo; kusalkusa-
lakammabjassa khnatt nibbattan va hatvakso ti hta
(adde: avakso ?) ass ti hatvakso; catihi maggehi
kattabbakiccassa katatt sabb s imin vant ti v a n t s o ;
so (yo?) evanpo naro sa ve patividdhalokuttaradhammatya
purisesu uttamabhvarn patto ti p u r i s u t t a m o . . .
P o r i so i. q. puriso sanscr. purusah: interdum pl. o
respondet sanscr. u, ut ottho, gopphaka, pokkhararii, no,
sanscr. ustrah, gulpha, puskaram, nu, vice versa pl. u interdum
sanscr. o respondet, cfr. not. ad v. 73.

v. 98. Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Khadiravaniya-

revatatthero.
Tattha kiicpi arahanto gmante kyavivekam na labhanti
cittavivekam pana labhant eva, tesam hi dibbapatibhgni
pi rammanni cittam cleturh na sakkonti, tasm gmnam
(c. gm) v hotu arariindnam v amnataram, yattha arahanto
viharanti tam bhiunim rmaneyyakan ti, so bhmippadeso
ramanyo evarupo ti attho . . .
Ni nne sanscr. nimne. Tam b h t mi m commentator
nominativum habere videtur.

v. 99. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: arhnatar itthi.

R a m an v n i a r a n n i legendum est ramanyn ar-,
cfr. not. ad v. 5. Yattha na ramati Pseonem primum
no legendo removere licet; cfr. vv. 13. 140.
 285

V. 1O. Locus: Vejuvanam. Persona: Tambadjhiko.

Tattha sah as s am a piti paricchedavacanamjekam sahas-
sam dve sahassnti, evam sahassena ce pi paricchinnavc
boti tva anatthapadasamhit ksavamianapabbata-
vamianavanavannandni (c. ksavaimapabbatavamiavanavan-
nandni) paksakehi aniccni (c. -na) dpakehi anatthakehi
padehi sarhhit, yva bahuk nonti (boti ?) tva ppik ev ti
attho ; e k a m a t t h a p a d a n t i yarn pana: ( . . . '/) ayarii kyagat
sati, tisso vijj anuppatt, katam Buddhassa ssanan ti eva-
rtpam pi ekarh atthapadam sutv rgdivpasamena vpa-
sammati tam atthasdhakam nibbnapatisamyuttam (c. -narh-
pati-) khandhadhtuyatanaindriyabalabojjhagasatipatthna-
paridpakam ekarh pi padarii seyyo ev ti attho . . .
Construction! hujus versus et seq. ellipsim inesse nemo
non videt. Eruditorum est judicare, num recte interpretatus sim.

V. O I . L ocus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Drucritthero.

Tattha e k a m gthpadan ti appamdo amatapadan
ti pe yathmat ti (cfr. supra v. 21) evanip ek gth seyyo
ti attho, sesam purimanayen eva veditabbam . . .

V . 1 0 5 8 -3 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Kundalake-

sitther.
Tattha g t h satan ti yo ca puggalo sataparicched
(c. -do) bahi (c. -u) pi gth bhseyy ti attho; a n a t t h a p a d a
samhit ti ksavannandivasena anatthakehi padehi sam-
hit; dh am m ap a d a n ti atthasdhakarir khandhdipatisavii-
yuttarii, cattr imni paribbjikdhammapadni, katamni cattri:
anabhijjhparibbjikdhammapadam, avypdaparibbjik-
dhammapadahi, sammsatiparibbjikdhammapadam, samm-
samdhiparibbjikdhammapadan ti evarii vutte catsu (c. -usu)
dhammapadesu ekam pi dhammapadarii seyyo ti; y o sah a s-
 286

sam s a h a s s e n a ti yo eko sarrigdmayodho sahassena gan-

hitaih sahassarh mdnuse ekasmirh sangdme jineyya, dasa
manussasatasahassdni jinitvdna jayarh ahareyya, ayam pi
sangdmajito uttamo ndma na hoti; e k a n ca j e y y a m a t t d n a n
ti yo pana rattitthdnadivdtthdnesu ajjhattikakannnatthanaui
sammasanto attano mohddikilesajayena attanarh jineyya; sa
ve s a n g d ma j u t t a m o ti so sangdmajitdnani uttamo pavaro
sangdmasisayodho t i . . .
J e y y a m potentialem intelligere videtur commentator, ita-
que m euphonise causa insertum habendum est; hoc posito
prsestat fortasse scribere: jeyya-m-attanarh. Sed jeyyam fut.
part. pass, interpretari quoque licet, ita ut vertamus: solumque
superandum se ipsum sc. superat. Sangdmajuttamo e
sangamaji et uttamo, ji sanscr. jit.

v. 104-5. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: anatthapuccha-

kabrdhmano.
Tattha a11 d h a v e j i t a m se y y o , have ti nipatamatto,
jitan ti iirigavipalldso, attano kilesajayena attanam (e. attd)
jindti tato seyyo ti attho; y d cdyarii itard p a j d ti yd
pandyarii jutena vd dhanaharanena vd sangame valabhibhavena
jitd bhaveyya tarn jitan tena yd jitan (?) tam seyyo ti attho;
kasmd pana tam deva jitarii seyyo idam na seyyo ti yassa
(yasmd ?) attadantassa pe tathdrupassa jantuno ti, idam vuttarii
hoti: yasmd hi yasvayarii (jo sv-dyam?) nikkilesataya attadanto
poso tassa attadantassa kdyadihi niccasariiyatacdrino (c. -hdrino)
evarupassa imehi kdyasamnamadihi sariinatassa (c.-na-) jantuno
devo vd gandhabbo vd mdro vd (c. na) brahmund saha uttha-
liitvd: dgamassa (abam assa ?) jitarii (c. -ta) apajitarir karissdmi,
maggabhdvandya pahinakilese puna uppddessdmiti ghatento
pi yatha dhanddihi pardjito pakkhantaro hutvd itaro na jitarii
 287

puna jinanto apajitarii kareyya evarii apajitarh kturh n eva

sakkuneyy ti attho .
Jitarii, hsec forma, ni fallor, orta est ex jitah; sanscr.
enim r et h pausale nonnimquam in m mutari videntur ut
lomaharhsanam, vimariisati, punappunarii, jantum v. 10 7, karii
si tvarii (supra p. 12 2 ). Y cyari i scripsi, cyarh existimans
esse ca et ayam, sed sine dubio scribendum est: y c yarii
i. e. y ce ayarh, cfr. yan ce vv. 10 6 . 10 7. sos, particulam
latinam quam. B r a h m u n cfr. v. 230.

v . IO . Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: Sariputtatthe-

rassa mtulabrhmano.
Tattha s a h a s s e n ti sahassapariccgena; y o y a j e t h a
s a t a m s a m a n ti yo (c. y) vassasatam ms ms sahassarii
pariccajanto lokiyamahjanassa dnarh dadeyya; ekari ca
b h v i t n ti y eva ekarh gunavase namassitaattnarh (c. nav-)
hetthimakotiy sotpannarii (c. -nn) uparimakotiy khnsavarii
gharadvrasampannam (c. -rariisampannam) katacchubhikkh-
dnavasena v ypanamattarii hradnavasena ca (-?) thla-
stakadnamattena v pujeyya, yarii itarena vassasatavh hutm
tato s yeva pujan seyyo setth (c. - 0 ) uttam (c. - 0 ) ti attho.. .
Satarhsamarii cfr. not. ad v. m .

v. 107. Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: Sriputtatthe-

rassa bhgineyyo.
Tattha j a n t ti sattdhivacanam etarh; ag g i in p a r i c a r e
vane ti nippapaicabhvarii patthanya vanarh pavisitvpi
tattha tattha aggirii paricareyya, sesarh purimasadisam e vt i . . .
J a n t u i h sic omnes codd., cfr. not. ad v. 10 4 .

v. 108. Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: Sriputtatthe-

rassa sahyabrhmano.
 Tattha y a rii i c iti anavasesapariydnavacanarii; y i t-
tl i an ti yebhuyyena magalakiriyadivase dinnadnarii; hut n
ti abhisarhkharitv katarii pahutadnam eva kamma ca phala
ca saddahitv katadna ca ; s a r h v a c c h a r a r i i y a j e t h ti
ekarii sarhvacchararii nirantaram eva vuttappakram dnarii
sakalacakkavle pi lokiyamahjanassa dadeyya (c. -yyurh);
p u r h a p e k h o ti pumarii icchanto; u j j u g a t e s ti hetthi-
makotiy sotpanndsu (c. -nnedirhsu) uparimakotiy khn-
savesu, idarh vuttarii lioti: evarpe supasannacittena sarram
onamitv (c. on-) vandantassa kusalacetanya catnbhgam pi
sabbam tarn dnarn ngghati. tasm ujjugatesu abhivdanam
eva seyyo t i . . .
Y i t t h a t i i a yaj, y anteposito. V a v a pro v v voealibus
metri causa correptis; cfr. v. sia kayirath enam, v. asa attanarh.
U j j u , ni fallor, pro vulgari uju, cfr. not. ad v. ie. Abhi-
v d a n f. sic omnes codd., fortasse legendum est abhivdanarii.
De metro app. vide.

V . 1 Locus: Dghalambikarii nissya Arariia-

kutik. Persona: Dghyukumro.
Tattha a b h i v d a n a s l i s s ti vandanaslassa abhinharii
vandanakiccass (c. -ccapass) ti attho; v a d d h p a c y i no
ti gihissa tadhu pabbajite daharasmanere pi (c. herum: pab-
bajite daharasmanere pi) pabbajissa pparo na (?) pabbaj-
jya v upasampadya v buddhatare (c. -ddh-) gunavuddhe
apacyamnassa (c. -na-) abhivdanena p (pi?) niccarii pjen-
tass ti (c. pi) attho; cattro dhamm ti yumhi vad-
dhamne yattakaiii klarii tarii vaddhati tattakarii itare vad-
dlianti yeva, na hi parhsavassarii yus riivattanikarii kusalarii
katarii pacavsativassakle v assa jvantaryo uppajjeyya, yo
abhivdanaslatya patippasambhati so yvatyukam eva tit-
thati, vanndayo pi ssa yun ca saddhirii vaddhanti ito
uttarim pi es eva nayo anantar^yo na pavattassa ayuno vadclba-
narn an^ma n atthi (? ) . . .
V a d d ha antiquior forma, vulgaris vuddha (sanscr.
vrddha) cfr, Abhidhanapp. p. 31,27. 139,4. Affertur versus
in Asiatic Researches vol. 20 p. 25 9 not., exstat in Man.
2,121 hac specie:
Abhiv^tdanagilasya nityarii vrddhopasevinah
catvari tasya vardhante ayur vidya yago balaih.

Wo 1 1 # Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Sariikiccasa-

manero.

W 111 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Khanukondanno.

W . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sappad&yatthero.

Tattha k u s i t o ti kamavitakkddihi tihi vitakkehi vftinii-
manakapuggalo; hinaviriyo ti nibbiriyo ti; viriyam
drabhato dalhan ti duvidhajjh^nanibbattanasamattham
viriyam drabhantassa . . .
K u s i t o sanscr. kusido. D a l h a in cfr. not. ad v. 9.

w 1 1 3 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Patacara.

Tattha a p a s s a m u d a y a v y a y a n ti pancannam khan-
dhanarh pancavisatiy^, lakkhanehi udayam (c. -a) vyayan ca
apassanto; passato udayavyayan ti tesarii udayan ca
vayan ca apassantassa itarassa jivitato ekham pi jivitarii
seyyo t i . . .
U d a y a v y ay am cfr. v. 374. Maljabh. , * : utpatti-
1 2 6 565

nidhanajna.

V 114 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Kis^gotamitheri.

19
 290

Tattha a ma t a r p a d an ti maranavirahitar kotthsar

amatamahnibbnan ti attho . . .
A ma t a r p a d a r cfr. vv. 2 1. 4. Mahbh. 12, etc.

V. l i d . Locus: Jetavanar. Persona: Bahuputta-

kther.
Tattha d h a m m a m 11 tt a ma n ti navavidharh lokuttara-
dhammar . . .

V. 116. Abhittharetha kalyne pp ti imar dhamma-

desanar Satth Jetavane viharanto Clekastakabrhmanar
rabbha kathesi. Vipassidasabalaklasmir hi Mahekas-
takabrhmano nma ahosi, ayam pana etarahi Svatthiyar
Clekastako nma; tassa hi eko nivsanastako ahosi, brh-
maniypi eko, ubhinnam pi ekam eva prupanar (c. ppu-
ranar), bahigamanakle brhmano (c. -e) v brhman v
tar prupati; ath ekadivasar vihre dhammasavane ghosite
brhmano ha: bhoti (c. hoti) dhammasaAranar ghositar,
kir div dhammasavanar gamissasi udhu rattir, pru-
panassa (c. ppuranassa) hi abhvena na sakk amhehi ekato
gantun t i , brhman smi ahar div gamissmti stakar
prupitv agamsi, brhmano divasabhgar gehe vtinmetv
rattir gantv Satthu purato nisinno dhammar assosi, ath
assa sarrar pharamn pacayannapti (c. -jti) uppajji, so
Satthrar pjetukmo hutv: sace imar stakar dassmi
n eva brhmaniy na mayhar prupanar (c. ppuranar)
bhavissatti cintesi, ath assa maccheracittnar sahassar
uppajji, pun ekar saddhcittar (c. -) uppajji, tar abhibha-
vantar puna maccherasahassar uppajji, iti ssa balavamac-
cherar bandhitv ganhantar viya saddhcittar patibhati
 291

yeva, tassa dassmi na dassmti cintentass eva pathamaymo

gato, majjhimaymo sampatto, tasmim pi dtum nsakkhi, pacchi-
maymo sampatto (c. sampanno), so cintesi: mama saddhcittena
maccheracittena ca saddhirh yujjhantass eva dve ym vtitt (vti-
vatt?), imarii mama ettakam maccheracittarii vaddhamnam (c.
-nari) cathi apyehi ssarh ukkhipiturii na dassati, dassmi dnan
ti so maccherasahassarii abhibhavitv saddhcittarh purecri-
karh (c. prevr-) katv stakarh dya Satthu pdamle
thapetv jitam me jitam me -ti tikkhattum mahsaddam aksi.
Rj Pasenadikosalo dhammam simanto tam saddarii sutv
pucehi (c. -a ): na n kici kira tena jitan ti ha, so rjapuri-
selii pucchito tam attham rocesi, tam sutv rj dukkaram
katam brhmanena, sagaham assa karissmti ekam staka-
yugam dpesi, so tam pi Tathgatass eva adsi, puna rj
dve cattri atha solasnti (?) digunam katv dpesi, so tni pi
Tathgatass eva adsi, ath assa rj dvattimsa yugni dpesi,
brhmano attano agahetv laddharh vissajjesti yevcamocanat-
thaiii (?), tato ekam yugam attano ekam brhmaniy (c.-n-) ti dve
yugni gahetv timsa yugni Tathgatass eva adsi, rj
pana tasmim satakkhattum pi dadante puna dtukmo va (c. ca)
ahosi. Pubbe Mahekastako catusatthiy stakayugesu dve
aggahesi, ayam pana dvattirhsya laddhakle dve aggahesi. Rj
purise npesi: dukkaram bhane brhmanena katam, antopure
marii sarpeyyth (c. -ath) ti; te tath karirhsu, rj satasahas-
sagghanake dve kambale dpesi, brhmano (. -e) (c. na): ime
mama sarre upayogarii na arahanti, Buddhassanassa dve te
anucchavik ti ekarii kambalam antogandhakutiyarii Satthu
(c. -um) sayanassa upari vitnarh katv bandhi, ekam attano
ghare nibaddharii bhujantassa bhikkhuno (c. -no) bhatta-
kiccatthne vitnarii katv bandhi, rj syanhasamaye Satthu
santikarii gantv kambalarii sajnitv bhante kena puj kat
ti pucchitv Ekastaken ti vutte brhmano mama pasda-
19*
 292

ttMne yeva pasidatiti vatvd cattdro hatthi (c.-irh) cattaro asse

cattdri kah4panasahass4ni catasso itthiyo catasso ddsiyo cattaro
gdrnavardni (-yare ti ?) evam yava sata cattdri catt^ri katvd
sabbacatukkarh nam1 assa dapesi. Dhammasabhayarii katharh
samutthapesurh: aho acchariyam Cuiekas4takassa kamman tam
muduttarhmeva (mudutamam eva?) sabbacatukkarh (c. sabbec-)
labhi, tthane (pubbattMne ?) katena kalydnakammena ajj eva
vipako dinno ti, Satthi gantv4 kaya nu ttha bhikkhave
etarahi kathaya sannisinnd, ti pucchitva im4ya n4md ti vutte:
bhikkhave sac yam Ekas^tako pathamay^rae mayharh ddturh
asakkhissa sabbasolasakarh alabhissa, sace majjhimayme
asakkhissa sabbatthakarh alabhissa, balava (?) pacchimayame
dinnattd, pan esa sabbacatukkarh labhi, kaly^nakammam
karontena si (hi?) uppannacittarh aMpetv^ tam khanam
yeva kattabbarii, dandham katarh kusalam hi sampattirh
dad: m^narii dandham eva dadati, tasrna cittupp&dasamananta-
ram eva kaly4nakammarh katabban ti vatvd anusandhim
ghatetvd dhammarh desento imam g^tham h a: abhittharethaetc.
Tattha a b h i t t h a r e t h d ti turitarh turitarh sigharh sigham
kareyy^ ti attho . . . dandham hi karoto ti yo pana
dassdmi sampajjissati nu kho mano ti evarh pi capalamag-
gena gacchanto viya dandham hi purhnam karoti tassa Eka-
s^takassa viya maccherasahassapapam ok^sam labhati, ath
assa papasmirh ramati mano, kusalakammakaranakdle yeva
hi cittarh kusale ramati tato muccitva pdpacittam eva hotiti
. . . Culekas^takabrahmanassa vatthum.
B a n d h a secundum comm, in J^tak. i. q. Mmaka (Abhi-
dhanap. p. 94,9), jarnma (s. jalma), cfr. supra p. 12 4 ; etymologiam
ignoro, fortasse cum vocabulis sanscriticis tandrd, nidrd cohseret
vox. Karoto genitivus prses. part. act. a rad. kar s. kr,
kurvato. A b h i t t h a r e t b a , ni fallor, a rad. thar (?) s. tvar;
itidem scribitur nonnunquam sattha pro satta s. satva.
 293

V l l ' f ' L ocu s: Jetavanam. Persona: Seyyakatthero.

Tass attho: sace puriso sakim ppakammam kareyya
khanam yeva paccavekkhitv idarn appatimpam olrikan ti
na nam kayir punappunarh, yo pi tamhi (c. tampi) chando
v ruci (c. -im) v uppajjeyya tam pi vinodetv na kayirth
eva, kimkran: ppassa hi uccayo vaddhi idhaloke pi pr
tok pi dukkham eva vahatiti (c. -h-) . . .
Codd. C hie et seq. versa tamhi-cchandam habent.

W L ocu s: Jetavanam. Persona: Ljadevadht.

W Locus: Jeiavanarh. Persona: nthapin-

dikaseth.
Tattha p p o ti kyaduccaritdippakammena (c. -dnip-)
yuttapuggalo, so pi hi purimasucaritnubhvena nibbattam
sukharh anubhavamno bhadram pi passati, y v a p p m
na p a c c a t t i yv assa tam ppakammam ditthadhamme
v samparye v vipkam na deti, yad pan assa tam
ditthadhamme v samparye v vipkam deti atha ditthadhamme
(adde: v) vividh (-am?) kammakran (-am?) samparye v
(e. va) apyadukkham anubhonto so ppo ppni yeva passati;
dutiyagthya pi kyasucaritdibhedabhadrakammayutto (c.
kyaduccar-) bhadro so pi purimaduccaritnubhvanibbattam
dukkham anubhavamno ppm passati, yva bhadram
na pa c c a t t i yva p assa tarn bhadrakammarii dittha
dhamme v samparye v vipkam na deti, yad pana tahi
vipkam (c. addit: na) deti atha ditthadhamme v ibhasak-
krdisukham samparye v dibbasampattisukharii (c. -timsu-)
anubhavamno so bhadro bhadrni yeva passatti. .
P p o et b h a d r o in altero utriusque versus hemistichio
glossse sunt; cfr. v. eo.
 294

V. 121. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: asariinatapari-

kkhrabhikkhu.
Tattha m p p a m a e t h ti na avajneyya; p p a s s
ti ppm; na m a n ta m g a mi s s a t t i appamattakaih me
pparii katam kad etam vipaccissatti evam ppm nma
(adde: na) avajneyy ti attho . . .

V. 122. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Billapda-

kasetth.

V. 12*S. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: mahdhana-

vnijo.
A p p a s a t t h a sanscr. alpasrtha.

W. 1 2 4 . L ocus: Veiuvanam. Persona: Kukkutamitto.

Tattha n s s ti na bhaveyya; hareyy ti haritum
sakkuaeyya, kiriikran: yasm n b b a n a m v i s a m an v e t i
abbanam hi pnim visam anvetum na sakkoti, evam evarii
dhanudni nbaritv dentasspi akusalacetanya abhvena
ppm akubbato ppm nma n atthi, abbanarii pnim visam
viya nssa cittarii pparii anugacchatiti. . .
Dijambum in pede tertio obvium prseterea invenies in
vv. 389 (dh facile emendatur) et 4os.

V. 1 2 5 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Kokasunakha-

luddako.
. . . A n a g a n a s s ti nikkilesassa; p a c c e t t i patieti;
. . . yo puggalo appadutthassa purisassa pnippabrdni dadanto
padussati tam eva blm ditthe va dhamme (adde: v)
niraydisu v vipaccamnam tam tam ppm vipkaduk-
khavasena paccetti attho . . .
 295

Anagana referendum est, ut opinor, ad radicem

ag (i. q. lat. ango), quse quidem apudWesterg. non invenitur;
cfr. v y . 236. 238. 35i. Pacceti legendum est patieti. De
metro app. vide.

V 126. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Manikrakulu-

pakatissatthero.

Tattha g a b b h a n ti idha manussagabbho va adhippeto,

sesam ettha uttnattham e v a . . .
Upapajjanti sic cod. C, A et B uppajjanti exhibent;
cfr. not. ad v. 7. Sugatin, duggatin i. q. sugata (Hitop.
ed. Schlegel p. 5,is. Dhpd. vv. 285. 4 19 . Abhidhnapp. p.
1 , 2) , duggata (supra p. 2 7 l,i. Abhidhnapp. p. 100,49)
qui vitara bonara, qui malam degit, physico sensu: fortunatus,
opulens, infortunatus, inops, sensu morali: probus, perfectus,
improbus, iraperfectus. Sugati (Dhpd. vv. is. 3 19 ), duggati
(Dhpd. w . 17. 240. 316.) felicitas, infelicitas, coelum, infer.
Aliter Burnouf: Introd. p. 77. Parinibbanti a rad. v
prseff. pari et nir omnino efflare animam, mori, in Nibbnura
transir.

X I Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: tayo bhikkh.

Tass atho: sace hi koci irain upyena ppakammato

muccissmti antalikkhe v nisdeyya caturstiyojanasahassa-
gambhrarh mahsamuddam v paviseyya pabbatantare v
nisdeyya n eva ppakammato mucceyya (c. mue-), puratthim-
disu hi jagatippadesesu pathavibhgesu na so vlaggamatto pi
okso atthi yatthatthito ppakammato muecitum (c. addit: na)
sakkuneyy ti attho . . .
Antalikkha sanscr. antarxa, 1 igitur responde! r,
 296

itidem in vipallsa, pallanka, paligha, palibodha etc., contra-

rium observandum est in kira.

V. Locus: Nigrodhrmo. Persona: Suppa-

buddhasakko.

V L ocus: Jetavanarh. Personae: chabbaggiy

bhikkh.
Tattha sabbe t a s a nt i t i sabbe pi satt (c. satth)
attani (c. -i) dande patante tassa dandassa tasanti; m a c c u n o
ti maranassa (c. -na-) pi bhyanti y e v a ; imissya desanya
vyajanarii niravasesam attho syaseso, yath hi ram sabbe
sannipatanti ti bheri carpitya pi rjamahmatte thapetv
ses sannipatanti evam evarii sabbe tasantti vutte p.i hatth-
jneyyo assjneyyo usabhjneyyo khnsavo ti ime cattro
thapetv avases tasantti veditabbo, imesu khnsavo sakkya-
ditthiy pahnatt (c. pahitatt) maranakasattam apassanto na
bhyati, itare tayo sakkyaditthiy vatt attano patipakkha-
bhtat sattam apassant na bhyanti . . .
Danda cfr. Man. 7, 17 sq. Mahbh. 12 , 5 sq. Num
recte intellexerim up a m a m , videant docti. Cfr. Mahbh.
I3,5572. 5 56 9.

V. * I^ocus : Jetavanam. Personae: chabbaggiy

bhikkht
Tattha s a b b e s a i i i j v i t a m p i y a n t i khnsave thapetv
sesasattnarii jvitam piyam madhurarh, khnsavo pana jvite
v marae v upekkhako va hoti, sesam purimasadisam
ev t i . . .
 V. 1 3 1 - 3 . Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: sambahul
kumr.
Tattha y o d a n d e n ti yo puggalo dandena v leddu-
diii v viheheti; p e c c a so na l a b b a t e ti so puggalo
paraloke manussasukharii v dibbasukham v paramatthabh-
tar (c. -maita-) nibbnasukham v (adde: na) labhati . . .
Cum hoc versu cfr. Mabbh. 13,5568:
Ahimsakni bhtni dandena vinihanti yah
tmanah sukham iechan sa pretya naiva sukh bhavet
Manu 5,45:
Yo hirsakni bhitni hinasty tmasukhecchay
sa jvara^ ea mrtag caiva na kvacit sukbam edhate.

V. 1 3 3 -3 4 :. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Kunda-

dhnatthero.
Tattha k a c ti kaci ekapuggalam pi pharusam m
voca; v u t t t tay pare dussil ti vutt tam pi tath eva
pativadeyyum; srambhakath ti es kranuttaryuga-
ggbakath nma dukkh; p a t i d a n d t i kyadanddhi parara
pabarantarii (-tassa?) tdis va patidand vatam (tava?) matthake
pateyyum ; s ac e n er e s ti sace attnam niccalam kturh sakkhis-
sasi; kan s o u p a h a t o y a t h ti mukhavattiyam chinditv
thlamattam katv thapitam karsatlarh viya, tdisam bi hattha-
pdehi v dandakena v pahatam pi saddarii na karoti; e sa
patto siti sace evarpo bhavitum sakkhissasi imam pati-
padavh prayamno idni appatto pi eso pi nibbnappatto
nma; srambho te na vijjatti evar sanie ca pana
tvarii dusslo abar suslo (c. dusslo) ti evamdiko uttara-
kranavclakkhano srambho te na vijjati na bhavissati yev
ti attho . . .
P h a r u s a litera r non solum consonantem ad eandem
syllabam pertinentem spiritu afficere potest: tattha, chuddha
 298

(v. 4 i), kaddh, chadclh, verum etiam consonantem syllabse

prioris: phsuka, et posterioris: indakhla. , o c a pro voco?
S r a mb ha sanscr. samrambha, cfr. Clough: Pali G-r. p. 14,w.
S a c e s , sacet, cfr. Foucaux: Rgya tcher rol pa part. 2. p. 233 not.
Ne r e s i ad rad. r retuli una cum negatione, minime vero
rtm habeo hanc explicationem. K a m s a s. krhsya.

V. 1 3 5 . Locus: Pubbrmo. Persona: Viskh.

Ca m a c c u ca secundus hoc versus loco prseterea
in VV. 143. 150. 2 2 8 . 2 7 4 . 3 6 7 repeiitui'.

V. 136. Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: ajagarapeto.

V 1 3 7 - 4 0 . Yo danden ti imam dhammadesanam

Satth Veluvane viharanto Mahmoggallnattherahi rabbha
kathesi. Ekasmim hi samaye titthiy sannipatitv cintesum:
jnthvuso kena kranena samanassa Gotamassa lbhasakkro
mah hutv nibbatto ti; mayam na jrim a , tumhe pana
jnth t i ; ma jnma, Mahmoggallnarii nma ekam nissya
uppanno, so hi devalokam gantv devathi katakammam
pucchitv gantv manussnam katheti: idarii nma katv
evarparii sampattim labhanti, niraye nibbattnam pi kammam
pucchitv gantv manussnam katheti: idarii nma katv
evarpam dukkham anubhavantiti, manuss tassa katharii sutv
mahantam lbhasakkraiii abhiharanti: sace tahi mretum sak-
khissma (c.-m i) so lbhasakkro amhkam nibbattissati; te:
atth eso upyo (c. -e) ti sabbe ekacchand hutv yarii kici
katv mrpessm ti attano upatthke samdapetv kahpana-
sahassarh (-pana-) labhitv purisaghtakammam katv carante
core pakkospetv: Mahmoggallnatthero nma Klasilyam
vasati, tattha gantv tana mreth ti tesam kahpane adariisu,
cor (c. -e) dhanalobhena sampaticchitv theram mressm
(c.-ss) ti gantv tassa vasanatthnarii parivresum, thero
tehi parikkhittabhvarii atv kucikcchiddena nikkhamitv
 299

pakkmi, te tani divasam theram adisv pun ekadivasam

gantv parikkhipiriisu, thero aty kannikmandalar (c. -kaman-
dal) bhinditv ksarh pakkbandi, evan te pathamamse pi
majjhimamse pi theram gahetum nsakkhiriisu, pacchima-
mse pana sampatte thero attan katakammassa kaddhana-
bhvaiii atv na apagachi, cor gahetv theram tandula-
kandamattnissa atthni karont bhindimsu, atha narh mato
ti sariiya ekasmim gumbapitthe khipitv pakkamimsu, thero
Satthram passitv va parinibbyissmti attabhvam jhna-
vethanena vethetv thiram katv ksena Satthu santikarii
gantv Satthram vanditv bhante parinibbyissmti ha;
parinibbyissasi Moggalln ti; ma bhante ti; kattha gantv
t i ; Klasdpadesam bhante ti; tena hi Moggallna mayham
dhammam kathetv yhi, tdisassa hi me svakassa idni
dassanaiii n atthti ; so evarii karissmi bhante ti Satthram
vanditv kse uppatitv parinib'bnadivase Sriputtatthero
viya nnappakr (c. -rni) iddhiyo katv dhammam kathetv
Satthram vanditv Kiasilavirii gantv parinibbyi. Theram
kira cor mresun ti ayam pi kath sakalajambudparii
patthari, rj jtasattu core (c. -o) pariyesanatthya cara-
purise payojesi, tesn pi coresu surpne (c. -ne) suram pivan-
tesu eko ekassa hatthe vitthaiii paharitv ptesi, so tam
santajjetv: hambho dubbinta kasm me vittham ptesti lja;
kim pana are dutthacora tay Mahmoggallno pathamam
pahato ti; kim pana mv pahatabhvam jnsti, iti nesarii
pathamam may pahato ti vadantnam sutv te carapuris
sabbe core gahetv ranino rocesuiii, rj core pakkospetv
pucchi: tumhehi thero mrito ti; ma dev ti; kena tumhe
wyyojit ti; naggasamanakehi dev ti; rj pacasate nagga-
samanake ghpev pacasatehi corehi saddhim rjagane
nbhippamnesu vtesu khanpetv (c -n-) pallehi pati-
cchdpetv aggirii dpesi, atha tesu jhmabhvarii atv
 ||

300

ayanafigalehi kaspetv sabbe khandkhandam krpesi. Dham-

masabhyam (adde: katharh) samutthpesum: Mahmoggall-
natthero attano ananurpam maranam patto ti, Satth gantv
kya nu ttha bhikkhave etarahi kthya sannisinn ti pucchitv
imya nm ti vutte: bhikkhave Mahmoggallnena imassa atta-
bhvassa ananurpam maraar patani, pubbe pana tena katassa
kammassa anurpam eva maranam pattan ti vatv kim pan
assa bhante pubbakamman ti puho vitthretv kathesi: Atte
kira Brnasvs (c. -i) eko kulaputto sayam eva koddhanapa-
candni karonto mtpitaro patijaggati, ath assa mtpi-
taro : tta tvam ekako va gehe ca arame ca kammam karonto
kilamasi ekam nena kumrikam nem ti vatv: amma tta
na mayham evarpen attho aharii yva tumhe jvittha tva
vo sahatth upatthahissinti tena patikkhitt punappuna tam
f 1 ycitv kumrikam nayiriisu, s katipham eva te upatthahitv
7 m,
(c. utth-) pacch tesar dassanam pi anicchant na sakk tava mt-
pithi saddhini ekatthne vasitun ti ujjhyitv tasmii attano
kathar aganhante (c. -tena) tassa bahigatakle keci avhakaecni
ca yguphenpi ca (-?) gahetv tattha tattha kiritv tena gantv
kim idan ti putth (c. -o): imesarh andhamahallaknam etani kam-
mai, sabbagehav kilittham karont vicaranti, na sakk etehi sad-
dhim ekatthne vasitun ti, evarn tya punappuna kathyamnya
evarpo pi puritapram satto mtpitthi saddhirii bhijjiv
hotu jnissmi nesaih kattabbakiccan ti te bhojetv: amma
tta asukatthne nma tumhkarii tak gamanam pacc-
H
\ siriisanti tattha gamissm ti e ynakam ropetv dya
1 i*"
111 gacchanto atavimajjhai pattakle: tta rasmiyo ganhatha gon
(c. -a) padasaiya gamissanti imasmim thne cor vasanti
I 4\\
r I aham otarmti pitu hatthe rasmiyo datv otaritv gacchanto
saddai parivattctv cornam utthitasaddam aksi, mtpitaro
L saddarii sutv cor utthit ti samya tta mayar mahallak
tvam attnam eva rakkh ti harsu, so mtpitaro tath

i-

 301

viravanto pi corasaddam karonto koddhetv mretv ataviyam

khipitv paccgami. Satth idam tassa pubbakammam kathetv:
bhikkhave Moggallno ettakarii kammam katv anekavassa-
satasahassni ni raye pacitv vipkvasesena attabhvasate evam
vadi koddhetv sammuttito maranam patto, evam Moggall-
nena attano kammnurupam eva maranam laddham, pancahi
corasatehi saddhim paca titthiyasatni pi mama putte appa-
dutthe padussitv anurtpam eva maranam labhithsu, appa-
dutthassa hi padussanto dasahi kranehi anayavyasanarh p-
punanti yev ti vatv anusandhim ghatetv dhammam desento
im gth abhsi: Yo dandena etc. Tattha ad an d esd ti
kyadanddirahitesu khnsavesu; a p p a d u t t h e s d ti paresu
v attani v nirapardhesu; arii at a r a m t h n a n ti dasasu
dukkhakranesu amatararii kranam; v e d a n an ti ssarog-
dibhedam pharusam vedanam; j n i n ti kiccdhigatassa dha-
nassa janim ; b b ed an an ti hatthaccheddikam (e. -dnikam)
sarrabhedanaih ; g a r u k a n ti pk 1;hab ata ek aeakkli alap angula-
pthasappikunibhvarh (c. -pagukulapatha-) kuttharogdibhedam
garukbdham v; cittakkhepan ti ummdam; upa-
s s a g g a n ti sasavilopam senpatitthndiacchindandikam (?)
rjato va upassaggam v; a b b h a k k h n a n ti adithaassuta-
acintitapubbaih idam sandhicchedakammam imarii v rjpar-
dhakammam tay katan ti evarupam drunam (c. -rdnaiii)
abbhakkhnam va; t n a n (c.-ti-) ti attano avassayo bha-
viturn samatthnarii tnam parikkhayam v; pabliamgu-
n a n ti pabhagubhvarh pdtibhvam, yam h i ssa gehe dharn-
am tani putibhvam pajjati suvannam afgrabhvam mntt
kappsatthibhvam (c. -si-) kahpanarii kaplakandabhvam
dipadacatuppadam knakundibhvan ti attho; a g g i (c.-im )
d ahat i t i ekasaihvacchare dvattikkhattum amasmim dhake
vijjamne pi asaniaggi (c. -im) v patitv dahati attano va
dhammatya utthito v pvako dahati y eva; ni r a y a n ti
ditthe va dhamme imesam dasannam thnnarn amnataram
patvpi ekamsena samparye pattabbam dasseturh (- ?) nirayam
so upapajjatiti vuttam. . . Mahmoggallnattheravatthum.
D a s a n n a m a n n - legendum est dasann aim -, cfr. not.
ad v. 73. J n i s. jyni. b d h cfr. Kammav. ed. Spiegel
p. 4, Wilson Sanscr. Diet. s. v. vdh. U p a s s a g g a m cfr.
Manu 4,105: jyotism upasarjanarh ; attende duplicem latentis r
efifectum et prsecedentem et consequentem consonantem gemi-
nantis. V a cfr. not. ad v. ios. A b b h a k k lin a s. abhy-
khyna; cod. C abbhamkkhnam va. P a b h a m g u n a r h unde
st derivandum ignoro, ad eandem fortasse radicem referendum
est, unde prabhanga, bhangura. Aggi dabati Paeon primus
potest removeri agg legendo, cfr. v. 99. Nonne aggi p-
vako significet ignem vehementem ?

V. 14S Na naggacariy ti imarii dhammadesanam

Satth Jetavane viharanto bahubhandakabhikkhurii rabbha
kathesi. Svatthiyam kir1 eko kutumbiko bhariyya klaka-
tya pabbaji, so pabbajanto attano parivenan ca aggislan
ca bbandagabbhan ca kriv sabbam pi bhandagabbharh sappi
teldhi pretv pabbajitv attano dse pakkospetv yath-
rucim tam hram pacpetv bhunjati, bahuparikkhro va
ahosi, rattim amnam nivsanarii prupanam hoti div amnarn,
vihrapaccante vasati, nass ekadivasam cvarapaccattharanni
sukkhpentassa sensanacrikam hindant bhikkht (c. -u)
passitv kass imni vuso ti pucchitv mayhan ti vutte vuso
Bhagavat tini cvarni anumntni tvam pana evarn appic-
chassa Buddhassa ssane pabbajitv evam tava bahupari-
kkhro jto ti tam Satthu santikam netv bhante ayarh bhikkhu
atibahubbando ti rocesum, Satth saccam kira bhikkhu ti
pucchitv saccarii bhante ti vutte ha: kasm kasm pana
tvarh bhikkhu may appicchatya dhamme desite evarii bahu-
 303

bhaiido jto ti, so tvataken eva kupito imin dni nhrena

carissmti prupanam chaddetv parisamajjhe ekacvaro at-
hsi, atha nam Satth npatthambhayamno na nu tram bhikkhu
pubbe hiriottappagavesako dakarakkhasakle (c. darakkh-) pi
hiriottappam gavesamno dvdasa vassni vihsi, kasm idni
evarh garnke Buddhassane pabbajitv eatuparisamajjhe prupa
nam chaddetv hiriottappam pahya thito 'siti, so Satthu vaca-
nam sutv hiriottappam paccupathpetv tam cvaram pru-
pitv Satthram vanditv ekamantam nisdi, bhikkh (c. -u)
tassa vibhvanattham Bhagavantam ycimsu, Bhagav attam
haritv kathesi: Atte kira Brnasiyam Brahmadatto nma
rja ahosi, tad bodhisatto tassa ramo aggamahesiy kuc-
chismim patisandhirii ganhi, tassa nmakaranadivase Mahim-
ssakakumro ti nmam. karimsu, tassa kanitthabht Canda-
kumro nma ahosi, tesam mtari klakatya rj amam
aggamahesirii thapesi, spi puttam vijyi, Suriyo kumro ti
ssa nmam karimsu, tam disv rj tuttho puttassa te varam
dammti ha, icchitakle ganhissmti vatv puttassa vaya-
ppattakle ganhissmti vatv puttassa vayappattakle rjnam
ha: devena mayham puttassa jtakle yeva varo dinno,
puttassa me rajjam dehti, rj mama dve (e. ce) putt aggi-
kkhandh viya jalant vicaranti na sakk tassa rajjam dtun
ti patikkhipitvpi tam punappuna ycamnam (c. yciyamnm)
eva disv ayam me puttnam anattham pi kareyy ti putte
pakkospetv ha: tt (c.-a) aliarii Suriyakumrassa (c. -mku-)
jtakle yeva varam adsim, idnissa mt rajjam ycati,
ahan tassa na dtukmo, tassa mt tumhkam pi anattham
pi kareyya, gacchatha tumhe, arame vasitv mama accayena
gantv rajjam ganhath ti uyyojesi, te pitaram vanditv
psd orohante rjagane klamno Suriyakumro disv tam
kranam atv tehi saddhim yeva nikkhami, tesam Himavan-
tam pavitthakle bodhisatto magg okkamma rukkhamiile nis-
 304

ditv Suriyakumrarii ha: tta ekarii sararii gantv nahtv

ca pivitv ca amhkarii paduminipannehi (?) har ti, so pana
saro Vessavanassa santik eken udakarakkhasena laddho lioti,
Vessavano ca narii ha: thapetv devadhammajnanake
(adde: ye) are imam saram otaranti te khditurii labhasti,
tato patthya so tarn saram otinne (c. -o) devadhamme puc-
chitv ajnante khdati, Suriyakumro pi tani sararii avmarii-
sitv va otari, tena ca devadhamme jnsti pucchito deva-
dhamm (c.-o) nma candimasuriy ti ha, atha narii tvarii deva
dhamme na jnsti udakarii pavesetv attano bhavane tha-
pesi, bodhisatto pi narii ciryantarh disv Candakumrarh
pesesi, so pi tena devadhamme pucchito (c. -e) devadhamm
nma manassodis ti ha, clakarakkhaso tam pi udakaiti pave
setv tatth eva thapesi, bodhisatto tasmim (c. tam) pi ciryante
antaryena bhavitabban ti sayarii gantv dvinnam pi otara-
napadarh disv ayarii saro rakkhasapariggahto ti fiaiv khag-
garii sannayhitv dhanuiii gahetv atthsi, rakkhaso tarh ano-
tarantarii disv vanakammikapurisavesengantv ha: bho purisa
tvarh maggakilanto, kasm imam sararii otaritv nahtv ca
pivitv ca hisamllarii (?) khditv pupphni pilandhitv na
gacchasti, bodhisatto tarii disv va (c. ca) eso yakkho ti atv:
tay bho bhtaro (c.-e) gahit ti; ma may ti; kiriikran
ti; aharii imarii sararii otinne (c .-o ) labhmti; kirh pana sabbe
va labhasti; devadhammajnanake thapetv avasese labh
mti ; atthi pana te devadhammehi attho ti; ma atthti (c. atthi);
aharii kathessmti; tena hi kathehti; na sakk kilitthagattena
kathetun ti; yakkho bodhisattarii nahpetv pnyarii (c. pn-)
pyetv alariikaritv alaihkatamandapamajjhe pallariikarii ro-
petv sayam assa pdamle nisdi, atha narh bodhisatto sak-
kaccarii sunhti vatv imam gtham ha:
Hiriottappasampann sukkadhammasamhit
te santo sappuris Ioke devadhamm ti vuceare ti,
 305

yakkho imarii dhammadesanarh sutv pasanno bodhisattarh

ha: panclita ahan te pasanno, ekam bhtararii dammi, kata-
ram nemti; kanittham nehti; pandita tvarii kevalarh deva-
dhamme jnsi yeva na pana tesu vattesti; kimkran t i;
kran may (?) jetthakam thapetv kanittharh npento jettha-
pacyikakammam na karosti; devadhamme cham yakkha
jnmi tesu ca vattmi, mayaiii hi etaiii nissya imam aram-
arh pavitth, etassa hi atthya amhkam pitaram etassa
mt rajjavh yci, amhkam pana pit tahi varam datv
amhkam anurakkhanatthya aramavsam anujni, so kumro
anivattitv amhehi saddhim gato, arae eko yakkho khdi tan
(c. to) ti vutte na koci saddahissati, tenham garahbhayabhto
tam eva npemti, yakkho bodhisattassa pasditv sdhu pandita
tvam eva devadhamme jnsti dve pi bhtare netv adsi,
atha naiii bodhisatto yakkhabhve dnavarii kathetv paficasu
slesu patithpesi, so tena susamvihitrakkho tasmim aramfie
vasitv pitari klakate yakkharh dya Brnasim gantv rajjarii
ganhitv (c. -etv) Candakumrassa oparajjam Suriyakumrassa
senpatitthnam datv yakkhassa ramaniyyatthne (c. -ni-) ya-
tanam kriv yath so lbhaggappatto hoti tath aksi, Satth
imam desanam haritv jtakam samodhnesi: tad dakarak-
khaso bahubhandikabhikkhu ahosi, Suriyakmnro Anando, Can-
daku mro Sriputto, Mahimssakumro aham ev ti. Evam
Satth jtakam kathetv evavh tvam bhikkhu pnbbe devadhamme
gavesamno hiriottappasampanno vicaritv idni catuparisa-
majjhe imin nhrena thatv mama purato appiccho mhti
vadanto ayuttam aksi, na hi svakaparikkhepdimattena
samano nma hotiti vatv anusandhim ghat etv dhammarii
desento imam gtham ha : Na naggacariy etc. Tattha n a
nsak ti na ansak bhattapatkkhepo ti attho; t h a n d i -
lasyik (c. -kyik) ti bhiimisayanam; r a j o v a j a l l a n ti
20
kaddamalimpankrena sarre. sannissitarajo, ukkutikbhvena
raddhaviriyarii, idarh vuttarh hoti: yo hi macco evarii ahath
loke nissaranasarhkhtasuddhirh ppunissmti imesu nagga-
eariydisu yam kind samdya vateyya so kevalarii micch-
dassanam eva vaddheyya kilamathassa ca bhg assa, na hi
etni susamdinnni (c. -nnni) pi atthavatthukya karhkhya
avitinnabhvena a v i t i n n a k a r i i k h a r h maccarh sodhentti . . .
Bahubhanclassa therassa vatthurh.
Ja i cfr. comment, ad v. 393. N a n s a k (vei n an-),
C nnsak, quod Burnouf (p. 324 ) ex nn composition putavit.
Pariika Mahbh. 12,9279. T h a n d i l a s. sthandila, liemac.
ed. Boehtlingk p. 148,49. R aj 0 v a j a l i a rii composition est
ex rajo et vajalla, quam vocem opinatus sum, a rd. jal oriun-
dam, plene avajalla audire, sanscr. l'ere avajalya; attamen
adhuc maxim dobiam habeo hanc derivationem. Legen-
dum est rajovajalf ukk-, metro exigente, cfr. not. ad v. 73 .

Ukkutika Clough: Singhalese Diet. s. v. ukkutakaya the

act of sitting on the heels, as commonly practised by the
natives; W ilson: Sanscrit Diet. s. v. utkatuksana sitting on
the hams, squatting; Burnouf: utkutukaprahna.
Burnouf (Introd. p. 324) versum sanscriticum palico
respondentem ita vertit: Ce n est ni la coutume de marcher
nu, ni les cheveux natts, ni lusage de Fargile, ni le choix
des di verses espces daliments, ni habitude de coucher sur
la trr nue, ni la poussire, ni la malpropret, ni attention
fuir labri dun tit, qui sont capables de dissiper le trouble
dans lequel nous jettent les dsirs non satisfaits.
Gogerly (vide Knighton History of Ceylon p. 79 ): Think
not that going naked, or being defiled with dirt, or fasting,
or lying on the earth, or remaining motionless, can make the
pure impure; for the mind will still remain the same.
 307

V. 14 . Alamkato ce ti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Jeta vane viharanto Santatimahmattam rabbha kathesi; so
hi ekasmim kle ramo Pasenadissa paccantam kupitam vpa-
sametv gato, ath assa rj tuttho satta divasni rajjam
datv ekarii naccagtakusalam (c. -gtamk-) itthim adsi, so
satta divasni surmadamatto hutv sattame divase sabblam-
krapatimandito hatthikkhandhavaragato hutv nahnatittham
gacchanto Satthram pindya pavisantam dvrantare disv
hatthikkhandhavaragato vassarii cletv vandi, Satth sitam katv
nu kho bhante sitaptiikaranahet (c.-karanohetd) ti Anan-
dattherena (c. -na) puttho sitakranam cikkhanto ha: passath
Ananda Santatimahmattam, ajj eva sabblamkrapatimandito
va mama santikaiii gantv catuppadikagthvasne arahattam
patv sattatlamatte kse nisditv parinibbyissatiti. Mahjano
Satthu therena saddhim kathentassa vacanam assosi, tattha mic-
chditthik ciutayimsu: passatha samanassa Gotamassa kiriyam,
mukhappattam eva bhsati, ajja kira evam surmadamatto
yathlamkato va etassa santike dhammam sutv parinibbyis-
sati, ajj eva nam musvdena nigganhissm ti, sammditthik
cintesum: aho buddhnarii mahnubhvat, ajja Buddhaljham
c eva Santatimahmattallha ca datthum labhissm ti. Santati-
mahmatto pi nahnatitthe divasabhgaiii udakaklam klitv
uyynam gantv pnabhumiyam nisdi, spi itthi ragamaj-
jham otaritv naccagtam dasseturii rabhi, tass sarrallhadas-
sanasatthaapphratya (c. -dassanariisa-) tahi divasam nac-
cagtarh dassayamnya antokucchiyam satthakavt (c. -ya)
samutthya hadayamaisam kantitv agamarhsu (c. -msu),
s tahi khanarii yeva akkhhi ca vivatehi klam aksi,
Santatimahmatto upadhretha nan ti vatv niruddb smti
vuttamatte yeva balavasokena abhibhito, tahi khanam yev assa
sattham ptasurtattakaple (-o?) udabindu viya parikkhayam
20 *
 308

agamsi, so na me sokam ao nibbpetum sakkhissati am-

atra Tathgaten ti balakyaparivuto syanhasamaye Satthu
santikam gantv vanditv evam ha: bhante evarpo me soko
uppanno, tam me tumhe nibbpetum sakkhissath ti gato mhi,
patisaranam me hoth ti, atha Satth: sokarii nibbpeturii
samatthass eva santikam gato si, imiss hi itthiy imin
va krena matakle tava rodantassa paggharitaassni catun-
nam samuddnarii udakato atirekatarnti (c. -rti) vatv imam
gtham ha:
Yam pubbe tam visesehi, pacch te mim kicanam,
majjhe ca no gahessasi, upasanto carissasiti,
gthpariyosne Santatimahmatto arahattam patv yusam-
khrarn olokento tassa appavattanabhvam atv Satthram
ha: bhante parinibbnam me anujnth ti, Satth tena kata-
kammam jnanto pi musvdena nigganhanatthya sannipatit
micchditthik oksaiii alabhissanti Buddhallha ca Santati-
mahmattallha ca passissm ti sannipatit sammditthik
imin katakammam sutv pumesu daram karissantiti ma
(yeva?) sallakkhetv: tena tay katakammaih mayham kathehi,
kathento ca bhtmiyarii thito akathetv sattatlappamnamatte
(c. -na-) kse thito kathehti ha, so sdhu bhante ti Satth
ram vanditv ekatlappamnam (c. -narii) uggamma orohitv
puna Satthram vanditv uggacchanto patiptiy sattatlappamne
kse pallamke nisditv suntha (c. sun-) me bhante pubba-
kamman ti vatv ha: Ito ekanavutikappe Vipassibuddhakle
(c. -ss-) aharii Bandhumatnagare ekasmim kule nibbattitv
cintesirii: kin nu kho paresarii chedaiii v plaiii v akaranakam-
man ti upadhrento dhammaghosakammarii (c. dhammapposa-)
disv tato patthya tani kammam karonto mahjanam sam-
dpetv pumni karomi, uposathadivasesu uposatham sam-
diymi, dnarii demi, dhammarii sunmi, Buddharatandhi
sadisam ratanam nma n atthi tinuam ratannam sakkraiii
 3 09

karoth ti ugghosento carmi, tassa mayharii saddarii suty

Buddhapit Bandhumatrj (c. -mtrj) marii pakkospetv
tta kim karonto vicarasti pucchitv deva tinnam ratannarii
gunarii paksetv mahjanarii puakammesu samdpento
vicarmiti vutte kattha nisinno vicarasti mam pucchitv
padas va dev ti maya vutte tta tvam evarii vicariturii na
arahasi imm pupphadmam pilandhitv assapitthe nisinno
vicar (c. -a) ti mayharh muttdmasadisam (c. mutta-) pup
phadmam datv assarii adsi, atha mam rao dinnapari-
hrena tath eva ugghosetv vicarantarii puna pi rj pakkos
petv tta kirh karonto vicarasti pucchitv tad eva dev ti vutte
tta asso pi te nnucchaviko idha nisditv vicar ti catusindhava-
yuttaratharh (c. -sibbava-) dpesi, tatiyavrarh pi me rj saddarii
sutv pakkospetv tta kirii karonto vicarasti pucchitv tad
eva dev ti vutte tta ratho pi te nnucchaviko ti niayharh
mahantarii bhogarii mahpasdhanarh ca datv ekarh hatthim
adsi, sv-harii sabbbharanapatimandito hatthikkhandhe ni
sditv asti vassasahassni dhammaghosakakammarh aksirh,
tassa me ettakarii klarii kyato candanagandho vyati, mu-
khato uppalagandho vyati, idarh may katakamman ti. Evarh
so attano pubbakammarh kathetv kse nisinno va tejodh-
turh sampajjitv parinibbyi, sarre jl uthahitv marii-
salohitarii jhpesi, sumanapupphni viya dhtuyo avassirhsu,
Satth suddhavattharh pasresi, dhtuyo tattha patiriisu, t
pakkhipitv catumahpathe thparii kresi, mahjano vandi-
tv purimabhg (c. -i) bhavissatti. Dhammasabhyarii katharh
samutthpesurn: vuso Santatimahmatto gthvasne arahattarh
patv alarhkatapatiyatto va kse nisditv parinibbuto, kir
nu kho etarii samano ti vatturh vaddhati udhu brhmano ti
vatturri vaddhati, Satth gantv kya nu ttha bhikkhave
etarahi kathya sannisinn ti pucchitv imya nm ti vutte
bhikkhave mama puttarh samano ti vatturh vaddhati brhmano.
 310

ti pi vattum vaddhati yev ti vatv dhammam desento imam

gtham ha: Alamkato ce pi etc. Tattha alari ikato ti
vatthbharanapatimandito, tass attho: vatthlamkrdhi alam
kato ce pi puggalo kydhi sama careyya rgdivpasa-
manena santo indriyadamena danto catumagganiymena niyato
sesacariyya brahmacr (c. -i) kyadanddnam oropitatya
sabbesu bhtesu nidhya dandam so evarpo bhitappatt
brhmano ti samitappatt s a m a no ti pi bhinnakilesatt
bhikkh ti pi vattabbo yev ti . . . Santatimahmattassa
vatthum.
Nidhya dandam bculo deposito i. e. abjecto, non
adhibito, cfr. versus super, et v. -tos. Eodem sensu reperiuntur
nyastadancla Mahbh. i 3, 5569, nixiptadanda Mahbh. 12 , 4059,
et similiter fortasse intelligendus est locus Manu 12, 11.

Burnouf 1. c .: Mais qu un homme matre de ses sens,

calme, recueilli, chaste, vitant de faire du mal aucune
creature, accomplisse la Loi, et i sera, quoique par dorne-
ments, un Brhmane, un iraniana, un Religieux.

v . 1 4 8 -4 4 . Locus: Jetavanatn. Persona: Piloti-

katthero.
Tattha attano uppannam akusalavitakkam hiriy nise-
dhetiti h i r i n i s e d h o k o c i 1o k a s mi n ti evarpo dullabho
kocid eva lokasmim vijjati; y o nindan ti yo appamatto
samanadhammam karonto attano uppannam nindarii apaharanto
bujjhatti a p p a b o d h a t i : k a s m i v ti yath bhadro asso
attani patamnarh kasam (c. kassam) arahati attani patituiii
na deti so evarh nindarh appabodhati, so dullabho ti attho.
Dutiyagthya sarhkhepattho: bhikkhave yath bhadro asso
pamdam garnma kasya nivittho iminya (imya?) kasya
pahato ti aparabhge tappam karoti evam tumhe pi tpino
samvegino bhavtha, evambht lokiyalokuttarya duvidhya
 311

(c. dasavi-) s a d d h y a p risu d d h islen a ca kyikacetasika-

viriyena ca atthasam pattisam dhin ca krankrana-
jnanalakkhanena d h a m m a v i n i c c h a y e n a ca samanngat
(c. -o) hutv tissannarii atthannam v vijjnarii (c. avijj-)
pancadasannarh carannam sampattiy s a m p a n n a v i j j c a -
ran upatthitasatitya p a t i s s a t liutv idam anappakam
vaddhadukkharh pajahissath (c. paj-) t i . . .
Omnes codd. versum 14 4 ab asso yath incipiunt, A
et C verbis vinicchayena ca, B verbo anappakam vevsutn
concludit; ego hemistichiurn a s s o . . . bhavtha ob imaginem
repetitam ad versum priorin retuli, sine dubio autem est
ejiciendum, quurn et solum hemistichiurn sit et prioris ver
sus sentential repugnet. Hirnisedho cfr. Rmyana ed.
Gorresio 3, s. no. Mahbh. 4, 594 (?). L o k a s m i m legendum
est lokasmi, metro cogente; cfr. not. ad v. 73. K s m pro
vulgari kasarn, restitit seil, metri causa pristina forma sanscriticse
proxima, itidem ajjatanm, tunhm v. 227. B h a v t h a cum
a vocali metri causa producta, itidem rakkheyy v. 15 7 .

Y i r i y e n a sic omnes codd., metrum facile emendaveris vriyena

legendo; cfr. not. ad v. 24. Patissata sanscr. pratismrta,
exspectari poterat patissata cfr. not. ad v. 44, mirse ver
euphonise leges interdum occurrunt, ita scribitur: patinipa,
patitthita, patisevissam, ptimokkho, patimandita, patiganhanti,
sd : patinissagga, patisanthra, patisarana, patisotam, patisu-
nitv, patikkosati, ptikariikha, patidanda, pathav et pathav,
attha, sd atthakath et in fine vocum -atthena. Pahassatha
in integrum restitues metrum, si ad similitudinem rakkheyy
legeris pahassath.

v. 145. Locus: Jetavanaiii. Persona: Sukhasmanero.

Cfr. V. 80.
 312

V. 146. Locus: Jetavanaiii. Personae: Viskhya

sahyikyo.
Tattha n a n d o ti tutthi, idam vuttarh boti: imasmim
okasannivse rgdhi ekdasahi agghi (c. -ihi) niccam pajjalite
sati, tumhkarh hso v tutthi v, na nu esa akattabbartpo
yeva; atthavatthukena hi avijjandhakrena onaddh (c. -a)
tumhe tass andhakrassa vidhamanatthya kimkran na-
padpam na gavessatha karoth t i . . .
P a j j a l i t e a rd. jal sanscr. jvai. Sa t i s. smrti memoria,
mens. O n a d d h a a rad. nah prsef. ava.

V. 1 4 ^ . Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Sirim.

Tattha c i ttak a t an ti katacittam vatthbharanamlatta-
kdhi (-mlamuttak-?) vicittan ti attho; b i m b an ti dgh-
divuttatthnesu dghdhi agapaccagehi santhitam attabhvarii;
a r u k y a n ti navannam (c -imam) vannamukhnam(vanamu-?)
vasena arbhtam (c. -bhu-)kyarii; s a m u s s i t a n ti thi atthi-
satehi (c. attha-) samussitarh; tu r a n ti sabbaklarh iriypa-
thdhi pariharitabbatya niccagilnaiii; b a h u sriik a p p an ti
mahjanena bahudh samkappitam ; y a s s a n a 11 h i d h u v a rii
thitti yassa dhuvabhvo v thitibhvo v n atthi, ekantena
bhedena vikiranaviddhariisanadhammam eva tam idam passath
ti attho . . .
ru sanscr. rus. S a m u s s i t a sanscr. samuccita,cfr. v . 351
samussaya s. samuccaya Abhidhnapp. p. 145,22. Aturar
cfr. Manu 6 ,77. Mahbh. 12,12404. Bahu sari i kappam
cfr. vv. 33. 339 a l.; comment, interpretatur: a vulgo magni
sestimatum v. valde appetitum.

V. 1 4 8 . Locus: Jetavanaiii. Persona: Uttarither.

Tass attho: bhagini idam tava sarrasamkhtam rpam
(c.-a ) mahallakabhvena. p a r i j i n n m , tan ca kho sabba-
 313

rognam nivsanatthnatthena r o g a n d a m (c.-n i-), yath

kho pana taruno pi (c. pa) siglo jarasiglo ti taru napim galo
clat ptilat(-?) ti vuccati evarii tadahujtarh suvannavannam
pi samnam niccarh paggharanatthena ptikyam pabhamgunarh,
so esa ptiko (c.- ) samno va deho b h i j j a t i na cirass eva
bhijjissatti veditabbo, kimkran: maran, maranan tamhi
jvitam, tasm sabbasattnam jvitam maranapariyosnam (c.
-nem) ev ti vuttam b o t i. . .
N i d cl h a m eodd. A et , nidatii; fortasse est legendum
niddam pro ndam, longa vocali consonantis geminatione re-
pensa. Mann et Mahbh. li. cc. rogyatanarn habent voci
roganicldham respondens. S a n d e ha dubii tantum notio-
nem habet ex auctoritate marasinhse et Hemacandrse, in
Upanisadibus vero accumulationem significat, vid eP oley : Fnf
Upanishads, Bonn i844, p. 135; pttisandeho est igitur pntre-
dinis accumulatio i. e. corpus putridum. B h i j j a t i cmendari
potest bhijjati, cfr. not. ad v. 24.

V* i m* Locus: Jetavanarh. Personae: sambahul adhi-

innik bhikkhii.
Apattha s. apsta. Alpu neutr. gen. haud scio
an sit i. q. albu f. g. E v a pro iva? (Comm, alapm viya).

V. IS # Atthnam nagaram katv ti imam dhamma-

desanam Satth Jetavane viharanto Janapadakalynim Rpa-
nandatherirh rabbha kathesi; s kir ekadivasam cintesi: may-
harii jetthabhtiko pi (c. pa) rajjasirim pahya pabbajitv loke
aggapuggalo buddho jto, putt pi ssa Rhulakumro pabbajito,
bhtpi (pitpi ?) me pabbajito, mtpi me pabbajit, aham pi ettake
fitijane pabbajite gehe kirn karissmi, aham pi pabbajiss-
miti bhikkhunupassayam gantv pabbaji tisinehen eva no
saddhya, abhirpatya Rpanand ti pamyi, s Satth kira
 314

ipar aniccar dukkhar anat vedan sar sarkhr

virnar aniccar dukkhar anatt ti vadetti sutv so (c.
s) evar dassanye psdike mama pi rpe dosar katheyy
ti Satthu sammukhbhvar na gacchati. Svatthivsino pto
va dnar datv samdinnuposathasuddhuttarsag gandha-
mldihatth syanhasamaye Jeta vane sannipatitv dhammarh
sunanti, bhikkhunsargho (c. -ni-) pi Satthu dliammadesanya
uppannachando vihrar gantv dhammar sunti, d ham mar
sutv nagarar pavisant Satthu gunakathar kathent va
pavisanti, catuppamnike (c. -ni-) hi lokasannivse appak
ca te satt (-?), tesar Tathgatahi passantnar pasdo
(c. -ena) uppajjati,. rtpappamnik (c. -ni-) hi Tathgatassa
lakkhannuvyajanapatimanditar suvannavannar savrar disv
pasdanti, ghosappamnikpi anekni jtakni (c. -k) nissya
pacavattar Satthu gunaghosa c eva atthagasamanngatar
dhammadesanghosa ca sutv pasdanti, lakhappamnik (c. -ni-)
pi (c. hi) ssa cvardilakhanar paticca pasdanti, dhammappamni-
kpi evartpar Dasabalassa slar evarpo samdhi evarilp par
Bhagav sldigunehi (c.-nehi) asamo appatipuggalo ti pasdanti,
tesar Tathgatassa guiiar kathentnar mukhar na-ppahoti,
Rpanand bhikkhunna c eva upsakna ca santik gatassa
(Tathg-?) gunakathar sutv cintesi: ativiya me bhtikassa vari
llar kathenti, ekadivasam pi me rpe dosar kathento tittakar
kathessati, yan nunhar bhikkhunhi saddhir gantv attnar
adasset^ Tathgatar passitv dhammar sunitv gaccheyyan
ti s aham ajja dhammasavanar gamissmti bhikkhunnar
rocesi, bhikkhuniyo: cirassar vata Rpanandya Satthu
upatthnar gantukmat uppann, ajja Satth imar nissya
vieitradhammadesanar desissatiti tutthamnas tar dya
nikkhamirsu, s nikkhantaklato patthya aliar attnar
neva dassessmiti cintesi, Satth ajja Rpanand mayhar
upatthnar gamissati kdis (c. -i) nu kho tass dliamma-
 315

desan sappy ti cintetv rupagaruk es attabhve balavasineh

kanthakena kanthakuddharanam viya rtpen ev ass rpamada-
nimmadanam (c. -damnim-) sappy (-am ?) ti sarmitthnam katv
tass vihram pavisanasamaye ekarh abhiruparh itthirh solasavas-
suddesikam rattavatthanivattham sabbbharanapatimanditam v-
janirii gahetv attano santike thatv vjamnarh iddhibalena abhi-
nimmi, tam kho pana itthirh Satth c eva passati Rpanand ca,
s bhikkhunhi saddhim pavisitv bhikkhunnarii pitthipasse thatv
pacapatitthitena Satthram vanditv bhikkhunn antare ni-
sinn pdantarato patthya Satthram olokent lakkhanavi-
cittaiii anuvyajanasamujjalam bymappabhparikkhittam Satthu
sarrarh disv punnacandasassirkam mukham olokent sampe
thitarii itthirpam addasa, s tana oloketv attabhvarii olokent
(c. -i) suvannarjahariisiy pnrato kkasadisam attnarii amam,
iddhimayarparri ditthaklato patthy eva hi ss akkhni bha-
mirnsu, s aho imiss kes sobhan aho nalt sobhan ti
sabbesam sarrappadesnarii rtpasiriy (c.-a) samkaddhitacitt ta-
smim rtpe balavasineh (c.-o) ahosi, Satth tass tattha abhiratim
atv dhammarii desento tam rpam solasavassuddesika-
bhvarh atikkamitv vsativassuddesikam katv dassesi, Rpa-
nand oloketv na v a f idarh rparh purimasadisan ti thokam
virattacitt ahosi, Satth anukkamen eva tass itthiy sakimvij-
tavannam majjhimitthivannam jarjinnamahallitthivannan ti (das
sesi ?), spi anupubben eva idarh antarahitam idam pi antarahitan ti
jarjinnakle tam virujjamnarii (c. -) khandadantam phalitasiram
obhaggarh gopnasivamkarh dandaparyanarii pavedhamnam
disv ativiya virajji, atha Satth tam vydhin abhibhtam
katv dassesi, s tamkhane yeva danda ca tlavanthan ca chad-
detv mahviravam viravamn bhmiyam (c.bhn-) patitv sake
muttakarse nimugg aparparam vaddhi, Rrpanand tam pi
disv ativiya virajji, Satthpi tass itthiy maranam dassesi, s
tam khanarh yeva uddimmtakabhvarh (?) pajji, navahi vana-
 316

mukhehi pubbabandhiyo c eva pulav ca paggharimsu, kk-

dayo sannipatitv vilimpimsu, Rtpanand olokety: ayam
itthi imasmim yeva thne jararii patt vydhippatt raara-
nappatt, imisspi attabhvassa evam evam jarvydhimaranni
gamissantti attabhvam aniccato passi, aniccato ditthatt evam
pana dukkhato anattato ditth yeva hoti, ath ass tayo bhv
ditt viya gehgvya baddhakunapam viya ca upatthahimsu,
kammatthnbhimukham cittam pakkhandi, Satth tya aniccato
ditthabhvarh atv sakkhissati nu kho sayam eva attano pati-
ttham ktun ti olokento na sakkhissati bahiddh paccayam
laddhum vaddhatti cintetv tass sappyavasena dhammarh
desento ha:
Aturara asuciiii ptirii pss Nande saraussayam
uggharantam paggharantam blnam abhipatthitarii,
Yath idam tath etar, yath etam tath idaiii,
dhtuto sumato pss, m lokam punar gami,
bhave chandam virjetv upasant carissasti,
itthi sudam Bhagav Nandarh bhikkhunim rabbha gthyo
abhsitth (si, tath?) ti Nand desannusrena nam pesetv
sotpattiphalam ppuni, ath assa upari tinnam maggaphalnam
vippasann parivr, Satth (c. -ya) suriiatkamraatthnam
kathetunando imasmim sarre sro atthti samam m kari
appamattako pi hi ettha sro n atthi tini atthisatni usspetv
katam atthinagaram etan ti vatv imam gtham ha: Atthnam
etc. Tass attho: yath eva hi pubbannaparanndnam odaha-
natthya katthnikam usspetv vallhi bandhitv mattikya
vilimpitv nagarakhtam bahiddhgeham karonti evam idarii
ajjhattikam pi tini atthisatni usspetv nahruhi vinaddham
mariisalohitalepanarii, ta ca paticchannam jranalakkhanya
jarya maranalakkhanassa maccuno, mno makkho ca ohito
ti tassa rogasampaddni paticca majjanalakkhanassa (c. -nssa)
mnassa (c. mn-) sukatakranassa vinsalakkhanassa mk-
 317

khassa ca odahanatthya narigararh katarh, evarupo eva hi ca

tattha kyikacetasiko bdho ohito, uddharh kind gayhupagarh
n atthiti. . . Janapadakalynittheriy vatthurh.
Versui ellipsim inesse, nemo non videt; et quidem apparet,
eum ad alium contextum pertinere. Sensus: corpus humnum
sola est conglutinatio ex ossibus, came atque sanguine facta,
cui constitutum est morte dissolvi, nam mors est vita (princpium)
ejus, ut dicitur supra. Cfr. Manu 6,76. Mahbh. 1 2 , 1 2 4 6 .
69ii. 12053. Sp. Hardy: East. Monach. p. 250.

v> 151. Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Mallikdev.

. . . S a t a n c ti buddhdnam. . . p a v e d a y a n t t i evarii
buddh santo buddhdayo s a b b h i panditehi saddhiih kathen-
tti attho . . .
S a b b h i s. sadbhih.

V. 15 . Appassutyan ti imin dhammadesanarh Satth

Jetavane viharanto Lludyittheram rabbha kathesi; so kira
mangalarh karontnarh gehaiii gantv tirokuddesu titthantti din
nayena avamarigalath karontnarh geharii gantv tirokudddisu
kathetabbesu dnan ca dhammacariy ti din nayena man-
galagth v (c. c) yam kind vittam idha v huram v ti
ratanasuttarii v katheti, evarii tesu thnesu ariinaih kathes-
smti ariinarh kathento pi ariinam kathemti na jnti, bhikkhu
tassa katharii sutv Satthu rocesurii: bhante kim Lludyissa
mangalmangalatthnesu gamanena, arhnasmirh kathetabbe
ariinam eva kathetiti ,<Satth na bhikkhave idn ev esa evarii
katheti pubbe pi arhnasmirh kathetabbe aihiiam eva kathetiti
vatv attaih hari: Atte Brnasiyarii Aggidattassa nma
brhmanassa putt Somadattakumro nma rjnarh upatthahi,
so tassa (c. -j piyo ahosi manpo, brhmano pana kasikammarii
nissya jvati, tassa dve gon ahesurh, tesu eko mato, brh-
 318

mano puttarii ha: tta Somadatta rjnam me ycitv ekarii

gonarii har ti, Somadatto sac harh rjnarh ycissmi
lahubhvo me parimyissatiti cintetv tumhe yeva tta rj
nam ycath ti vatv tena hi tta mam gahetv yhti yutte
eintesi: ayarii brhmano dandhaparhrio abhikkamapatikkam-
divacanamattam pi na jnti, ariniasmirii vattabbe amfiam eva
vadati, sikkhpetv nam nessmti so tarn dya Branattha-
mahan nma susnarh gantv tinakalpe bandhitv ayarii
rj ayam uparj ayarii senpati nm ti katv patiptiy
pitu dassetv: tumhehi rjakulam gantv evarh atikkamitabbarii
evarii patikkamitabbam, evam nma rj vattabbo, evam upav-
j, nam (rjnam ?) upasamkamitv jayatu bhavam mahrj ti
vatv thatv imam gtharii vatv gonam yceyyth (c. -ath)
ti gtham ugganhpesi:
Dve me gon malirja yehi khettam kasmase,
tesu eko mato deva, dutiyam delji khattiy ti,
so hi sriivaccharamattena tarn gtharii pagunarii katv pa-
gunabhvarh puttassa rocetv tena hl tra ki beid eva pann-
krarii dya gacchatha aharii purimatararii gantv ramno
santike thassmti vntte sdhu tt ti pannkrarii gahetv
Somadattassa rariino santike thitaklarri usshappatto rjakularii
gantv rariifi (e. -o) tutthacittena katapatisammodano tta
cirassarh viya gat attha idam sanarii nisditv vadatha yen
attho ti vutte imarii gtham h a:
Dve me gon mahrja yehi khettarri kasmase,
tesu eko mato de va, dutiyarii ganha khattiy ti,
rarriri (c. -o) kirii vadesi tta puna vadhti vutte pi tam (c. tm) eva
gtharii ha, rj tena vijjhitv kathitabhvarii atv sitarii katv
Somadatta tumhkarii gehe bah (c. -u) mariie gon ti vatv
tumhehi dinn bhavissanti dev ti vutte bodhisattassa tussitv
brhmanassa solasa gone (e. -o) alariikrabhandakarri nivsa-
gma c assa brahmadeyyarii datv mahantena yasena brh-
 319

mauam uyyojesi. Satth imam desanam haritv tad rj

Anando ahosi brhmano Lludy (c. -i) Somadatto aham ev
ti jtakam samodhnetv: na bhikkhave idn eva pubbe p esa
attano appassutya arhasmim yattabbe amam eva vadati
appassutapuriso hi balivaddasadiso va nma hotti vatv imam
gtham lja: Appassut yam etc. Tattba a p p a s s u t y a n ti
ekassa v dvinnam v paimsaknam v atha v pana
vaggonarh sabbantimaina (?) paricchedena ekassa v dvinnam
v suttantnarh v abhvena appassuto ayam, kammatthnam
pana uggahetv anuyujanto bahnssuto va; b a l i v a d d o va
j r a t t i yath balivaddo jramno vaddhamno n eva mtu na
pitn na sesataknam atthya vaddhati atha kho niratthakam
eva jrati evam evarii ayam pi na upajjhyavattam karoti na
cariyavattam na gantukavattdni na bbvanrmatam yu-
jatti niratthakam eva jrati; ma r h s n i t a s s a v a d d h a n t t i
yath balivaddassa yuganagaldni vaheturii asamattho eso ti
arame vissatlhassa tatth eva carantassa pi mamsni vaddhanti
(c. -ati) evam evam imissapi upajjhydhi vissatthassa samgham
nissya cattro paccaye labhitv uddhavirecandni katv kyam
posentassa mamsni vaddhanti (c. -t), thtlasarro hutv vicarati;
p a m ti lokiyalokuttar pan assa pam ekamgulamattpi
na vaddhati, ame (?) pana gacchalatdni viya tassa cha
dvrni nissya tanh c eva navavidhamno ca vaddhatti
attho . . . jludyittherassa vatthum.

V. 153-54. Anekajtisamsran ti imam dhammadesa-

nam bodhirukkhamile nisinno udnavasena udnetv apara-
bhge Anandattherena puttho kahesi; so hi bodhirukkhamle
nisinno suriye anatthamite yeva Mrabalam vidhamitv paha-
mayme pubbenivsapaticchdakam tam padletv majjhi-
mayme dibbacakkhum visodbetv pacchimayme sattesu (c.
satth-) krumam paticca paccayakranam otretv tam
 320

anulomapatilomavasena sammasanto arunuggamanavelya sam-

rnsambodhirh abhisambujjhitv anekehi buddhasatasahassehi
avijahitaudnam udnento im gth abhsi: Aneka- etc- Tattha
g a h a k r a k a m g a v e s a n t o ti aharii imassa attabhvagehassa
krakam tanhvaddhakim gavesanto yena nena sakk so
datthum tassa bodhinass atthya Dpariikarapdamle kat-
bhinhro ettakam klarn a n e k a j t i s a m s r a m anekajtisa-
tasahassasarhkhtarh imarii sariisravattam, a n i b b i s a m tam
narii avindanto alabhanto yeva, sandhvi ssari i (c. -ssa)
samcariiii aparparaiii anuvicarin ti attho; dukkh jti
punappunan ti idam gahakrakam gavesantassa krana-
vacanam, yasm jaryydhimaranamissit yarii (y?) jti (c. j)
nrn es punappuna upagantum dukkh na (na?) ca s tasmim
aditthe natiyattatti (ativ-?) tasm taiii gavesanto sandhvissan
ti attho; d i t t h o s t i sabbamfmtanam pativijjhantena may
idni dittho asi (c. si); p u n a gehan ti puna imasmim
sariisravaddhe attabhvasamkhtam mama geham na khasi
(e .-s im ); s a b b te p h s u k ti tava sabb avasesakilesa-
piisuk may bhagg; g a h a k u t a m v i s a ni k h i t a n ti imassa
tay katassa attabhvagehassa avijjsamkhtam kannikman-
dalam (c.-kam -) pi may viddhamsitam; v is ah k h r a g a t a ni
c i t t a n ti idni mama cittarii visamkhram nibbnam ram-
manakaranavasena gatam anupavittham; t a n h n a m kha-
y a m a j j h a g ti tanhnam khayasamkhtam arahattam adhi-
gato smti. . . nandattheraputthaudnavatthum.
Maximi sunt momenti hi versus, sed perobscuri, eo magis
quod ex alio contextu sine dubio petiti sunt. Pabula prsemissa
statuit, versus primum esse editos eo temporis momento, quum
Gotamas, ad radicem arboris sapientiae sedens, Buddhas fieret.
C o m m e n t a t o r ex systemate ecclesi buddhisticse dog
mtico ita fere interpretari videtur: generado iterata quum
sit dolorosa, multas generationes percurri non illam s a p i -
 321

entiam obtinens, qua intelligitur, c o n c u p i s c e n t i a m esse

fabricatricem, quse corporis domum sedificet. Nunc demum,
quura sapientiam illam obtinuerim, tu fabricator! a me visus
es, domum non denuo sedificabis, tuse omnes costse, i. e.
cetera peccata, a me fractse, culmen domus a te factse, igno-
rantia sc., a me destructum, mens mea interitum desiderii attigit.
Turn our (teste Sp. Hardy: A Manual of Budhism
p. iso*) vertit: Performing my pilgrimage through the (sans^ro)
eternity o f countless existences, in sorrow, have I unremittingly
sought in vain the artificer o f the abode (of the passions,
i. e. the human frame). Now, 0 artificer! art thou found.
Henceforth no receptacle o f sin shalt thou form thy frames
(literally, ribs'! broken; thy ridge-pole shattered; thy soul (or
mind) emancipated from liability to regeneration (by trans
migration) has annihilated the dominion o f the passions.
G o g e r l y (ibidem): Through various transmigrations I must
travel, if I do not discover the builder whom I seek;
painful are repeated transmigrations! I have seen the architect
(and said) thou shalt not build me another house; thy rafters
are broken, thy roof timbers scattered; my mind is detached
(from all existing objects), I have attained to the exstinction
of desire. Sp. H a r d y : Through many different births, I have
run (to me not having found), seeking the architect o f the
desire-resembling house. Painful are repeated births! Oh,
house-builder! I have seen (thee). Again a house thou canst
not build for me. 1 have broken thy rafters, thy central
support is destroyed; to nirwfina my mind is gone, I have
arrived at the exstinction o f evil-desire.
Commentario innisi quam prjebeant Tumour et Sp.
Hardy interpretationem formse sandhavissarh minus rec-
tam esse nemo non videt; sandhavissarh enim conditio-
* Librum huuc utilissimum miper accepi.
21
 322

nalis est. Ob intimum singulorum versus 155 verborum nexum

Tumour gahakrakam per totum versum compellari statuit,
equidem Anandam. Nunc tarnen rngis placet utrumque ver
sum sic interpretan: Multarum generationum revolutio mihi
subeunda esset, nisi invenissem domus (corporis) fabricatorem,
quern quaerebam, (quia) dolorosa est generado repetita. (At)
domus fabricator! conspectus es, nec amplius domum fabri-
cabis, omnes costae tuse fractse sunt, domus (a te factse) culmen
destruction, destructionem (illius domus) consequuta mens (mea)
ad desideriorum exstinctionern pervenit. Gf eham cfr. Mahbh.
1 1, 9 1: grhnva hi martynm hur dehni pandith. K h a s i
sanscr. esset karsyasi i. q. karisyasi, cfr. vv. 350. 379. Graha-
k u t a m cfr. not. ad v. .3. V i s a rale hi ta a rad. kar s. kr.
V i s a m k h r a g a t a m c i t t a m cfr. Mahbh. 12,. 7130 : nirv-
nagatamnasa. Tanhnam k h a y a m cfr. vv. is t . 3 5 3 -5 4 .

Mahbh. 12, 0504. Abhidhnapp. p. 1,5. Hemae. ed. Boehtlingk

p. 5 1 , 80. Asavakkhaya vv. 253. 272. Tanh vv. iso. 2 16 .

25i . 335. 349. 4 i 6 . Asava vv. 93. 220. 29 2-9 3.

v . 155^56 Locus: Isipatanarii. Persona: mahdha-

nasetthiputto.
. . . K h n a m a e c h e ti te evarp bl udakassa abhv
khnamacche palale parikkhnapatt jinnakoc viya (c. vi)
avajjhyanti, idam vuttam hoti: palale udakassa abhvo viya
hi imesam vasanatthnassa abhvo, macchnarii khnabhvo
viya imesam gehnam abhvo, khnapattnam kocnam up-
patitv gamanbhvo (c. -na-) viya imesam idni jalakathala-
pathdhi bhoge santhpetum asamatthabhvo, tasm te ete
khnapatt koc viya etth eva bajjhitv avajjhyantiti; c p -
t i k h n v ti cpto atikhn cp vinimmutt (c. -ttat,
adde: ti) attho, idam vuttam hoti: yath cp vinimmutt (-0 ?)
sar (- 0 ?) yathvegam gantv patitam gahetv ukkhipante asati
 323

tatth eva upacikdbhattam hoti evam ime pi tayo vaye ati-

kkantd idani attana (attanam ?) uddharitum asamatthatdya
maranarh upagamissanti, tena vuttarh: senti cdpdtikhmd va
purdndni anutthunan ti , iti amhehi khaditam (c. -turn) iti
amhehi pitan ti pubbe khdditdni khdditapftanaccagitavaditdni
anutthunanta socantd anusocanta sentiti. . .
K o b e a s. kraunca. Jhdyanti a rad. jha s. jyd ?
Cdpdtikhind commentator interpretatur: arcu emissse sa-
gittse. Anutthunam prses. part. act. a rad. thun s. stan?
sing, pro plur. ?

V. 15T. Attdnaii ce ti imam dhammadesanarii Sattha

Bhesakdldvane vi bar anto Bodhirdjakumdrarh arabbha kathesi;
so kira pathavitale amfiehi pdsddehi asadisarupam dkdse uppa-
tamdnarh viya Kokanadam ndma pdsddarii kdretvd vaddhakim
pucchi: kirn taya amnatthdpi evarupo pdsado katapubbo udahu
pafhamasippam eva te idan t i; pathamasippam eva devil ti ca
vutte eintesi: sace ayam annassa evaruparh pasddarh karissati
ayarh pdsado anacchariyo bbavissati imarh mayd mare turn
hatthapdde vassa chinditum akkhini nppatetum vaddhatiti evam
amnassa pasddarh na karissatiti (c. -asiti), so tarn attharii attano
piyasahdyakassa Safijikdputtassa ndma (c. nd) mdnavassa kathesi,
so eintesi: so nissamsayarh esa (etam?) vaddhakim ndsessati,
anaggho sippiyo mayi passante md nassatu, samnam assa das-
sdmiti, so tarii upasamkamitvd pasdde te kammam nitthitam no
ti pucchitva nitthitan ti vutte (c. -o) rdjakumdro tam nasetukdmo
attdnam rakkheyyasiti (c. -asiti) dha, vaddhaki bbaddakan te katarii
sdmi mama drocantena aham ettha kattabbam janissamiti vatvd
kim samma amhakam pasdde kammam nitthitan ti rdjakumd-
rena puttho na tdva deva nitthdti bahu avasitthan ti dha,
21 *
 324

kim kammarh nma avasitthan ti; pacch deva cikkhissmi,

druni (c.-n i) tva harpeth ti; kimdrtni (c.-uni) nm ti;
nissrni sukkhadrni (c. -uni) devti ; so harpetv adsi, atha
naiii ha: deva ito patthya mama santikam na gantabbarii,
sukh um akam marii karontassa hi aehi saddhirii kath salla-
pantassa me vikkhepo hoti, hravelya pana bhariy me va
hrarri harissatti, rjakumro ca sdh ti patisuni, so eka-
smirh gabbhe nisditv tni druni (c. -ni) tacchetv attano
puttadrassa antonisdanayoggarii garulasakunam katv ijrave-
lya pana bhariyam ha: gehe vijjamnakam sabbam vikki-
nitv hirafmasuvannam ganhhti, rjakumro pi vaddhakissa
anikkhamanatthya geham parikkhipitv rakkham thapesi, vad-
dhak pi sakunassa nitthitakle ajja sabbe drake gahetv gae-
cheyysti bhariyam vatv bhuttaptarso puttadraiii sakunassa
kucchiyarh nisdpetv vtapne (-nena?) nikkhamitv palyi,
so tesana deva vaddhak palyatti na kandannarii yeva gantv
Himavante otaritv ekaiii nagaram mpetv Katthavhanan-
marj (c. -namn-) j to , Bodhirjakumro pi psdamaham
karissmti Satthram nimantetv psdarii eatnjtigandhehi
paribhandam katv pahamarii ummrato patthya celapatti-
kam patthari, so kira apnttako, tasm puttam v dhtaram
v lacchmi Satth imam akkamissatti cintetv patthari, so
Satthari gate Satthram pacapatitthitena vanditv pattam
gahetv pavisatha bhante ti ha, Satth na pavisi, so dutiyam
pi tatiyam pi apavisitv va Anandattheram olokesi, olokitarh
(c. -a) samy eva vatthnam anakkamanabhvam atv sam-
harantu rjakumra dussni na Bhagav celapattikam akka-
missati pacchimajanatam Tathgato oloketti dussni sarhhar-
pesi, dussni sariiharitv Satthram anto pavesetv guk haj-
jakena sammnetv ekamantam nisinno vanditv ha: bhante
tumhkarh upakrako tikkhattum saranam gato, kucchigato va
kir amhi ekavre saranam gato, dutiyam tarunadrakakle, ta-
 325

tiyarh virhtabhvappattakle, tassa me kasm celapattikarh

na akkamitth t i ; kim pana tvarii klmra cintetv celni attharti
(c. -rati); sace puttarii v dhtararii v lacchmi Satth me akka-
missatii idam cintetv bhante ti; ten evharh na akkamin ti;
kim panharii bhante puttarii v dhtaram v n eva lacchmti;
ma kumr ti; kimkran ti; purimake attabhve bhariyya
saddhirn pamdarii pannatt ti; kasmim kle bhante ti; ath
assa Satth attarii haritv dassesi: Atte kira anekasat
manuss mahatiy nvya samuddarii pakkhandimsu, nv
samudde bhijji, dve jayampatik ekaiii phalakam gahetv anta-
radpakarii pavisiriisu, ses sabbe tatth eva marimsu, tasmirh
kho pana dpake mahsakunasarhgho vasati, te arharii kh-
ditabbakam adisv jtakajjhatt (?) sakunandakni agresu pa-
citv khdiriisu, tesu appahontesu sakunacchpe gahetv kh-
dimsu, evarii pathamavaye pi majjhimavaye pi pacchimavaye
pi khdimsu yeva, ekasmim pi vaye appamdam npajjimsu,
eko pi ca nesam appamdam npajji (c. -irhsu). Satth
idam tassa pubbakammam dassetv: sace hi tvam rjaku-
mra tad ekasmim pi vaye bhariyya saddhim appamdam
pajjissa ekasmim vaye putt v dht v uppajjeyya, sace
v pana vo eko pi appamatto abhavissa tam paticca putt v
dht v na uppajjissa kumra, attnarii hi piyari marrmamnena
tsu pi vayesu appamattena att (c. attnarii) rakkhitabbo yev ti
vatv imarii gtham ha: Attna ce etc. Tattha m an ti Satth
attano dhammissaratya desankusalatya idha tinnarh vay-
narh ariiatararii vayarii yman ti katv dassesi, tasm evam
ettha attho veditabbo: sace attnarii piyarn jneyya (c. -neyyam)
r a k k h e y y n aiii s u r a k k h i t a m yath so surakkhito hoti
evarii narii (c. na) rakkheyya, tattha sace hi gih samno att
narii rakkhissmti uparipsdatale susariivutarii gabbharii pavi-
sitv sampannrakkho hutv t (tarii ?) nivasanto pabbajito hutv
susarhvuto pihitadvravtapnalene (c. -tamdv-) viharanto
 326

pi attnarh rakkhati yeva, gih pana samno yathbalarii

dnasldni pumnni karonto pabbajito v pana vattapati-
vattarh pariyattimanasikresu ussukkarh pajjanto attnarh
rakkhati nma (-?), evan tsu vayesu asakkonto annatarasmim pi
vaye panditapuriso attnarh patijaggite yeva, sace gihbhto
pathamavaye khiddpasutatya kusalam kturh na sakkoti
majjhiinavaye appamattena hutv kusalam ktabbam, sace
majjhimavaye puttadrarh posento kusalaiii kturh na sakkoti
pacchimavaye ktabbam eva, ekam (evam?) pi karonte (-tena?)
attnarh (att?) patijaggito va boti, evam akarontassa pana
att piyo nma na boti apyaparyanam eva nam karoti, sace
pana pabbajito pathamavaye sajjhyam karonto dhrento v-
cento vattapativattam karonto pamdam pajjati majjhimavaye
appamattena samanadhammo (c. -na-) ktabbo, sace patha
mavaye uggahitapariyattiy atthakatham vinicchayakrank-
ranan ca pucchanto majjhimavayena ca pamdam pajjati
pacchimavaye appamattena samanadhammo ktabbo yeva, evam
pi tena (karontena?) att patijaggito va hoti, evarh akarontassa
pana att piyo nma na boti pacchnutpanenava (-nam eva?)
nam tpetti . . . Bodhirjakumrassa vatthum.
J a n n potent. verbi n s. jn. R a k k h e y y cfr. nt.
ad v. 143 .

V. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Upanandasa-

kyaputto.
. . . I d m vuttam hoti: yo appicchatdigunehi v ariya-
variisapatipaddhi v prm anussitukmo attnam eva patha-
matararh tasmim guue patitthpeyya. . . attnam hi tattha
anivesetv kevalaih prm eva anussamno parato nindam
labhitv kilissati nma . . .
Na k i l i s s e y y a rnelius fortasse vertamus: non in eo
culpa est; cfr. nt. ad v. 87.
 327

V. 150. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Padhnikatissa-

tthero.
Tass atfho: yath hi bhikkhu (c. -t) pathamaymdisu
caihkamitabban ti vatv pararii ovadati sayarii caiiikamdni
adhitthahanto attna ce tath kayir yath arhani anussati
evaih sante sudanto vata dametha yena gunena parar anu
ssati tena attan sudanto hutv dameyya; at t hi k i r a
d u d d a m o ti ayar hi att nma duddamo, tasm yath so
sudanto boti tath dametabbo ti . . .
Damet ha sic A C et comment.; habet dammetha,
qua lectione recepta metrum restituitur, cfr. not. ad v. .

V. 1 6 0 Att hi attano ntho ti imar dhammadesanar

Satth Jetavane viharanto Kumrakassapattherassa mtarar
rabbha kathesi; s kira Rjagahanagare setttidht viriifittar
pattaklato patthya pabbajjar yci, atha punappuna ycamnpi
ca mtpitunnar santike pabbajjaih alabhitv vayappatt pati-
kularh gantv patidevat hutv agramajjhe vasati, ath ass
na cirass eva kucchiyar gabbho patitthahi, s pan assa pa~
titthitabhvar ajnitv va smikar rdhetv pabbajjarii yci,
atha naih so mahantena sakkrena bhikkhuniupassayar netv
ajnanto Devadattapakkhiynarii bhikkhunnar santike pabb-
je s i, aparena samayena bhikkhuniyo tass gabbhinibhvar
atv tbi kim idan ti vutt nhar ayye na (?) tariT jnmti
kim etaiii slar vata me rogam ev ti, bhikkhuniyo tar Dva-
dattassa santikam netv: ayar bhikkhuniddh (?) pabbajit,
imiss mayar gabbhassa patitthitaklar na jnma, kin dni
karom ti pucchirsu, Devadatto m mayhar ovdakriknar
bhikkhunnarii ayaso uppajjii ettakam evacintetv upapabbjetha
(uppab-?) nan ti ha, tavii sutv dahar: m mair ayye nsetha,
nhar Devadattar uddissa pabbajit, etha marii (adde: Satthu?)
santikar Jetavanarii neth ti, n tarii dya Jetavanarii gantv
 328

Satthu rocesum, Sattb tass gihkle (c. hkle) gabbho patitthito

ti jnanto pi paravdamocanatthar rjnar Pasenadikosalar
Mahnthapindikar Clnthapindikar (c.-Ia-) Viskhupsikar
arimni ca mahkulni pakkospetvplittherar npesi: gaccha
imiss daharya catuparisamajjhe kammam parisodhehti, thero
ranino purato Viskhar pakkospetvtar adhikaranam paticch-
pesi, s snipkram parikkhippetv antosniyar tass battha
pdanbhiudarapariyosnni oloketv ms divase smniv
gihbhve imya gabbho laddho ti fiaiv therassa tam atthar
roeesi, ath ass thero parisamajjhe parisuddhabhvam patitth-
pesi, s aparena samayenaPadumuttarabuddhassa pdamule pati-
tthitatthanam (pattbitapatthan ?) mahnubhvam puttarii vijyi,
atb ekadivasam rj bhikkhimiupassayasampe (c.-ena) gaccbanto
drakasaddam sutv kim idan ti pucchitv deva ekiss bhik-
khuniy putt jto tass esa saddo ti vutte tam kumram attano
ghararii netv dbtnam (c.-ti-) adsi, nmagahanadivase v assa
Kassapo ti nmam katv kumraparibrena vaddhitatt Kumra-
kassapo ti sajnimsu, so klmandale daharake pabaritv
(c. parih-) nimmtpitikena mayar pabat ti vutte rjnar
upasarkamiv deva mar nimmtpitiko ti vadanti, mtarar
me cikkbath ti pucchitv rarfi dhtiyo dassetv im te
mtaro ti vutte: na ettik mama mtaro ekya me mtar
bhavitabbar tam me cikkhath ti ha, rj na sakk 'imam
vacetun ti cintetv: tta tava mt bbikkhuni, tvar may
bhikkhunupassay (c. -ar) nto, so tvataken eva samuppanna-
sarvego hutv tta pabbjetha man ti ha, rj sdhu tt ti tar
mahantena sakkrena Satthu santike pabbjesi, so laddbpa-
sampado Kumrakassapatthero ti paryi, so Satthu santike
kammatthnar gahetv ararar pavisitv vyamitv visesar
nibbattetur asakkonto puna kammatthnar visesetvgahessmti
Satthu santikar gantv Andhavane vihsi, atha nar Kassa-
pabuddhakle ekato samanadhammar katv angmiphalam
patv Brahmaloke nibbattabhikkhu (c. -) Brahmalokato gantv
pannarasa pahe pucchitv: irae pahe thapetv Satthrarii anno.
koci (. ) vyktum samattho n atthi, gaccha Sattliu santike
imesam attham ugganh ti uyyojesi, so tath kaiv paharh
vissajjanvasne arahattam ppuni,tassa pana nikkhantaditthak-
lato patthya dvdasa vassni mtubhikkhuniy akkhhi (c. akkh)
asstni pavattimsu, s puttaviyogadukkhit ten eva mukhena
bhikkhya caramn antaravithiyam therarti disv putta putt
ti virayant tarh ganhitum upadhyamn parivattity pti,
s thanehi khram mucantehi utthahitv allacvar gantv
therarh ganhi, so cintesi: sac1 yaiii mama santik madhura-
vacanam na labhissati vinassissati, taddhame (?) katv imv
saddbim sallapissmti,atha narii lja: kim karont(c.-i) vicarasiti
sinehamattain pi chinditurh na sakkosti (c. -sti), s abo corassa
kath ti cintetv kim vadesi tt (c. t) ti vatv puna pi tena tath
eva vutt cintesi: aham imassa kran (c. -a) dvdasa vassni
assetum (assuni ?) dhretum na sakkomi, ayam pan eva thaddha-
hadayo ti kim me imin ti puttasineham chinditv taih divasam
eva arahattam ppuni. Aparena samayena dhammasabhyam
katham samutthpesum (c. -su): Manavadevadattena evarh upa-
nissayasampanno Kumrakassapo ca ther ca nsit, Satthpi
tesain patitth jto, aho buddh nma loknukampak t i; Satth
gantv kya nu ttha bhikkhave etarahi katbya sannisinn
ti pucchitv imya nm ti vutte na bhikkhave idn eva aham
imesam paccayo patitth jto pubbe pi nesam ahaiii patitth
ahosim yev ti vatv:
Nigrodham eva seveyya, na skham upasamvase,
nigrodhasmim matam seyyo y anee skhasmim jvitan ti,
imam Nigrodhajtakam -vitthrena kathetv: tad skhamigo
Devadatto ahosi, parispi ssa Devadattaparis, vrappatt mi-
gadhenu ther (c. -i) ahosi, putt Kumrakassapo, gabbhinimigiy
jvitam pariccajitv gato nigrodhamigarj pana aham ev ti
 330

jtakam samodhnetv puttasineham chinditv theriy attan

va attano patitthkatabhvarh pasarhsanto: bhikkhave yasra
parassa attanitthitena (c.-te) saggaparyano v maggaparyano v
bhaviturh na sakk tasm att (c. attan) va attano ntho kim paro
karissatti vatv imm gtham ha: Att Jii etc. Tattha n t h o
ti patitth, idaiii vuttaih boti: yasm attanitthitena attasam-
pannena (c. addit: na) kusalarh katv saggar v ppunitum
maggarh v bhvetum phalam v sacehiktum sakk tasm
hi att va (c. ca) attano patitth ti, paro ko nma kassa pa
titth siy, attan eva hi s u d a n t e n a (c. addit: hi) nibbise-
vanena (c. -biye-) arahattaphalasamkhtam dullabham bha-
nthaiii labhati, arahattarii hi sandhya (c.-yarii) idha nthm
labhati duliabhan ti vuttani. . . Kumrakassapattherassa vatthum.

V S@I Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Mahklau-

psako.
Tattha v a j i r a m v ain ha m a y a m m n i n ti vajiram
va amhamayam (c. amhayam) mauiiti, idaiii vuttani h oti: yath
psnamayam (c. psmayain) psnasambhavam vajiram (c.-r)
tam eva amhamayam manirh attano utthnatthnasamkhtam
psnamanim khditv chiddehiddam khandkhandikarii katv
aparibhogarh karoti evam cvaiii attan katarh attani jtam
atasambhavam ppm dummedham nippannam puggalani ca-
tusu apyesu ab hi ma t t ht i kantati (c. kaanti) vidharhsetti...
Abhi m a t t h a t i a rd. mah v. manth, itidem baddhati
a bandh. A m h a m a y a s. a^mamaya.

We 1^ Tassa accantti imm dhammadesanaiii Satth

Veluvane viharanto Devadattam rabbha kathesi. Ekasmim
hi divase bhikkht (c. -u) dhammasabhyam katham sarnutth-
pesum: vuso Devadatto dusslo ppadhammo dusslyakarauen
(c. -non) eva vaddhitya tanhya Ajtasattum samganhitv
 331

mahantarh lbhasakkram nibbattetv Ajtasattum pitu vaclhe'

samdpetv tena saddhim ekato hutv nnappakrena Tathga-
tassa vadhya parisakkatti, Satth gantv kya nu ttha bhik-
khave etarahi kathya sannisinn ti pucchitv imv nm ti
vutte na bhikkhave idn eva pnbbe pi Devadatto nnappa
krena mayharii vadhya parisakkatti vatv Kurungajtakdni
kathetv: bhikkhave accantadusslyapuggalan nma dusslya-
kran uppann tanh mluv viya slam pariyonandhitv
sambhajjamn niraydisu pakkhipatiti vatv imm gtham
ha: Yassa accanta- e tc .. . . M l u v s l a m i v o t a t a n ti
yassa puggalassa tani tanhsariikhtam dusslyam, yath nma
mluv slam otarantti deve vassante pavattehi udakam patic-
chitv sambhajanavasena sabbatthakam eva pariyosnanti evam
otatam paviyonanditv ihitaiii (-?) so mluvya sambliajitv
bhmiyam (c. -ya) ptiyamno rukkho viya dusslasamkhtya
tanhya sambhajitv apyesu ptiyamno yath narii anattha-
kmo diso icchati tath attnam (c. atta-) karoti nm ti
attho . . . Devadattassa vatthum.
Vereor, ut recte intellexerim versum. M l u v cfr. v. 3 34 .

Ot a t a a rd. tan ? D i s a s. dvisa, cfr. v. 49.

V . 1 I3 . Sukarniti imm dhammadesanam Satth Velu-

vane viharanto saiiighabhedaparisakkanam rabbha kathesi.
Ekadivasarii hi Devadatto samghabhedya parisakkanto yas-
mantarh pindya carantarii Anandam disv attano adhippyam
rocesi, tani sutv thero Satthu santikam gantv Bhagavantam
etad a v oca: idhaharii bhante syanhasamayarh nivsetv patta-
cvaram dya Rjagaharii pindya pvisim, addas kho mm
bhante Devadatto Rjagahe pindya carantarii (c. -to), disv yen-
ham ten upasamkami (c. addit: upasamkami), upasamkamitv
marii etad avoca: ajja tagge dnham vuso Ananda arirnatre-
vaggat (?) ariinatra bhikkhusamgh uposatham karissrni satii-
 332

ghakammai c ti ajja Bhagav Devadatto sarhgharh bhindissati

uposathari ca karissati saihghakammni c ti evarii vutte Satth:
Sukararii sdhun sdhu,a ppena dukkararh,
ppm ppena sukaram, ppm ariyehi dukkaran ti,
imam udnarii udnetv Ananda attano ahitakammam eva
sukaran (c. dukk-) ti vatv imarii gtham lla: Sukarni etc. . . .
Samghabheclaparisakkanavatthum.

X. 164. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Klatthero.

Tass attbo: yo dummedho puggalo attano sakkrahnibha-
yena ppikam ditthim nissya dhammarii v sossma dnarh
v dassm ti vadante patikkosanto arahatam ariynarii dham-
majvinam buddhnam ssanam patikkosati tassa tani patikko-
sanarii s ca ppik ditthi velusamkhtassa katthakassa (c. kassa)
phalni viya boti, kasm (c. ta -): yath katthako phalni ganhanto
attaghamnya phallati (c. pa-) attano ghtattham eva phaleti
evarii so pi attaghtya phallatti (c. pa-), vuttam pi c etam:
Phalarii ve kadalim hanti phalam velurii phalarii nalaiii
sakkro purisarii hanti gabbho assataririi yath t i . . .
Di t t h i s. drsi sentiendi atque intelligendi ratio, sententia,
doctrina; micchditthi vv. mi. s i e ; sammditthi v. 310 . Cfr.
Abhidhnapp. ed. Clough p. 19, n. 57, . Burnouf: Introd.
p. 263. 46. Nissya gerundium a rd. si (s. gri) prsef.
ni; cfr. vv. os. 339. 341. Abit ssepe nissya in prsepositionem
ejus notionis: ad, apud. Ghanna s. ghnya ? P h a l l a t i , ni
fallor, pass. cans, verbi phal.

V . 165 Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Cjaklaupsako.

Tass attho: yena attan akusalarh kammarh katarh hoti
so catusu apyesu dukkharii anubhavanto attan va sarhkilis-
sati, yena pana attan akatarii pparh so sugatin c eva agatin
a Adde: sdhu.
 333

ca gacchanto attan va visujjhati, kiisalakammasarnkhtai ca

asuddhirh paccattam krassatthnam (- ?) attani yeva vipaccati,
arhno puggalo arhnaih puggalam na v i s o d h a y e ti na kilissa-
titi vuttarh hoti . . .
P a c c a t t a m adv. compositum ex pati et attarh (s. tman'.

V. 106. Attadatthan ti imarii dhammadesanarh Sattb

Jetavane viharanto Attadatthattherarii rabbha kathesi. Satthr
hi parinibbnakle bhikkhave ito catumsaccayena parinibb-
yissmti vutte uppannasarhveg sattasat puthujjan bbikkht
(c. -u) Sattiiu santikarii avijahitv va kin nu kho vuso ka-
rissm ti sammantayamn vicaranti, Attadatthatthero pana
cintesi: Satth kira catumsaccayena parinibbyissati ahan ca
marrihi (?) avtargo Satthari dharamne yeva arahattatthya
vyamissmti, so bhikkhnam santikam na gacchati, atha
narii bhikkht (c. -u) kasm (c. tasm) vuso tvarii no amhkam
santikam gacchasi na kinci mantesiti vatv Satthu santikarii
netv ayarii bhante evam nma karotiti rocayimsu, so Satthr
(c. -ram) pi kasm evain karosti vutte: tmbe hi kira bhante
catumsaccayena parinibbyissatha, abarii tumhesu dharantesu
yeva arahattuppattiy vyamissmti, Sattb tassa sdhukram
datv: bhikkhave yassa mayi sineho atthi tena Attadattbena
viya bhavitum vaddhatti na hi gandbdhi pjent maiii (c. mayi)
pjenti dhammnudhammapatipattiy pana marii pjenti tasm
amnena pi Attadatthasadisen eva bbavitabban ti vatv imm
gtham lja: Attadattham etc. Tass attho: gihbbto pit ca
kkanikamattam pi attano attharii sahassamattenapi parassa
atthena na bpaye, kkanikamatto pi hi ssa attadattho va
khdaniyarii v bbojaniyaiii v nipphdeti na parattho, imarii
pana evarii akathetv kammatthnassena kathitarri, tasm atta-
dattharii na hpemti bhikkhun samghassa uppannarii cetiya-
patisairikhrandikiccai v upajjhyavattairi v na hpetabbaiii
 334

(c .-a ), abhisamcrikavatta hi pirento yeva ariyaphaldni

(c. -dlji) sacchikaroti, tasm ayam pi attadattho va, yo pana
accraddhavipassako ajja ajj ev ti pativedharii patthayarano
vicarati tena upajjhydivattni pi bhvetv attano kiccam
eva ktabbam, evam evarh a t t a d a t t h a m a b h i m y a ayam
me attano attho ti sallakkhetv s a d a t t h a p a s u t o siy ta-
smitn sake atthe uyyuttapayutto bhaveyy t i . . . Attadatthathe-
rassa vatthum.
Attadattha et s a d a t t h a cum d euphonise causa in
serto, cfr. Clough: Pali grammar p. 11,27. P a s u t a s. prasita
a rad. so, cfr. not. ad v. .-a.

W Locus: Jetavanam, Persona: amataradahara-

bhikkhu.
Tattha h n a m d h a m m a n ti pacakmagunadhammam, so
hnena dhammena antamaso otthagondhi pi patisevitabbo (-?),
hnesu ca nirayds thnesu nibbattpetti hio nma, tam na
seveyya; p a m d e n ti satiossaggalakkhanena pamden ti na
samvaseyya; na s e v e y y ti micchditthim pi na ganheyya;
l o k a v a d d h a n o ti yo (c. so) hi karoti so lokavaddhano nma
hoti, tasm hi evarii akaranena na siy lokavaddhano . . .
H nam d h a n i ma r cfr. vv. 87. n s. 24 9.. 248. 307. 70.

P a m d o cfr. vv. 31. a. 341.

V. 1 6 8 -I O . Uttitthe n ti imai dhammadesanam

Satth Nigrodhrme viharanto pitararh rabbha kathesi.
Ekasmii hi samaye Satth pathamagamanena Kapilapurai
gantv thi katapaccuggamane Nigrodhrmam patv tnam
mnaiii bhindanatthya kse ratanacanikamarii mpetv tattha
cariikamanto dhammam desesi, t (c. -i) pasannacitt Suddho-
 335

danamahrjnarii dirii katv vandirhsu, tasmiih tisamgame

pokkharavassath vassi, tani rabbha mahjanena kathya (c. kt-)
samufthpitya na bhikkhave ;idn eva pubbe pi mayharh tisa
mgame pokkharavassath vassi yev ti vatv Vessantarajtakarii
kathesi, dhammadesanarii sutv pakkamantesu tsu eko pi
Satthrarii na nimantesi, rjpi mayharh putt mama geljarh
angantv kaharh gamissatti animantetv va agamsi, gantv
ca pana gebe vsatiy bhikkhusahassnarii ygudni patiyd-
petv (c. patis-) sanni parimpesi, puna divase Satth pindya
pavisanto kin nu kho atte buddh pitu nagararii pavisitv ujukam
eva ntikulam pavisiriisu udjiu patiptiy pindya carims ti
disv palhamagehato patthya pindya caranto pysi, tam
pavattirii ramo rocesum, rj stakaiii santhpento vegena
nikkhamitv Satthrarii vanditv: putta kasm marii nsesi,
ativiya te pindya carantona lajj uppdit, yuttarii nma te
imasmirii yeva nagare suvannasivikdhi vicaritv pindya
cariturh, kiirt (c. ki) marii lajjpesti; nhan tarii mahrja lajj-
pemi, attano pana kulavariisrii anuvatmti; kirii pana tta
pindya caritv jvanavarhso mama variiso ti; n eso mahrja
tava variiso, mama pan eso variiso, anekni hi buddhasaliassni
pindya caritv va jviriis ti (c. tv) vatv im gth abhsi:
Uttitthe etc. Tattha u t t i t t h e ti uttitthitv paresarh gha-
radvre thatv gahetabbapinde n a - p p a m a j j e y y ti; pinda-
crikavattarii hi hpetv pantabhojanni pariyesanto uttitthe
pamajjati nma, sapadnam pindya caranto pana na-ppamajja-
ti nma, evarii karonto uttitthe na-ppamajjeyya; dhammarh
anesanarii pahya sapadnarii caranto tam eva bhikkhcariyarri
dhammarh sucaritarii care; sukhari i setti desanmattam etam;
evarii pan etam bhikkhcariyarii dhammarii caranto dh am m a
c r idhaloke ca paraloke ca catuhi iriypathehi sukharii
viharatti attho; na nar d c c a r i tan ti vesiydibhede (c.-o )
agocare caranto bhikkhcariyadhammarh sucaritarii (c. ducc-)
 336

nma evarh acaritv dhammam care duccaritarh (c. sucar-)

na narh duccaritarh care, sesarh (c. tesarh) vuttattham e v a . . .
Suddhodanassa vatthurh.
Ut t i t h e com. gerund. habere videtur. M ad prsef. pa,
cfr. vv. i 72 . m i . w. 299. D09. 334. 259. D h a m m a c r i i i cfr.
dhammajvin vv. 21 . it>4, dhammattha vv. 217 . 2 5 0 , dhamma-
dhara v. 259, dhammika v. 84.

w . 1 7 0 . Locus: Jetavanarh. Personse: pancasatavi-

passakabhikkh.
Tattha m a r c i k a n ti myam, my hi drato (c. du-)
gehasanthmdivasena upatthitpi upagacchantnarii agayhpa-
krattak tucchak va, tasmssasatt (?) uppajjitv bhijjana-
tthena bubbulakarh tucchdibhven eva myarii (c. c-) passeyya,
evarh khandhdi'okarii avekkhantam maccurj na (c. nam)
passatti attho . . .
B u b b u l a k a s. budbuda. M a c c u r j cfr. v. 46.

Wo l^ le Eha passath imm lokan ti imin dhamma-

desanaih Satth Veluvane viharanto Abhayarjakumram rabbha
kathesi; tassa kira paccantaih vpasametv gatassa pit Bim-
bisro tussitv ekam naccagtakusalam ntakitthim datv tassa
sattham rajjam adsi; so sattham geh(c.-am) bahi anikkhanto
va rajjasirim anubhavitv atthame divase nadtittham gantv
nahtv uyynarii pavisitv Santatimahmatto viya tass ittbiy
naccagtam passanto nisdi, spi tam khanam yeva Santatiamac-
cassa (c. santimaccassa) ntakitth viya satthakavtnam vasena
klam aksi, kumro tass (c. -a) klakiriyya uppannasoko na me
sokam tbapetv Satthraih aihno nibbpetuih sakkhissatiti Satth-
rarii upasamkamitv bhante sokam me nibbpeth ti lja, Satth
(c. bha-) tam samasssev tay hi klmra imiss itthiy evam
eva matakle rodantena pavattinarh assnaih anamatagge sam-
sre pamnam (c. -nam) n atthiti vatv tya desanya sokass
 337

tanubhvaih atv klmra m soci blajannam samsdana-

tthnarii etan ti vatv imam gtham ha: Etha etc. Tattha
e t h a p a s s a t h t i rjakumram eva sandhy ha; i m a m 1 a n
ti imarii khandhalokdisamkhtam attabhvarii; c it t an ti vi-
cittarh (c. vacci-) rjaratham viya vatthlarhkrdicittarii (c.
-cittitam); yattha bl ti yasmim attabhve bl eva
visdanti; v i j n a t a n ti jnantnam pana panditnam ettha
rgasagdisu eko pi sango n atthti attho. . . Abhayarja-
kumrassa vatthurh.
R j a r a t h a cfr. v. 151. S a g a cfr. vv. 3+2. 370. 397. 412.

V# L o cus: Jetavanam. Persona: sammimjani-

tthero.
S o i m a m fortasse legendum est sv-imam.

V. 1T3 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Agulimlatthero.

Tattha k u s a l e n ti araljattamaggam sandhya vuttarh,
sesam uttnattham eva . . .
P i t h y a t i sanscr. apistryati?

V. 1 4. Locus: Aggjavacetiyam. Persona: pesak-

radht.
Tattha a y a m loko ti ayarii lokamahjano pamcak-
khuno abbvena andhabhto; t a n u k etth ti tanuko ettha
na bbu jano aniccadivasena vipassati: s a k u n t o j l a m u t t o
v ti yath chekena skunikena jlena ottharitv gayham-
nakesu vaddhakesu (c. kevaddh-) kocid eva jlato muccati ses
antojlam eva pavisanti tath mrajlena ottharesu (-atesu?)
sattesu bah (c. -u) apyagmino ljonti appo (c. agho) koeid
eva vasanto (satto ?) sagg'ya gacchati sugatirii v nibbnarh v
ppuntiti (c. -nantti) attho . . .
Andhabhta cfr. v. 5 :. T anuk ettha cfr. asant
22
 338

ettha V. 304, yvant ettha v. 337. Vipassati cfr. vv. 373.

-l. 190. 277. 42.3. S g g cfr. w . 126. 178. 423; devaloka
V. 177; paraloka vv. i 6 9 . 176. 220. 242. 410; ayarii ioko vv.
es. 171. 172- 74. 220. 242. 382. 410; Yamaloko V. 44 ; sabbaloko

V. 178. 418.

V. 175 . L ocus: Jetavanam. Personal: timsamatt

bhikkhu.
Tass attho: ime hams diccapathe ksena gacchanti,
yesarii pana iddhipd subhvit te pi kse yanti iddhiy
dhrpi pandit savhanam mrarh jetv imamh vaddbalok
(c. vaddhe-) nyanti nissaranti nibbnam ppunantti attho. . .
M r a cfr. not. ad v. 46, prseterea vv. 7. s. 34. 37. 40.
57. 105. 175 . 274. 337. 350 .

V. 176 . Ekarh dhamman ti imam dhammadesanam

Satth Jetavane viharanto Cicamnavikm rabbha kathesi.
Pathamabodhiyam hi Dasabalassa pnthubhtesu svakesu apa-
rimnesu (c. -nenasu) devamanussesu ariyabhumiiii okkantesu
patthate (c. -o) gunasamudaye mahlbhasakkro udapd,
titthiy suriyuggame khajjopanakasadis ahesum, hatalbha-
sakkr te antaravthiyarii thatv: kim samano Gotamo Buddho
(c. addit: sa) mayam pi Buddh, kim tass (c. ka-) eva dinnarii
mahapphalam amhkam pi dinnam mahapphalam eva, amh-
kam pi detha karoth ti evam manusse vimpentpi lbha-
sakkrarii alabhitv rabo sannipatitv kena nu kho upyena
samanassa Grotamassa manussnarii antare avannam uppdetv
lbhasakkrarii nseyym ti cintayimsu, tad Svatthiyam
Gicamnavik (c. -na-) nm ek paribbjik uttamartpadhar
sobhaggappatt devacchar viya, tass sarrato rariisiyo nic-
charanti, ath eko kharamant (c. -i) evam lja: Cicamnavikam
(c. -na-) paticea samanassa Gotamassa avannam uppdetv
 339

lbhasakkram nsessm ti, ne atth eso upyo ti sampatic-

chimsu, atha s Titthiyrmam gantv vanditv atthsi,
titthiy tya saddhim na kathesum, s nu kho me doso
yvattiyam vandmi ayy ti vatv ayya ko nu kho me
doso ti kim may saddhim na katheth ti lja; bhagini sama
ran) Gotamam amhe vihethayantarii hatalbhasakkre katv
viearantam jnsiti; na jnmi ayy ti kim pan ettha may
kattabban ti; sace tvarn bhagini amhkarii sukham icchasi
attnam paticca samanassa Gotamassa avannarh uppdetv
lbhasakkram (c. -) nsehti (c. -setiti), s sdhu ayya mayham
ev eso bhro m cintayitth ti vatv pakkamitv itthimy-
kusalatya tato patthya Svatthivsnarri dhammakatharii sutv
detavan nikkhamanasamaye indagopakavannam pmpitv
gandhamldihatth Jetavanbhimukh gacchai (e. gaceha),
imv velya kuhim gacchasti ea vutte kim tumhkait mama
gamanatthnen ti vatv Jetavanasampe Titthiyrme vasitv
pto va aggavandanarii vandissm ti nagar (c. n-) nikkhamante
upsakajane Jetavane vutth viya hutv nagararh pavisant
(c. -i) kuhim vutthsti vutte kim tumhkam mama vuttha-
tthnen (c. puttatth-) ti vatv msaddhamsaccayena pucchiya-
mn Jetavane (c. -ne) samanena Gotamena saddhiiii ekagandha-
kutiv vutth amhti puthujjannam saccam nu kho etarii
no ti kamkharh uppdetv teinsacatumsaccayena pilotikhi
udararii vethetv gabbhinivannarii dassetv uparirattapatam
(e. -paddharii) prupitv samanam Gotamam paticca gabbho
uppanno ti andhable (c. -o) ghpetv atthanavamsaccayena
udare drumandalikam bandhitv uparipatam prupitv hattha-
pdapitthiyo gohanukena kotthpetv ussade dassetv kilan-
tindiy hutv syanhasamaye Tathgate alamkatadhamm-
sane nisditv dhammai desente (c. -o) dhammasabham gantv
Tathgatassa purato thatv: mahjanassa tva dhammam
22 *
 340

desesi, madhuro te saddo, suphassitam dantvaranam, aharh

pana taiii paticca " gabbharii labhitv pari pun nagabbh jt,
n eva me stigharam (c. suci-) vijnsi na sappiteldni (c. ini),
sayarb na kathento (karonto?) upatthaknam pi aiimataram Kosa-
larjnarii Anthapindikam v Viskham v mahupsikam
imiss mnavikya kattabbayuttakarn karohti na vadesti (c.
-ehti), abhiramiturii yeva jnsi gabbhaparihram na jnsti
gilthapindam gabetv candainandalam dusetum vyamant viya
parisamajjbe Tathgatarn akkosi, Tathgato dhammakatharii
thapetv sho viya abhinadanto (c. -nand-) bhagini tay kathi-
tassa tathabhvam v vitathabhvam v aljam eva (c. -a) ca tva
ca jnm ti ha, ma mahsamana tay ca may ca -
tabhven etarii jtan ti, tasmirii khane Sakkassa sanaiii
unhkraiii dassesi, so vajjamno Cicamnavik Tathgatarn
abhtena akkosatiti atv idam vatthurii sodhessmti catiilji
devaputtehi saddhiiii gami, devaputt msikapotak (c. mu-)
hutv drumandalikassa bandhanarajjuke ekappaljren eva chin-
diriisu, prutapataiii vto ukkhipi, drumandalikaiii patamnam
tass (c.-a) p;1dapittbiyarii pti, ubhoaggapdchijjimsu, manuss
dili kiakaiiiii sammsambuddhain akkosatiti sise khelarii ptetv
leddudanddihatthic. lendu-) Jetavan nhariviisu, ath ass (c. -a)
Tatbgatassa cakkhupathaiii atikkamanakle mahpathavi bhijji
tv vivaram adsi, Avcito (c. avi-) jl utthahi, s kuladattiyam
kambalam prupamn viya gantv Avcimhi nibbatti, ariifia-
titthiynarii lbhasakkro pariljyi, Dasabalassa bhiyyosomattya
(c. -ntya) vaddhi. Puna di vase dhammasabhyarii katharii
samutthpesurii: vuso Cicamnavik ^c. -na-) evaiii ulra-
gunaiii aggadakkhineyyarii sammsambuddharii abhtena akko-
sitv mahvinsarii patt ti, Satth gantv kya nu ttha
bhikkhave etarahi kathya sannisinn ti pucchitv imya nm
ti vutte na bhikkhave idn eva pubbe p es (c. -a) mm abhtena
akkositv villsam patt yev ti vatv:
 341

Ndatth parato dsam anumthulni sabbaso

issaro panaye dandam smam appativekkhiy ti
imam dvdasanipte Mahpadumajtakam vitthretv kathesi.
Tad kir es (c. -a) Mahpadumakumrassa bodhisattassa
mtu sapatt (c. -im) rao aggamahes hutv mahsattam
asaddhammena nimantetv tassa manar alabhitv attan va
attani vippakram katv gilnlayam dassetv tava putt mam
anicchantim (c. -) imam vippakram ppesti ramo rocesi,
rj kuddho mahsattam corapapte khipi, atha narh pana
kucchiyam adhivatth devat patiggahetv ngarjassa pana
gabbhe thapesi, ngarj nam ngabhavanam netv upaddha-
rajjena sammnesi, so tattha samvacchararii vasitv pabbaji-
.tukmo Himavantapadesam gantv pabbajitv jhnbhiam
nibbattesi, atha nam eko vanacarako disv rao rocesi, rj
tassa santikam gantv katapatisanthro sabbaiii tam pavattim
atv mahsattam rajjena nimantetv tena: mayham rajjena
kiccaiii n atthi, tvaiii pana dasa rjadhamme akpetv agati-
gamanam pahya dhammena rajjarii krehti ovadito utthy-
san roditv vanditv nagaram gacchanto antarmagge amacce
pucehi: aham kim nissya evam crasampannena viyogarii
patto ti, aggamahesim dev ti, rj nam uddhapdam (c. uddh-)
gahetv corapapte khippetv nagaram pavisitv dhammena
rajjam kresi; tad Mahpadumakumro mahsatto ahosi, mtu
sapatt (c. -i) Cicamnavik ti. Satth imam attham paksetv:
bhikkhave ekadhammam hi saccavacanam pahya musvde
patitthitnarii vissatthaparaloknam akattabbam ppakammani
nma n atthjti vatv imam gtham ha: Ekarii etc. Tattha e a ii
d h a m m a n ti saccam; m u s v d i s s ti yassa dasasu vaca-
nesu ekam pi saccam n atthi, evarpassa musvdino; v i t i n n a-
p a r a l o k a s s ti vissatthaparalokassa, evanpo (c.-e ) hi ma-
nussasampattim devalokasampattim avasne nibbnasampattin
ti im tisso sampattiyo na passati; n a t t h i p p n ti tassa
 342

evarpassa imarii nma ppm akattabban ti n atthi . . .

Cincamnavikya vatthum.

V* 1.79 Locus: Jetavanarh. Materia: asadisadnam.

. . . Sukh paratth ti ten eva so dnnumodana-
pumnena paraloke dibbasampattirh anubhavamno sukh
hotti. . .
De metro app. vide.

v. 178 Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Kl nma

Anthapindikassa putt.
Tattha p a t h a v y ekarajjen ti cakkavattirajjena;
saggassa gamanena (c. -nena) v ti chabbsatividhassa
vsaggassa a d h i g a ma n e n a ( c . - ma n e ) ; s a b b a l o k d h i p a c c e n
(c. -di-) ti etasmirh ettake ngasupannavemnikapetehi saddhim
sabbasmirh loke adhipaccena; s o t p a t t i p h a l a m v a r a n ti
yasm ettake thne rajjam kretvpi niraydhi amutto va
hoti sotpanno pana pihitaapyadvro hutv sabbadubbalo pi
atthame bhave nibbattati tasm sotpattiphalam eva varam
utaman ti attho . . .
Sotpattiphalam cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 593. Sp.
Hardy: East. Monach. p. ago. ass. Varam cum instrum,
pro ablativo.

V. 1 7 9 - 8 0 . Locus: Bodhimando. Personae: Mra-

dhitaro.
Tattha y a s s a j i t a m n v a j y a t t i yassa sammsam-
buddhassa tena tena maggena jitarii rgdikilesajtarh puna
asamucaranato (asamuddhar- ?) nvajiyyati dujjitam nma na
hoti; no yti ti na uyyti yassa jitam kilesajtaiii rgdisu
 343

koci ekarh kilesam pi loke pacchatovatti nma na hoti nnu-

baddhatiti attho (-?); a n a n t a g o c a r a n ti anantrammanassa
sabbamnutannassa vasena apariyantagocaram; k e n a p a d e n
ti yassa hi rgapaddisu ekapadam pi n atthi tarn tumhe kena
padena nessatha, Buddhassa pana ekapadam pi n atthi, tarn
Buddharh tumhe kena padena nessatha; dutiyagthya tanh
nma (c. -me) samsibbitapariyonandhanatthena jlam ass atthiti
pi jlakrik ti pi jlupam (c. -up-) ti j l i n i (c. -ini),
rupdisu rammanesu (c.-os) visattataya v i s a t t i k visatt
pana, tya vishratya visapupphatya visaphalatya visa-
paribhogatya pi visattika, s evarup tanh yassa kuhinci
bhave neturii (c. ne-) n atthi tarii tumhe apadarh Buddham
kena padena nessath ti attho . . .
Noyti comm. dissolvit na uyyti. Kena padena
melius verterimus: quo vestigio; cfr. v. 93. V i s a t t i k a cfr.
v. 335, Abhidhnapp. p. 19, t s ; s. vistmika? K u h i n c i Clough:
Pali Grrammar p. 69. N et a v e cfr. not. ad v. 33. De metro
app. vide.

v. IS A . Locus: Saiiikassanangaradvaram. P erson *:

bahudevamanuss.
Tattlia j h n a p a s u t (c. jnapasu-) ti lakkhanpanijjh-
naiii (c. -a) rammanupanijjhnan (c. -nup-) ti imesu dvisu
jhnesu vajjanasampajjanaadhitthnavutthnapaccavekkhanehi
yuttapayutt; n e k k h a m m u p a s a m e rat ti ettlia pabbaj-
jnekkhamman ti na gahetabbarii (c. - ), kilesavupasamana-
nibbnaratirii pana sandhy etarii vuttarh; d e v p i t i devpi
manusspi tesam pihayanti patthenti; s a t i m a t a n ti evarupa-
gunnaiii tesam satiy samanngatnam sambuddhnam aho
vata mayam pi buddh bhaveyym ti buddhabhvam iccha-
mn pihayantiti (c. pibh-) attho . . .
Nekkhamma s. naiskarmya otium, tranquillitas; ple-
 344

rumque derivatur a niskram, sanscritice igitur esset naiskramya

(i. q. pravrajy), cfr. supra p. 25 et Clough: Singhalese
Diet. s. v. naiskramya; Abhidhnapp. p. I'll, 54. Pihayanti
legendum est pihenti. *

V 1858 Locus: Brnasirh upanissya Sattasrisaka-

mlarii. Persona: Erakapattangarj.
. . . Mahantena pana vyamena abhinhrassa samijjhanato
samiddhbhinhrassa (c. -ni-) ca anekehi pi kappakotisahassehi
dullabhuppdato buddhnam uppdo pi kiccho yeva ativiya
dullabho ti . . .
P a t i l b h a s. pratilambha. B u d d h n a m u p p d o ita
omnes codd., legendum est buddhnam uppdo, cfr. not.
ad v. 108.

V 183-85 Sabbappassa akaratlan ti imam dhamma-

desanaih Satth Jetavane viharanto Anandattherassa panharii
rabbha kathesi; thero kira divtthne nisinno cintesi: Satthr
sattannarii buddhnarii mtpitaro yuparicchedo bodhi svaka-
sannipto aggasvak upatthko ti sabbam kathitam (c. -tuih) upo-
satho pana akathito, kin nu kho nesam pi ayam eva uposatho
amno ti; so Satthram upasarhkamitv tam attharii pucchi, yasm
pana nesam buddhnam klabhedo va ahosi na gthbhedo
Vipass sammsambuddho hi sattame sattame sariivacchare
uposatham aksi, ekadivasam dinnovdo yeva hi ssa sattannam
sriivaccharnam alarii ahosi, Sikh ca Vessabb ca chatthe
sariivacchare uposatharii kaririisu (c. karirii), Kakusandho Kon-
gamano (c. -no)ca sariivacchare, Kassapadasabalo chatthe chatthe
ms uposatharii (c. -tarit) aksi, ekadivasarii dinnovdo eva
channam msnarh ahosi tasm Satth nesarii iniarii klabhe-
darh rocetv ovdagth pana nesam im yev ti vatv sabbesarh
ekam eva uposatharii vikaronto im gth abhsi: Sabba- etc.
 345

. ..Upasampad ti abhinikkhamanato patthya yva ara-

hattamagg (c. -a) kusalassa uppdana (c. -da) ca uppdi-
tassa ca bhvan; s a c i t t a p a r i y o d a p a n a n ti pacahi nva-
ranehi attano cittassa vodpanam (c. cod -); etarh b u d d h n a
s s a n a n t i sabbabuddhnarh ay am anusatthi (c. anuss-); k h a n -
tti y es titikkhsamkht (c. tt-) khant nma idarii imasmim
ssane paramam uttamam tapo; n i b b n a m p a r a marii v a -
danti buddh ti buddh ca paccekabuddh ca anubuddh
c ti ime tayo buddh nibbnarii uttaman ti vadanti; na hi
pabbajito ti pnidhi pararh (c .-a ) upahananto (c.-hanto)
vihethento (c. vibh-) paripaght (c. -i) pabbajito nma (c. -) na
(c. nam) hoti; s a m a n o ti vuttanayen eva pararii vihethayanto
samano (c. -no) pi na hoti yeva; a n u p a v d o ( c . an-) ti anupa-
vdo (c. anpavda) c eva anupavdpana (c. an-) c a ; a n u -
p a g h t o (c. an-) ti anupahanana (c. an-) c eva anupagh-
tana (c. an-) ca; p t i m o k k h e (c.-o ) ti jetthakasle, sarh-
v a r o ti pidahanam; ma t t a r i i t ti mattarhbhvo pam-
najnanaih; patthan ti vivittarh (c. vie-); adhicitte ti
atthasampattisariikhte adhikaeitte, y o g o ti payogakaranarh;
e t a n ti etam (c. eta) sabbam pi buddhnarh ssanarii, ettha hi
anupavdena (c. an-) vcasikaslarh kathitarii aghtena kyika-
slarii ptimokkhe ca sariivaro ti imin ptimokkhaslam (c. -a)
c eva indriyasariivaram mattaiiitya jvaprisuddh (c. -irh)
c eva (c. dveva) paccayasannissitasla ca pattha ca sensa-
nena sappyasensanarh adhicittena attha sampattiyo (-?); evarh
imya gthya tisso pi sikkh (c. -a) kathit eva honti . . .
Anandattherassa vatthurh.
Vide Benfey: Indien p. 202. Legendum est sabbappass
akaranarh sive -sskar-, cfr. not. ad v. 7, itidemque kusalass
up- sive -sspa-. Pariyodapana cfr. not. ad v. es.
K h a n t s. xnti, t i t i k k h s. titix, cfr. Mahbh. 12,5992;
in vertendo comment, sequutus sum. Ni b b n a r i i h. 1. sub-
 346

jectivo sensu intelligendum est. P a r u p a g h d t i ita B, A et C

-ti; cfr. v. 270; de metro app. vide. M a t t a r h n u t a sic A, B
-nnata, C -nnuta, quse lectio mihi recipienda esset. Pattha
s. prasta? S a y a n d s a n a r h cfr. v. m . (Supra p. 24, Abhi-
dMnapp. p. 1 4 8 , 44, Kammav. ed. Spiegel p. 9. 34.)

v. 1S6-S7. Locus: Jetavanaih. Persona: anabhira-

tabhikkhu.
K a h & p a n a s. k&rsapana; cfr. Abhidhanapp. p. 6 3 , 35,
Clough: Pali Grammar p. 51, Singh. Diet. s. v. kahavanuva,
Burnouf: Introd. p. 59 7.

v. 188-9S8. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Aggidatto

Kosalarariino porohito.
Tattha b a h u n ti bahu; pabbat d, ni t i tattha tattha Isigili-
vepullavebharadike pabbate ca Mahdvanagosirigasalavanadini
van^ni ca Veluvanajivakambav^dayo rJme ca Udenacetiyagota-
makacetiyJdini (c. -kance-) rukkhacetyani (c. -ancetvJni) ca te ma-
nussJ tena tena bhayena tajjitJ bhayato muncitukama (c. -turiikd-)
puttalabhadini vJ patthayamJn^ saranam (c. -narii) yantiti attho ;
n e t a m s a r a n a n (c.-nan) ti etarh pana sabbam pi saranam
n eva khemarh na uttamarh na ca etam paticca jaM disu
sattesu eko pi j^ti^dito sabbadukkha pamuccatiti attho; y o
c a ti idarii akhemam anuttaran ca saranam dassetvJ khemaih
uttamarh saranam dassanattham Jraddharh, tass attho: yo ca
gahattho va pabbajito v iti pi so Bhagavti samm^sambuddho
ti idikarii Buddhadhammasamghanussatikammatth^nam nitthaya
setthavasena Buddhan ca dhamman ca saranam gato tass&pi tarn
saranagamanam am narii titthiyj vandanadihi kuppati calati (?)
tassa pana acalabh&varii dasseturh maggena Jgatasaranam eva
pak&sento cattari ariyasaccani sammappariin^ya passatiti &ha,
yo (c. so) hi etesarh sacc^narii dassanavasena etani sarandgato
 347

tassa etarh saranam khema ca uttama ca, puggalo etarii

saranam paticca sakalasmpi vaddhadukkh pamuccati, tasm
etarii kho saranam kheman ti di vuttam . . .
A r m a cfr. Kammav. ed. Spiegel p. 34, Burnouf: Introd.
p. 23. R u k k h a c e t y a cfr. Abhidhnapp. p. 25, 10 . 5ti, 98.

124, 18, Burnouf Introd. p. 14. 349. 6so. A r i y a s a c c a Abhi

dhnapp. p. 128, 24. Asiatic Res. vol. X X p. 294. 424. 476.
M a g g a cfr. vv. 273 sq. 403; Abhidhnapp. p. 121, 43, 8 og
in N. T.
Burnouf (Introd. p. isa) versus sanscr. paliis respondentes
ita vertit: Beaucoup dhommes, ehasss par la crainte, cher-
chent nu asile dans les montagnes et dans les bois, dans les
ermitages et auprs des arbres consacrs. Mais ce n est pas
le meilleur des asiles; ce n est pas la le meilleur refuge, et
ce n est pas dans cet asile qu on est dlivr de toutes les
douleurs. Celui, au contraire, qui cherche un refuge aupres
du Buddha, de la Loi et de lAssemble, quand il voit avec
la sagesse les quatre vrits sublimes, qui sont la douleur,
la production de la douleur, lanantissement de la douleur
et la marche qui y conduit, et la voie forme de huit parties,
voie sublime, salutaire, qui mene au Nirvna, celui-l connat
le meilleur des asiles, le meilleur refuge; des quil y est
parven, il est dlivr de toutes les douleurs.

V. 103. Dullabho ti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Jeta vane viharanto Anandattherassa paham rabbha kathesi;
thero ekadivasam divtthne nisinno cintesi: hatthjniyo
chaddantakule v uposathakule v uppajjati, assjnyo val-
hassa rjakule jneyy (?) Dakkhinpathe ti dni vadantena
Satthr hatthiajniyydnam uppattitthnni kathitni, puris-
jneyyo nu kho kaiiarii uppajjatti; so Satthram upasaiiikamitv
etam attham pucchi, Satth: Ananda purisjniyo (c. -saj-) ama
 348

na sabbattha uppajjati, ujjukato pti (?) yojanasatyme vaddhato

navayojanasatappamne (c. -ne) Majjhimadesatthne uppajjati,
uppajjant0 ca pana (adde: na) yasmim tasmim v kule uppajjati,
khattiyamahslabrhmanamahslnam pana ariiatarasmim
yeva uppajjatti vatv imam gtham ha: Dullabho etc. Tattha
d u l l a b h o ti purisjamo hi dullabho na hatthiajneyydayo
viya (c. vi) sulabho, so sabbattha (c. sattha) paccantadese v ncakule
v na jyati Majjhimadese yeva pana mahjanassa abhivdandi-
sakkrakaranatthne khattiyabrhmanakulnam amatarasmim
kule jyati, evam jyamno ca yattha so jyati dhro uttama-
paho (c. -mamp-) sammsambuddho tai kulam sukham edhati
sukhappattam eva hotti attho . . . Anandattherassa, paha-
pucchitavatthum (c. -hampu-).
A j a n a sanscr. ajanya, Abhidhnapp. p. 5 2 , 43. Comm.
vocem idem valere ac jniya, jneyya (Abhidh. p. 4 8 , o)
statuere videtur.

V. 194. Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: sambahul

bhikkh.
Tattha yasm buddh uppajjamn (c. -n) mahjanam
(c.-a ) rgakantrdni trenti tasm buddhnam uppdo sukho;
yasm dhammadesanam gamma jtididhamm satt jtidhi
muccanti tasm saddhammadesan sukh; s ma g g t i sama-
cittat y ekacittat ypi sukh e v a , samaggnam pana
ekacittnam yasm Buddhavacanam v ugganhitum dhtam-
gni v pariharitum samanadhammam v ktum sukhai tasm
samaggnam tapo sukho ti vuttarii, ten evha: yva kva
ca bhikkhave bhikkh (c. -u) sannipatissanti samagg vuttha-
hissanti samagg samghakaranyni karissanti, buddhi yeva
bhikkhave bhikkhnam ptikamkh no parihnti. . .
S m a g g , s. smagr, concordia.
 349

V. I9 5 -9 6 * Pjrahe ti imam dhammadesanarii Satth

crikam caramno Kassapadasabalassa suvannacetiyarh rabbha
kathesi. Tathgato Svatthito (c. -iko) nikkhamitv anupubbena
Brnasirii gacchanto antarmagge Todeyyagmassa sampe
mahbhikkhusariighaparivuto (c. -kkhi-) arimatararh devatthnarh
samppuni, tatra nisinno Sugato dhammabhandgrikam pesetv
avidre kasikainmam karontam brhmanam pakkospesi, so
brhmano gantv Tathgatam anabhivdetv nam eva deva
tthnam vanditv atthsi, Sugato p imam padesarh kin ti mamasi
brhman ti ha, amhkam paveniy ta (tata?) cetiyatthnan
ti vandmi bho Gotam ti, imam thnarii vandantena tay sdhu
katari) (e. katharh) brhman (c. bra-) ti Sugato tarii sampaharh-
sesi, tarii sutv bhikkht kena nu kho kranena Bhagav evarii
sampabamsesti sariisayarii sajnesurii, tato Tathgato tesarii
tayarii pateturii Majjhimanikye Ghatikrasuttantarii idhnu-
bhvena Kassapadasabalassa yojanubbedlmiii kanakacetiyarii
aparim iva kanakapabbatarii kse niydh mahjanarii dassetv
brhmana evariividhnarii pjrahnarii pjyuttatar v ti
vatv Mahparinibbnasutte dassitanayena buddhdike cattro
thprabe paksetv sarracetiyarii paribbogacetiyan ti (-?j tini
cetiyni visesato paridpetv im gth abhsi: Pjrahe etc.
Tattha pjeturii arah pjrab priturii (pjeturii?) yutt ti
attho; te pjrahe (c. -o) p j a y a t o ti abhivdandbi ca
eatnppaccayebi (c. -ppayehi) ca pjantassa; pjrahe dasseti
buddhe ti din, b u d d h e ti sammsambuddhe; v d i v (c.
yadi) iti yadi v atha v (c. tv) ti attho, kattha (tattha?) pacceka-
buddhe ti kathitarii boti; s v a k e ca Buddhasvake (c .-a );
p a p a c a s a m a t i k k a n t e ti samatikkante tanhditthimnapa-
pace; tin n ti atikkanto (c. -e), s a p a r i d d a v e ti sokapari-
ddave ime ce atikkante ti attho, ete hi pjrabantarii (-?) dassitarh;
te ti buddhd (c. -hi) t d i s e (c. -so) ti vuttagabanavasena
 350

n ib bu te (c. -o) ti rgdinibbutiy n atthi kuto vibhavato

rammanato v etesarii bhayan ti akutobhay, te akutobhaye;
n a s a k k p u m a r h (e.-a) sriik h t u n ti purham (c.-a)
ganeturh (c. gahaneturii) na sakk; kathan ti ce i m e t t a m pi
ke na c i t i (c. te-) iraarii ettakan ti attho, kenaci ti apisadd
idha sambandhitabbo (c. -ambo), kenaci puggalena mnena v,
tattha puggalen ti tebrahmdin mnen ti tividhena mnena
tranena pranena v, tranam nma idarii ettakan ti nayato
tranarh, dhranan ti tulya dhranam, pranarii nma
addhappasatapatthanlikdivasena pranarii, kenaci puggalena
imehi thi miiehi buddhdike pjayato parim a rii (c.'-a) vipka-
vasena ganeturii na sakk pariyantarahitato ti dvsu thnesu
pjato ti kim nnam pathamarh dharamne buddhdi pjayato
na sakk pumam samkhturii puna te tdise kilesaparinibbna-
nimittena khandhaparinibbnena nibbute (c. -o) pi pjayato na
sakk pumarh (c. -a) sariikhtun ti bhede yujjanti (-?), tenha
Vimnavatthumhi:
Titthante nibbute cpi same citte samam phalam.
cetopasdahetu hi satt gacchanti suggatin ti.
Desanvasne (c. -n- -ne) brhmano sotpanno ahositi, yojani-
yam kanakacetiyariifc. kan-) sattham (c. -bham) kse yevaathsi,
mahanto (c. -tena) samgamo vhosi, sattham cetiyarii nna-
ppakrena pjesurii, tato bhinnaladdhiknai laddhibhedo (c.-e)
jto, Buddhnubhvena tam cetiyarii yathtthnam eva gatarii,
tatth evatariikhane mahantarii psnacetiyarii ahosi, tasmirii sam-
game caturstiynam pnasahassnarii dhammbhisamayo ahositi.
Papaca s. prapaca, propria notio hujus vocis non
liquet; cfr. v. 954. Sp. Hardy: East. Monach. p. 292. Nib
b u t e sic A; B et C nibbuto; cfr. not. ad v. 89. Puaih
sic C; A pua, B puma. Im e t t a m cfr. not. ad v. 4;
etta forma primitiva pro usitatiore ettaka hie ipse, vox ducenda
esse videtur ex adv. etra (ettha).
 351

Pathamakabhnavrarri sine dubio divisio est, quse ad capita

in festis recitanda spectat (pericope); exstat tantum in cod.
C, et alte rum membrum deest.

v. Susukharh vat ti imarri dhammadesanarri

Satth Sakkesu viharanto kalahavupasamanattharri (c. -matth-)
iitake rabbha kathesi. Skiy Koliy (-ynarri?) kira Kapila-
vatthunagarassa ca antare Rollininmanadirri (c. -f) eken eva va-
ranena bandhpetvsassni karonti, atha jetthamiilamse sassesu
milyantesu ubhayanarigaravsiknam (c. -si-) pi kammakar
sannipatirhsu, tattha Koliyanangaravsino hamsu: idarii udakaiii
ubhato bhariyamnam n eva tumhkam n eva amhkam pa-
hossati, amhkam pana sassarii ekaudaken eva nippajjissati, idarh
udakam amhkam dethti, itare (c. -o) pi hamsu (c. ah-): tum-
hesu (c. -he) kotthe puretv thitesu mayam ratanasunnarii nila-
maniklakahpane (?) ca gahetv pacchimarh pasibbakdihatth
na sakkhissma tumhkam gharadvre (c. sara-) vicaritum,
amhkam pi sassam ekaudaken eva nippajjissati, idarii udakarii
amhkarii deth ti, na mayarii dassm ti, mayam pi na
dassm ti evarii katharii vaddhetv eko utthya ekassa pa-
hram adsi, so pi amnass ti, evarii ariinamarrinarii paharitv
rjakularh jtirri ghaddhetv (?) kalaharh vaddhayiriisu, Kohyakam-
makar vadanti: tumhe Kapilavatthuvsike gahetv gacchatha, ye
sonasigldayo viya attano bhaginihi saddhirri sariivasiriisu etesarii
(c. -a) liatthino ca ass ca phalkvudhni ca amhkarii kirn karis-
santiti, Skiyakammakar vadanti: tumhe dni kutthino drake
gahetv gacchatha, ye nath (anth?) niggatikanti (?) tiracchn
viya kolarukkhe vasiriisu etesarh hatthino (c. atthi
) va ass ca pha
lkvudhni (c. pal-) ca amhkarii kirn karissantiti, te gantv tasmirh
kmme niyuttaamacc (-narii?) rjakulnarii (?) kathesurii, tato
Skiy bhaginihi saddhirri sariivsarii vasitaknarri thman ca balaii
 3 52

ca dassessni ti yuddham sajjetvnikkhamimsu, Koliypi kojaruk-

khavsnam (c.-inarh) thma ca balan ca dassessmti yuddham
sajjetv nikkhamirhsu. Satthpi paccisasamaye lokarii oloketv
htak disv mayi angaechante ime nassissanti may ganturh
vaddhatti cintetv ekako va ksen eva gantv Rohinnadiy
majjhe kse pallamke nisdi, tak Satthrarh disv vudhni
chaddetv vaiidiriisu, atha ne Satth ha: kirhkalaho nm esa
mahrj t i; na jnma (c. -) bhante t i; dni jnissatti; sen-
pati jnissati, senpati uparj jnissatti imin upyena yva
dsakammakare (c. -o) pucchitv bhante udakakalaho ti hamsu;
udakarh kirii agghati mahrj ti; appam bhante ti; khattiy
kirii agghanti mahrj ti; khattiy nma anaggh bhante ti;
yuttarii pana tumhkarii appamattakaudakam nissya anag-
ghiye khattiye nsetun ti; te tunh ahesum, atha ne Satth
mantetv: kasm mahrjno evarpam karotha mayi asante
jja lohitanad pavattissatha aynttaih vo katarii tumhe pacahi
verehi saver viharatha aham avero viharmi (c. -ma) tumhe kile-
stur liutv viharatha aham anturo tumhe kmagune pariyesa-
nussukk hutv viharatha aham anussukko viharmti vatv
im gth abhsi (c. ahsi): Susukham etc. Ntaknam kala-
havipasamanavatthurii.
Cfr. V . 406. s s k a, s. utsuka. Abhidhnapp. p. 98, .

V. SOO Susukhain vat ti imam dhammadesanam

Satth Pacaslya brhmanagme viharanto Mram rabbha
kathesi. Ekam divasahi hi Satth paiicasatnarii kumriknarii
sotpattimaggassa upanissayarii disv tam gmaiii upanissya
viljsi, tpi kumrikyo ekasmim nakkhattadivase nadirii gantv
nahtv alariikatapatiyatt (c. -nt) gmbhimukhiyo pyiriisu,
Satthpi tam gmam pavisitv pindya cari (c. caritv), Mro
sakalagmavsnam (c. -vasitarii) sarre adhimucitv (c. -mundi-)
yath Satth katacchumattaiii bhattam pi na labhati evarii katv
 353

yathdhotena pattena nikkhantam Satthram gmadvre thatv

h a: api samana (c. -na) pindam alath t i; kirii pana tvarii
ppima tath aksi yathham pindam na labheyyan ti; tena
hi bhante puna pavisath (c. bhavisat) ti, evam kir assa ahosi:
sace puna pavisissati sabbesam sarresu adhimucity imassa
purato pnirii paharitv hassakelim kressmti; tasmim khane
n kumrikyo gmadvram patv Satthram disv vanditv
ekamantam atthamsu, Mr pi Satthram ha: api bhante
pindam alabhamno jigacchdukkhena plit atth ti; Satth:
ajja mayam ppima kici alabhitvpi bhassaraloke brhmano
viya ptisukhen eva vtinmessm ti vatv imam gtham ha:
Susukham vata etc. Tattha y e san no (c. to) ti yesam amh-
kam palibuddhanatthena rgdsu kicanesu ekam pi kicanam
n atthi; p t i b h a k k h ti yath bliassar dev ptibhakkh
hutv ptisukhen eva vtinmenti evam mayam pi bhavissm
ti attho . . . Mrassa vatthum.
Cfr. Mahbh. 12,9917. Kicana cfr. not. ad v. es;
Abhidhnapp. p. 10 0 , 49. A b h a s sara cfr. Burnouf: Intr.
p. e n ; Sp. Hardy: Manual lois in indice citatis.

W HIM e Jayaiii vern ti imaiii dhammadesanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto Kosalarao parjayam rabbha kathesi;
so kira Ksigmakam nissya bhgineyyena Ajtasatthun
saddhiiii yujjhanto (c. yujj-) tena tayo vre parjito tatiya-
vre eintesi: ah am khramukharii drakam parjetum nsak-
khim, kirn me jviten ti, so hripacchedam (c. ampa-) katv
macake nipajji, ath asssvattim (atha s pavatti ?) sakalavihra-
nagaram (c. -ramna-) patthari, bhikkhi Tathgatassa rocesum :
bhante rj kira Ksigmakam nissya tayo vre parjito (c. -no),
so idni parjitv gato khramukham pi drakam parjetum nsa-
kkhim kim me jviten ti hrpacchedam katv macake nipanno
23
 354

ti, Satth tesam katbam suv: bhikkhave jinanto pi veraifi

pasavati (c. -va) parjito pana dukkham seti yev ti vatv imarii
gtham lja: Jayarh etc. Kosalaramo parjayassa vatthurh.

V. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: arimatarakula-

driko.
Tattha n a t t h i rg a samo ti dhmarii v j lam v
agram v adassetv anto yeva jhpetv (c. j-) bhasma-
mutthim ktum samattho rgena samo aggi nma n atthi;
kalisamo api idhpi doso n! atthi; n a t t h i khandhdis
(c. kkhandh-) ti khandhehi samn, yath parihriyamn
khandh dukkh evarii arimam dukkham nma n atthi; s a n -
t i p a ran ti nibbnato uttarim arharh sukham pi n atthi, arharh
hi sukham sukham eva nibbnaiii paramam sukhan ti attho . . .
Rga cfr. vv. is. 1-1. 20. 99. 202. 251. 339. 347. . 356.
369. sit . 407 ; Abhidh. p. 19, 19 . 130,31; Mahbh. 12, 6557.
12427. D o s a s . dvesa cfr. vv. 20.251. 357. 369. 377. 407; Abhidh.
p. 19, 20. 149, 8. K a l i Abhidh. p. 146, 9 ; cfr. v. 252. K h a n -
d h d i s a cum a producto, ut fieri slet in yocibus cum disa
compositis ( C habent kkhandhdis, cfr. v. 117). Cfr. v.
374, Abhidh. p. 113, 74, Burnouf: Introd. p. 512. 475. 634.
S a n t i s. gnti, cfr. v. 285, Abhidh. p. 1, s. 1 0 2 ,1. 136 , 8.

V. Locus:. Ajav. Persona: arimataraupsako.

Tattha d i g a c c h p a r a m r o g t i yasm anio rogo saka
(sakini ?) tikicchito vinassati vtailgavasena pahyati (c. -anti)
digacch pana niccaklan tikicchitabb yev ti sesarognam
ayafii param (-0?) nma; samkhr pancakkhandh (c.pcc-);
e a m a t v ti digacchsamo rogo no (?) n atthi, khandhapari-
haranasamam (c. -narhsa-) dukkham nma n attbti evam atthavh
yathbhfitarh (c. -bhu-) atv pandito nibbnarii sacchikaroi;
 355

n ib b n a m p a r a m a rh s u k h a n ti tan hi sabbasukhnarii
paramam uttamarh sukhan ti attho . . .
J i g a c c h (s. jighats) A ; C jgacch; B digacch, j in
d mutat, similiter digucchu, Pasenadi, Udyin (Burnouf:
Introd. p. 358 not.), tikicch. Miror, quod cum g scribitur, Abhidh.
p. 61,23 habt jiyaccb (lege: jig h -), p. 102,65 jighacchita.
S a i i i k h r a cfr. vv. 255. 2 7 7 . 368. ssi. 383; Abhidh. p. I l l , 55;

B urnouf: Intr. p. 84. 505 ; Sp. Hardy: East. Monach. et Manual.

D u k h (cfr. not. ad v. is) aut pro -ni aut m. g., cfr. v. 221.
Nibbna (s. nirvna) semper scribitur cum n; cfr. vv. 23.
32. 75. 1 3 4 . 184 . 2 0 4 . 226. 285. 289. 344. 369. 372; Burnouf: Intr.
p. is. 589; Sp. Hardy: East. Monach et Manual.

V Slftdl.* Arogyaparam lbh ti imarii dhammadesanaiii

Satth Jetavane viharanto rjnam Pasenadikosalarii rabbha
kathesi; ekasmim samaye rj tanduladonassa odanarh tadu-
piyena(?) supavyanjanenabhunjati, so ekadivasam bhuttaptarso
bhattasammadam (c. -sampadarii) avinodetv va Satthu santikarii
gantv kilantardpo ito c ito ca samparivattati, niddya abhi-
bhuyyamno pi ujurh vipajjitum asakkonto ekamantam nisidi,
atha narh Satth ha: kim mahrja avissamitv va gato siti,
ma bhante bhuttaklato pattliya jne mahdukkham hotti, atha
nam Satth mahrja atibahuriibhojana (atibahubhuijino?) etarh
dukkham hotti vatv imarii gtham ha:
Middh yad hoti mahagghaso ca
niddyit samparivattasy
mahvarho va nivpaputtho
punappunarii gabbham upeti mando ti,
imya (c. im) gtbya ovaditv: mahrja bhojanam nma
mattya bhunjiturii vaddhati mattabhojane sukharii hotti uttaririi
ovadanto imarii gtham ha:
* Ofr. fabulm ad v. 325.
23 *
 356

Manujassa sad satimato

mattam jnato laddhabhojane
tan6 tassa bhavanti vedan,
sanikarii jrati yu playan ti,
rj gth ugganhiturii nsakkhi, sampe (c. -ipe) thitarii pana
bhgineyyarii Sudassanarii nma mnavarii imam gtharii ug-
ganh ti lia, so tarn gtham ugganliitv kim karomi bhante ti
Satthram pncchi, atha nam Satth lja: rariiio (c. rano) bhujan-
tassa osnapindakle imam gtham vadeyysi, rj attharii
sallakkhetv tani pindarii chacldessati (c. -esati), tasmirii pinde
sitthagananya (c. -nanya) rariiio (c. rano) bhattapacanakle
(c.-ttam-) tattake (c. tant-) tandule ljareyysti, so sdliu bhante ti
syam pi pto pi ramo bhujantassa osnapindakle tam gtharh
udharitv tena chadditapiude (c. -deli-) sitthagananya tandule
hresi, rjpi ssa gtharii sutv sahassarii sahassam dpesi, so
aparena samayena nlikodanaparamatya santhahitv (c. santh-)
sukhappatto tanusarro ahosi, ath ekadivasaiii Satthu santikam
gantv Satthram vanditv ha: bhante idni me sukharii jtam,
migara pi anubandhitv (c. -di-) ganhanasamattho (c. -na-)jto mhi,
pubbeme bhgineyyena saddhim yuddham eva boti, idni me Vapi-
rakumrim nma dhtaram bhgineyyassa datv so gmo tass eva
(c. evarii) nahnamulam katv dinno, tena saddhim viggaho vpa-
santo, iminpi me kranena (c. -nena) sukham eva jtarit, kusarja-
klikam maniratanam pi te (?), gehe purimadivase nattham tam pi
idni hatthapattam (.-am p-), iminpi kranena sukham eva jtaiii,
tumhkarii svakehi saddhim visssarii iechantena tidht vo
gehe kat, iminpi me kranena sukham eva jtan ti, Satth:
rogyam nma mahrj paramalbh yathladdhena santuttha-
bhvasadisam pi dhanarii visssarii sadisarii (visssasadiso ?) ca
ti nibbnaparama ca sukharii (?) nma n atthiti vatv imarii g-
tham lja: Arogyaparam etc. Tattha r o g y a p a r a m ti ro-
cod. satimano. cod. tan.
 357

gyabhvaparam, rogino (c. -no) hi vijjamnpi lbheva arogassa

(c. r-) sabbalbh gat va honti, ten eva tani vuttarh: rogya-
param lbh ti; s a n t u t t h p a r a m a n ti gihino (c.-n o) v
pabbajitassa v yarn attan laddham attano santakam ten5 eva
tussabhvo santutth (c.-tth) nma sesadhanehi (c. sosedh-) para-
mam dhanam; v i s s s a p a r a m ti mt v hotu pit v yena
saddhim vissso n atthi so amtako va yena saddhim vissso
atthi so asambaddho pi paramo uttamo ti, tena vuttam:
visssaparam tti; nibbnasadisam pana sukham nma
n atthi, ten evha: nibbnam paramar su k h a n ti... Pasenadi-
kosalassa vatthum.
In Asiatic Researches vol. xx p. 5S9 versus ita vertitur:
Health is the chief acquirement. Content is the best riches.
Firmne&s of mind is the best kinsman. Deliverance from
pain is the chief happiness.

ir Locus: Vesl. Persona: Tissatthero.

Tattha p a v i v e k a r a s a n ti pavivekato uppannarasarii
ekbhvasukhan ti attho; p t v t i dukkhaparimdni karonto
rammaoato (c. -na-) sacchikiriyavasena pitv; up a sa m e
s s a c ti kilesupasamanibbnass eva rasarh pivitv; n id d a r o
hot t i tena ubhayarasapnena ( c .- p a - ) . . .
P a v i v e k a cfr. viveka v. 75. U p a s a m e s s a num recte
locativum ab upasama et gerundium ab as s. ag habuerim,
judicent periti. N i d d a r a cfr. v. 385.

206-S. Locus: Belavagmako. Persona: Sakka-

devarj.
... Dhro ca sukhasaihvso ti ettba sukho sam-
vso eten ti sukhasamvso, panditena saddhim ekathne
vso sukho ti attho, katharii: tnam va samgamo, yathpi
atnam samgamo sukho evam sukho ti; t a s m hti yasm
blena saddhim samvso dukkho panditena saddhim sukho
 358

tasm dhitisampannam (c. -d) dhiran c a , lokiyalokuttarapam-

ndya sampannarii pannan ca, dgamadhigamasampannam (c. ag-)
bahussutan ca, arahattapdpanasamkhdtdya dhuravahanasilatdya
dhoraybasilam, silavatena (c. -vantena) c eva dhtangavatena
(c. dhu- -vasena) ca vatavantam, kilesehi arakatdya driyam
(c. ar-), tathdrupam (c. -a) sappurisarh sobhanaparhnarh, yathd
nimmalam nakkhattapathasamkhatam akdsam (c. -a) candimd
(c. -a) bhajati, evarh bhajetha payirupdsathd ti attho. . .
A d d h d n a pro addhdnam cfr. not.ad v. 74. Amitteneva
cfr. vv. 66. so:, so. 239. Tasm hi inserunt omnes codd.
D h o r a y h a Abhidhdnapp. p. 6 5 , 50; dhauravdhya fere sanscr.
diceretur. B a h u s s u t a s. bahugruta Mahdbh. 13 , 2086, Poley:
Fnf Upanishads Bonn is i 4 p. 123: bahund grutena; opponitur
appassuta v. 152. Vatavat s. vratavat Mahdbh. 12,3373;
cfr. not. ad v. 95. Nakkhatta s. naxatra, cfr. Abhidh. p.
7,12. C an d im a s. candramas, cfr. vv. 172. 382. 387, Abhidh.
p. 6,7. De metro v. 208 append, vide.

v* 209-11. 1oocus: Jetavanarh. Personae: tayo bhikkh.

T a t t h a a y o g e ti ayunjitabbe ayonisomanasikdre, vesiyago-

caradibhedassa hi chabbidhassa agocarassa sevanarh idha
ayonisomanasikaro ndma, tasmirii ayonisomanasikdre attdnam
yunjanto ti attho; y o g a s mi n ti tabbiparite ca yonisomana-
sikare ( c . -0) ayojento; attham hitva ti pabbajitakalato
patthdya adhisilddisikkhdttayam attho nama, tarn hitvd;
piyaggahiti pancakdmagunasamkhdtarh piyam eva gan-
hanto (c. ganh-); piljet att nu yogin an ti tdya pati-
pattiyA sdsanato cuta (c. -0) gihibhdvarh patvd paccha ye
attdnuyogam anuyutta silddini sampddetva devamanussanarii
 3 59

santik sakkram labhanti tesam boti (piheti?), aho vataaham pi

evartpo assan ti icchatti attho; m piyehti piyehi
sattehi samkhrehi v kudcanarii ekakkhanam pi na sam-
gaccheyya tath appiyehi, kimkran: piynam hi yiyogavasena
adassanam appiyna ca upasamkamanavasena dassanarh nma
dukkham; tasm ti yasm idam ubhayam pi dukkham
tasm kandi (kaci?) sattam v sariikhram v piyam nma
na kareyya; piypyo ti piyehi apyo (c. -e) v iy o g o ;
p p a k o ti lmako; g a n t h (c. gandh) t e s a m na v i j j a n t t i
yesarii piyam n atthi tesaiii abhijjhkyagantho (c. -gandho)
pahyati, yesam appiyaiii n atthi tesam bypdakyagantho,
tesu pana dvsu pahnesu sesaganth pahn ca honti, tasm
piyam v appiyam v na ktabban ti attho. . .
Grantha cfr. not. ad v. <; A gantv, et C. gandh.
Ayoga, y o g a cfr. v. ss2 . P i y a Manu 6,6.

V. Piyato jyatti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto aataram kutimbikam rabbha kathesi.
So attano putte klakate puttasokbhibhto lhanarii gantv
rodati, puttasokam sandhreturh na sakkoti, Satth pacctsakle
lokaiii olokento tassa sotpattimaggassa upanissayam disv
pindaptapaikkanto ekaih pacchsamanam gahetv tassa geha-
dvram gamsi, so Satthu gatabhvam sutv may saddhini
patisamthrarii ktukmo bhavissatti Satthram pavespetv
gehamajjhe sanam paihpetv Satthari nisinne (c. -o) gantv
vanditv ekamantarh nisdi, atha narii Satth kin nu kho
upsaka dukkhito siti pucchitv tena puttaviyogadukkhen ti
rocite: upsaka m cintayi idarii maraara nma na ekasmim
yeva thne na ca ekass eva hoti yvat pana bhvuppatti
nma atthi sabbasattnam hoti yeva eko (c. -) samkhro pi
nieco nma n atthi tasm maranadhammarii matarn bhijjana-
dhammam bhinnan ti yoniso paccavekkhitabbam na socitabbaiii
 360

pornakapanditpi hi puttassa matakle maranadhammam

matar bhijjanadhammarn bhinnan ti sokam akatv maranasatim
eva bhvayirs ti vatv bhante ke evam akams (adde: ti)
cikkhatha me ti ycito tass atthassa paksanattham attaiii
haritv:
Urago va tacar jinnar hitv gacchati san tanur6
evar srii nibbhoge pete klakate sati
Dayhamno na jnti fitnam parid vitar,
tasm etamc na socmi, gato so tassa y gatti
imam pacanipte Uragajtakam vitthretv: evar pubbe
pi pandit piyaputte klakate yath etarahi tvar kammante
vissajjetv nirhro rodanto (c. -e) vicarasi tath avicaritv
maranasatibhvanbalena sokam akatv hra ca pariblra-
jirsu kammarta ca adhitthahimsu tasm piyaputto me
klakato ti m cintayi uppajjamno pi hi soko v bhayar
v piyam eva nissya nppajjatti vatv imar gtham ha:
Piyato etc. . . . Amatarakntumbikavatthur.

Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Yiskh.

Tattha p e m a t o ti puttadhtdisu pemam eva nissy ti
attho . . .

Wa flC Ratiy jyatti imm dhammadesanam Satth

Veslir (c. -iyam) nissya kdtgraslyar viharanto Licchav
(e. -i) rabbha kathesi; te kira ekasmir chanadivase amamar-
ar asadisehi alamkrehi alamkatuyynagamanatthya nagar
nikkhamirsu, Satth pindya pavisanto te disv bhikkh
mantesi: passatha bhikkhave Licchav (c.-v iy o ) yehi vo dev
tvatims na ditthapubb te ime lokent ti vatv nagarar
pvisi, te pi uyynar gacchant ekar nagarasobhanim (c. -ni)
itthir dya gantv tar nissya issdhibht amamaram

a cod. -ta. b cod. sat tan. c cod. omittit: tasm etam. d cod. tti.
 361

paharitv lohitanadim viya pavattayimsu, atha te raacendya

ukkhipitv agamamsu, Satthpi katabhattakicco nagar nik-
khami, bhikkh Licchav tath niyyamne(c. n-)disv Satthram
hariisu: bhante Licchavirjno pto va alariikatapatiyatt dev
viya nagar nikkhamitv idni ekam itthim nissya imarii
vyasanarii patt ti, Satth: bhikkhave soko v hi bhayarh v
uppajjamnam ratim nissya uppajjati yev ti vatv imam
gtham ha: Ratiy etc. Tattha r a t i y ti pacakmaguna-
ratito, tam nissy ti attho . . . Licchavnam vatthurii.

Wo S15. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Anitthigandha-

kumro.
Tattha m a t o ti vatthukmakilesakmato, duvidham
p etam nrna (c. -am) nissya jyatti attho . . .

V . ! l . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona:arimatarabrhmano.

Tattha t a n h y ti chadvrikatanhya, etam tanham
nissya uppajjatti attho . . .
T a n h y a j yat epitritum tertium in pede tertio prseterea
videre licet vv. 37. <231. 23. 275. 421.

V. S 7, Locus: Vehivanam. Personse: pacasatadrak.

Tattha s l a d a s s a n a s a m p a n n a v n ti catuprisuddhi-
slena c eva maggaphalasampayuttena ca sammdassanena
sampannam; dhammattham ti navavidhalokottaradhamme
thitarii sacchikatalokuttaradhamman ti attho; s a c c a v d i n a n
ti catunnam saccnam solasah krehi sacchikatatt sacca-
nena saccavdinam; a t t a n o kamma k u b b n a n ti attano
kammam nma tisso sikkh, t purayamnan ti attho; tani
j a n o ti tani puggalarii lokiyamabjano piyam karoti, datthu-
kmo vanditukmo paccayapjiyam (c. -jayani) ca ptjetukmo
hoti yev ti attho . . .
 362

S la cfl\ VV. 10 . 55. 57. 144. 208. 229. 271. 289. 303. 333J
Abhidhnapp. p. 21,34. 5 5 ,2 2 . 143 ,1 4 ; slavat vv. 56. 84.
n o. 400; slin y. 109. D a s s a n a cfr. v. 274, Abhidh. p. 117, 10 .

19, 17; not. ad v. 164. K u b b n a m cum n omnes cod d ., s.

kurvnam.

Wa Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: angmitthero.

Tattha c h a n d a j t o (c. cand-) ti kattukamyatvasena
jtachando usshappatto; a n a k k h t e ti nibbne, tam hi
asukena katam v nldsu evarupam v ti avattabbatya
anakkhtarii nma (c. -a m ); m an a s va p u t t h o siy ti
hetthimehi (c.-h ) timaggaphalacittehi puttho purito bhaveyya;
appatibaddhacitto ti angmimaggavasena kme ca
appatibaddhacitto; u d d h a m s o t o ti evarupo bhikkhu Avihesu
nibbattitv tato patthya patisandhivasena Akanittham gacchanto
uddhamsoto ti vuccati, tdiso upajjhyo ti atho . . .
P u t h o scripsi pro puttho (s. pusta) quod et C habent,
metrum enim brevem syllabam requirit; A habt phutho. Cfr.
not. ad v. is. A p p a t i b a d d h a c i t t o cfr. v. 284. Uddhani
so t o adverso metempsychosis ilumine cfr. Manu t, 35.

Locus: Isipatanam. Persona: Nandiyo.

. . . Anupaddavena duratthnato gatarii; t i m i t t s u -
h a j j c ti kulasambandhavasena t ca sannitthdibhvena
mitt ca suhadayabhvena suhajj ca; a b h i n a n d a n t i g a t a n
ti nam sgatan ti (c. addit: nam sgatan ti) vacanamattena v
ajalikaranamattena v gehaiii sampattam pana nnappak-
rapannakrbhibharanavasena (c. nm a--rhi-) abhinandanti;
ta th e v ti ten evkrena katapumam pi puggalarii imasm
(c. imass) lok paraiii lokaiii (c. -) gatarii dibbam yu-
vannasukharii sayarii adhipateyyaiii (- ?) dibbarpam saddagan-
dharasapotthabb ti imam dasavidharii pannkram dya
 363

mtpititthne thitni pumnni abhinandantni patiganhanti. . .

Sotthim i. q. sotthi, svatthi s. svasti; cfr. Clough:
Pali Gram. p. 73. S u h a j j a s. suhrdya (i. q. suhrd)?

Wo 2 2 1 . Locus: Nigrodhrmo. Persona: Rohini khatti-

yakamn.
. . . S a m y o j a n a n ti kmargasarhyojandikarh dasavidham
pi sabbaiii sannojanam atikkameyya; a s a j j a m n a n ti alagga-
mnam, yo hi makharupam (?) mama vedan ti din nayena
nmarupam ganhati tasmin ca bhijjamane socati vihamnati
ayarii nmarupasmim sajjati nma, evaruparii aganhanto avi-
hamnanto pana (adde: 11a) sajjati ndma, tarn puggalam evam
asajjamnam (c. sajj-) rgdinam ab hvena akincanam (c. -a)
dukkh nma nnupatantiti attho . . .
S a i i n o j a n a cfr. vv. 31. 342. 397. 384. N m a r u p a cfr.
v. 367, Jtakassa Atthavannan fol. 2 di verso: panne nmaru-
parh ropetv, Poley: Fnf Upanishads p. 12 4 , Mahbh. 1 2 , 119 70 ,
Burnouf: Introd. p. so -. S a n j cfr. vv. 342. 419. 47. 48. 2 8 7 ;

not. ad v. 172. D u k k h cfr. not. ad v. 203. De metro append, vide.

v. .* Yo ve uppatitan ti imam dhammadesanarii

Satth Agglave cetiye viharanto ariinataram bhikkhum rabbha
kathesi. Satthr hi bhikkhusariighassa sensane anumnte
Rjagahasetthidihi sensanesu kayiramnesu eko laviko
bhikkhu attano sensanam karonto ekam nma rukkham (c.
ruparii) disv chinditum rabhi, tattha pana nibbatt ek
tarunaputt devat puttam ariikendya thit yci: m me
smi vimnarii chindi, na sakkhissmi puttakam dya anvs
vicaritun ti, so aharii amnam idisam rukkham na labhissmiti
* Cfr. Spiegel: Anecd. Pal. p. S3.
 364

tass vaeanarii ndiyi, s imam pi tva drakarh oloketv

oramissatti (c. orav-) puttarh rukkhaskhya thapesi, so hi
ukkhittapharasurii sandhreturii asakkonto drakassa bhurii
chindi, devat uppannabalavakodh paharitv narh mressmti
ubho hatthe ukkhipitv evarii tva cintesi: ayarii bhikkhu
slav, sac harii imam mressmi nirayagmin (c. -i) bha-
vissmi, sesadevatpi attano rukkham chindante bhikkhu (c. -u)
disv asukadevatya evarii nma mrito bhikkhu ti marii
pamnarii (c. -narii) katv bhikkhu mressanti, ayan ca sass-
miko bhikkhu (c. -), smikass eva tarh kathessmti ukkhitte
hatthe apanetv rodamn Satthu santikam gantv vanditv
ekamantarii atthsi, atha narii Satth: kirii devadhte ti ha,
s: bhante tumhkarh me svakena idarii nma katarii, aham
pana narii mretukm hutv imam nma cintetv amretv
va idhgat ti sabbarii tarh pavattirii vitthrato rocesi,
Satth tarii sutv sdhu sdhu devate (c. dete) sdhu te
katarii evarii uggatarii koparii bhantarii ratharii viya niggan-
hamny (c. -ny) ti vtv imarh gtham lja: Yo ve etc.
. . . I t a r o j a no ti itaro pana rjauparjdnarii rathasrathi-
jano rasmiggho nma hoti na uttamasrathti. Desanvasne
devat sotpattiphale patitthahi, sampattaparisya pi stthik
desan ahosi. Devat sotpann hutvpi rodamn atthsi,
atha narii Satth kirii devate ti pucchitv bhante vimnam
me nattharii (c.- ) idni kirii karissmti vutte: alarii devate
m cintayi ahan te vimnarii dassmti Jetavanagandhaktsa-
mpe (c. -ku-) purimadivase cutadevatarii ekarii rukkharii apa-
disanto amukasmirii okse rukkho vivitto tattha upagacch ti
ha, s tattha upagacchi, tato patthya Buddhadattikam imiss
vimnan ti mahesakkh devatpi gantv taiii cleturii (c. -tu)
nsakkhiriisu (c. -im). Satth tam atthuppattirii (?) katv bhikkh-
nam bhtagmasikkhpadarii pariiiipesti. Ariinatarabhikkhussa
vatthurh.
 365

v 2 S 3 . L ocus: Veluvanam. Persona: Uttaraupsik.

Alika sic omnes code!., cfr. v. 6 4 , Abhidb. p. 15, 4.
139, a; s. alika. Saccena ali, cfr. not. ad v. 7 . Sdhun
j i n e cfr. Maljbh. 12,. 4 5 5 o.

V# L ocus: Jetavanaiii. Persona: Mahmoggall-

natthero.
. . . Y c i t o ti ycanak nma slavant (. -) pabbajit, te hi
kicpi deth ti aycitv (c. y-) va gharadvre titthanti, atthato
pana ycanti yeva nma, evam slavantehi ycito appasmim pi
deyyadhamme vijjamne appamattakam p i; e t e hi t hi etesu
ekekenpi kranena devalokam gaccheyy ti attho. . .
Metrum requirit appasmi, cfr. not. ad v. 74.

V. 3 3 5 L ocus: Sketam nissya Ajanavanam. Per

sona : Sketabrhmauo.
Tattha munayo ti moneyyapatipadya maggaphalam
patt asekhamunayo; k y e n ti desanmattam etan, thi (adde:
thnehi ?) saiiivuto ti attho; a c c u t a n ti sassatam; t h n a n
ti akupparii thnam dhuvatthnam; yatth ti yasmim
t|
gantv na socanti na vihamanti tani thnam gacchantti attho . ..
A h i m salea cfr. vv. mi. " 7 0 . .7 00 . A c c u t a s. aeyuta.
Socare pers. plur. pn es. medii, itidem upapajjare v. 307,

lajjare v. .71 e.

V. 6. Locus: Gijjhaktapabbato. Persona: Punn.

Tattha a h o r a t t n u s i k k h i n a n (c. -ittan) ti div ca
ratti ca tisso sikkh sikkhamnnam; n i b b n a m adhi-
muttnan ti nibbnajjhsaynam; a t t h a m gacchantti
evarpnam sabbe pi sav attham vinsam natthibhvarii
gacchantti attho . . . ,
A d h i m u t t a cfr. v. .744, Abhidhnapp. p. 104, 10 .
 366

V. ^ 7 - 3 0 . Pornam etan ti imam dhammadesanarh

Satth Jetavane viharanto Atularh nma upsakarh rabbha
kathesi; so hi Svatthivsiupsako pancasataupsakaparivro
ekadivasarh te upsake dya dhammasavanatthya vihrarh
gantv Revatattherassa santike dhammarii sotukmo hutv
Revatattherarii vanditv nisdi, so panyasm patisallnrmo
sho viya ekacaro, tasm tena saddhim na kinci kathesi, so
ayarri thero na kinci (c. ka-) kathesti kuddho utthya Sri-
puttattherassa santikarh gantv ekamantarh thito, therena
ken atthena gat atth ti vutte bhante aharh ime upsake dya
dhammasavanatthya (e.-na-) Revatattherarii upasarhkamirh (c.-i)
tassa me thero na kinci kathesi sv-harii tassa kujjhitv idhgato
dhammarii mekathethti vutte tena hi upsaknisdath ti bahurii
katv abhidhammakatharh kathesi, upsako abhidhammakath
nma atisanh (c. -nh) thero (c. -e) bahurii (c. -u) abhi-
dhamrnam eva kathesi amhkarii irnin (c. -n) ko attho ti
kujjhitv parisam dya Anandattherassa santikarh agamsi,
therenpi kirii upsak ti- vutte: bhante mayairi dhammasava
natthya (c. -na-) Revatattherarii upasarhkamimh, tassa santike
lapanamattani pi alabhitv kuddh Sriputtattherassa santikarh
gamimha, so pi no atisanharii (c.-nharh) bahurii abhidhammam
eva kathesi, imin (c.-n) amhkarii ko attho ti etassa pi kujjhitv
idhgat amha, kathehi no bhante dhammakathan ti, tena hi nisditv
sunth ti thero tesarh suviririeyyarii katv appam eva dham
marii kathesi, therasspi kujjhitv Satthu santikarh gantv van
ditv ekamantarii nh dirhsu, atha ne Satth ha: kasm upsak
gat atth ti; dhammasavanya bhante ti; suto pana vo dhammo
ti; bhante mayarii dito va Revatattherarii iipasariikamimha,
so amhehi saddhirii na kinci kathesi, tassa kujjhitv Sri
puttattherarii upasariikamimha, tena no bahurii abhidhammo ka-
thito, tarii asallakkhent kujjhitv Anandattherarii upasarhkam
imh, tena no appakam eva dhammo kathito, tasspi kujjhitv
 367

idhgat amh ti, Satth tassa katharh sutv atulyapornato pa-

tthya cinnamecetarn (?) tunhbhttam pi bahukatham pi manka-
tham (matt-?) pi haranti (garahanti?) yeva, ekantarh garahitabbo
yeva ekamtam pasarhsitabbo yeva n atthi, rjno pi ekacce nin-
danti ekacce pasariisanti, mahpathavim pi candimasuriye pi catu-
parisamajjhe nisditv dhammarii kathentarh sammsambuddham
pi ekacce garahanti ekacce pasamsanti, andhablnarh hi nind
v pasams v appamnam (c. -narh), panditena pana medhvin
nindito nindito nma pasamsito ca pasariisito nma hotti vatv
im gth abhsi: Pornam etam etc. Tattha p o r n a m e t a n
ti purnakam etam; a t u l ti tam upsakarii lapati; n e t a m
aj j a t a n m i v ti idarii nind pasams (c. -snam) v ajja-
tanam adhun uppannam viya na hoti; tunhm snam pi
hi kim eso mugo viya badhiro viya kici ajnanto viya tunh
hutv nisinno ti nindanti, bahubhninam (c. -inam) pi kim esa
vthatatlavantam viya tatatatyati imiss kathya pariyanto
yeva n atthti nindanti, mitabhninam pi kim esa svannahi-
ramarii attano vacanam mamamno (c. -no) ekarii v dve
v (c. va) vatv tunh ahosti nindanti, evarii sabbathpi ima-
smim loke anindito nma n atthti attho; na cht ti atte
(c. ati
) pi nhosi angate pi na bhavissati; y a c e v im fit
(. -u) ti blnam nind v pasams v appamnam, yarii (c. ya)
pana pandit divase divase anuvicca nindkranarii v pasam-
skranam (adde: v) jnitv pasamsanti acchiddya psikkhya
vattamnam acchiddya v jvitavuttiy samanngatatt acchid-
davuttim . . . tam suvannadosavirahitam ghattanamajjanakkha-
rnarn jambunadanikkham viya ninditum arahatti attho;
d e v p t i devatpi panditamanusspi tani dukkham utthya (?)
thomenti pasariisanti; b r a h mu n p i t i na kevalam devamanus-
sehi dasasahassacakkavlamahbrahmunapi (c.-npi) evarii pa
sariisito yev ti attho . . . Atulanmaupsakassa vatthurii.
Atul ari i sic omnes codd., commentator atula legit, quod
 368

nomen proprium esse statuit, cfr. v. me. A j j a t a n m, tunhim

cfr. not. ad v. 143, com. ajjatanm pro neutro habet. Anuvicca
unde sit derivandum, nescio, nisi forte sit i. q. sanscr. anuvrtya.
Suve, sve (Abhidh. p. 153, is) s. gvas. Acchiddavutti
s. a-chidra-vrtti. Nekkham jambonadassa s. niskam
jmbunadasya, cfr. not. ad v. 97.

V. 2 3 1 -3 4 . Locus: Veluvanam. Personae: chabbaggiy

bhikkhu.
Tattha kyappakopan ti ti vidham kyaduccariyam
rakkheyya;. . . k y e n a s a m v u t d h i r ti ye (c. ya) pandit
pntiptdini akaront (c. - 0 ) kyena musvddini akaront
(c. - 0 ) vcya abhijjhdini asamutthapent manas ca sarhvut
te idhalokasmim suparisarhvut surakkhit sugopit supihita-
dvr (c. -rni) ti attho . . .
P a k o p a s. prakopa, excandescentia.

v. 2 3 5 -3 8 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: goghtaka-

putto.
Tattha p a n d u p a l s o va d n i siti (c. siti) upsaka tvaiii
idn chijjitv bhmiyarii patanapandupalso viya ahosi; y a m a -
p u r i s ti yamadut vuccanti, idarn pana (e. pana) maranam eva
sandhya vuttam, maranan te upatthitan ti attho; u y y o g a -
m u k h e ti parihnimukhe (c.-bhni-) avaddhimukhe ca thito siti
attho; p t h e y y a n ti gamikassa tanduldiptheyyam viyapara-
lokarii gacchantassa tava kusalaptheyyam pi n atthiti attho; so
ka r o h i t i so tvaiii samudde (c .- 0 ) nvya bhinnya dipasam-
khtapavitthaiii (c. dipa-) viya attano kusalam patittham karohi,
karonto ca khippam vyama sigham viriyam rabha (c. -ha),
 369

attano kusalakammapatitthakarane pandito bhava, yo (c. se)

hi maranamukham appatv kturii samatthakle yeva kusalam
karoti vyamati esa pandito nma, tdiso bhava m blo ti
attho; d i b b a i i i ariyabhmin (c.-b h u -) ti evarh viriyam
karonto rgdinarh malnarh nhatatya niddhantamalo anga-
nbhvena anangano nikkileso hutv paiicavidharh sandhv-
sabhraim (c.-bh u -) ppunissasti (c.-tti) a t t h o v s o pi
ca te n a t t hi antar ti yath maggam gacchant tni
tni kiccni karont antarmagge vasanti na evarh (c. eva)
paral.okam (c. -ka) gacchant, (adde: na) hi sakk paralokam
gacchantena: adhivsethakatipharii dnaiiitva demi dhammam
tva sunmti dni vattum, ito pi pana cavitv paraloke
nibbatto va (c. ca) hoti, imm attham sandhya tarn vuttam;
p t h e y y a n ti idam kincpi hetth vuttam eva, upsakassa
pana punappuna dalhikaranattharii idhpi Satthr gahitam;
jtijaran ti ettha (c. evattha) vydhimaranni (c. sdhi-)
pi gahitn eva honti, hetthimagthhi ca angmimaggo . ..
Yama cfr. v. 44, Abhidh. p. 5, 43. 126, 96. Uyyoga
labor, languor. V y a m a s. vyyama. N i d d h a n t a parti,
perf. radicis dham (s. dhm) prsef. nir. Eh i s i futurum rd.
i, eodem modo formtum quo khiti, cfr. vv. 154. 34a. 369.

De metr app. vide.

V Locus: Jeta variam. Persona: arhnataro

brhmano.
Tattha anupubben ti anupatiptiy; me d h v t i
dhammojapaihnya samanngato; khane khane ti okse
okse kusalam karonto; k a m m r o r a j a t a s s e v t i yath
svannakro ekavram eva suvannam tpiv koddhetv maiam
nharitv pilandhanavikatim (c. -vtim) ktuiii na sakkoti punap
puna pacanto koddhento pana nharati tato kena (?) vividharii
pilandhanavikatim (c. -i) karoti evam evarh punappuna kusalam
24
 370

karonto pandito attano rgdimalam niddhameyya (c. nittha-),

evaiti niddbantamalo hi nikkileso hotti. . .

v. 4 0 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Tissatthero.

Tattha a y a s tia ya to; s a m u t t h y ti samutthahitv;
t a d u t t h y ti tato utthahitv; a t i d h o n a e r i n a n ti dhon
vuccati cattro paccaye idha pavattham ete hi paccavekkhitv
paribhujanattham pamtarh atikkamitv cattro atidhonacr
nma (-?), idam vuttam hoti: yath ayato maiam samutthya
tato samutthitam tam eva khdati evam evarii catupaccaye
apaccavekkhitv paribhujantam atidhonacrinarii (c. -r-) tni
kammni attanitthitatt attano santakn eva tni kammni tani
duggatim nayantti attho . . .
Quid sit d h o n a , ignoro. Vocem statui idem valere
sanscr. drona, at vix recte.

We 4 1 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Lludyitthero.

Tattha y kci pariyatti (c. -im) v sippam v yasm
(c. yasasm) asajjhyantassa ananuyujantassa vinassati v
nirantaram v na upatthti tasm asajjhyamal mant ti
vuttam, yasm pana gharvsarii vasantassa utthy (c. -ay)
utthya jinnapatisamkharandni akarontassa gharam nma
vinassati (c. vin-) tasm anutthnamal ghar ti vuttam, yasm
gihissa v pabbajitassa v kosajjavasena sarrapatijagganarh
v parikkhrapatijagganarh v akarontassa kyo dubbanno
hoti tasm maiam vannassa kosajjan ti vuttam, yasm pana
(c. pana) gvo rakkhantassa pamdavasena niddyantassa v
karhtassa v t gvo atitthapakkhandandni vlamigacor-
diupaddavena v paresam slikkhettdni otaritatt khdana-
vasena v vinsarii pajjanti tissam pi danclam v paribhsam
v ppunti (c. -nti) pabbajitv pana chadvrdni rakkhattarh
pamdavales otaritv ssan vceyyan ti tasm pamdo
 371

rakkhato maian ti vuttarn, so hi ssa vins vahat.me malatth

nisatt maian ti ti attho (-? ). . .
Sajjhya s. svdhyya. Ghar cfr. nt. ad dnkkh
v. 'ioa; secundum Abhidh. p. 25, o neutr. gn. est. Sanscritice
hsec vox non occurrere videtur, cfr. tamen Careyi Lex. Bengal.
K o s a j j a statui idem esse ac sanscv. kausdya.

V, $8458-43. Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: arhnata-

rakulaputto.
Tattha d c c r i t a n ti aticro, aticrinim hi (c. nahi)
itthiiii smiko geh nharati, mtpitunnam santikam gantv
kusalassa angrabhtt (?c. -bhut) akkhhi pi nidditthapubb
ti tam nharanti, s anth vicarant mahdukkham ppunti,
ten ass duccaritarii maian t i ; . . . p p k d h a m m ti aku-
sal dhamm pana idhaloke ca paraloke ca maiam eva; t a t o
ti hettlivuttamalato (c.
tte
); m a l a t a r a n ti atirekamalarii
vo kathemti attho; a v i j j ti atthavatthukam ariinnam eva
paramam maiam . . .
M a c c h e r a (Abhidh. p. 20, 4 ) e sanscr. mtsarya ortum,
r et y transpositis (cfr. nt. ad v. 3) et syllaba ay in e con-
traca, itidem acchera ex gearya, ptihera. Ppk dhamm
cfr. vv. 348. so?. H o t h a melius fortasse prsesens quam im
perativus habetur.

V. Locus: Jetavanam Persona: Sriputta-

ttherassa saddhivihriko.
Tattha ahiriken ti chinnahirottappena, evarpehi
amtaram eva mt me ti apitidayo eva pit me ti din
nayena vatv ekavsatividhya anesatpatitthya sukhena
jvitum sakk; k k a s k a r e n ti srakkasadisena, yath
hi sro kko kulagharesu ygudni (c. -dini) ganhitu-
kmo bhittidisu nisditv attano olokanabhvarii natv ano-
24'
 372

lokento viya arhnavibitako viya niddyanto viya ca hutv

manussdam sallakkhetv (c. -lakiv) anupatitv susutva dantesu
yeva bhjanato mukhapram gahetv palyati evam evarii
ahirikapuggalo pi bhikkhhi saddhirii gmam pavisitv ygu-
bhattatthndni vavatthpeti (c. -ati), tatra bhikkh (c. -u) pindya
earitv y panamattarii dya sanaslarii gantv paccavekkhatta (?)
ygurii pivitv kammatthnam raanasikaront (c. -o) sajjhyanti
sanaslarii sammajjanti, ayam pana kinci akatv gmbhimukho
va boti, so bhikkhhi passath inran ti olokiyamno pi anolo-
kento viya arhiiavihito viniddyanto viya ganthikarh (c. gan-)
patimuncanto viya cvararii srii vidahanto viya hutv asukam
nma me kammam atthti vadanto utthya gmarh pavisitv
pto vavatthpiagehesu arhnataram geharii upasariikamitv gha-
ramnusaketho (-kesu?) kavtam pidhya ghare nisditv kan-
tantesu pi ekena hatthena kavtam panpetv aut pavisati, atha
narii disv akmakpi sane nisdpetv ygudsu yarh kinci
atthi tam denti, so yvadattham bhunjitv avasesarii pattena
dya pakkamati, ayam kkasro (c. -suro) nma, evanipena
ahirikena sujvan ti attho; d h a m s i n ti asukathero nma
appiccho ti dni vadantesu kim pana mayarh na appicch
(c. -a'i ti divacanena paresam gunam dhamsantya dhamsin,
tathrpassa hi vacanam sutv ayam pi appicchatdigune
yutto ti mamnamn manuss dtabbarii mamnanti, so tato
patthya virhnpurisnam (c. -nup-) eittaiii rme dhtum
(c. dha-) asakkonto tamhpi lbh parihyati, evam dhamsi-
puggalo attano pi parassa pi lbham nseti yeva; p a k k b n
di n ti pakkhandacrin (c. -rn) paresam kiccni attano
kiccni viya dassentena pto va bhikkhsu (c. -usu) cetiyarh-
gandisu vattam kaiv kammatthnamanasikrena thokam
nisditv uithcya gmam pavisantesu mukharh dhovitv
pancluksvaprpanaakkhianjanassamakkhandhi attabhvam
mancletv sammajjanto viya dve tayo sammunjanippahre
 373

datv dvrakotthakbhimukho boti, manuss pto va cetiyam

vandissma mlaptjam (c. ma-) karissm ti gat arh disv
ayarii vihro imam daliaram nissya patijagganam Iabbati imarh
m pajjitb (pamajjitth?) ti vatv tassa dtabbam mamnanti,
evartpena pakkhandin ti pi sujvam (c. su-); p a g a b b h e n ti
kyapagabbhiydhi samanngatena; s a m k i l i t t h e n a j v i t a n
ti evam jvitarii kappetv jvantena hi puggalena saiiikilittheoa
hutv jvitarii (c. ji-) nma boti; taiii dujjvitarii ppajvitam
ev ti attho; h i r m a t c ti hirottappasampannapuggalena
dujjvam, so hi amtdayo va mt me ti dni avatv
adhammike paccaye gtham (c. gu-) jigucchanto dhammena
samena pariyesanto sapadnarii pindya caritv jvikam kappento
lkhajvikam (c. lu-) jvatti attho; s u c i g a v e s i n ti sueni
(c. -ini) kyakammdni gavesanto; a l n e n ti jvitavuttim
anamalanerta (anavalnena?); snddhjvena passat (c.
-ath) ti evanpo hi puggalo suddhjvo nma hoti, tena evarh
suddhjvena (c. -ve) tam eva suddhjvarii srato passat
(c. -to) lkhajvikavasena dujjvarii hotti attho . . .
Ahirikena cfr. not ad v. s. Kkasura species
qusedam cornicum ? D h a m s i n s. dhvamsin. P a k k h a n d i n,
ni fallor, sanscr. essetpraskandin. P a g a b b h i s. pragalbha.
S a r h k i l i t t h a cfr. n ot ad v. 87. A l i n a cfr. laya v. nx,
bhidh. p. 19, 19.

o 3 4 6 - 4 8 Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: pancasat

upsak.
Tattha y o p n a m (c. -nam) a t i m p e t t i sahatthikdisu
chasu payogesuekapayogenpi parassa jvitindriyaiii upacchindati;
m u s v d a n ti paresam atthabhanjanarii musvdan ca bh-
sati; l o k e a d i n n a m di yat t i imasmim sattaloke theyyvah-
rdsu ekenpi antabhrena (avahrena?) parapariggabtam di-
yati; p a r a d r a m g a c c h a t t i parassa rakkhitagopitabhandesu
 374

aparajjhanto (c. -jjanto) uppathac4rarii (c. -ta-) carati; s u r li

m e r a y a p a n a n ti yassa kassaci sur4ya c1 eva merayassa ca
panarii (c. panarri) anuyunjati sevati bahulikaroti; mul ari i
k h a na t i t i titthatu paraloko, so pana puggalo idhalokasmirh
yeva yena khettavatthuadind mulena patitthaheyya tam pi
avapetvii v4 vissajjetvd (adde: v4) surarh pivanto attano mularii
khanati anatho kapano hutvd vicarati; e v a m b h o (c. ho) ti
panca dussilyakammakarikarh puggalarri 41 a p a tijp ^ p a d h a m m a
ti lamakadhamma; a s a m n a t d (c. asana-) ti kdyasarhnama-
dirahitd, acetas4 ti pi pdtho acittaka ti attho; lobho
ad h a m m o c 4 ti lobho c eva doso ca, ubhayam pi h etarii
akusalamulam eva; c i r ar h dukkh4ya randhayun (c.
-yan) ti cirakalarh nirayadukkhadinarh atth4ya narh ete dhamma
m4 randhantu m4 mathariitu (c. -tu) ti attho . . .
A t i m 4 p e t i caus. a rad. mi (vide: Pali verbs p. 19 in
Cloughii Pali Gram.) prsefixo ati, cfr. Westergaardii Radices
s. v. mi e t mi ; vv. 132. i 8 4 . 225. 261. 270. 300. M u s 4 v 4 d a cfr.
vv. 176. so. Adi nnarh ddiyati cfr. v. 409; Manu 8,340,
12, 7; Mahabh. 1 2 , 1301. P a r a d e r a cfr. v. 309. S u r a Manu
12 , 2 3 5 . 237. Meraya s. maireya (Ramdyana ed. Gorresio
4; 3 7 , 8 .), Abhidh. p. 70, 3 1. Evam e s o cum m euphonise
causa inserto, mallem me scripsisse eva-m -eso, cfr. v. 103.
Mul ari i k h a n a t i cfr. Manu 4, 172. B h o sine dubio ejiciendum
est. Narh i. e. intemperantem?

V. S 49-5 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Tissada-

liaro.
Tattha d a d a n t i v e y a t h 4 s a d d h a r h t i lukhapanit4disu
yarn kirici dento jano yathasaddharii attano saddharupam (saddhd-
nuru- ?) eva deti; y a t h a p 4 s a d a n a n ( c . yattha-) ti therenava-
disu (?) c assayasmim pasado uppajjati tassa dento yathapasadanarii
attano pasadarupain (pas4danuru-?) eva deti; t a t t h a ti tasmirii
 375

parassa dn may apparh v ltkharii v laddhan ti mamkubli-

varh pajjati; s a m d h in ti so (c. yo) puggalo div v rattim v
upacrappanavasena v maggaphalavasena v samdhirii (c. -i)
ndhigacchati; y a s s a c e t a n ti yassa puggalassa evarii tarn
etesu thnesu mariikubhvasariikhtarh akusalarii samucchinnarh
mlaghaccarii katv arahattanena samihatarh so vuttappa-
kraiii samdhirii adhigacchatti attho . . .
Mari i ku adj., ni fallor, respondet sanscr. subst. manyu;
cfr. supra p. 275, Kammav. ed. Spiegel sub Add. et Corrig. et
Boethlingk in Bulletin de la classe hist, de acad. de St-Ptersbe
vol. I. p. 343. ti legendum est bhavati. G h a c c a s. ghtya.
S a m h a t a a rd. han prseff. sam et ud; cfr. vv. 2 .
et Spiegel: Ancdota p. es.

W ^^1 L ocus: Jetavanarri. Personae: upsak.

. . . D o s a s a m o ti yakkhaghaajagaraghakumbhlagh-
dayo ekasmirh yeva attabhve ganhiturii sakkonti dosagho
pana ekam eva ganhtti dosena samo gho nma n atthi;
m h a s a m an ti onandhanapariyonandhanatthena pana mo hen a
samarii jlarii nma n atthi; t a n h s a m ti Gagdnarii
nadnarh punnaklo (c. punn-) pi naklo pi sukkhaklo pi
payati (c. -ti) tanhya pana (c. pana) punnaklo va suk
khaklo v n atthi niccarh n va pariiyatti duppranatthena
(c. -rana-) tanhya sam ad nma n athti attho . . .
Cfr. V. 202.

w L ocu s: Bhaddiyam nissya Jtiyvanam.

Persona: Mendakasetth.
Tatha s u d a s s a n ti parassa anumattam (c. an-) pi
vajjarri khalitarh sudassam sukhen eva passiturh sakk attano
pana atimahantam pi duddasarh; par e s ar i i hiti ten eva k-
ranena so puggalo sariighamajjhdisu paresam vajjni upatthne
 376

(c. upaddh-) thapetv bhusarh opunanto viya opunti; k a 1i m

v a l c i t a v (c. kitv) sat h o ti ettha sakunesu aparajjhana-
bhvena attabhvo kali nma skhbharhgdikam (c. -hamg-)
paticchdanam kitav nma sakuniko satho nma, yath saku-
naluddako sakune gahetv mretukmo kitavya attabhvam
(c. -v) paticehdeti evam attano vajjam chdetti attho . . .
Opunti s. avapunti a rad. pii. Bhusa s. bhrga,
Abhidh. p. 5,40. 144, i o. K a l i peccatum, dolus, cfr. v. 202;

aut tessara, cfr. R oth : Zeitschr. d. d. morg. Gesellseh. vol. II p. 12 2.

K i t a v s a t h o scripsi ex com. animo, sed verti quasi esset

pro kitavasatho cum a producto. Interpretatio comm. valde
arbitraria mihi videtur.

w, 2 3 8 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Ujjhnasam-

inmatthero.
Tattha u j j h n a s a m i n o ti evam nivsetabbam evam
prpitabban ti paresarii randhagavesitya ujjhnabahulassa
puggalassa jhndisu ekadhammo pi na vaddhati atha kho
sav vaddhanti, tena kranena so arahattasamkht sava-
kkhay r dr gato va hotti. . .
Uj j h n a , si quid video, sanscr. esset avadhyna. Sain
derivandum est a sa s. saj. A r s. rt, Abhidh.
p. 154,20. Asava cfr. not. ad v. 87; scholiastes Hema-
candrse (Boehtlingk p. am) scribit: gravaxaya.

V. 2 3 4 :^5 3 . Akse ti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Kusinryam Upavattane Mallnam slavane parinibbnamace
nipanno Subhaddam paribbjakam rabbha kathesi; so kira
atte kanitthabhtari (c. -tth
) ekasmim sasse navakkhattum
aggadnarii dente (c. -o) dnam dtum anicchanto osakkitv
avasne adsi, tasm pathamabodhiyam pi majjhimabodhiyam
pi Satthram datthum nlattha, pacchimabodhiyam pana Satthu
parinibbnakle: aharn tis pahesu attano kamkham mahallake
 377

paribbdjake pucchitv samanarh (c. -narh) Gotamarh daharo ti

samMya na pucchim, tassaca (c. va)dani parinibbnakalo, pacch
me samanassa (c. -na-) Gotamassa anutthakran(?): Akse
padaih etc. Tattha p a d a n ti imasmirh kdse vannasanth-
nayasena evarupan ti pamhpetabbam kassaci padam ndma
n atthi, b & h i r o ti mama ssanato bahiddha maggaphalattho
samano nrna n atthi, p a j ti ayam sattalokasarhkhat pajd
tanhdisu papancesu yeva abhirata, n i p p a p a h c d ti bodhi-
mle yeva pana sabbapapancanaih samucchinnatta nippa-
paned tathagatd, s a m k h r ti pancakkhandha, tesu hi eko
pi sassato (c. pass-) nma n atthi, i f i j i t a n ti buddhnam
pana tanhamnaditthiinjitesu yena sarhkhar sassat ti gan-
heyyum tarn ekam injitam pi n atthiti attho .. . Subhadda-
paribbjakassa yatthurii.
Quid sibi velint verba 4 ks e padarh n a t t h i , non
satis intelligo; fortasse supplendum est: bdhirassa, ut sententia
hsec sit: buddhse et buddhistse potestatem habent in aere
eundi, non vero qui sunt extra ecclesiam Buddhse. B a h i r a
(Abhidh. p. 9 5 , 1 3 . 153, ie) adj. form, ex adv. bahi s. vahis.
T a t h d g a t a cfr. v. 2 7 6 , Abhidh. p. I, s. 145,22; Burnouf:
Introd. p. 75. Meo judicio primum intelligenda, est vox
hoc sensu: in tali conditione versans (cfr. supra p. 295 sugata),
talis, deinde: prsestans, consummatus, beatus; cfr. Mahbh.
11,196. 12,4049. 4552. N a t t h i sing. pi'O plur. , cfr. V. 62 .
Tnj i t a afFectus, cfr. v. si.

v. Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: vinicchaya-

mahmatt.
.. . Sahasd naye ti chanddisu patitthito sahasena
musdvddena vinicchineyya . . . ; yo (c. so) pana pandito ubho
 378

atthnatharh vinicchinitv vadati as h a s e n ti amusvdena

d h a m m e n ti vinicchayadhammena na chanddivasena
(c. channadi-) s a m e n ti apardhnurpen eva pare nayati
jayarn v parjayarn v (adde: so) pana vuccati (c. -nti)
d h a m m a s s a g u 11 o ti, so dhammagutto dhammarakkhito
dhammojapariiya samanngato vinicchayadhamme thitatt
dhammattho ti pavuccati. . .
A11 h a m n a y e cfr. Mahbh. 12, 3427 . 4060 . Niccheyya
a rad. ci prsef. nis.

W SS5S. Locus: Jetavanarn. Personae: chabbaggiy

bhikkh.

, Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Ekuddnakh-

nsavathero.
. .. A p p a m piti (c. piti) yo pana appamattakam pi
sutv dhammam anvya dhammnudhammapatipanno hutv
nmakyena dukkhdni parijnanto catusaccadhammam passati
sa ve dhammadharo hoti; y o d h a m m a m n a - p p a m a j j a -
tti yo pi raddhaviriyo hutv ajja ajj ev ti pativedham
kamkhanto dhammam na-ppamajjati ayam pi dhammadharo
yev ti attho . . .
D h a m m a m sic omnes codd., fortasse legendum est:
dhamm, cfr. Clough: Pali Gram. p. 439.

Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Lakunta-

kabhaddiyatthero.
Tattha p a r i p k ti pariji nnabuddhibhvappatto ti attho;
m o g h a j i n n o ti antotherakranam (?) dhammnam abhvena
ca tutthajinno (tucchaj-?) n m a;... srii a mo da mo ti slarii
(c.-a) c eva indriyasariivaro c a ; v a n t a m a l o ti magganena
 379

nihatamalo; d h i r o ti dhitisampanno; t h e r o ti imehi thira-

bhdvakaranehi samanndgatattd thero ti pavuccatiti attho . . .
A ss a sanscr. aut asya (ejus) aut sydt (sit). P h a l i t a s.
palita, Abhidh. p. 3!, 2 5 . Vereor, ut alterum v. go liemisti-
chium recte intellexerim. Cfr. Manu 2, i5G.

W 6 - 6 3 . Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: sambahuld

bhikkhu.

v . 64-65. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: hatthassako.

Tattha m u n d a k e n d ti sisamundanamattena; ab b u 1 0
(c. abbh-) ti silavatena ca dhutavatena (c. dhu-) ca virahito . . .
A b b u t a s. avrta? An u mt l i u l a n i cfr. not. ad v. 31.

V. 6 6 -6 7 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: amnata-

rabrdhmano.
. . . Vi s s an ti visamam vissam gandhavdkdyakamma-
dikam (- ?) dhammarh (c. -a) samaddya caranto bhikkhu (c. -u) ndma
na hoti; yo d h d (c. yd) ti yo idha sdsane ubhayam p etam
pumnan ca pdpah ca maggabrahmacariyena bahitvd puna disvd
(panoditvd?) brahmacariyavd h o t i ; s a mk h d y d t i ndnena; 10 ke
ti khandhddiloke ime ajjhattikakhandhd ime bdhird ti evarii sabbe
pi dhamme jdnitvd carati, so tena ndnena kilesdnam bhinnattd
(c. bhinanta) bhikkhu ti vuccatiti attho . . .
V i s s a s. vigva? B d h e t v d cfr. v. 388 bdhi t a , ad quam
radicem sint referenda hie formse, nescio, nisi forte ad sanscr.
barh, vide Westergaardii Radices.

V. 6 -6 6 .Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: titthiyd.

Tattha na m on end, ti kdmannuhi (?) moneyyapatipada-
samkhdtena maggan dna m0 nena muni ndma hoti, idha pana
tunhibhdvam sandhaya monend ti vuttam; m u l h a r u p o ti
 380

tucchartpo; avi j j a s ti avithnu (c.-u), evarpo hi tunhbhtto

(c. -bhu-) pi mun nma (adde: na) hotti, atha y monena
mnn nma hoti, tucchasabhvo ca pana amnn (c. -i) ca
hotti attho; yo ca t u l a m v a p a g g a y h ti yath hi tularh
gahetv thito (c. thitho) atirekaih ce hoti liarati nan ce hoti
pakkhipati evam evarh so atirekam haranto viya ppm harati
parivajjeti (c. -ati) unake pakkhipanto viya kusalam paripreti
evah ca pana karonto slasamdhipamnvimuttinnadassana-
sariikhtarii varain uttamam eva dya ppni akusalakammni
parivajjeti sa muni so mun nm ti attho; te na so munti
kasm pana so munti, yam hetthvuttakranam tena so mu
nti attho; yo m u n t i ubho o k e ti yo puggalo imasmim
khandhdiloke tulam ropetv cinanto viya ime ajjliattika-
khandh ime bhir ti din nayena ime ubho atthe mini (-?);
m u n t e na p a v u c c a t t i tena kranena munti vuccati
yev ti attho . . .
Aviddasu cfr. A b h idh . p. 2 8 , 3 . Sensus alterius v. 268

hem istichii satis m ihi non liq u e t Munti a rd. m un

(nne) v id e : Pali verbs p. 5 in C loughii Pali G ram . Mun

cfr. vv. 4<>. 225. 423; A b h id h . p. 56 , 26. Ubho d u a l., s.

ubhau.

w l i f l o Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Blisiko.

Tattha a h i m s ti ahimsanena, idarh vuttam hoti: yena
pnni himsati na tena kranena ariyo hoti, yo pana sabba-
pnnam pnidhi (c. pni-) ahiriisanena mettdibhvanya
patitthitatt himsato r vaddhito (va thito ?) ayaih ariyo ti
pavuccatti attho .. .

. 9 7 1 - 7 9 . Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: sambahul

bhikkh.
Tattha s l a b b a t a m a t t e n ti catuprisuddhislamattena
 381

v terasadhtagunamattena v; b h u s a e c e n a v ti tiunarii
pitaknam uggahitamattena v; s a m d h i l b h e n ti attha-
sampattisamdhiibhena (c. atthasamdhi-) v; n e k k h a m -
m a s u k h a n ti angmisukham p h u s mi t i ettakamattena
v aputhujjanehi sevitaih ariyasevitam eva; b h i k k h u ti
tesam amnatararii lapanto ha; v i s s s am pdi t i visssam
pajjcyya (c. visssam mp-j, idam vuttarhhoti: bhikkhu
imin sampannasildibhvamattaken eva mayham bhavo appako
parittako ti savakkhayarh samkhtam arahattam appatto
hutv bhikkhu nma visssam n pajjeyya, yath hi appa-
mattako gutho duggandho evarn appamattako pi bhavo dukkh
ti (-?).. .
B h u s a c c a sanscr., ni fallor, esset bhusmrtya; et
v i v i c c a vivicya aut viviktya, cfr. Manu 2 , 2 1 5 , Mahbh.
2, >9 78 . N e k k h a m m a cfr. not. ad v. isi. Num recte alterum
v. 272 hemistichium intellexerim, docti videant.

Wo $73-76. L ocus: Jetavanam. Personse: pahcasa-

tabhikkhu.
Tattha m a g g n a t t h a m g i k o ti jarhghamaggdayo v
hontu dvsatthiditthigatamagg v sabbesam pi maggnarii
sammditthidihi atthahi arhgehi micchditthidinaih atthang-
nam pahriam karonti (-to?) nirodham rammanam katv
catusu pi sabbesu dukkhaparijm.ndisu kiccam sdhayamno
atthangiko maggo settho uttamo; s a c c n a m cat u r o p a d
(c. paj) ti saccaiii bhane na kujjheyy (c. kujjeyyan) ti gatarii
vacisaccarh v hotu sacco brhmano sacco khattiyo ti dibhe-
darh sammutisaccam v idam eva saccarii mogham aihnan ti
ditthisaccarh v dukkham ariyasaccan ti dibhedam paramattha-
saccam v hotu sabbesam pi imesam saccnam parijnitabba-
 382

tthena pahtabbatthena sacchiktabbafthena bhvetabbatthena

ekapativedhanatthena tathpativedhanatthena dukkhar ariya-
saccan ti dayo caturo pad setth nm a; v i r g o s e t t h o
d h a m m n a n ti yvat (-ant?) bhikkhave dhamm samkhat
v asarkhat v virgo tesar dhammnar aggam akkhya-
tti vacanato sabbadbammnar nibbnasarkhto virgo settho;
d i p a d n a ca c a k k h u m ti sabbesam pi devamanuss-
dibhednar dipadnar paeahi cakkhthi (c. -uhi) cakkhum
tathgato va settho; d a s s a n a s s a v i s u d d h i y ti magga-
phaladassanassa visuddhatthar so may settho ti vutto, es
eva maggo n atth arho; e t a m hiti tasm tumhe etam eva
patipajjatha; m r a s s etar p a m o h a n a n (c. -han) ti etar
mramohanar mrass eva (c. mrase) vacanan ti; d u k k h a ss
ti sakalasspi vaddhadukkhassa antar paricchedar karissath
ti attho; s a l l a s a n t h a n a n ti rgasalldnar santhanar
nibbatanar adahanar etar rnaggar may vin auussavdhi
attapaccakkhato atv va (-?) ayar (c. aya) maggo akkhto,
idni tumhehi kilesnar tpanena tappar ti sarkhtar
(c. -atar) assa adhigamanatthya sammappadhnar viriya-
kiccar karanyar, kevalar hi akkhtro va tathgat, tasm
tehi akkhtavasena ye (c. yo) patipann dvhi thnehi jhyino te
tebhtmakavaddhasarhkht mrabandhan mokkhantiti attho . . .
1) ham ma cfr. v. 70. Saceacf r. v. 190. T u m h e for-
tasse ex seq. versu irrepsit. S a l l a cfr. v. 3 5 1 , Abhidh. p.
51,34. 142,io: s. Qalya, cfr. vigalya apud Wilsonem. S a n -
th an a sanscr., ni fallor, sntvana, cfr. not. ad v. ne.
A t a p p a Abhidh. p. 18, 12 . A k k h t o , h t r 0 cfr.
V. 86.

V. 2 7 7 -7 9 . Locus: Jetavanar. : pacasa-

tabhikkht.
Tattha s a b b e sarkhr ti kmabhavdisu uppann
 383

khandhd tattha tatth eva nirujjhantd anicca ti yada vipas-

sana (-dya?) passati atha imasmim khandhapariharanadukkhe
(c. khandhd-) nibbindati, nibbindanto dukkhaparijdnanddivasena
saccani pativijjhati; esa maggo visuddhiyd ti visud-
dhatthdya voddnatthaya esa maggo ti a t t h o ; . . . tattlia s a b b e
dhammd ti pancakkhandhd va adhippetd; a n a t t a ti md
jiyyantu (e. jiya-) md khiyantuti vaseyattetnrii na sakkonti (c. -oti),
avasavattanatthena anattd ti sumna assamikd anissara ti attho . . .
Anatta s. andtman, Burnouf: Introd. p. sos. 514. 46.
Nibbindati cfr. subst. sanscr. nirveda.

v . ^1. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Padhanakammi-

katissatthero.
. . . S a m s a n n a s a rh k a p p a m a n 0 ti ti hi micchdvitakkehi
sutthu avasannasammdsariikappacitto kusito ni bbiriyo; a la so
ti mahdalaso, pamndya datthabbaiii ariyamaggaiii apassanto
na vindati na patilabhatiti (c. -labbh-) attho . . .
A 1a s i y a sic C (cfr. v. 1 0 ), A et B alasiyain, quod for-
tasse mihi recipiendum esset. De metro app. vide.

V 3 8 ! . Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: sukarapeto.

Tass attho: catunnam (c.addit: duccaritdnarii) vaciducca-
ritdnarh vajjanena vdcdnurakkhi, abhijjhddinam anuppadanena
manasa sutthu samvuto, pdndtipdtadayo pajahanto kdyena ca
akusalam na kayird, ete tayo kammapathe visodheti, evam
visodhento hi silakkhandhadinam esakehi buddhddihi isihi
paveditam atthangikam maggam drddheyyd t i . . .
I si, s. rsi, Abhidh. p. 56, 6. De metro app. vide.

V . ^ 8^ *. Yogo ce ti imarii dhammadesanarh Sattha

Jetavane viharanto Potthilam nama therarii arabbha kathesi;
so kira sattannam pi buddhdnam sdsane tepitako pancannam
 384

bhikkhusatnam dhammam vceti. Satth cintesi: imassa

bhikkhuno attano dukkham nissya sabbam karissmti cintpi
natthi, saiiivejessmi (c. -jjas
) nan ti, tato patthya tam theram
attano upatthnam gatakle ebi tucchapothilayhi (c. shi) tuccha-
pothil ti vadeti, utthya gatakle pi nam tucchapothilo gato ti
vadesi, so cintesi: aljam stthakathni tini pitakni dhremi (c.-),
paca bhikkhusatni atthrasamahmangane (?) dhammam (c. -a)
vcemi, atha ca pana mam Satth abhikkhanam tucchapothil
ti vadeti, addh inam Satth jhndnam abhvena (c. -nam)
evam vadetiti, so uppannasamvego araiimam dni pavisitv
samanadhammam karissmti syam yeva pattacvaravh sam-
vijahitv paccsakle sabbapacch dhammam pagganhitv
nikkhamantena bhikkhun saddhim nikkhami, parivene (c. -nena)
nisditv sajjhyant nam cariyo ti na sallakkhesurh, so vsarh
yojanasatam gantv, ekasmim aramfavse tiriisa bhikkh vasanti,
te upasaihkamitv samghattheram vanditv: bhante avassayo me
hoth ti ha; vuso tvaiii dhamrnakathiko, amhehi nma (c.-me)
tarn nissya kind jnitabbarh bhaveyya (c. -eya), kasm evam
vadesti; m bhante evam karotha, avassayo me hoth ti; te
pana sabbam eva (sabbe va?) khnsav va, atha nam mahthero:
imassa uggaham nissya mno atthi yev ti anutherassa santikarii
pahini, so pi nam tathevlja, imin nhrena sabbe pi tam
pesent divatthne nisditv sueikammarii karolhassa sabbana-
vakammassa (-kassa?) sattavassikasmanerassa santikarii pahi-
nirhsu, evam assa mnarii (c.-naih) nharimsu (c. ni-), so hi niha-
tamno (c. ni- -no) smanerassa santike ajalim paggahetv
avassayo me hohi sappuris ti lja; aho cariya kim nm etarii
kathetha, tumhe mahallak bahussut, tumhkarir santike may
kici kranam jnitabbam bhaveyy t i ; m evarii kari sappurisa,
hohi (c. hoti) eva me avassayo ti; bhante sace ovdakkham
bhavissatha bhavissmi vo avassayo ti; homi sappurisa, aharii
aggim (c. -i) pavis ti vutte aggimhi pavismi (c. -iss
) yev ti; atha
 385

narii so avidre ekarh saram dassetv: bhante yathnivattha-

prut va imam saram pavisath ti ha, so hi ssa mahagghnam
dupaddhacvarnam (dupatta-?) nivatthaprutabhvam natvpi
ovdakkhamo nu kho ti vmamsanto evam ha, thero pi ekava-
canen eva udakam otari, atha nam cvarakannnam temana-
kle gacchatha (c. atha) bhante ti vatv ekavacanena gantv
thitam ha: bhante ekasmirh vammke (adde: cha?) cliiddni, tatth
ekena chiddena godh (-nam?) antopavitthnarii ganhitukmo
tarni panca chiddni thaketv chattham hitv pavitthachidden
eva ganhti, evam tumhe pi chadvrikesu rammanesu sesni
panca dvrni pidhya mnodvre (man-?) kammam pattha-
peth ti; bahussutassa bhikkhuno ettaken eva dpujjalanaih viya
ahosi, so ettakam eva hotu sappuris ti karajakye (?) nna-
mantarri otretv samanadhammarh rabhi, Satth vsayojana-
satamatthake (c. vsam-) nisinno va tani bhikkhurh oloketv
yath cvyam bhikkhu (c. -) bhtripamno evam eva nena
attnam patitthpeturii vaddhatiti cintetv tena saddhim kathento
viya obhsam (c. oh-) pharitv imarii gtham ha: Yog ve
etc. Tattha y o g ti atthatiriisya rammanesu yonisomana-
sikr (c .-o ); bhrti pathavisamya vitthatya pamny etam
nmarii; . .. bhav y a vibhavya c ti vaddhiy ca
avaddhiy ca . . . Pothilassa vatthurii.
Bhr Abhidh. p. ! 8 , 9 . 150,3 ; secundum Wilsonem
sanscr. bhurij v. bhrij terrain tantm significat. Ni v e s e y y a
Cfr. V. 158.

V. Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: mahalla-

kabhikkh.
Tattha r u k k h a n ti Satthr hi vanam chindath ti vutte
tesarii acirapabbajitnam bhikkhnam amhe vsidni gahetv
vanarh chindpetiti rukkhe chinditukmat uppajji, atha ne
may rgdikilesavanam sandhy etaiii vuttarii na rukkhe ti
25
 386

patisedhento m rukkhan ti ha; va nato ti yath pkatika-

vanato simhdibhayarh evarh jtidibhayara pi kilesavanato
jyatti attho; vanan ca vanatha c ti ettha (yath?)
mahantarukkh vanam nma khuddak tasmim vane thitatt
vanath nma pubbuppattik rukkh v vanam nma apar-
paruppattik vanath nma evam evarh mahantamahant v-
vakaddhanak (?) kiles vanam nma pavattiyam vipkadyak
vanath nma pubbuppattik v vanam nma aparparuppattik
vanath nma, tarh pana ubhayam pi eatutthamagganena (catu-
magga-?) chinditabbarh, tenha: chetv vanan ca vanatha ca
nibbn hotha nikkiles hoth ti; yvarii h i vanathoti yva
esa anumatto pi kilesavanatho narassa nrisu na chijjati tva
so khrapako vaccho mtari viya patibaddhamano laggacitto
va hotti attho . . .
Vana cfr. vv. 339 . 34 4 ; in Abhidh. p. 19, 1 9 . 144, is
legitur vna et vna. V a n a t h a Abhidh. p. 19, 19 . Nib b n a
cfr. v. 184. Hot ha prges. s. imper. Anumat t a sanscr.
aut adj. anumtra (cfr. not. ad v. 143) aut par. rad. mad
prsef. anu. Nrisu pro nrisu, vocali metri causa correpta.
De metro hujus et seq. versus app. vide.

We ^S5o Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sriputtatthe-

rassa saddhivihrikabhikkhu.
Tattha ucchi ndti arahattamaggena chinda; sradikan
ti saradakle nibbattam; sant i maggan ti nibbnagmim
atthagikam maggam; brhay ti vaddhaya, nibbnaiii hi
sugatena desitam, tasm tassa maggam bhvehiti attho . . .
Sant i mag g a cfr. vv. 368. 289. Ni bbnam rectius for-
tasse appositio habetur.

W Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: mahdhana-

vnijo.
 387

Tattha id ha vassan ti imasmirh thne idafi c idan ca

karonto catumsarh vassarii vasissmi, hemant agi mhi s ti
hemantagimhesu pi cattro cattro ms idan c idan ca karonto
idh eva vasissmti, evarii ditthadhammikasamparyikarh attharh
ajnanto blo cinteti; a n t a r y a n ti asukasmirii nma kle
v dose v vaye v marissmti attano jvitantaryarii na
bujjhatti. . .

W 2 8 7 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Kisgotam.

Tattha tani put t apasus ammat t an ti tathrpam (c.
tarhriparh') baldisampanne putte ca pasi (c. pasu) ca labhitv
mama putt (c. -o) abhirp balasampann panclit sabbakicca-
samatth mama gono abhirtpo arogo mama bhrasaho mama
gv bahukhr ti evam puttehi (c. vu-) ca pashi ca sam-
mattam (c. sampattam) nararii; b y s a 11 a m an a s a n ti hirahi-
nasuvanndisu v pattacvardisu v kincid eva labhitv tato
uttaritaram patthentya sattamnasam v cakkhuviineyydisu
rammanesu (c. -nesu) vuttappakresu (c. -re) v parikkhresu
yarii yarii (c. ya) laddham hoti tattha tattha laggantya satta
mnasam (c. -na-) v . ..
In Mahbh. 12,9944 hie versus exstat tali specie:
Tam puttrapa^usampannar vysaktamanasam naram
suptarii vyghrarh mahaugho v mrtyur dya gacchati,
et 12, 6540 ita lgi tr:
Tahi puttrapagusampannam vysaktamanasarii naram
suptarii v y g h r o mrgam iva mrtyur dya gacchati.
Minus aptum videtur verbum sampanna quam sammatta, cui
major vis inest, quiun eum studio lib er rum aFectum significet.
V eodem sensu quo iva raro tantum obvium ex palica
lingua in carmina epica fortasse irrepsit. Cfr. v. 47 .
25"
 388

V. 2 $ S - 9 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Pater.

. . . Etm at thavasan ti evarii tesarii amamamassa
tnarh bhaviturh asamatthabhvasamkhtam kranam jnitv
pandito catuparisuddhislena sarhvuto rakkhitagopito hutv
nibbnagamanarh (c. -nam) atthagikam maggarii sghasgham
sodheyy ti attho . . .
Atthavasarii rei rationem, quomodo res se habeat.

V. 290. Locus: Veluvanam. Materia: Gangrohanarii.

Tattha ma t t s u k h a p a r i c c g ti mattsukhan ti pa-
mnarii (c. -nam) sukham parittasukharii vuccati, tassa paricc-
gena; vipularii sukhan ti udrasukham nibbnasukhaiii
vuccati, tadve (ta ce?) passeyy ti attho; idam vuttam hoti:
ekarii hi bhojanaptim sajjpetv bhujantassa mattsukham
nma uppajjati , tam pana pariccajitv uposatharii v karon-
tassa dnam v dadantassa vipularii ulram nibbnasukham
nma nibbattati, tasm sace evam tassa mattsukhassa pariccg
vipulam (c. -) sukham passati ath etarii vipularii sukharii
samm passanto pandito tarii mattsukhan cajeyy ti attho . . .

V 291. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: kukkutauda-

khdik.
Tattha p a r a d u h p a d h n e n ti parasmirii dukkh-
padhnena paradukkhpadhnen ti attho; verasari i sagga-
s a rii s a 11 h o ti so puggalo akkosanapaccakkosanapaharana-
patiharandnarh vasena ariiamariiarii katena verasariisaggena
sarhsaltho ver so na (c. pana) parimuccati nccaklarh vera-
vasena dukkham eva ppuntti attho . . .
 389

w* Locus: Bhaddiyam nissya Jtiyya

vanar. Personse: Bhaddiyabhikkhu.
Tattha yam hi ki c c ant i bhikkhuno hi pabbajitaklato
patthya aparimnaslakkhandhagopanar (c. -nam) arara-
vso dhdtagapariharanar (c. dhu-) bhvanrmat ti evam
dikiceam nma, imehi pana yam attano kiccar tar apa-
viddhar chaddhitam (c. -itnar), aki c c an ti bhikkhuno
pana chattamandanauphanapdukasattathlakadhammakaraka-
kyabandhanaasarvaddhanamandanar akiccar nma, yehi
(c. yohi) tam kayirati tesam mnanalam (c. mna-) ukkhipitv
caranena unnalnam sativossaggena pamattnam cattro pi
sav vaddhantti attho; s us a m r a d d h ti supariggahit;
k y a g a t satiti kynupassan bhvan; aki ccan ti te
evam ehattamandandikam akiccam na sevanti na karontti
attho; ki cce tf pabbajitaklato patthya kattabbe aparim-
naslakkhandhagopandike (c. -p-) karanye; s t acc akr i no
(c. -no) ti sattakrino (satatakrino?) atthitakrino (?); tesam satiy
avippavsena satnam stthakasampajariiam gocarasampa-
jamam (c. -a) asammohasampajamanticatthi (?) sampajamehi
sampajnnam cattro pi sav attham gacchanti parikkhayam
abhvam gacchantti attho . . .
A p a v i d d ha a rad. vidh s. vyadh ? U n n a 1a qui ba-
culum erigit (s. un-nada)? K y a g a t sati cfr. vv. - .
290 99

St ac c a s. statya a satata? cfr. v. 23 statika. Sata s.

smrta.

W Mataran ti imam dhammadesanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto Lakuntakabhaddiyattherarh rabbha kathesi.
Ekadivasam hi sambahul gantuk bhikkh Satthrarii (c. -r)
divtthne nisinnam upasamkamitv vanditv ekamantarii ni-
sdiiiisu, tasmim khane Lakuntakabhaddiyathero Bhagavato
avidre atikkamati, Satth tesam bhikkhnarh cittcrarb
 3 90

atv oloketv passatha bhikkhave ayarh bhikkhu (c. -) m-

tpitaro hanitv niddukkho hutv ytti vatv tehi (c. te)
bhikkhhi kin nu kho Satth vadatti amamamam mukhni
oloketv samsayapakkhanena (-pekhanena?) hi bhante kim nm
etam vadath ti vutte tesam dhammam desento imam gtham
ha: Mtararh etc. Tattha snuearan ti yasdhakena yutta-
kena sahitarh, ettha hi tanh jneti purisan ti pacanato (vae-?) tis
bhavesu sattnam jananato (c. janato) tanh mt nma, aham
asukassa nma ranino v rjamahmattassa v putt ti pitaram
nissya asan mnassa uppajjanato asmim mano pit nma, loko
viya rjnam yasm sabbaditthigat ni ve sassatucehedaditthiyo
bhajanti tasm sassatucehedaditthiyo dve khattiyarjno nma,
dvdasyatanni pittatatthena ratthasadisat ratth nma, yas-
dhako yuttakapuriso viya tam nissito nandirgo anucaro nma;
an gho ti niddukkho; br hmano ti khnsavo; etesam
tanhdnarh arahattamaggansin hatatt khnsavo niddukkho
hutv ytti, ayam ettha attho; . . tattha rj no dve ca
sotthi y e ti dve ea brhmane; imiss hi gthya Satth attano
dhammissaratya desanvidhikusalatya ca sassatucehedaditthiyo
dve brhmane rjno katv kathesi; v ey y a g g ha pa c a ma n
ti ettha yagghnucarino sappatibhayo (c. -avo) duppatipajjo maggo
veyyaggho nma vicikicch nvarannam pi tena sadisatya
veyyaggham nma tam pacamarii asst nvaranapacakam
veyyagghapacamarh nma (-?) idarii ca veyyagghapacamam
arahattansin nissesam hantv angho yti brhmano ti,
ayam ettha attho; sesaiii purimasadisam (e. purisamasam) ev
ti.. . Lakuntakabhaddiyattherassa vatthum.
Miror, hos versus hic inveniri, buddhistiese enim doctrinse,
in specie Dhammapadi (v. 405 al.), repugnare videntur, optime
vero systemati brahmanico convenire (Manu 11 ). de causa
commentatori necesse est metaphorice interpretan. An gha
adj. a ngha (Abhidh. p. 0, 7 ; s. nyagha i. q. agha?)
 391

formtum? Sotthi ya i. q. sottiya Abhidh. p. 5 3 , 1 ; s. ^rotriya.

Veyyaggha denominativum existimavi a sanscr. vyagra,
fallor fortasse.

V. 2 0 6 -3 0 1 . Locus: Vejuvanam. Persona: dru-

stikassa putt.
Rat i o antiquior forma locativi, s. rtrau. Buddhagat
sati cfr. Asiat. Researches vol. xx p. 470.

V. 3 0 2 . Duppabbajjan (c. -ajan) ti imam dhammadesanarh

Satth Veslim (c. -iyam) nissya Mahvane viharanto amnataram
Vajjiputtakabhikkhurh rabbha kathesi, yarn sandhya vuttarh:
Amnataro Vajjiputtako bhikkhu Vesliyam viharati annatara-
smim vanasande, tena kho pana samayena Vesliyam sabba-
rattivro boti, atha kho so bhikkhu (c. -) Vesliyam turiya-
tlitayditanigghosasaddam sutv paridevamno tyaiii velyam
imam gtham ha:
Ekak mayaiii aramne vihrma
apaviddhaiii va yanasmim drukam
etdisi kya rattiy
tesu dni amhehi ppiyo ti (-?).
So kira Vajjiratthe rjaputto vrena sampattam rajjarii pahya
pabbajito Vesliyam ctummahrjikehi saddhim ekbaddham (?)
katv sakalanangare dhajapatkdhi patimandite komudiy
punnamya sabbarattivre (c. -cr) vattarane bheriydnam
turiynam t}itnam nigghosam vatdnam ca vditnam saddam
sutv yni Vesliyarii satta rjasahassni satta ca rjasatni satta
ca rjno tattak eva ca (c.ma) nesarii yuvarjasenpatidayo tesu
alaihkatapatiyattesu nakkhattakjanatthya vthim otinnesu satthi-
Ijatthe mahcarhkame carhkamamno nabhamajjhe thitam
candaiii disv carukamanakotiyarii phalakam nissya thito
cod. vatasniim drakam.
 392

vethanlamkravirahitatt vane chaddhitadrukam viya atta-

bhvarn oloketv atthi nu kho arho amhehi lmakataro ti cin-
tento pakatiy ararrmakdigunayutto pi tasmirh khane anabhi-
ratiy plito evam ha. So tasmiih vanasande adhivatthya
devatya imam bhikkhurii (c. -) samvejessmti adhippyena:
Ekako tvaiii ararime viharasi
paviddharh va vanasmim drukam
tassa te bahuk pihayanti6
nerayik vya saggagminan0 ti
vuttarh (-o, ?) imam gtham sutv puna divase Satthram upa-
samkamitv vanditv nisdi, Satth tani pavattim atv gha-
rvsassa dukkhatam paksetukmo paca dukkhni samodh-
netv imam gtham ha: Duppabbajjam etc. Tattha dup-
pabbaj j an (c. -ajan) ti appam vmahantam v bhogakkhandha
c eva tiparivaddha c evapahya imasmim ssane uram datv
pabbajjam nma dukkharii; d u r a b h i r a m a n ti evam pabbaji-
tenpi bhikkhcariyya jvitavuttim ghatantena aparimnas-
lakkhandhagopanadhammnudhammapatipattipuranavasena (c.
-gopana- -prana-) abhiramiturh dukkham; d u r v s ti yasm
pana gharam vasantena (c. v-) rjunam rjakiccam issarnam
issarakiccam vahitabbam parijan (c. -a) c eva dhammik ca
samanabrhman samgahetabb evarii sante pi gharvso pi chid-
daghato viya mahsamuddo viya ca suduppro (c. tudupptro)
tasm ghar nm ete durvs dukkh vasitum (c. si
) ten eva
(c. neva) ca kranena dukkh(c, -o) ti attho ; dukkho s amna-
sariivso ti gihino v hi ye jtigottakulabhgehi pabbajit v
slcrabahusaccdhi samnapi (c. -npi) hutv hi tvarii ke si
( hi?) ahan ti dni vatv adhikaranapasut honti te asamn
(c. -n) nma, tehi saddhim sariivso nma dukkho ti attho; duk-
khnupat i t addhag (c. -u) ti ye vaddbasariikhtam
addhnam patipannatt addhag te dukkhe anupatit va (c. ca);
cod. apa^'itthaiii b cod. piriihanti c saggahminan.
 393

t as mna c addhag(c. canclag) si y (c. tiy) ti yasm duk-

khnupatitabhvo pi dukkho addhagbhvo (c. -gu-) pi tasm
vaddhasamkhtaaddhnam gamanatt (c. -nattya) addhag ama
(adde: na) bhaveyya, vuttappakrena (c. -na) dukkhena anupatito
pi na bhaveyya ti attho . . . Vajjiputtakabhikkhussa vatthurh.
In versu vertendo comment, sequutus sum, num jure
videant docti. Duk kh nup a t i t addhag pluralem judicat
commentator, melius fortasse singularis habetur, cfr. v. as
y assa, v. 15 appassut yam, v. 50 y yam.

V. Saddho ti imam dhammadesanam Satth Je-

tavane viharanto Cittagahapatim rabbha kathesi. Vatthurh
Blavagge* asatam bhvanam iccheyy ti gthvannanya
vitthritam, gthpi tatth evgat, vuttam h etarh tattha: kim
pana bhante etassa tumhkam santikam gacchantass eva ayaiii
sakkro uppajji udhu ariiattha gacchantasspi uppajjeth ti;
Ananda mama santikam gacchantassa pi arhattha gacchan-
tassa p etassa uppajjat eva, ayarii hi upsako saddho pasanno
sampannaslo, evarpo yarn yarii disam bhajati tattha tatth
ev assa lbhasakkro nibbattatti vatv imarii gtham ha:
Saddho etc . . . Cittagahapatikassa vatthum.

Vo Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Culasubhadd.

V. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: ekavihri-

katthero.
Tattha eksanam e k as ey y an ti bhikkhusahassamajjhe
pi hi mulakammatthnam vijahitv ten eva manasikrena ni-
sinnassa sanai nma, lohapsdasadise pi ea psde bhikkhu
sahassamajjhe pariiatte vicittapaccattharanpadhne (c. -pac-
catar-) mahrahe sayane satim upatthapetv dakkhinena passena
milakammatthnamanasikrena nipannassa bhikkhussa seyy
* V. 73. Cfr. P. 267.
 394

ekaseyy nma, evarpam eksanam ekaseyyan ca bhajeth

ti attho; atandito ti jamghbaam nissya jvitakappena akusto
hutv sabbiriypathesu ekako vicaranto ti attho; eko damayan
ti rattitthndisu kammatthnam anuyunjitv maggaphaldhi-
gamavasena eko va hutv attnam damento ti attho; vanante
ramito siy ti evarii attnam damento itthipurisasadddhi
pavivitto vanante yeva abhirato bhaveyya, na hi sakk kinna-
vihrin evarh attnam dametun ti attho . . .

V# 306. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sundaripa-

ribbjik.
Tattha abhtavd ti parassa dsam adisv va mus-
vdam katv tucchena pararn abbhcikkhanto (c.-); k ai v ti
yo v pana ppakammarh katv nharii etam karomti ha . . .
Yo vpi B C; yo cpi A. Ka r o m t i cha A C;
-mti vha B ; ti giossa est, quse scribarum inscitia in textum
irrepsit, fortasse principio scriptum erat karomicha, sive pro
karomiccha, sive cum ca (va) pleonast, sive cum c euphonias
causa inserto.

v. Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: duccaritaphal-

nubhvasatt.
Tattha ksvakanth ti ksvena paliveihitakanth;
ppadhamm ti lmakadhamm; asaihat ti kydisam-
yamarahit, tathrp ppapuggal attan katehi akusala-
kammehi niraye uppajjanti, te tattha pacitv tato cut pakk-
vasese tesu (?) pi evarh paccantti attho . . .
Ksv cfr. v. 9, Abhidhnapp. p. 38, is, Bnrnouf:
Int.rod. p. 18 0 . Te upapaj j ar e, eke upapajjanti (v. r>6)
et so upapajjati (v. 14 0 ) fortasse legenda sunt: te pap-,
eke pap- et so pap-, itidemque rasmiggho itaro (v. wi),
 395

et yo imam (. 4 14 ): -ho taro, y o marii (cfr. y o dha vv.

267. 409. 415).

V. 3 0 8 . Seyyo ayogulo ti imam dhammadesanam

Satth Veslirii (c. -iyarii) nissya Mahvane viharanto Vaggu-
mudtriye bhikkh rabbha kathesi. Vatthum Uttarimanussa-
dhammaprjike gatam eva. Tad Satth te bhikkh kirii
pana tuinhe bhikkhave udarassa atthya gihnam amamam-
assa uttarimanussadhammassa vannam bhsitth ti vatv
tehi ma bhante ti vntte te hi bhikkh anekapariyyena viga-
rahitv imam gtham ha: Seyyo etc. Tatthaya ce bhu-
j e y y ti yarn dusslo nisslapuggalo kydhi asamyato rattha-
vshi (c.-ihi) saddhya dinnarii ratthapindam samano mhti patij-
nanto gahetv bhujeyya tatto ditto aggivanno ayogulo bhutto
seyyo sundarataro (c. -darato) ti, kimkran: tappaccay hi eko
attabhvo jhyeyya (?), dusslo pana saddhdeyyarii bhujitv
anekni jtisatni niraye pacceyy ti attlio . ..

V. 300-10. Cattri thnnti imarh dhammadesanam

Satth Jetavane viharanto Anthapindikassa bhgineyyam
Khemam nma setthiputtam rabbha kathesi; so kira abhirpo
ahosi, yebhuyyena itthiyo (c. -iso) tam disv rgbhibht
sakabhvena santhturh nsakkhimsu, so pi paradrakamm-
bhirato va ahosi, atha nam rattirh rjapuris gahetv ramo
dassesum, rj mahsetthissa lajjmiti tam kici avatv vissajj-
pesi, so pana n eva virami, atha nai dutiyam pi tatiyam pi
rjapuris gahetv ramo dassesum, rj vissajjpesi yeva,
mahsetth (c. -i) ta pavattii sutv tam dya Satthu santikam
gantv tani pavattim rocpetv bhante imassa dhammam
deseth ti ha, Satth tassa sarhvegakatham kathetv parad-
rasevanyam dsam dassento im gth abhsi: Cattri etc.
Tattha thnnti dukkhakranni; pamat t o i sativossaggena
 I

396

samanngato; pajjatti ppunti; paradn pasev t i pa

rassa drarh upasevanto uppathacr; apu rii al bhan ti
akusalalbham; na n i k ma s e y y a n ti yath icchati (c. -nti)
evarii seyyarii alabhitv anicchitarh parittakam eva klarii
seyyam labhati; apui al bho c ti evam tassa aya ca
apurimatenacaapuriiatena (apurhalbho tena ca?) nirayasarh-
kht(e.-yams-) ppik gti hotti; rat ca thoki k ti tassa
bhtassa bhtya itthiy saddhirii rati spi thokik pntt hoti;
garukan ti rj ca hatthacchedandivasena garukam danclam
paneti; tasm ti yasm paradram sevanto etni apumfidni
ppunti tasm paradram na seveyy ti attho .. .
Apual bha et nani k mas e y y a suam quodque
propriam sententiam, mihi adhuc ignotam, habere videntur.
Paneti s. pranayati. De metro app. vide.

V. 311-13. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: dubbaja-

bhikkhu.
Tattha kuso ti yarn kici tikhinadhrarii tinam (c. tinam)
antamaso tlapannam pi, yath so kuso yena duggahto tassa
hattham anukantati pleti evam evarii samanadhammasam-
khtam smaam pi khandaslditya dupparmattham (c. -a)
nirayya upakaddhati niraye nibbattpetti attho; sathilan
tijOlsetv(?)kranena sathilagham katv katarii yarii kammarn;
sariikilitthan ti vesidikena(c.-ke)agocaraearanena(c.agocara-
nena) samkilittham (c. -a); s a m a s s a r an ti samkhi saritabbaiii
uposathakiccdisu ariiatarena kiccena sannipatitam pi sariigham
disv: addh ime mama cariyam atv marii ukkhipitukm
va sannipatantiti (c. -patiti) evarh attano sariikhi saritarii
(c. sarturii) ussariikitarii parisamkitarii; . .. kayi ra ce ti
tasm yarii kammarn kareyyarii tarn kareyyam eva; dal ham
enarii parakkame ti thirataram eva katv avattasam-
dno (vanta-?) hutv etarii (c. ekarii) kayir; par i bbj o
 397

(c. -bbaje) ti sathilabhavena tato khanddibhvappatto sama-

nadharamo; b h i y y o ti abbhantare vijjam&narh ragarajadirh
evarupo samanadhammo apaneturh (c. -teturh) na sakkoti, atha
kho tassa upari aparam pi rdgarajadirii (c. -i) dkiratiti attho . . .
Duppar^mattha a rad. mas (Clough: Pali Verbs p.
18,38) s. mrg. Upakaddhati a rad. kaddh (Clough: Pali
Verbs p. 11,26) s. kard (cfr. chaddh, Pali Verbs p. 1 3 , 1 2 ,
s. chard)? S a t h i l a i. q. satha s. gatha? S a r h k a s s a r a com-
positum ex sarhka (s. ganka) et sara (s. smara)? K a y i r a t h
pro kayirdth.sic omnes codd. Miror, vocalem esse correptam,
quum sit in pede secundo Epitritus primus usitatissimus, Io-
nicus a minori vero rarus (cfr. not. ad v. 63 ) et quidem
grammaticis auctoribus non permissus.

V. US# Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: issapakatiitthi.

Sententia: prodest homini, ut malum facinus non committat,
nam postea poenitet eum facti, quod vero facit bonum facinus
id fecisse eum non poenitebit.

v. 315. Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: sambahula agan-

tukabhikkhu.
Tattha s a n t a r a b a h i r a n ti bhikkhave yatha tehi ma-
nussehi tarii paccantanangaram dv&rapakdrddini thir^ni karontehi
saantaradv^ratt&laudakaparikhadini (c. -raddhalaudda-) thirani
karontehi santarabJhiram (c. -rariiba-) guttarii katarii evarii tumhe
pi satirii upatth^petvd ajjhattikani cha dvardni pidahitv^ dvara-
rakkhikarii satirii avissajjetva yatlui gayhamanani bahirani ca
(cha?) ayatandni ajjhattikanam upagh^taya sarhvattati tath& agan-
hanta ti pi (-?) thirani katvd tesaih appavesaya dvdrarakkhikarh
satim appahaya vicarantd attanarii gopethd ti attho; k h a n o
(c. -e^i ve u p a c c a g a ti yo hi evarii attanam gopeti tarii
puggalarii ayarii buddhupp^dakkhano Majjhimadese uppatti-
kkhano sammiiditthiya patiladdhakkhano (c. -e) channarii ya-
 398

tan^nam avekallakkhano ti sabbo ayarii khano (adder na)

atikkaraati, so khano tumhe ma atikkamatu; k h a n &t i t a ti
ye hi tarn khanarii atita (c. -am) ye v puggale so khano
atito te nirayamhi samappita hutva tattha nibbattitva socantiti
attho . . .
G o p e t h a aut 2 pers. plur. imper. aut a pers. sing, po-
tentialis attanop. V e s. vai, vel pro yo (comment, tumhe)?

V. 316-17* Alajjita ye ti imarii dhammadesanarii

Sattha Jetavane viharanto niganthe tirabbha kathesi. Ekasmirh
divase bhikkhu niganthe (c. ni-) disvd katharh samutth&pesurh:
vuso sabbaso appaticchannehi acelakehi ime niganthavaratarii
sesakaih purimasamappiti, va paticchddenti sahirikti mam tie
ete ti (c. hi), tam sutva nigantha: na mayarii etena karanena pati-
echadema parhsuiAjtidayo pi pana puggald eva jivitindriyapa-
tibaddha evan cate no bhikkhabhrijanesu ma patirhsu (-?) imin^
karanena paticchadema ti vatvd, tehi saddhirii vridapativiida-
vasena bahukatharh kathesum, bhikkhu (c. -u) Satthrirarii
upasamkamitvA nisinnakrile narh pavattirh rirocayirhsu, Satth
bhikkhave alajjitabbe lajjitv^ lajjitabbe na lajjamtina nama
duggatipar^yan^ hontiti vatva dhammarh desento imd gathd
abhasi: Alajjita etc. Tattha a l a j j i t a y e ti alajjitabbe bhikkha-
bhajanamhi alajjitabbarii nama, te pana tam paticchadetva
vicaranta tena lajjanti nama; l a j j i t a y e ti apaticchannena
hirikopinarigena lajjitabbarii, na te pana tam apaticchridetva
vicaranta tena (c. lajjitayena) lajjanti nama, (c. addit: tena tesan
tam alajjitan ti nma) tena tesan tam alajjitabbena lajjitabbarii
lajjitabbenaca alajjitabbarii, tucchagahanabhavena ca ariinatbaga-
hanabhrivena ca(c. va) micchaditthi hoti, tasma dayitv& vicaranta
te micch^ditthisam^drin^ satta nirayridibhedarii duggatirii gacchan-
titi attho; a b h a y e ti bhikkhabh^janarh nissaya ragadosamo-
hanarii ditthikilesaduccaritamAyrinarii (c. -duccata-) anuppajja-
 399

nato (c. -anto) bhikkhbhjanam abhayar nma, yena tani pati-

cchdento (-nti ?) panaabhaye bbayadassino nma, hirikopnagam
(c. -namtam) pana nissya rgdnam uppajjanato tam bhayam
nma, tassa apatieehdanena bhaye ca abhayadassino, tassa tam
amathgahanassa(c. ayathvagahanassa) samdinnatt (c. -nna-)
micchditthisamdn satt gacchanti duggatin ti attho . . .
Bbayadassino cfr. not. ad v . 24 ; A et -da ssin o.

W Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: titthiya-

svak.
Tattha a v j j e ti dasavatthukya sammditthiy tass
upanissayabhte dhamme ca; v a j j a m a t i n o ti vjjam idan
ti uppannamatino, dasavatthukamicchditthika^amkhte (c. -ena)
pana tass upanissayadliammasaitrklite ca avajjadassino, etiss
avajjam vajjarii vajja ca avajjato fiaiv gahanasamkhtya
micchditthiy samdinnatt (c. -nna-) micchditthisamdn
satt duggatirh gacchantti attho . . .

Locus: Kosamb. Persona: att.

. . . A s s a t a r ti valavya gadrabhena jt; j n i y y ti
yarn assadammasrathikranam kreti tassa khippam jnana-
samattho; s i n d h a v t i Sindhavaratthe jt ass; m a h n g
ti kujarasamkht mahhatthino (c. -no); a t t a d a n t o ti ete
assatar sindhav kufijar v dant varam na adant, so pana
catumaggasamkhtena attan dantatya attadanto nibbisevano,
ayarn tato pi varam sabbehi pi etehi uttaritaro ti attho. . .
Cpto pro cpato, item passanto. Ativkya
(Manu 6, 47) cfr. dusslya, et contra, vocali correpta, balya v. ,
pahatvna vv. 243. 4 15 . A b h i r u h a t i , palice plerumque r h

scribitur pro mh, cfr. v. .

 400

V. 333 Na hi etehti imam dhammadesanam Satth Jeta-

vane viharanto ekam hatthcriyapubbakam bhikkhum rabbha
kathesi; so kira ekadivasam Aciravatnadtre hatthidamakam
ekam hatthim damti (?) attano icchitarh kranam sikkh-
peturii asakkontam disv sampe thite bhikkh (e. -u) man-
tetv ha: vuso sace ayarh hatthcariyo imarii hatthirii asu-
katthne nma vijjheyya khippam eva imam kranam sikkheyy
ti, so tassa katham sutv tath katv ta hatthir sudantam
damesi, te bhikkht tam pavattim Satthu rocesum, Satth
tam bhikkhum pakkospetv saccam kira te etam vuttan ti
pucchitv saccam bhante ti vutte vigarahitv: kiiii te mogha-
purisa hatthiynena v amena v dantena na hi sudantehi
etehi ynehi agatapubbam thnam gantum samattho nma
atthi attan pana sudantena sakk agatapubbatthnai (c. g-)
gantuih tasm attnam (c. -nm) eva damehi kim te etesam
damen ti vatv imam (c.- ) gtham ha: Na hi etc. Tass
attho: yni etni hatthiyndni ynni na hi tehi ynehi koci
puggalo supinantena pi agatapubbatt agatan ti samkhta-
nibbnadisai (c. -nasadi-) tath na gaccheyya yath pubbabhge
indriyadamena dantena aparabhge ariyamaggabhvanya su-
danto nibbisevano sappamo puggalo tam agatapubbam disam
gacchati dantabhdmim (c. -bhu-) ppunti, tasm attadamanam
eva tato (e. te) varan ti attho . . .
Valde corruptum hunc versum restituere non valeo; deest
in cod. C, A habet: yath attna sudantena dante dantena
gacchati, B : yath attnarh sudantena dantena gacchati, fortasse
legendum est: yath attan (cfr. v. i6o) sudantena, danto dan-
tena gacchati.

Wa, Locus: Svatth. Personse: amatarabrhma-

nassa putt.
Tattha d h a n a p l a k o n m t i t a d Ksiramo hatth-
 401

cariyam pesetv ramanye ngabhavane ghpitassa hatthino

(c.-n o ) etam nmam; k a t u k a p p a b h e d a n o ti tikhinamado,
hattbnam hi madakle kannaclik pabhijjanti, pakatiypi
hatthino tasmim kle amkusov (?) tuttatomare (-rehi?)
pacandanti cand bhavanti, so pana aticando yeva, tena vuttam
katukappabhedano dunnivrayo (c. -e) t i . . .
D u n n i v r a y a s. durnivrayat? De metro app. vide.

w* Middhi yad ti imam dhammadesanam

Satth Jetavane viharanto rjnam Pasenadikosalam rabbha
kathesi; ekasmirii hi samaye rj tancluladonassa(e. -na-) odanam
tadanurupena (c. -anu-) spavyajanena (c. -jane) bhujati, so
ekadivasarii bhuttaptarso (c. -ttjta-) bhattasammadam avi-
nodetv Satthu santikarh gantv kilantarpo ito c ito (adde:
ea) samparivattati, niddya abhibhtto samno pi ujukam
(c. ujt-) nisditurii asakkonlo ekamantam nisdi, atha nam
Satth ha: kiin mahrj avissamitv gatosti, ma
bhante bhuttaklato patthya me mahdukkham hotti, atha
narh Satth mahrja aibahubhujino (c. -bahurh-) etaih
dukkharh hotti vatv imarii gtham ha: Middhi etc. Tattha
mi d dh t i thmamiddhbhibhtto ; m a h a g g h a s o c ti mah-
bhojano harabhatthaka alarii staka tattha vaddhakakkam-
sakabhuttavamitaknam (?) arhataro viva; n i v p a p u t t h o ti
kunddin skarabhattena putfho, gharastkaro hi blaklato
patthya posiyamno thlasarrakle geh bahi nikkhamitiuh
alabhanto hetthmacdisu samparivattitv assasanto passa-
santo sayam eva, idam vuttam boti: (adde: yad) puriso
middhi ca boti mahagghaso ca nivpaputtho (c. nippa-) ma-
hvarho viya ariiena iriypathena thapetum asakkonto nid-
dyanaslo samparivattasy tad so aniccai dukkharh anatt
ti tini lakkhanni (e. -irni) manasiktuih asakkoti, tesam
amanasikr mandapariio punappuna gabbharir upeti, gabbha-
Cfr. fabulm ad v. 20t.
26
 402

psato (c. -te) na parimuccatti (c. -vu-). Desanvasne Satth

rarho upakravasena:
Manujassa sad satmato
mattam jnato laddhabhojane
tan tassa bhavanti vedan,
sanikam jrati yu playan ti
imam gtham vatv Uttaramnavarn ugganhpetv imam
gtham rabino bhojanavelyam vadeyysi imin (c. -n)
ca upyena bhojanam parihyeyysti (-hpeyy-?) upyam
cikkhi, so tath aksi (c. -), rj aparena samayena nliko-
danaparamatya sanhito susallahukasarro sukhappatto Satthari
uppannavissso sattbam asadisadnarii pavattesi; anumoda-
nya sampattamahjanassa (-jano?) mahantim (-tam?) visesam
ppuniti. Pasenadikosalassa vatthum.
Mal a g g b a s a cfr. vv. . . :i56 et not. ad v. ue.

V . 326. Idam pur ti imam dhammadesanam Satth Jeta-

vane viharanto Snusmaneram rabbha kathesi; so kira ekiss
upsikya ekaputtako, atha narii s daharakle yeva pabbjesi,
so pabbajitaklato patthya slav ahosi vattasampanno, cari-
yupajjhyagantuknam vattarii katam eva hoti, msassa atiba
divase pto va utthya udakamjake udakarh thapetv dhamma-
savanaggatii sammajjitv dpam jletv madhurassarena (c. na)
dhammasavanam gboseti. bhikkhi tassa mamitv (?) pada-
bhnarh (c. -h-) bhana smaner ti ajjhesanti, so mayhani
badayam v rujati (c. ni-) kyo v khdatti kici pacchram
akatv dhammsanaiii abhirhitv ksagagarii otrento viya
padabhnam vatv otaranto maybarii mtpitunnam imasmirii
harhe pattirii dammiti vadati, tassa manuss mtpitaro (c. pitn
nam?) pattiy dinnabbvam na jnanti, anantarattabhve pana
mt yakkhin hutv nibbatti, s devatbi saddhirii gantv
dhammam sutv: smauerena dinnapattim anumodmi tt ti
a cod. sntim atn.
 403

vadati, slasampanno vanmabhikkhu (c. -) sadevakassa lokassa

piyo hotiti tasmirii smanere devat salajj (c. yal-) sagrav
Mahbrahmnarh viya aggikkhandharii viya ca tam (c. n) mam-
anti, smanere (c. -ena) gravena tam pi yakkhinim (c. -ni)
garumkatv passanti, dhammasavanayakkhasamgamdisuSnu-
mtya (c. -t) yakkhiniy aggsanam aggodakam aggapindam
denti, mahesakkhpi yakkh tam disv magg okkamanti san
vutthahanti, atha so srnanero vuddhim anvya (c. atvya) pari-
pakkhindriyo anabhiratiy pfjito (c. pi-) anabhiratim vinodetum
asakkonto parlhakesanakho (c. -kesamna-) kilitthanivsanapru-
pano (c. nili-) kassaci anrocetv pattacvaram dya ekako
(c. -to) va mtu gharam agamsi, upsik puttam disv vanditv
ha: tta tvarii pubbe cariyupajjhyehi v daharasmanerehi
(adde: v) saddhim idhgacchasi, kasm ekako vsi ajja
gato ti, so ukkanthitabhvarii rocesi, saddh upsik n-
nappakrena (c. -na) gharvse dnavarii dassetv puttam ovada-
mnapi samnpetum asakkont (c. -i) app-eva nma attano dham-
matya pi sallakkheyy ti anuyimjetvpi: titha tta yva te
ygubhattam sampdemi yguiii pivitv katabhattakiccassa te
manpni (c. man-) vatthni nharitv dassmti vatv sanni
pampetv adsi, nisdi srnanero, upsik muhutten eva
ygukhajjakarii sampdesi, atha bhattarii sampdessmti avidre
nisinn tandule dhovati, tasmiiii samaye s yakkhin kahan
nu kho srnanero kacci bhikkhhram labhati no ti vajja-
mn tassa vibbhamitukmatya (c. -yarn) nisinnabhvam atv:
m heva kho me devatnarh antare Jajj (c. -am) uppajjeyya
gacchmi ssa vibbhamane antaryam karomti gantv sarre
adhimuccitv gvam parivattetv khelena paggharantena bh-
miyarii vipphandi, upsik puttassa nari vippakram disv
vegena gantv puttam lmgitvrsu(c. -usu)nipajjpesi, sakala-
gmavsino gantv balikammni (c. khali-) kaririisu, upsik
pana paridevamn im gth abhsi:
26'
 404

Ctuddas pacadas yavapakkhassa attham

ptihriyapakkha ca atthagasusamgato (?).
Uposathai upavasanti brahmacariyam caranti ye
na tehi yakkh klanti iti me arahatam sutm,
s dni ajja passmi yakkh klanti Snun ti,
upsikya vacanarh sutv:
Ctuddas pacadas yvapakkhassa attham
na tehi yakkh klanti shu (?) te arahatam sutn ti
vatv ha:
Snu m Buddhm vajjsa , yakkhnam vacanam idar,
m ksi ppakam kammarh virh v y adi v6 rallo.
Sace va ppakam kamuiam karissasi karosi v
na te dukkh pamokkhanti uppaccapi palyato ti,
evam ppakam kammam katv sakunassa viya uppatitv pa
lyato te mokkho n atthti vatv s yakkhin (c. -ni) sma-
nerarii muci, so akkhni ummletv mtararh keyevakiriya (?)
assasantim passasantii rodamnani sakalagmavsino ca (c. va)
sannipatite (c. santip-) disv attano yakkhena gahitabhvarii
ajnanto: aham pubbe pthe nisinno mt me avidre nisditv
tandule dhovi idni pan amhi bhiimiyam nipanno kin nu kho
etan ti nisinnako va mtaram ha:
Matamd v amma rodanti yo v e jvara na dissati,
jvantam amma passant^ kasm mam amma rodasti,
ath assa mt vatthukmakilesakme pahya pabbajitassa puna
vibbhamanattham gamane dnavarii dassent (c. -i) ha :
Mataiiid v puttam rodanti yo v jvariig na dissati,
yob kme cajitvna punar vattate idha
ta vpi putta rodanti, puna jvam mato hi so ti,
evaii ca pana vatv gharvsam kukkulasadisafl c eva nara-
kasadisa ca katv gharvse dnavam dassent (c.-ti) puna:

vajjosi? & co d . p, c co d . k a r o t i. d cod. mt- e co d . p.

/ cod . - t i . 9 co d . d n a m . yo v?
 405

Kukkul ubbhato tta kukknle patitum icchasi,

narak ubbhato tta narakarh patitum icchasiti,
atha narh: putta bhaddarh tava hetu mayam pana ayarh no
puttako dayhamno gehabhandarii viya nharitv Buddhassane
pabbajito gharvse puna dahiturh (c. punacahitum) icchati
abhidh cana paritt yath no (-?) ti imam attharh kassa (c. tassa)
ujjhpayma kam nijjhpaym ti dpetum marii gtham ha:
Abhiya (?) vata bhaddan te kassa ujjhpaymase
ditt nhatarh bhandarii puna dayhitum icchatiti,
so mtari kathentiy sallakkhetv: n atthi mayharii gihbh-
vena attho ti, ath assa mt sdhu tt ti tutth pantabho-
janarii bhojetv kativasso tt ti pucchitv paripunnavassa-
bhvarii (c. -punna-) riatv ticvararii patiydesi, so paripunna-
pattacvaro upasampajji, ath assa acinpasampannassa (c. ac-)
Satth cittaniggahe ussharri janento: cittarii nm etarii tarn
nnrammanesu dgharattam crikam earantarii anigganhantassa
sotthibhvo nma n atthi tasm arrikusena mattahatthino viya
cittassa nigganhane yogo karanyo ti vatv imarh gtham ha:
Idm pure etc. Tass attho: idarii cittarh nma ito puretararh
ppdisu rammanesu rgdnarh yenkrena icchati yatth ev
assa kmo uppajjati tassa vasena yatthakinarii yath vica-
rantassa sukharh hoti tath eva earantarii (c. -t) yathsukharh
dgharattam crikarri carai, ajja aharii pabhinnarii mattam
hatthirh hatthcriyasariikhto cheko ariikusaggho arrikusena
viya yonisomanasikrena niggahissmi, n assa (c. nassa) vtikka-
mitum dassmti. Desanvasne so cyasm Tepitakarh Bud-
dhavacanarri ugganhitv mahdhammakathiko hutv vsarri
vassasatarii thatv sakalajambudparii khobhetv parinibbyti
(c. -yiti). Snusmanerassa vatthurii.
C r i k subst. abstr. ex rad. car terminatione k formtum?
cfr. jvik, kathik. Y o n i s o (Clough: Pali Gr. p. ie) adv.
ex yoni (Hemac. ed. Boehtl. p. 2 8 1 , 4 3 ) terminatione so s.
 406

gas formtum; Foucaux (Rgya tch er rol pa Part. II p. 49)

vertit: depuis 1 origine. De metro app. vide.

V. X Locus: Jetavanam. Materies: Buddheraka-

nmahatth.
. . . D u g g ti yath so pamke kujaro hatthehi ca pdehi
ca vymarh katv pamkaduggato attnam uddharitv thale
patithito evam turnhe pi kilesaduggato attnam uddharatha
nibbriathale patitthapeth ti attho . . .

v. L ocu s: Prileyyakam nissya rakkhita-

vanasando. Personse: sambahul bhikkhii
. . . P a r i s sa y n ti tdisarh mettvihrim sahyam la-
bhanto sbavyagghdayo pkataparissaye rgabhayadosabhay-
dayo paticchannaparissaye (c. -yo) c (c. d) ti sabbe va paris-
saye abhibhavitv; . . . r j va r a t t h a n ti rattham hitv
rajjarii rsim viya, idarh vuttam boti: yath vijitabhumippa-
deso rj: idarh rajjam nma mahantam pamdatthnam kim
me rajjena kriten ti vijitarattham pahya ekako va maha-
rariiarii pavisitv tpasapabbajjarii pabbajjiv eatusu iriy-
pathesu ekako va carati evam ekako va careyy ti; m t a -
garari i f i o va n g o ti yath ca: aharh kho kinno viharmi
hatthhi hatthinhi (c. hatththi) hatthikalabhehi hathicchpa-
kehi chinnaggni c eva tinni khdmi obhaggsagga ca
skhbhagam khdmi avilni ca pniyni pivmi oghan-
tassa me tinassa hatthiniyo (c. -niyo) kyarh upanighamsan-
tiyo (c. upati-) gacchanti yan nnharh ekako ganamh vupa-
kattho vihareyyan ti* evam paticikkhitv ayametena (?) gamanato
mtago ti laddhanmo imasmirii araiiie ayarii hatthingo
ytharh pahya sabbiriypathesu eko sukharh carati evam pi
eko careyy (c. ca) ti attho; e k a s s t i pabbajitassa hi pabba-
* Gfr. pap 05.
 407

jitaklato patthya ekbhvbhiratassa ekekass eva caritam

seyyo; n a t t hi ble sahyat (c. sabh-) ti cullaslam
majjhimaslarh mahslarii dasa kathvatthdni terasa dhutagun
(c. dhutagun) vipassannarh cattro magg cattri phalni
tisso vijj cha abhim amatamahnibbnan ti ayam hi sahyat
(c. -yak) nma, s (c. ya) blarii nissya adhiganturh na sakk
ti n atthi ble (c. -o) sahyat; e k o ti imin kranena sabbi-
riypathesu ekako va careyya, appamattakni pi na ca ppni
kareyya, yath eso appossukko nirlayo imasmirh arame mta-
gango icchitiechitatthne sukharh carati evam eko hutv
careyya, appamattakni pi na ca ppni kareyy ti attho;
tasm tumhehi (c. -epi) patirparii sahyam (c. sabh-) alabhantehi
ekacrhi yeva bhavitabban t i . . .
P a r i s s a y a sanscr. parismaya? E k o - - n g o hgec versus
pars plane corrupta est, libri Suttanipto inscripti capite
Khaggavisnasutto ita legitur: Eko care khaggavisnakappo, qua
lectione recepta metrum restitueretur. Commentator verba
corrupta ante oculos habuisse videtur. Y. aso totus corruptus
in libro Jtakassa Atthavannan inscripto fol. bhau eadem
forma reperitur. N a t t h i b l e s a h y a t efr. v. ei, Mahbh.
i 1,6. M t a g a Rmyana ed. Gorresio 3 ; 68 , 27.

V. Locus : Himavantapasse aramakt. Per

sona: Mro.
Tattha a t t h a m h i j t a m h i t i pabbajitasspi hi cvara-
kraudike (c. -n-) v adhikaranavtpasamdike v gihino
(c. -no) pi kasikammdike v balavapakkhasannissite (c. -tehi)
abhibhavandike v kicce uppanne ye taiii kiccarh nipphdetum
v vpasametum v sakkonti evariip sukh saby (c. sabhy)
ti attho; t u t t h s u k h ti yasm pana gihino (c. -no) pi
sakena asantutth sandhiccheddni rabhanti pabbajitpi n-
nappakram anesanam (c. n-) iti te sukham na vindanti
 408

yeva tasm y itartarena (c. -na) parittena v vipulena v attano

santakena santutfh ayam eva sukh ti attho; . . . s a b b a s s ti
sakalasspi pana vaddhadukkhassa pahnasaihkhtam (c.-narhsa-)
arahattam eva imasmim loke sukham nma; m a t t e y y a t
ti mtari sammpatipatti; p e t t e y y a t ti pitari sammpati
patti , ubhayena pi mtpitunnam upatthnam eva kathitam,
mtpitaro hi puttnam anupatthahanabhvam atv attano
santakam bhmiyarii v nidahanti paresarh v vissajjenti,
(adde: ye) mtpitaro na upatthahanti ca nesarh ninnpi (?)
ca vaddhati kyassa bhed Gthaniraye pi nibbattanti, ye
(c. na) mtpitaro sakkaccam upatthahanti te tesam
santakam dhanam pi ppunanti (c. -nanti) pasamsam pi
labhanti kyassa pi bhed sagge nibbattanti, tasm ubhayam
p etam sukhan ti vuttam; s m a a t ti pabbajitesu sam
mpatipatti ; b r a h m a m fi a t ti bhitappesu buddhapacce-
kabuddhasvakesu sammpatipatti yeva, ubhayena pi tesam
eatihi paccayehi patijagganabhvo kathito, idam pi loke sukham
nma kathitam; s l a n ti manikunclalarattavatthdayo hi alaiit-
kr tasmim yeva (?) thitnam yeva sobhanti, idha na
daharnam alamkro mahallakakle mahallaknam v alam-
kro daharakle sobhanti, ummattako esa mae ti garahupp-
danena pana domanassam (c. sedsam) eva janeti, paficasla-
dasasldibhedam pana slarii (c. -a) daharasspi mahallakasspi
sabbavayesu sobhati yeva, aho vatyarh slav ti pasam-
suppdanena somanassarii evvahati, tena vuttarii: sukham yva-
jar (e. yeva-) slan t i ; patitthitpi lokiyalokuttaraduvidhpi
saddh niccal hutv patitthit. . .
I t a r t a r e n a com. aliter quam nos intelligere videtur.
M a t t e y y a t etc. com. nterpretatus est: observantia in matrem
etc. S m a a t sanscr. esset grmanyat. Y v aj a r adv.?
Ppnam a k - legendum est ppn ak-.
 409

V* 334-37. L ocu s: Jetavanar. Persona: Kapilo.

. . . N eva jhnarii na vipassanmaggaphalni vaddhanti,
yatb pana rukkhar sarsibbant (c. -i) pariyonandhant (c.
pariyosnan-) tassa vinsaya (-sya?) mluv lat vaddhati evam
assa cha dvrni nissya punappuna uppajjanato tanh vaddha-
tti attho; s o p a v a ti h u r h u r a n ti so tanhgatiko pug-
galo bhave bhave uppalavati (c. -lapati) dhvati; . . . yar pug-
galam es lmakabhvena jamm vishratya (c. -yar) visa-
pupphatya visaphalatyavisaparibbogatya rpdisu visattatya
(c. visakkatyatyar) sattavisattatya ca visattik ti sarkhar
gat chadvrik tanh abhibhavati. . .; tam vo v a d m t i
tena kranena abar tumbe vadmi; . . . mu an ti imiss
chadvrikya tanhya arahattamagganena mtlam khanatha,
kirii viy ti: usrattho (c. -tto) va branam, yath usrena
atthiko puriso mahantena kuddlena branam khanati evam assa
mlam khanath ti attho ; m vo n a 1a ni v a s o t o va m r o
bhaji p u n a p p u n a n ti m tumhe nadsote jtam nalarii
mahvegena gato nadsoto viya kilesamro maranamro deva-
puttamro ca punappuna bhajti (c. bhajatti-) attho. . .
Hurhuram cfr. huram (sanscr. svar v. svarar?) v.
>o, Clough: Pali Gram. p. 74. V a n a s m ir , metrum requirit
vanasmi. J a n i ma s. jlma, Abhidh. p. 98,39. P o k k l i ara
cfr. not. ad v. 97. V o v a d m i s. vyavavadmi, cfr. vobra
s. vyavahra etc. K h a n s , xan, cfr. v. 247. U s r a , s. ugra.
Sensus v. 337 rnihi non liquet; fortasse vertendus est ita: hoc
vobis dico (vo vadmi), (quod) faustum vobis (sit), cupiditatis
radicem efodite (sanscr. khanatha), sicut qui qsrum (brani
radicem) cupit branum (plantara effodit).

V . S S S - 'f t S . Locus: Veluvanar. Materies: ek skara-

potik.
. . . Evam evar chadvrikya tanhya anusaye (c. -o)
 410

arahattamagganena anhate (c. anugate) asamacchinne tasmim

bhave jtidibhedam idaiii dukkham punappunam nibbattati yev
ti attho; y a s s ti yassa puggalassa iti ajjhattikass updya
atthrasa tanhvicaritni bhirass updya (c. -rasvapdya)
atthrasa tanhvicaritnti imesarh tanhvicaritnam (c. hnamvi-)
vasena chattimsatiy sotehi samanngat manpesu rpdisu
assavat pavattat manpassa (c. panp-) van (c. can) tanba bhus
balavat hoti tani puggalam vipannamnatya dudditham
punappuna uppajjanato mahantabhvena vh butv jhnam
v vipassanarh v anissya (c. anissasa) rganissit samkapp
vahantti attho; savanti (c. -) s a b b a d h sot ti ime
tanljsot cakkhudvrdnarh vasena sabbesu rpdisu ramma-
nesu savanato saddbiiii rpatanh pe dhammatanh ti sabba-
navelji (?) v savanato sabbadh savanti nma; l a t ti pali-
vethanatthena samsibbanatthena (c. -esu) ea lat viy ti lat;
ubbhijja t i t t hat t i chahi dvrehi uppajjitv rpdisu
rammanesu titthati; ta ca d i s v ti tara pana tanhlatam
. . . maggapaitiya mle ehindath ti attho; s a r i t n iti anu-
svni (?) paytni; s i n e h i t n t i cvardisu pavattasineha-
vasena sinehitni ca tanhsinehamakkhitnti attho; so m a
na ssn t i tanhvasikassa jantuno evarpni somanassni
bhavanti; te s t a s i t ti te tanhvasik puggal stanissit
(c. stn-) sukhanissit ca hutv sukhesino sukhapariyesino
bhavanti; te v e ti ye evarp nar te jtijarvydhimaranni
upagacchanti yev ti jtijarpag honti; p a j ti ime satt
tsam (tena?) kranena tisin ti samkham gatya tanhya
purakkhat parivr hutv; b d h i t o ti luddena arariuie (c. -o)
baddho saso viya saiiisappanti bhyanti; sam j a n a s a h g a -
s a t t ti dasavidhena samyojanena sagena c eva satavidhena
rgasagdin ca satt bacldh tasmim v lagg hutv; c i r y
ti ciraih dgham addhnam punappunam jtidikaiii dukkham
upagacchantti attho; t a s m ti yasm tasinya purakkhat
 411

(c. pokkharat) palivethit satt tasm attano virgam nibbnam

patthento kamkhamno bhikkhu (c. -t) arahattamaggena tam
tasinarh (c. -nam) vinodaye nuditv nharitv chaddeyy ti
attho. . .
P u n a r antiqua forma consrvala est. Anusaya s.
anugaya. Ni b b a t a ti legendum est nibbattat metri causa.
M a n p a s. manapa. V a n (cfr. vv. 2 3. 344) aut pro vanni
aut f. g. S a r i t a perf. part. radiis sar s. sr? Stasita
sanscr. esset gtagrita. Tasin (Abhidh. p. 19, is) altera
forma palica sanscr. trsn respondens, haud multo aliter kasina
ex sanscr. krtsna; ceterum cfr. not. ad v. 3. Saojanasa-
g a sat t i. e. variis cupiditatibus capti, cfr. vv. 221. 171.

A k a r h k h a part. prses. pro karkham. De metro app. vide.

V. 3 4 4 . Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: eko vibbhantako.

Tass? attho: yo puggalo gihbhve layasarhkhtam va-
nathar chacldetv pabbajitatya nibbnato vihrasaikhte
tapovane adhimutto gharvsabandhanavanasamkht (c. -sban-
dhanamvna-) tanhvan mutto hutv puna ta gharvsa-
bandhanatanhvanam (c. -nam) eva dhvati evam tam puggalam
passatha, esa so gharvsabandhanato mutto gharvsaban-
dhanam (c. -s-) eva dhvatti. . .
N i b b a n a t o pro nibbnato, cfr. not. ad v. ios; terminado
adverbialis to eodem sensu occurrit in locutione: bhsato
bhsitum in linguam vertere, cfr. Spiegel: Anecd. p. s. Adhi
mutto cfr. adhimutti Abhidh. p. 104, 10 ; Burnouf: Introd.
p. 268. De metro app. vide.

V . H 4 5 $ $ 0 Locus: Jetavanam. Materies: bandha-

ngram.
Tattha d h r ti buddhdayo panditapuris yarii (c. ya)
sariikhalikasanikhtani ayas nibbattani yasam andubandhana-
 412

samkhtam (c. anub-) drujam yam (c. ya) ca tinehi (c. reotinohi)
y sanhavkdhi v rajjum kaiv katarajjubandhanam tm asi-
dni (-dhi?) chinditum asakkuneyyabhvena thiran ti na vadantti
attho; srattaratt ti sratt hutv bahalataratt (bahula-
tararatt?) ti attho; ma ni kun dale sir ti mansu ca manicittesu
ca kundalesu; etarh dal han ti ye manikundalesu srattaratt
(c. -a) tesarh yo ca rg y ca puttadresu apekh tanh
etam kilesamayam bandhanarii pancjit puris dalhan ti vadanti;
ohri nan ti kaddhitv catusu apyesu patanato (c. p-)
avaharati hetth haratti ohrinarii; sithilan ti bandhanatthne
chavicammamamsni na chindati lohitam na nharati ban-
dhabhvam pi ajnpetv thalapathajalapathdisu kammni
ktum na detti (c. deti) sithilam; duppamuc an ti lobha-
vasena hi ekavram pi uppannam kilesabandhanam datthatth-
nato kacchapo viya dummocayam hotiti duppamucam; etam
pi c het vn ti etam evath dalham pi kilesabandhanam
namaggena chinditv anapekhino hutv kmasukharh pahya
paribbajanti pakkamanti pabbajanti v ti attho . . .
Srattaratta s. sarhrakta-rakta? Cfr. not. ad v. m .
Pa b b a j a in vertendo prave intellexi, valet sine dubio: ex
pabbo (planta, Abhidh. p. 81, s) factum, cannabinum fere.
De metro app. vide.

V. *34^. Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: Khem.

Tattha m akkatak o va j l an ti yath nma makkatako
suttajlam katv majjhatthne nbhimandale nipanno pariyante
patitam patagam (c. pavagam) v makkhikarii v vegena
gantv vijjhitv tassa rasar pivitv puna gantv tasmim yeva
thne nipajjati evam eva ye satt rgaratt dosadutth moha-
mlh sayarhkatarh tanhsotam anupatanti te tani samatikka-
mitum na sakkonti, evam duratikkamam . . .
 4 13

V 348. Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Uggasenasejthi-

putto.
Tattha mu ca pure ti attesu khandhesu layarii nikantim
ajjhesanarh (c. ajjho-) parivutthnam gharh parmsam tanharii;
mu ca p ac c hat o ti angatesu pi khandhesu laydni;
muca maj j hesu ti paccuppannesupi tni muca; bhavassa
pr ag ti evarh sante tividhasspi bhavassa abhimparirii-
pahnabhvansaechikiriypragvasena pragato hutv khan-
dhadhtuyatanabhede sabbasariikhate vimuttamnaso viharanto
puna jtijarmaranni na upagacchasti (c. -esti) attho .. .
Pure cfr. V. 421. Punan ita ; C puna. U p e
ll isi cfr. vv. 236. 238. De metro app. vide.

V. 349-5. Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Dhanugga-

hapandito.
. . . Vi takkt pasame ti micchvitakknam vupasama-
samkhte dasasu asubhesu pathamajjhne sadsalo, so ettha
abhirato hutv niccarii upatthitasatitya (c. -t- -y) sato tani
asubhajhnarii bhveti; vyantik hitti esa bhikkhu (c. -)
tsu bhavesu uppajjanakatanham (c. -) vigatarii (c. dvi-)
karissati.. .
Vy a nt i k hi t i fut. rd. kar prgeflf. vi et anti (cfr. Benfey:
Gloss, in Smav.s. v. anti). A habet vyantikhiti, cantikhti,
C bbyantikhiti, cfr. vyattkaroti Spiegel: Anecd. p. 87.

V. 3 5 1 - 5 2 . I.oeus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Mro.

Tattha nittha gato ti imasmim ssane pabbajitnam
arahattam nitth (c. -aiii) nma, tani gato patto ti attho:
. . . ac hi dda b ha v a sallnti sabbni pi bhavagmni (c.
-inij sallni acchecchi; s amus s ay o ti ayarii etassa antimadeho
(c. atta-); andno ti khandhdisu niggabano (c. -no); ni rut-
t i p a d a k o v i d o ti niruttiya ca sesu (?) padesu capi catusu
 414

pi patisambhidsu cheko ti attho; akk har riam sann i-

ptarii jarh pubbpar ni c ti akkharnarh sanniptarii
akkharapinda ca jnti, pubbakkharena (c.-na) aparakkharam
(c. -ayam) aparakkharena (c. -na) pubbakkhara ca jnti (c.
addit: pubbakkharena aparakkharam jncti) nma, dimhi
pamyamne majjhapariyosnesu apamyamnesu pi imesam
diakkharnarii idam majjham (c. -em) idarii pariyosnan (c. pari-
seriisnan) ti jnti, aparakkharena pubbakkharam jnti nma,
ante (c. -o) pariiyamne dimajjhesu apamyamnesu imesam
antakkharnari) idam majjharii ayarii dti (c. di) jnti,
majjhe pamyamne (c. -esu) pi imesam diakkharnai
(majjhakkh-?) ayam di ayarii anto ti jnti, evam mahp anio
ti sace esa kotiyarii thitasarro mahantnarii attadhammanirutti-
patisambhidnarii slakkhandhdna ca parigghikya pariiya
samanngatatt mahpariio, vimutticittarii hajba (?) Sriputta
mahpnriso ti vadmti vacanato vimutticitty (-ttatya?) ca
mahpuriso ti vuccatiti attho . . .
A c c h i d d a aor. rad. chid pro acchida metri causa?
Sal l a s. galya cfr. v. 275, Mahbh. t i, 29 . Samus s ay a
cfr. not. ad V. 147. Ni n i tti Abhidh. p. i3, 6; Hemac. ed.
Boehtl. p. 40,98. Mahpur i s o omnes codd. habent; glossa
est. Sa ve A et ; habet: sace.

Sabbbhibh ti imam dhammadesanarh Satth

antarmagge upsakarii rabbha kathesi. Ekasmirii hi samaye
Satth (c. satt)pattasabbamutariino bodhimande sattasattham
vtinmetv (c. -n-) attano pattacvaram dya dhamma-
cakkappavattanattharh Brnasiyam sandhyai (?) atthrasayo-
janamaggam patipanno antarmagge upsakat jvikarii addasa,
so pi Satthram disv: vippasannni kho te vuso indriyni,
parisuddbo chavivanno, pariyodto (c. -ojto) si, vaiii karii
uddissa pabbajito, v te satth kassa v tvarii dhammam
 415

roeesiti (c. -siti) pucchi, ath assa Satth mayharh upajjhyo

v cariyo v n atthiti vatv imarii gtham ha: Sabbbhibh
etc. . . . S a b b e s u dhammes ti sabbesu pi tebhtmaka-
dhammesu tanhditthhi anupalitto; . . . tanhakkhaye (c.-o)
vi mutto ti tanhakkhayante uppdite tanhakkhayasamkhte
arahatteasekh ya virauttiy vimutto; sayam abhi mny ti
abhirhneyydibhede dhamme sayam eva jnitv; kam uddi -
seyvan ti ayarii upajjhyo v cariyo v ti kar nma uddi-
seyyan ti . .. Upsakjvikassa vatthum.
Sabbavidt(Abhidh. p 28. 3 ) et anupal i tto cum u metri
causa producto, cfr. vv. 404. 4 is. ssi (rh nt. ad v. 321). A et
C habent anup-, A et B tanhakkhayo.

v. 354. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Sakkadevarj.

w. 355. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: aputtakasetth.

Tattha no ce pr ag av e s i no ti ye (c. yena) pra-
gavesino puggal na te bbog ljananti; atiiiie va attnan
ti bhoge nissya uppannya tanhya duppaihno puggalo pare
viya attnam eva hantti attho . ..
No ce sic omnes codd., cfr. v. 329. At t anam cum a
correpto, cfr. nibbanato v. 344.

v. 356-5. Locus : Pandukambalasil. Persona:

Ariikuro.

V. 3 6 # - 6 S . Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: panca

bhikkhu.
Cfr. Manu 2,5. e. 7 .

W 36S. Hatthasamnato ti imm dhammadesanarh

Satth Jetavane viharnto ekarii hamsaghtakarii bhikkhum
 416

rabbha kathesi. Svatthivsino kira dve sahyak bhikkh

pabbajitv laddhpasampad yebhuyyena ekato vicaranti, te
ekadivasam Aciravatim (e. -) gantv nahyitv tpanam
(c. tapnam) tappamn srnyakatharh kathent atthamsu,
tasmim khane dve hams ksena gacchanti, atha kho dahara-
bhikkhu sakkharam gahetv ekassa hamsapotakassa akkh paha-
rmti (c. pah-) ha, itaro na sakkhissasti ha, titthatu imasmim
passe akkhim parapasse akkhim paharissmti, idam pi na sak~
khissasi yev ti, tena hi upadhrehti (c. -etti) tam (c. yam)
sakkharam gahetv pacchbhge khipi, hamso sakkharasaddam
(c. -rariisad-) sutv nivattitv olokesi, athanam itaram vaddhasak-
khararh gahetv parapasse akkhim pi paharitv orimakkhin
(c- -im ?) nikkhmesi, hamso viravanto parivattitv tesam pdamle
yeva pti, tattha thit bhikkh disv vuso Buddhassane
pabbajitv anancchavikam vo katarh pntiptarh (c. pn-)
karosti (e. karoliiti) vatv te dya gantv Tathgatassa
dassesurh, Sath saccarii kira tay bhikkh pntipto (c. -)
kato (c. kar) ti pucchitv saccam bhante ti vutte: bhikkh
kasm evarpe niyynikassane (c. -o) pabbajitv cavam
aksi pornakapandit anuppanne Buddhe agramajjhe vasa-
mn appamattakesu pi thnesu kukkuccam karimsu tvam
pana evarpe ssane pabbajitv kukkuccamattam pi na aksti
vatv tehi ycito attaih hari: Atte Kururatthe Indapattana-
gare Dhanajaye rajjam krente Bodhisatto tassa aggamahesiy
kucchismim patisandhim gahetv anupubbena virbpatto (vaya-
ppatto?) Takkasilya sippni nggahetv pitar oparajje patitth-
pito aparabhge pitu accayena rajjam patv dasarjadhamme
akopento Kurudhamme vatti, tattha Kurudhammo nma
pacaslni, tni Bodhisatto parisuddhni katv rakkhati, yath
ca Bodhisatto evam assa mt aggamahes (c. -irii) kanitha-
bht uparj porohito (c. -e) brhmano rajjughako amacco
srathi setthi donampako mahsa (?) dovriko nagarasobha-
 417

nads, evanr etesu ekdasasu janesu Kurudhammarh rakkhan-

tesu Kligaratthe Dantapuranagare Klihge rajjarh krente
(c. -to) tassa ratthe devo na vassi, mahsattassa pana A-
janavasabho nma magalahatth (c. -i) mahpuriio boti,
ratthavsino tasmim nte devo vassatti sarhya rao ro-
cayirhsu, rj tassa hatthissa nayanatthya brhmane pahini
(c. -ni), te gantv mahsattam hattbirh ycayims (c. yciy-),
Satth imam tesaih yeane kranam dassetum:
Tava saddha ca sla ca viditvna jandhipa
vannam ajanavannena Klmgasmirh nimimhase ti
tikanipte jtakarh kathesi, hatthimhi pana nte pi deve (c. -o)
avassante so rj Kurudhammarh vakkhati ten assa ratthe devo
vassatti sarhya yarn (c. ya) so Kurudhammarh rakkhati tarn
suvannapatthe likhitv neth ti puna Kligo brhmane ca
amacce ea (c. va) pesesi, tesu gantv ycantesu rjnarh dim
katv sabbe pi te attano slesu kiei kukkuccamattam katv
aparisuddharh no slan ti patikkhipitvpi na ettvat slabhedo
hotti tehi punappuna ycit (c. -o) attano slni kathayimsu
(c.
irii), Kligo suvannapatthe likhpetv (c. -pitv) bhatam
Kurudhammam disv samdya sdhukam presi, tassa ratthe
devo vassi, rattham khemarh subhikkhaih ahosi, Satth imam
attarii haritv:
Ganik Uppalavann Punno dovriko tad6
rajjugho ca Kaccno donamt ca Koliko
Sriputto tad setthi Anuruddho ca srathi
brhmano Kassapo thero uparj Nandapandito
Mahes Rhulamt My dev janentik
Kururj bodhisatto, evarii dhretha jtakan ti
jtakarir samodhnetv: bhikkhu evam pubbe patitth (?) appa-
mattake pi(c. ri) kukkucce uppanne attano slabhedam sarhkimsu
tvam pana mdisassa buddhassa ssane pabbajitv pntiptam
a cod. vinim-. b cod. yathtad. ecod. mt.
27
 418

karonto bhariyam kamuiam aksi bhikkhun nraa hatthehi

pdehi vcya ca sarhfiatena bhaviabban ti vatv imm
gtham ha: Hatthasarhnato etc. Samnatuttamo ti sariiya-
tattabhvo kyacalanasukkhipanabhamukavikrdnam krato
(?) ti attho; aj j hat t ar at o ti gocarajjhattasarhkhtya kam-
matthnabhvanya rato; s am h it o ti sutthutthapito; eko
santusi to ti ekavihr hutv sutthu tusito vipassancrato
patthya adhigamanena tutthamnaso, puthnjjanakalynakam
hi dirii katv sabbe pi sekh attano adhigamanena santussan-
tti santusit, arah pana ekantasantusito va, tani sandhy
etam vuttarh . . . Hariisaghtakabhikkhussa vatthum.
Samnat ut t ama ad corporis continentiam arbitrarie
restringit comment. Aj j hat t ar at a cfr. Manu 6, 49 . De
metro app. vide.

V# 3CI3. Yo mukhasamnato ti imam dhammadesanaiii

Satth Jetavane viharanto Koklikam rabbha kathesi. Vatthnrii
atha kho Kokliko bhikkhu yena Bhagav ten upasamkamti
sutte gatam (c, hatam) eva, attho pi ssa atthakathya vutta-
nayen eva veditabbo. Koklike pana Padumanirayam upapanne
(c. upp-) dhammasabhyam katharii samutthpesum : aho Kokliko
bhikkhu attano mukham nissya vinsarii patto, dve aggasvake
(c. - 0 ) akkosantass eva hi pathavi vivararii adsti (c. ad-), Satth
gantv kya nu ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathya sannisinn ti
pucchitv imya nm tivutte: na bhikkhave idn'eva pubbe
pi Kokliko bhikkhu attano mukham eva nissya nattho ti vatv
tam attham sotukmehi bhikkhhi ycito tassa paksanattharii
attarii hari: Atte Himavantapadese (c. - 0 ) ekasmiiii sare
kacchapo vasati, dve hariisapotakgocarya carant tena saddhim
visssam katv dalhavisssik hutv ekadivasarh kacchaparii
(c. -a) pucchimsu: samma amhkam Himavante Cittakta-
pabbate Nalekancanaguhya (c. -nariigu-) vasanatthnam rama-
 419

nyo padeso, gacehissasi amliehi saddhiii ti; aharii katharii

gamissmti; mayarii tani nessma sace mukham rakkhitum
sakkhissasti; rakkhissmi (c. -) samm gahetv marii gacchath
ti; te sdh ti vatv ekam dandakarh kaechapena daspetv
sayarii tassa (c. addit: paksanatth) ubho kotiyo dasitv (c. dah-)
ksarh pakkhandirhsu, tam tath harhsehi niyyamnam gma-
drak disv dve hariis kacchaparii (c- -a) dandena vahantti
harhsu, kacchapo yadi mam sahyak nenti (c. sahya sdhi
ti vatv ekam paknte ti) tumhkarii ettha fadde: kim) duttha-
cetak ti vattukmo hamsnarii sghavegatya Bi-nasinagare
rjanivesanassa uparibhgam sampattakle datthatthnato dan-
dakarh vissajjetv ksagane (c. -nene) patitv dvedh (c. dved)
bhijji. Satth imam attam liaritv:
Avadh vata attnarii kacchapo byhararii6 giramc
suggahtasmim katthasmim vcya sakiy vadh.
Etm pi disv naraviriyasettha
vcarh pamufice kusalam ntivelam
passasi bahubhnena kacchapam bysaname gatan ti
imam Dukanipte Bahubhnijtakaiii (c. -nipij-) vitthretv
bhikkhave bhikkhun nma mukhasamatena (c. -a-) sama-
crin anuddhatena nibbutacittena (c. -ona) bhavitabban ti vatv
imam gtham ha: Yo mukha- etc. . . . Mantabhnti(c. -nti),
manto (c. -) vuccati paiii, tya pana bhananaslo; anud-
dhat o ti nibbutacitto; atthai dhamma ca dpetti
bhsiattham eva desandhamma ca hatheti; madhur an ti
evarpassa bhikkhuno bhsitarii madhurarii nma, yo (c. so)
pana attham eva sampdeti na plirii, plirii yeva sampdeti
na attham, ubhayam v na (c. pana) sampdeti, tassa bhsitarii
madhurarii nma na (c. n) hotti. .. Koklikassa vatthurm
Manta Abhidh. p. 127, 2 . Attharh dhamma ca
fortasse melius verterimus: verum et justum.
a cod. vara. b cod. pabyrim. cod. omittit. e cod. nabys-.
27*
 420

V. 3 6 4 Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Dhammr-

matthero.

3^45-60* Locus: Veluvanarii. Persona: vipakkha-

sevakabhikkhu.
Tattha sal bhan ti attano uppajjanakalbhaih, sapad-
nacr (-rarii ?) hi vajjetv sanya jvitam kappento salbharii
atimarimati (c. -ti) pleti digucchati nma, tasm evarh akaranena
salbharii ntimariieyya; amesara pi hayan ti arimesarii
lbham patthento na careyy ti attho:... s al bham nti-
m am atti (c. ndhimame-) appalbho pi samno (. -) uccan-
cakule. patiptiy sapadnam caranto bhikkhu (c. -) salbharii
ntimariiati (c. -uti) nma; taih ve (c. tan ce) ti evarparri
bhikkhurh srajvitya suddhjvirh jariighbalarii nissya jvi-
takappanena akustatya atanditarii devat pasarhsanti thomen-
tti attho . . .
Respiciens verba v. appalbho pi ce bhikkhu cum
comment, a ti man sensu spernendi accipere debui. Dev
pasa rii san ti cr. v. so.

V. &7* Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: pacaggad-

yakabrhmano.
Tattha s ab baso ti sabbasmim pi vedandnam catunnarh
rupakkhandhassa v ti pacannam khandhnarh vasena pavatte
nmarpe; mamy i t an ti yassa aban ti v maman ti v
gho n atthi; asat ca na socatiti tasmi ca nmarpe
khayariivasampatte (khayavayasam-?) mama rparii khnarii pe
mama vimnarii khnan ti na socati na hariiati, khayavaya-
dhammarii me khnan ti passati; sa ve (c. ce) ti so evarpo
vijjamne pi nmarpe mamyitarahito, asatpi tena asocanto
(c. asov-) bhikkh ti vuecatti attho . ..

1

i >:i!

ni!
 421

A sat aut: quod ei nunc non est, quod amisit, aut:

quod re vera non est, quod vanum est.

Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: sambahul

bhikkhu.
. . . Padam santan ti nibbnass etarn nmam, evarpo
pi bhikkhu santakotthsam sabbasamkhrnam upasantatya
samkhripasamaih paramasukhatya sukhan ti laddhanmam
nibbnam adhigacchati vindati yev ti attho; si ca bhi kkhu
i mam nvan ti imam attabhvasamkhtam nvam micch-
vitakkudakarh sicitv chaddhento sica;... sitt sallahuk
sariisravaddhe anosditv sgham nibbnarh gamissati; chetv
ti rgadosabandhanni chinditv arahattarh patto tato apa-
rabhge anupdisesanibbnam ehisti attho; p a c a chi nde
ti apyasamppakni paeoddhambhgiyasamyojanni (c. pa-
codarabhhiy-) pde (c.-o) bandhanarajjum puriso satthena viya
hetthmaggattayena chindeyya (c. -eya); pac a jah'eti upari-
devalokasamppakni pacuddhambhgiyasamyojanni (c. pa-
cuddhamabhgisamy-) puriso gvya bandharajjukarii (c. -a) viya
arahattamaggena jaheyya pajaheyya chindeth ev ti attho;
pac a v uttar i bhv ay e ti uddhambhgiyasamyojannam
pahnatthya saddhdni pacindriyni uttarirh bhveyya;
p a c a s a mg t i g o ti evarii sante pacannarh rgadosamo-
hamnaditthisarhgnam (c. -a) atikkamanena pacasamgtigo
hutv bhikkhu oghatinno ti vuccati, catro oghe tinno ev ti
vuccatti attho; j h y a bhi kkhu ti bhikkhu (c. -u) citta-
jhnnam vasena jiiya c eva kyakammdisu ca appamatta-
vihritya m pamajji; m bhav as s (c. bham-) ti paca-
vidhe (c. -ena) ca te kmagune cittam m bhavatu (c. hamatu);
m l o h a g u l a n ti satiossaggalakkhanena (c. -nenana) hi
pamdena pamatt niraye tattam lohagujam gilanti, tena tam
vadmi: m pamatto hutv lohagulai gil samno (c. yamn)
 422 t

niraye dayhamno dukkham idan ti kandti attho; . . . am hi

j hna ca parh c ti yamhi puggale idaiii ubhayam pi
atthi so nibbnassa santike thito yev ti attho; sum g ram
(c. -a) p a v i t t hass ti kismici eva vivittokse (c. -ye)
kammatthnam vijahitv kammatthnamanasikrena (c. -na)
nisinnassa;.. . vipassansamkht amnus pi atthasampatti- v
sariikht dibbpi rati hoti uppajjatti attho; y a t o yato
sammasatiti atthatimsya rammanesu kammam karonto yena
tenkrena purebhattdsu v klesu yasmiiii yasmim attano
(c. -) abhirucitakle abhirucite kammatthne kammam karonto
sammasati; u d a y a v y a y a n ti pacannarh khandhnaiii pa-
cavsatiy lakkhanehi udayam pacavsatiy eva lakkhanehi
(c. -no) vayam (c. cayam); p t i p mo j j a n ti evarii khan-
dhnam udayavyayam sammasanto dhammaptim (c. -i) dham-
mapmojja ca labhati; a ma t a n ti tarn sappaccaye nma-
rupe pkate hutv upatthahante uppannam ptipmojjam ama-
tamahnibbnam samppakatt vijnatarii panditnam amatam
ev ti attho; t at r y am dti tatra ayam di, idam pub-
batthnam hoti; i dha parii hass ti imasmirii ssane pandi-
tabhikkhuno (c. -uno) idni tam dti vuttam pubbatthnarii
dassento indriyaguttiti dim ha catuprisuddhislarh, catup-
risuddhislai hi pubbatthnam nma tatra, ettha i ndr i ya
guttiti indriyasamvaro; santutthiti catuppaccayasantoso (c.
catusaeca-), tena jvaprisuddhi (c. -i) c eva paccayasannissita
ca" slatii kathitarii; p t i mo k k h e (c.-kkhan) ti ptimokkha-
samkhte jetthakasle paripirakrik kathit;... pat i s an-
thr avut t ass ti misapatisanthre ca dhammapatisanthre
ca sampannavuttitay patisanthravutt assa patisanthrassa
karak bhaveyy ti attho; c rak sal o ti slam pi cra-
vattapativattam pi cro, tattha kusalo siy cheko bhaveyy
ti attho; t at o p m o j j aba hu o ti tato patisanthravuttito
ca erakosallato ca uppannena dhammapmojjena pmojja- <
 423

bahulo hutvd tarn sakalasspi vaddhadukkhassa antaiii karissa-

siti attho . . .
Mett Abhidh. p. 19,17, s. maitrarh. Padarii santam
cfr. w . 38i . 1 14 . La hum es-sati cfr. Clough: Pali Gram,
p. 11,26. Vuttari bhvaye? Ogha cfr. v. 25 . Bhavassu
2 pers. est imper. attanop., si formam respicimus; comm.
vero 3 pers. intelligit, quod quidem sensus requirere videtur.
Gi l i adjectivum et k a n d i 2 pers. habuisse videtur com., haud
scio an recte; equidem utrumque 3 pers. aor. intellexi. Gula
cfr. v. 308. Pannah ca ita omnes codd. Fortasse legendum est
pahh ca, cfr. not. ad v. 84. Sunngra MaMbh. 12,9979-
Sammasati , ni fallor, sanscr. esset sammrgati. Pt i mo kkha
cfr. v. is s ; Burnouf: Introd. p. 300. Pat i s ant hr av ut t
assa pro -vutti assa, patisanthara sanscr. esset pratisamstra?
Clough in Singal. Diet, vertit: love, affection, kindness.

v. 377. Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: pancasata-

bhikkhu.
Tattha v a s s i k ti sumand (c. -n); maddavaniti mild-
tni idni, idahi vuttam hoti: yath vassika hiyyo pupphita-
pupphitani puna divase puranabhutni muccanti (muficanti?)
vantato vissajjesi evarii tumhe pi rgdayo dose hi vippa-
muncath (c. -ata) ti. . .
Vassi ka cfr. vassiki v. 55 , Abhidh. p. 77,2. Vi ppa-
muncetha 3 pers. potent, attanop. Vertendum mihi esset:
dimittat (homo). Cfr. v. 389 et not. ad v. 27 .

V 37>. Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Santakyathero.

Tattha santo ti pntiptdinaih abhavena santakayo,
musvddinam (c. -dirh) abhavena (c. bh-) santavco, abhijjh-
dinarn abhavena santamano; kydinam tinnam pi sutthu-
samhitatt susamhito; catuhi maggehi lokamisassa vantatya
vantalokmiso bhikkhu abbhantare rgdnar upasantatya
upasanto ti vuccatiti attho . . .
Sntv s. gntavn comment. ad mentis sedationem
restringit, quod quidem necessarium non videtur.

Locas: Jetavanarh. Persona: Nangala-

kulatthero.
Tattha c o d a y attnan ti attan va attnar codaya
sraya; p a ti mase ti attan va parivmarse . . .
Co day sive imper. est pro codaya sive part. pro codayam
(cfr. v. ss). Pati mse, ni fallor, 3 pers. potent. rd. ms
(s. mrg) prsef. pti, supponenda est forma sanscr. pratimarit.
Vi hhi s i cfr. nt. ad v. 154.

V. 8l Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Vakkalitthero.

v. m u* 1 ^ocus: Pubbrmo. Persona: Sumanas-

manero.
Ha ve cfr. vv. 104. 151. 177; Abhidh. p. 151,4.

W
<> Locus-: Jetavanarh. Persona: pasdabahula-
brhmano.
Tattha parakkammti tanhsotaiii nma appamattakena
vymena chinditurii (adde: na) sakk, tasm nasampayuttena
mahantena parakkamena parakkamitv tam sotar chinda
(c. -ditu); ubho pi kme panuda nhara; b r h ma n ti khn-
savnarii lapanam etar; s amkhr nant i pacannar khan-
dhnar vayar (c. ma-) jnitv akataii si (c. hi), evar sante
tvar svanndisu kenaci akatassa nibbnassa jnanato akatar
(c. -tan) nma hosti (c. hotiti). . .
 425

V. 3 8 4 . Locus: Jetavanam. Personse: sambahul

bhikkh.
Tattha yad ti yasmim kle dvidhthitesu samathavi-
passandhammesu abhimpragdivasena ayarh khnsavo p-
rag (c. -u) hoti ath assa vaddhasmim yojanasamatth sabbe
kmdayo (c. kmayodayo) samg evam jnantassa attham
parikkhayam gacchantti attho . ..
Sa my o g a cfr. sarhyojana v. 221, et saga v. 171.

v . mm Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Maro.

Tattha pran ti ajjhattikni cha yatanni; apran ti
bhirni cha yatanni; prpran ti tad ubhayam; na
vijjati yassa sabbam p etam ahan ti v maman ti v
gahanabhvena (c. -liana-) 11 atthi, samkilesadarathnarii viga-
mena (c. vi-) vtaddararii, sabbakilesehi visamyuttam aham
brhmanam vadmti attho . . .
V t a d d a r a cum d duplicato, latente r, cfr. not. ad v. 139.

v. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: amatara-

brhmano.
. . . Catilhi maggehi solasannam kiccnarii katatt (c. -ttam)
katakiccam; . . . uttamattharii arahattam . . .

wo m i l ocus: Migramtu psdo. Persona: Anan-

datthero.
. . . T ej as ti sammsambuddho pana caranatejenadussl-
yam gunatejena niggunatejam paiiiya tejera duppaatejarii
punatejena apuatejam dhammatejena adhammatejam pari-
dyitv imin pacavidhena tejena niccaklam eva virocatti
attho .. .

v . 3 8 8 . Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: aatarapabbajito.

Tattha s amac ar i y ti sabbkusalni sametv caran
 426

(c. -o); tasm ti yasm bhitappatya brhmano akusalni

sametv caranena samano ti vuccati tasm yo attano rgdi-
malarii pabbjento vinodento carati so pi tena pabbjanena
pabbajito ti yuccatiti attho . ..
Bhi t a cfr. not. ad v. 207 . De rnetro app. vide. In
hunc versum exit cod. C, finis deest.

v. 389-90. Locus: Jetavanarii. Persona: Sriputta-

tthero.
Tattha pahar eyyt i khinsavabrhmano ham asmiti j-
nento ldiinsavassa v annatarassa v brhmanassa na paljareyya;
n assa munc et h ti so pi pahato khinasavo brhmano
assa paharitv thitassa veram na muncetha, tasmim kopaiti
na kareyy ti attho; d h i b r h m a n a s s ti khinsavabrhma-
nassa hantrarii garahmi; tato dhiti (c. dhiti) yo pana tarn
paharantarh patiharanto tassa upari veram muncati tato pi
garahmi yeva; etad akinci s e y y o ti khinsavassa akko-
santarii v apaccakkosain paharantarii v appatipaharanam
etarii tassa khinsavabrhmanassa na akinci seyyo ti appa-
mattakam seyyo na hoti adhimattaih eva seyyo ti attho;
y a d n i s e d h o manaso piyehiti kodhamanassa (c. kodhan-)
hi kodhuppdo va manaso piyo nma, te hi manas (c. manes)
mtpitusu pi buddhdsu pi aparajjhanti (c. -ti), tasm yo
so assa tehi manaso (c. man-) nisedho kodhavasena uppajjam-
nassa cittassa niggaho etarii na akinci seyyo ti pi attho;
hiriisamano (c. -ne) ti kodhamano so tassa yato yato vatthuto
(c. -no) angmimaggena samugghtarii (c. -naiii) gacchanto
nivattati t a t 0 tato ti tato vatthuto sakalam pi vaddhadukkharh
nivattati yev ti attho . . .
Pa h r e y y a A, scribendum mihi esset pahareyya, quod
B habet et in versu et in commentario. Dhi v. dhi, Abhidh.
p. 154,22, s. dhik, cfr. not ad v. 12 4 . Hi msamano sic
uterque codex, legendum est himsamano, De metro app. vide.

W HOT Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Mahapajdpa-

tigotami.

Locus: Jetavanaih. Persona: Sdriputtattbero.

Sammasambuddha de solo Samana Gotama intelli-
gendum est. Sakkaccarh vide not. ad v. 52 . Aggi hut t a
c fr. not. ad v. 74 .

S9IS<, Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: jatilabr^hmano.

Jac c a s. jdtya. Jatd, Abhidh. p. 32,2; 123, t o ; cfr.
jatila ibid. p. 57, 32.

V HfMU Locus: Kut%drasala. Persona: Kuhakabrdh-

mano.
Par i maj j asi a rad. majj (s. mrj), Clough: Pali Verbs
p. 2, as, 8,12.

W 395 Locus: Gijjhakutapabbato. Persona: Kisd-

gotami.
Tattha ki san ti pamsukulikd, hi attano anuruparh pati-
padara purenta (c. - 0 ) appamariisalohit^-m-eva honti dhama-
nisanthatagatta (c. -an) ca, tasm^, evam aha. . .
Pams uk ul a cfr. Burnouf: Introd. p. 305 , Sp. Hardy:
East, Monach. p. ns. Num recte acceperim dhamani,
judicent docti. Santhata s. sarhstrta? cfr. dhamanisantata
Mahdbh. 13, i ois.

w mm. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: eko brdhmano.

Tattha yoni j an (c. yojatan) ti yoniya jataiii; niatti-
 428

sambhavanti brhmaniy mtuy santike udarasmim(c.upar-)

sambhtam; bhovdti yo pana mantandisu bho (c. hot)
ti vatva vicaranto bhovdi nraa so hoti, sa ve (c. ce) rg-
dhi kineanehi sakincano, abam pana rgdhi akineanarh ca-
thi (c. -uhi) updnehi andnam brhmanam vadmti
attho . . .
Matti unde derivandum neseio. Bhovdi Abhidh. p.
53, . S a v e A, sa ce B.

v. 8 9 7 . Locus: Veluvanarii. Person: Uggaseno.

. . . Na par itassatti tanhya na bhyati; tam ahan
ti abam rgdnam atigatatt samgtigam, catunnam pi yognarh
abhvena samyuttam, tam abam brhmanarii vadmti attho .. .

V. 89S. Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: dve brhman.

Tattha nandhin ti nayhanabhvena pavattarii kodham;
varait an c ti (c. varattantar ti) bandhanabhvena pavattam
tanham sandn am (c. nandna) sahanukkaman (c. -a) ti
(adde: anusaynukkama-) sabitam dvsatthiditthisandnam (c.
v- -sandhnam), idam sabbam chinditv thitarii avijjpalighassa
(c. -phali-) ukkhittatya ukkhittapaligham (c. -ariipa-) catunnam
saccnaiii buddhatt (c. -ttnarh) buddham brhmanam vad
mti attho . . .
Nandhiih scripsi respiciens comment, et locum respon-
dentem libri Suttanipto; A nand, B nandirh ; Abhidh. p. 69, 24

legitur nandi. Sanscritice dicitur naddhr; itaque palica lingua

nasalem inserit, cfr. not. ad v. 5 . Varatt s. varatr. Saha-
nukkamam non satis intelligo, fortasse adject, est significans:
cum comitatu, h. 1. igitur et ceteris vertere possumus.
Pal i gha Abhidh. p. 26, 20 , s. parigha.
 429

V. 8110. Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Akkosabhra-

dvjo.

Ve###. Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Sriputtatthero.

Tattha vatavantan (c. mavan) ti dhtavatena (c. dadhu-)
sammanngatam; catuprisuddhislena (c. -le) slavantam,
tanhussvbhvena anussutam, chayindriyadamena (c. jay-)
dantam, kotiyam thitena attabhvena antimasrram . . .
Anussuta, ni fallor, forma contracta ex anavassuta,
cfr. not. ad V. 39 ; ussva, Abhidh. p. 7. 19 , s. avagyya.

V. 401. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Uppalavanna-

tther.
Tattha yo na lippatti evam evam so abbhantare du-
vidhe (c. -ena) pi kme na lippati, tasmim kme na santhti. . .
Mailem me scripsisse r a g g - r - iva, litera r euphonise
causa inserta. S s apa cfr. v. 407, Abhidh. p. 59,7; s.
sarsapa.

V. 4 # ^ e Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: aatarabrh-

mano.
Tattha yo dukkhass ti khandhadukkhassa; panna-
bhran ti ohitakhandhabhraiii; catihi yogehi sabbakilesehi
v visamyuttam . . .

V. 4 # a i. Locus: Gijjhakto. Persona: Khem bhik-

khun.
. .. Ayam duggatiy ayaiii vidhnassa maggo ayam
amaggo ti evam magge ca amagge ca chekatya maggmag-
gassa kovidaiii, arabattasariikhtam uttamattharii anuppattaii) . . .
 430

V. 4 0 4 . L ocus: Jetavanam. Persona: Pabbhraysi-

tissatthero.
Tattha a sa m sat t h a m (c. -) ti dassanasavanasamulla-
panaparibhogatkyasamsaggnam (c. -ggarii) abhvena asam-
sattham; u b h a y a m ti (c. thi) gihhi ca angrehi c ti
ubhayehi pi asaisattham (c. -) anlayaearan ti attho; a n o - v
k a s r in ti anlayacrinam (c. -rnarh). . .

w 4<5 L ocus: Jetavanarh. Persona: aatara-

bhikkhu.
Tattba n i d h y ti nikkhamitv oropetv; t a s e su t h -
v a r e s u c ti tanhvasena tasesu tanhbhvena thirathvaresn,
na so hantti so evaiii sabbasattesu (c. -anisa-) vigatapati-
ghtya nikkhittadando n eva kaci sayam hanti na aena
ghteti.

V. 4 0 6 . Locus: Jetavanam. Personae: cattro s

mn i-.
Tattha a v i r u d d h a n t i ghtavasena viruddhesu pi loki-
yamahjanesu ghtbhvena (c. -ta-) avimddharii, hatthagate
dande (c. -o) v hatthe v virujjhamne pi paresam pahra-
dnato aviratatt attadandesu janesu nibbutam nikkhittadandam
(c. -ttarnda-), pacannam khandhnam aham maman ti gahi-
tatt sdnesu tassa ganhassa abhvena andnam . . .
%
v. 407. Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Mahpantha-
katthero.
Tattha r a g g ti yassa te rgdayo aya ca paraguna-
makkhanalakkhano (c. -nalakkhano) makkho ragg ssapo
viya ptito, yath ssapo ragge na santitthati evarii citte na
titthanti. . .
S s a p o - r - i v a nunc scribere libet. *
 431

V. 48. Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Pilindivaccha-

tthero.

Ve 4 9 e Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: annataro thero.

Tass attho: stakbhrandisu dgham v rassarii v
manimuttdisu (c. -di) anurh (c. an-) v thlarn ^c. thu-) v
mahagghaagghavasena subharii v asubham v yo (c. so)
puggalo imasmim loke parapariggahtam ndiyati tani . . .
V a sic uterque cod ex ; vocalis corripiatur metri causa
h. I. non necesse est.

V. 41 Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sriputtatthero.

Tattha s ti tanh; n i r s a y a n ti nittanham ; vi sari i -
y u t t a n ti sabbakilesehi visamyuttam . ..

V. 411. Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Mahmoggall-

natthero.
Tattha lay ti tanh; annya ak atharri k a t h iti
attha vatthtni yathbhdtain jnitv atthavatthukathya vicikic-
chya nibbicikiccho; a m a t o g a d h a i h a n u p p a t t a n ti amatarh
nibbnarii ogahetv anuppattaih . . .
A l a y a Abhidh. p. 19, is, c'r. alna v. 245. Akatham-
k a t h i n cfr. v. 4 14 , kathamkath Abhidh. p. 20, 6. Amato-
g a d h a ex amata et ogadha, quod com. idem valere ac ogaha
s. avagraha statuer videtur.

V. 41SS. Locus: Pubbrmo. Persona: Revatatthero.

V. 413. Locus: Jetavanaih. Persona: Candbhatthero.

. . . N a n d b h a v a p a r ik k h n an ti tsu bhavesu pari-
kkhnatanham . . .
 432

V. 4 1 4 . Locus: Kundikeliyam nissya Kundadhna-

vanarh. Persona: Svalitthero.
Tass attho: yo bhikkhu idam rgdipalipatham c eva
kilesadugga ea sarhsravaddha ca catunnam saccnam apati-
vijjhanakamoha (c. pativijjh-) ca atto cattro oghe tinno
(c. nattinno) ham accag (?) tinno hutv prarii anuppatto
duvidhena jhnena jhy (c. -i) tanhya abhvena anejo katham-
kathya (c. kathkath-) abhvena akathamkath updnnam
abhvena anupdiyitv (c. -dayitv) kilesanibbnena nibbuto .. .
Palipatha i. q. sanscr. paripanthaka? cfr. not. ad
v. i?; samsrakntra Mahbh. 12,775c. A n e j a cfr. v. 455,
ej Abhidh. p. 19, is.

V. 4 1 5 . Locus: Jetavanam. Persona: Sundarasamud-

datthero.
Tass attho: yo puggalo idhaloke ubho pi kme hitv
angro hutv pabbajati (c. -jita) tam parikkhnakma c eva
parikkhnabhava ca . . .
K m b h a v a cum metii causa producto. Quomodo
intelligendum sit bhava h. 1. et v. 4i s . 4i 6 , non satis video,
fortasse ortum valet. Comment. in interpretando non sibi con
stare videtur.

41$$. Locus: Veluvanarh. Persona: Jatilatthero.

Tass attho: yo idhaloke chadvrikam tanham jahitv
gharvsena (c. -sona) atthiko angro hutv paribbajati tanhya
c eva bhavassa ca parikkhnatt (c. -na-) tarii . . .

V. 4 17 . Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: eko natapubbako

brhmano.
 433

V . 4118. L ocus: Veluvanam. Persona: eko natapubbako

brhmano.
Tattha ra t in ti pacakmagunaratim (c. - i); a r a t in ti
araavse ukkaddhitam; s t i b h t a n ti nibbutarh ; n ir li
p a d h in ti nirupakkilesarh (c. nir-); v i r a n ti tarn evarpam
sabbakhandhalokam abhibhavitv thitam viriyavantam . . .
C a a ra t i legendum est crati. S i t i b h u t a refrige-
ratus, exstinctus, cfr. Spiegel: Anecd. p. 29 1. 2 , gtbhva
apud Wilsonem. Ni r i l pa d hi r i i cum u metri causa producto;
vertamus fortasse oportet: sine materia existendi, videBurnouf:
Introd. p. 591. In notione vocis decernenda non periclitor.
Legitur in com. ad Suttaniptam fol. jhu 1. 3: sabbupadhinam
parikkhay ti sabbesam khandhakmagunakilesbhisamkhra-
bhednaiii upadhnarii parikkhnatt; cfr. supra p. 270.

V. 410^ . Locus: Jetavanarh. Persona: Vag-

satthero.
Tattha y o ved ti yo sattnam (c. att-) sabbkrena (c. -na)
cutipatisandhim (c.-i) pkatam katv jnti (c. -mi) tam aharii
alaggatya asattarii patipattiy sutthugatatt sugatam catunnam
saccnam buddhatya buddham brhmanam vadmti attho;
yass ti yass eva tedevdayo gatirii na jnanti tam aham
savnam khnatya khnsavam kilesehi rakatt araban tam
brhmanam vadmti attho . . .
Upapatti cfr. upapad vv. 12 6. 14 0 . 307. Vedi cfr.
v. 423, aor. verbi vid scire.

V. 4^1 Locus: Veluvanam. Persona: Dhammadin-

natther.
Tattha p u r e ti attakkhandhesu; p a c c h ti paccuppan-
nesu khandhesu; k i c a n a n ti sassatesu thnesu tanhgha-
samkhtam kicanam n atthi, tanhrgakicandhi (c. -harii-)
28
 434

akincanarh, kassaei gahanassa abhvena andnarh brhmanarh*

vadmti attho . . .

V. 4 S 2 . L ocu s : Jetavanarh. Persona: Angulimlatthero.

. . . Mahantnarii slakkhandhdnam eskatt mahesirh.
(e. -), tinnarii mrnarii vijitatt vijitvinarh, nahtakilesatya
(c. nahnakilesnya) nahtakarh (c. nhakatam). . .
Us a b l i a Abbidh. p. 129, is, s. rsabha. Mahesi s.
maharsi, cfr. v. 2 8 i. V i j i t v i n Clough: Pali Gram. p. n s -

Pubbenivsan ti imarii dhammadcsanam Satth

Jetavane viharanto Devahibrhmanass atthapanharii rabbha
kathesi. Ekasmim hi samaye Bhagav tehi (?) bdhiko hutv
Upavnattheram unhodakatthya Devahibrhmanassa (c. devan-
gikabr-) santikarh pahini, so gantv Satthu bdhikabhvani
cikkhitv unhodakam yei, taiii sutv brhtnano tuttharanaso
hutv: lbh vata me yarii mama santikam Sammsambuddho
unhodakassa attbya srakam pahinti unhodakassak (-dakarii?)
purisena ghpetv phnitassa (c. -ni-) ca putam Upavnatthe-
rassa pdsi, thero tani ghpetv vihram gantv Satthram
unhodakena nahpetv unhodakena phnitam (c. p-) loletv
Bhagavato pdsi, tassa tamkhane yeva so bdho patippa-
ssambhi, brhmano cintesi: kassa nu kho deyyadhammo dinno
mahapphalo hoti, Satthram pucchissmti, so santikam gantv
tam attham pucchanto imarii gtham lja:
Kattha dajj deyyadhammarii, kattha dinnarii mahapphalariir
katharii hi yajamnassa katharh ijjhati dakkhin ti,
ath assa Satth evarupassa brhmanassa dinnarii mahapphalarh
hotti brhmanarii paksento imarii gtham ha: Pubbenivsaiii'
etc. Tass attho: yo pubbenivsarii pkatarh katv jnti
chabbsatidevalokdibhedarii saggarii catubbidharii apyai ca
dibbacakkhun passati jtikkhayasarhkhtarii arahattarii patto
 435

abhinneyyadhammam abhijanitva parinneyyam parijanitv4 pa-

Mtabbam pahdya (adde: sacehikatabbam ?) sacchikatva vosito
nitthanarh patto vositavosdnaiii (c. vus-) va patto 4savakkhaya-
pann^ya monabhdvain pattattil muninam (?) pahaya sabbakile-
sanarii vosanarn arahattananam brahmacariyananarh va sarh-
vuttabhavena sabbavositavostinarh biAhmanam vadamiti attho.
Desan4vasne bahu (c. -u) sotapattiphaladini (c. -ni) papunirhsu ti.
Br&hrnano pi pasannamtinaso saranesu patitthaya upasakattarh
pativedesiti. Devahibrdhmanassa vatthum.
P u b b e n i v 4 s a cfr. Sp. H ardy: Eastern Monach. p. 284,
Hemac. edid. Boehtlingk p. 3 10 , Burnouf: Intr. p. 295, Manu
4,148. V o s i t a s. vyavasita?

Versus, quos addit cod. A (Yamakarir- -nibbutim) concluso

ultimo libri capite, in cod. B non reperiuntur et seriori manui
adjudicandi sunt; numerum versuum, qui Dhanunapado conti-
nentur, diverse referunt, ex altera relatione libro 4 18 versus
insunt, ex altera 423. Enumeratio Uphami (The Mah4vansi
etc. vol. Ill p. 212) cum prirna relatione psene convenit, 4 14

scilicet versus indicat et legisse videtur: malavagge ca visati.

Cum secunda relatione conveniunt et numerus versuum, qui
codicibus continentur quosque interpretatus est commentator,
et ea quse dicuntur versibus comment, concludentibus (g4th4sa-
tani cattari tevisa ca pun&pare). Versuum, qui secundum
primam relationem singulis capitibus distribuuntur, numerum
cum numero versuum, qui textui insunt, conferentes anno-
tarnus, textum cap. X IV habere 2 versibus, c. X X 1, c. X X IV
4 et c. X X V I 1 i. e. 8 plus quam ilia relatio, sed c. V 1 et
c. X II 2 i. e. 3 minus.

28 *
 436

APPENDIX DE METRIS*
Ex ea, quse palese linguse est, ancipiti natura, qua et in
antiquiorem et in reeentiorem sermonem multis partibus indi net,
fit, ut verba aliquot et di ss o lu tarn et c o n t r a c tarn formam
admittentia in versibus duplici modo efferri possint: v. ic>4 yo
ssanam a rah a t a m ariynarh dhammajivinarh, patikkosati
etc., v. 42o khnsavarfi a r a h a n t a m tarn ahaiii brfimi brh-
manarfa, v. 19 5 p u j r a b e pfijayato buddhe yadi va svake,
at contra v. 9 apeto damasaccena na so ksvam arahati (lege:
arhati), itidem vv. 10 . so, v. 98 yattha arahanto viharanti
(1. yatth a r h a n t o viharanti) ta bhmir rmaneyyakam;
w ^ J_ ^ w jw ^
v. 95 r a h a d o va apetakaddamo, at v. 82 yathpi rahado

(1. h r a d o ) gambhiro vippasanno a n a v ilo; v. 15 disv kam m a-

W_ j W --
k i l i t t h a m attano, itidem vv. 244. 312, v. 158 ath afmam
anusseyya na k i l i s s e y y a panclito, itidem y. 165 , at v.
88 pariyodapeyya attnarh cttaklesehi panclito; v. 334

tanh vaddhati mluv viya, at v. 10 2 yassa accantadussilyam

* Cum iis quse sequuntur omnino conferenda sunt quse de \ersuum

forma in Upanisadibus, Manu, Mahbhrato et Purrsis annotaverunt
Gildemeister: Zur Theorie des Qloka in Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des
Morgenl. B. Y, et Burnouf: Bhgavata-Purna T. I prface.
 437

maliiv (1. m i v ) slam iv otatarii; v. 3 ye tani u p a n a -

y i h a n t i verarh tesam na sammati, at v. 4 ye tani na u p a -
_ _ ^
n a y h a n t i verarh tesupasammati; v. 36 (et 70?) dibbarh a r i y a-

bhmim ehisi, at v. 19 0 cattri ariyasaccni (1. aryasaccni)

sammappannya passati, v. 206 sdhu dassanam ariynarh

(1. a r y n a m ) , itidem vv. 2. 79. 16 4 ; v. 7 bhojanamhi c

amattannum kustaih h n a v r i y a m, itidem vv. s. 112A. 144,
at v. 112B viriyam (1. v r y a m ) rabhato dalliam; v. sis
kayiran (cod. C seribit: kairan) ce k a y i r a th enam, at v. 25
dparn kayirtha (1. k a y r t h a ) medhv, itidem vv. 42. 43.

6 i. 105. 117. 118. 159. 211. 292; v. 208 dhorayhaslam vata-

vantam riyaih, v. 176 vitinnaparalokassa n atthi pparir

a k r i y a m , v. ses mettvihriyo bliikkhu pasanno buddhas-
sane, contra v. 67 yo dha punnan ca ppn ca bhetv
brahmacariyav (1. - c a r y a v ) , itidem vv. ei. 141. 155. 150.

312. (ss); v. 94 devpi tassa p i h a y a n t i tdino, v. 365

annesam p i h a y a m bhikkhu, at v. isi devpi tesam piha

yanti (1. pi h e n t i ) sambuddhnath satmatam; v. 64 icchlo-
bhasampanno samano kim b h a v i s s a t i , itidem v. 200, at,
v. 228 na chu na ca bhavissati (1. h e s s a t i ) ; v. 66 na tena
bhikkhu hoti (1. b h a v a t i ) yvat bhikkhate pare, vissarh
dhammam samdya bhikkhu h o t i na tvat, itidem vv.
49 (et go?), at v. 77 ah satavh hi so piyo h o t i asatam
h o t i a p p i y o ; v. 201 sa ve vantamalo dhro thero (1. t h a v i r o )
ti pavuccati, at v. 200 (?) na tena t h e r o hoti yen assa pha-

litam siro; v. 12 5 tam eva blin pacceti (1. p t i ti) ppm,

at v. ig5 suddh asuddh p a c c a t t a m nnno aiinarii visodhaye;
Cfr. Gildemeister 1. c. p. 274.
v. 89 yesar s a m b o d b i a n g e s u samm cittarii subhvitar,

at v. 362 ajjhattarato samhito; vv. 19. 20. na bhgav smafi-

assa (1. s m a n i y a s s a ?) boti, at v. 3x1 s m a a r duppar-

W -- 'w'
matthar ; v. 40 yojetha mram panvudhena (1. pajinvudhena,
ad instar rjino i. q. rao s. rjah), at y. 28 al. pa-

psdam ruyha, y . 342. 343 tasin, item v. 349 bhiyyo tanh (1.

t a s i 11 ) pavacldhati, at y. 154 al. tanhnar khayam ajjhag.

Semper fere scribitur quidem forma dissoluta, etiamsi

contracta efferenda est, ut jam vidimus et prseterea nobis
videre licet: v. 9 yo vatthar paridahessati (1. paridhessati,
cfr. dhtu ex sanscr. duhitr, s. bhdyas ex bahu) y. 30 appa-
mdar pasarsanti pamdo garahito sad, v. 73 vsesu ca
issariyam pj parakulesu ca, v. 387 sannaddho khattiyo (1.
khatyo) tapati jhy tapati brhmano, v. 22.3 jine kadariyam

dnena, v. 177 na ve kadariy devalokam vajanti, v. ei

abhimatthati dummedham vajiram v amhamayarii manim, v.

125 sukhumo rajo pativtai va khitto, v. 422 anejar nah-

takar buddhar, v. 88 pariyodapeyya attnar, v. i83 sacitta-
pariyodapanar, vv. 6 4 . 65 panclitar payirupsati; fortasse adnu-
merandus est v. 248 evar bho purisa (1. pursa v. posa) jnhi.
Semel et iterum invenimus formm contractam, ut v.
88 klesa, v. ss cetya, v. 17 8 pathavy, v. 4 upanayhanti,
etiam in locis, ubi formm dissolutam requirit metrum, ut

v. 35o esa kho vyantikhiti (1. viyantikhiti), vv. 249. 266 hoti,
v. 261 thero, v. 125 pacceti, v. 40 pa, v. 349 tanh.
 439

Ouse valent leges in concursu vocalium raetro cogente,

ssepissime in scribendo non sunt observatse ex. gr. v. 7 bho-
janamhi ca amattannum, v. 21 appamado amatapadam, v. 74

mam eva ativasa assu, v. 84 11a iecheyya adhammena samid-

dhim attano 1. n iccheyy adhammena, v. 99 ramaniydni aran-
nani, v. lee gabbham eke upapajjanti, v. 172 so imam lokaih
pabhaseti, v. 175 hamsa ddiccapathe yanti v. 240, loke adinnarii
adiyati etc. Semel conjuncta sunt verba, quse metrum eon-
jungere prohibet, soil. v. is yathagdram ducchannam 1. yatha
agdrarh ducchannam, similiter fortasse legendum est y. 254

dkdse padarii na atthi pro n? atthi.

Quod ad Anusvdram attinet et Yocales correptas pro-
ductasque vide Notas.
Metra in Dhammapado usitata hsec sunt:

1. ANUSTUBH

occurrit 354ter (34 vv. sunt sex pddarum). Habet circiter

Pes I. Pes II. Pes III.

iO
GO
GO

w _ 122 _____ 1 2 9
c
1
1
1

__ 1 0 7 ^ _ _ ^ 2 7 8 _ w __ 1 2 3
__ 8 5 _____ 3 2 ^ ____8 2
68 28 ____w 82

61 ^ ^ ^>_ 15 ^ ^ __ 68
__ 50 ___ w 13 57

_^ 45 5 55

__ 42 5 37

^ 36 wwww 3 24

34 2 22
25 w_ ww 6 (v. not. ad w_ 7 (v.
w^ 23 v. i 36) V
 440

11 (vide not. w _ w 4 (v. not. ad w _ w _ 3 (v. not. ad

ad v. 6) V. 65) V. 124)
W ----- 3 (v. not. ad _ w w _ 3 (v. not. ad
v. 3) v. l)
ww_w 3 (v. not. ad _ w w w 3 (v. not. ad
V. 3) v. 99)

__w _ 1 (v. 4os) WWW 2 (v. not. ad

v. 3 .)

Adaugetur sequenti modo

Pes I : w w _ w _ gahakrakam | gavesanto v. 153.

mitabhninam pi nindanti v. 227.

atha v sam- | dhilbhena y. 271.
amatogadham | anuppattarh v. 411.
asubhnupas- | siviharantam v. s.
___anupavdo anupaghto v. i85.
Pes II: w w w _ ta rh ve nappa- | sahati maro v. s.
pupphni he- | va pacinantain vv. 47. 48 ..

kiccho manus- | sapatilbho v. iss.

anupavdo | anupaghto v. i85.
chetv vanan j ca vanatha ca v. 283.
yam hi kiccaiii | tad apaviddhaiii v. 292..

na brhmanas- | sa pahareyya v. 389.

sukho pa- ya patilbho v. 333.
w w w w _ duppabbajjam | durabhiramam v. 302..
w w __ m pamdam | anuyujetha v. 27.
asatam bh- | vanam iceheyya v. 73..

evam bho pu- | risa jnhi v. 248.

_ w w _ ^ subhnupas- [ siviharantam vv. 7. 8.

etam hi turn- | he patipann v. 275.

w _ w ___kme ca appa- | tibaddhacitto v. 218 .

a Incaute, vereor, supra p. m contractiouem fieri statui.

 441

F es III: ___ : i aph al hoti j aku b b a to v v . 51. 52.

parin ibbanti | an sa v y. 12 6 .

na ca dukkhnu- | patito siy v. 302.

patimse at- | tam attan v. 379.

Pes I V : ^ Y na ca du kkhn u- | patito siy v . 302.

manas su- | caritam care vv. 2 3 1. 232. 233.

yo attano [ sukham icchati y. 2 9 1 .

pecca so na labhate sukham y. 131.

ver so na j parimuccati v. 29 1.

saddhamm na j parihyati v. 364 .

rgo na sam- | ativijjhati v. 14 .

Ad quena pedem trahenda sit anomala nonnunquam non

satis liquet.

2 . V AITALIY

occurrit 30 es. Forma hsec est:

1w )
1 j bis
W _ 1WW 1- - - - )

Fes I Fes II. Fes III.

Pd. I. III. Pd. II. IV.
_34 _ _ 22 _wJ_9l 69
1 6 ww_20 _w__ 6 45
___ 3 (4 5 . 2 3 7 . _w_10 ___5 ____ 3 (1 7 9 .
284) www^ 3 (235. w w w _ 4 (2 3 6 . 344. 362)

_ w 3 (24. 44. 324. 388 ?) 284. 334. 349) 1 (342)

362) 1 (3 4 2 ) _ w w w 2 (44 . 1 (3 4 2 )
-_ w 1 (,3 4 9 ) 1 (.3 2 4 ) 45)

_ 1 (3 50 ) 1 (.3 6 2 ) ____ (3 49 )
1 (24 0 ) _ ___ (350 )
ww 1 (l 7 9 )
 442

Sed eraendanda sunt ha3c: v. 324 (lege: katukapabhedano),

v. 179 (1. jitarii), vv. 44. 45 (1. iva-ppacessati). V. 349 legendum
est tasina pro tanha, v. 350 viyantikahiti pro vyantikdhiti (vide
supra), v. 338 pabbajayam pro pabbajay.
Hue trahendus est v. xs4, ultimo pede syllaba adaucto:

Fortasse etiam v. 371:

3. TR1STUBH
(cfr. metrum sequens)

oceurrit in versibus 29 et dimidio (v. 143; v. 20 sex pdarum).

Forma hsec e s t : ___quater.

Pes I, Pes II. Pes III.

00
cr.

_ WW_ 96
0
c

c
1
1

1
1

_ W_ _ 8 46
4
)
1
1

00

6 (20. 108. ^ W_ 8 ( l 2 5 . 280.

c
c
c
1

1 25. 328. 346. 347) _ 6 39o)

1 (354) ---- ^ _ 4 ( l 43. 177. 2 (40. 94) /

v
______ 1 (142-) 221. 353.) _w_~ 1 (.306)

t (40) 4 ( l 9. 20.

__w__ 1 (329) 40. 125)

P. I I ___^ _ ex v. 221 removere possumus legendo nmar-

p a s m i , _____e x vv. 19. 20. 40. 125 le g e n d o s m a n iy a s s a ,

pajina-, patieti (vide supra). Siyd, v. 40 legi potest sy. De

v. 306 vide notas. V. 17 7 leg. -loka yanti? cfr. kata v. 74.
 n

443

4. JAG ATI

occurrit 4ter. Habet

Pes I. Pes II. Pes III.

9 _ ^ _ t l 12
4 3 3
2 (2 81. 338) w _ w _ 1 ( 2 8 l) w ____ 1 ( 2 8 1 '

1 (l4 4 ) 1 (144)

____w _ 1 (2 8 1 )

V. 338 legi potest nibbattati, restat v. 28i; ibid, sine dubio

legendum est maggam isipp-, v. 144 viriyena.

5. TRISTOBH et JA G A Ti
v a rio m o d o ju n c ta .

V. 84: 'w' -- ^ W VJ _ W _

L ege: n iccheyy adhammena samiddhim attano.

V. 208: w | ww '
"II - |w w _
___^ | WW |W___ ||w w1|>
' W_

Y. 310: ___^ _ I _ ^ ^ _
__ ___

6. ANUSTUBH ET TRISTUBH
mixta.

y . 330 : ____ -----

I'-'W ___I o _ _

t
 INDEX I.

A k a th a r a k a th in p a g in a 4 31. a tth a v a s a 388.

a k in c a n a 278. a tth i 259.

akkocch i 100. a d in n a 374.

akkhta 277. 382. addhag 393.

a k k h t ro 382. a d h im u tta 365. 4 11 .

agdra iss. a d h im u tti 4 11 .

aggihutta 268. 427. anangana 295.

aggli 26i. a n a tta 383.

ang 2 95. a n a v a ssu ta 201.

a c c h id d a 4 1t. an agd ra 202.

accniddavutti ses. an d sava 279.

acch era 371. a n ik k a sa v a ne.

a ja n n a 348. a n iv e s a n a 202.

a jin i 100. a n is s it a 282.

a jja ta n d m 3 1 1 . 3 68. a n ig h a 390.

a jjh a tta v a ta 418. a n u tth u n a r 322.

a tth a k a th a 3 11. a n u d h a m m a c r in 152.

a tth e n a 3 11. a n u p a s s in 112 .

addha 209. anupadaya 279.

a n u m th u la 196. 379. a n u p d iy d n a 152 .

a tim a n 420. an u b r h aye 270.

a tim a p e ti 374. a n u m a tta 386.

a tiv a k y a 399. a n u y u n je t h a i8 2 .

a t u la 367. a n u v ic c a 368.
a tta d a tth a .3.34. a n u s a y a 4 11.

a t t a n a r ii 288. 333. 4 15 . a n u ssu ta 429.

a tth a 3 1 1. 378. 4 19. a n u p a lk ta 4 15 .

 445

a n e ja 432. aviddasu sso.

anoka 202. as 313.
a n t a lik k h a 295. a sa t, a s a ta 268. 421.

a n d lia b h ta 337. asabbh a 272.

a p a tth a s is . asra 137.

a p a r a jju 68. asu b h a 1 12 .

a p a v id d h a 389. assa 2 69. 3 7 9 ; a s s u 269.

a p u a l b h a 396. ah si 101.

a p p a tib a d d h a c itta 362. a h im s a k a 365.

a p p a m a tta 254. a h ir ik a 373.

appam da is o . kam kha 4 11.

a p p a s a tth a 294. ksa 28.

a p p a ssu ta 358. jniya, jneyya 348.

a b b u ta 379. tappa 382 .

abbhakkhna 302. tura 3 12 .

a b lia b b a 196. dna 279.

a b h itth a r e th a 292. d iy a ti 374.
a b h im a tth a ti 330. p 101.
a b h ir h a ti 399. bdba 302.
a b h iv d a n 88. b h assara 353.

a m a ta 431. ragga 429.

a m a ta p a d a is o . 290. r 376.

a m a to g a d h a 431. rm a 347.

a m a tta 111. laya 431.

am bam aya 10 1. 330. vudha 279.

ayoga 359. vuso 279 .

ara ti 433. s 101.

araba 10 1. saya 279.

a ra h a ti 116 . sava 279. 322. 376.

a r iy a is o . 73. savakkh aya 322.

a r iy a s a c c a 347. I 295 . 369 . 413 . 4 23 .

aru 312. ij 273; ijita 377.

a l p u 3i 3. itartarena 408.

a lik a 365. indakbla 83. 298.

a li a 373. 43i. iriy 101.

a v a ssu ta 201. isi 383. 434.
 issariya 68 . eva 313.
U k k u tik a . essati 4 2 3 ; ehisi .
u g g a n h itv 101. Okamokata 19 7 .

UJU 197; UJJU 2 8 8 . ogadha 431 .

ujjhna 376 . ogha 423.
utthna 182. ottha 84.
unha oi. otata 331.
uttitthe . onaddha 312.
udayavyaya 89. Opunti 376 .

uddhavhsota . Kamsa 98.

unnl a 389. katukapphala 260.
upakaddhati 397. kaddh 98. 397.
upadhi 433. kata 68.
upanayihanti 101. kathamkath 431.

upanis 270 . kathik 405.

upapajjanti 295; -pajjare 365 . kandi 423.
394. kayiratiioi; kayiratha. -rtha
upapatti 433. 288. 397. 101.
upamam 96 . kar 101 . 2 6 1. 268. 3 2 . 362.

upalita 4 i5 . 413. 427.

upasamessa 357. karoto 29 ; karomi 394.
upassagga 302. kli 354. 376.
upekha 279. kalingara 02.
upehisi 413. kalynamitta 7.
uppda 344. ksm 311.
ubbhata 197. ksv ne. 279.
ubho 380 . kasma 4 11 .

u yyoga 369 . kahpana 346.

usabha 434. kkastra 373.
USra 409. kmbliava 43.
u su k ra 197. kyagat sati .
U Ssva 268. 429. krana 208.

ussuka 352; ussukka 68 . ksv 394.

U S S llta 429. khasi 322.
Ej 43 2 . kincana 353.
e tta 350. kitav 376 .
 447

kira 296. ghara 3 71 .

kilittha 2 7 s ; kilisseyya 326. Ca 394.
kilesa 101 . 278. candimas 35 e.
kismici 269. cptikhna 323; cpto .
kucchi oo. crik 405; crin 152.
k u jjh ir iis u o i. ci 378.
kudh o i. cintayimsu 101.
kubbna 362. Cl 261.
kus o o . au. ce 398. 415.
k u s ta 289. cetiya 101; cetya 347.
k u h i c i 343. COday 272. 424.
kon ca 323. chai 261.
k o s a jja 371. Chid 211. 414.
k le s a 978. chuddha 202. 297.
khan 374. 409. chetvna 211.
k h a n ti 3 45. Jacca 427.
khandha 92. 354. ja 326.
khaya 322. jat . 420 ; jatila 427.
kh 27 7. 3 82. jantum 287.
khnsava 279. jambonada sos.
khra 261. jamma 292. 409.
G a n h t i, -im s u , -ilu m 101. jal 312.
g a t a d c lb in 2 so. jni 302.
g a n tb a 359; g a n th a p p a h n a jnemu 268.
280. ji 100. 101. 286. 287. 434.
gab 101. 272. jigacch, jighacch 355 .
gah ak rak a, g a h a k ta 322. jitaib 2 8 7 ; jinitabba 101.
g im h a 10 1. jimba 101.
g il n a 10 1. jivh 101.
g il 4 23. jvik ios.
g u la 423. jutmat isi.
geha 3 22. jeyyaiii 286.
g o p e th a 398. jhyanti 323.
gopphaka 284. Natta 262; 152. 326.
gh acca 375. Th . 336.
ghaa 3 32. Das 261.
 448

dali 61. dusslya 399.

Takkara 152. deva 4 20; devadhamma 261;
tagaracandin 254. devaloka .
tacchaka oo. dsa 152 . 354.

tanba 322 . dhamsin 373.

tattha 29. dham .
tathgata 377. dhamani 427.

tan 331. dharama 92 . 152 . 231 . 334 .

tasin 411. 371. 378. 382. 419.
tvatiriisa 279. dhammacrin, dhammajvin
tikicch 355. 336.
titikkh 345. dhamraattha .
tunhirn 3 1 1 . . dhammadhara .
tussimsu 10 1. dhammapada 209.
tveva 279. dhammavicaya 278.
thandila . dhammika .
th a r 292. 427. dh n e. 310.
tllim 323. dili, dh 426.
thula 196 . dheyya 1 9 7 . 277.
Banda 296. dhona 370.
dandha 292. dhorayha 358.
dametha, dammetha 327. Na 112 . 2 6 i. 396.

dara 425. nakkhatta 358.

dalba 289. nangara 102; nangarupma
dassana 362 . 202 .

dassin 137. 399 ; dassivas 196. natthi 377.

d 152. 374. nanikmaseyya .

d ig a c c h , d ig u c c h u 355. nandh 428.

d itth i 332. nab 10 1. 312.

d is a 331. nahm 101.

dukkha 393; dukh 355. . nnga 102.

duggati, duggatin 295. nmarupa .

duttara 277. nsaka .
duddasa i98. nikma 396.
dunni vrv 401. niggayliavdin 272.
dupparmattha 397. niccheyya 378.
 449

niddha ais. -nissagga 311; -ms 424;

niddara 357. -lbha 344; -vijjhitv 101;
niddhanta 369. -vissaka 268; -santhra
nidhya 310. 311; -santhravutt 423;
nind 273 . -sarana 311; -sunitv 101.
Jlinn 284 . 311; -sotam 311.
nibbanato 411. 4 1 5 ; nibbna pathama 209.
257. 345. 355. 386. pathavi 209. 311.
nibbindati 383. paneti 396 .
lib b u t a 279 . 350 . pati-ganhanti, -tthita, -man-
n ir s a y a 279. dita, -rpa, -ssata, -se-
n ir u tti 414. vissarh 3 1 1 .
n ir p a d h im 433. pathavi 311.
n iv e s e y y a 385 . pada 180. 209. 290. 343. 377.
n is a m m a k r in 27. 423.
n is e d h a 3 11. paduma 101.

n is s y a 332. papaca 3 50.

n 343. 396. pabbaja 412.

nigha 390. pabhamguna 302.
nekkha 368. prnd a 334.
nekkhamma 343. ssi. payirupsati 101.
netave 343. paradra 3 7 4 ; paraloka 338.
neresi 298 . pari-dahessati no; -nibbanti
no 284, no ce 415. 2 9 5 ; -nibbuta 2 7 9 ; -bhuji

noyti 343 . 1 0 1 ; -majjasi 4 2 7 ; -yoda-

Pamsukla 427. pana 3 4 5 ; -yodapeyya 2 7 8 ;

pakopa 3 68 . -lha 2 8 0 ; -ssaya 407.
pakkhandin 37.3. pali-gha 2 9 6 . 4 2 8 ; -patha 4 3 2 ;
pagabbha 373. -b o d h a 296 .
parhka 300. p a lla rh k a 296.
pacceti 295. p a v a tt ra rii 271.

pajna 152. p a v iv e k a 357.

pajjalite 312. pasariisati 420; pasariis 273.

paa 432; paavat 276. pasaddhi 2 78.

palia 101. pasahati 112.

p ti 209; -k k o s a ti, -d a n d a , passanto 399.

29
 450

pasibbaka 268. bahussuta 358.

pasuta i 9 T. 334. bla 407.

pa-hatvna 399; -hareyya bhita 379. 426.
4 2 6 ; -htave
197; -hinissal bhira 377.
101; -hnamna 283 . bhusacca 38 i.
ptikamkh .311; -hera 371; bhetv 379.
ptimokkha 311. 423. buddhagat sati 391.
ppadhamma aei. bubbulaka 336.
ppunti, ppunissati 101. brahmun 287 .
pra 277. brh 270.
pithyai 377. bhaya 399.
piya 359. bhar 197.
pihayanti 283 . 343. bhava 432.
piti 278 . bhavassu 423; bhavtha s i ;
punna 350 . ; -ppapa- bhvaye 423.
hna 20 1. bhsato 411.
puttha 276 . 362 ; putha 302. bhuj 101.
puthujjana 257. bhusa 376 .
punarh 413 . bh 196 . 311 . 4 23 .
punappunam 287; punar 411. bhimi 284 .
pubbenivsa 435. bhr 3 8 5 .
pure 413 . bhovdi 428 .
pt 376 . Magga 347. 3 86 .
ptisandeha 313. rnamku 375.
pokkhara 2 84 . 409. maccudheyya 277; rnaccu-
pOl'isa 284 . rjan 211. 336.
p h a r u s a 297. macchera 371.
phal 332; phalita 379; phal- majj 427.
lati 332. matti 4 2 8 ; matteyyat 4 os.

phsuka 298. math, manth 330.

phutha 276 . mad 336 .
phuseyya 268. madhuv 200.
phenu 211. mn 420.
Baddhati, bandh . manpa 411.
balya 259 . 399 . manta 419.
bahusariikappa 312. mayham 101.
 451

mas 287. 397. 423. 424. ratto 391 .

mahagghasa 402. rahada 10 1.
mahpurisa 414. raga 152 . 354.
mahesi 434. rjaratha .337 ; rajuar 10 1.

mtaga 407. rukkhacetya 34 7.

mra 11 2 . 210 . ; -dlieyya rll 399. 415.
197; -bandhana 20 0 . Lajjare 365.
mluv 331. lahu 423. *
mi 374. lbha 270.

micehditthi 332. li 43 J.
mitte kalyne 272. lip 415.
mihita 10 1. loka 338.
muc 200. 4 2 3 ; muccitum, lomahamsana 287.

muccitv, mucitum, mu- V a 229. 288. 302. 394. 431.

citv 1 0 1 . vac 298.
mun, munti, muni . vajira loi.
muyhati 10 1. vajja 27i.
musvda 374. v a d d h a t i 209.
muh 10 1. vatavat 358.
mua 374. vad 409.
mett 423 . vaddha 289.
meraya 374. vana, vanatha 386. 4 11.
mola 152. vanta lie.
Ya ce 287; yan tam 204. Val* 209. 279. 350.
yam 200. 272. lis ; yam- vara 342.
mase 110 . varatt 428.
yama seo, -loka . vassik, -k 423.
yvajar 408. v 295.
yittha 288. vna, vna 386.
yuj 182 . vyama 369.
yoga 359. VC 381.
yoni, yoniso 405. vijitvin 434; vijinissati 101 .
Rakkheyy 3 1 1 . 320. vi 260 .
rajovajalla . Vid 383. 433.
rata 4i8. vidh 101. 138. 389.
ratta 4 12 . v ip a ll s a 290.
29 *
 452

vipassati . sariikilittha 343.

vippamucetha 423; vimuc- samkhatadhamma 201 .
cimsu 101. samkhta 2 6 i.
V r iy a 101. 248. samkhra 355.
vivata 209 . sagga 338.
vivicca 381 . saga 334. 411. 425.
viveka 240. 248. 354. sagmajuttama 286 .
vis 385. sace 298.
visamkhra, visamkhita 322. sacca 344. 3 8 2 .
visattika 343. Sajju 261. 268.

v is s a 349. sajjhya .341.

vihhisi 424. saj .
vtaddara 425. s a a ta 4i 8 ; s a fia m e s s a n ti
vmamsati 284. 200.
V U tth i 138. sa , s a in 340.
V U t ta r i 423. s a o ja n a . 4 11. 425.
V llt t 308. sa th a 346. 39 4 ; s a t h ila 394.
vuddha 289 . sa ta m sa m a m 284.
ve 398. sa ta 389; sa ti 248. s i s . 389.
vedi 433. 391; satmat isi.
veyyaggha 391. sattha 292.
verivat 204. sadattha 334.
VOCa 298. sanantana 102.
vovadm i 409. santa 423 ; santavat 424.
vosita 435. santi 354; santimagga sso.
vohra 409. santhata 424.
vyantikhiti 413 . santhana 382 .
vya ya 289. sandeha sis.
Samyoga 425. sandhvissam 321.
samsra 254. sannayihitv 101.
sak 10 1. sabbavidu 415.
sakubbato 230. sabbhi 314 .

sakkaccam 424. samdhi 248.

sakkra 240. samnssaya 3 12 . 4 14 ; samus-
sukkunti 10 1. sita 312.
samka, samkassara 394. samhata 345.
 453

sambodhiaga 7 8 .
sugati, sugatin 2 9 5 ; suggati
sammadakkhta 277; sam- 150 .
mada 5 6 ; sammappa-
suata 282; sugra 423.
jna 15.
subbata 283.
sammasati 423.
subhsit vc 230.
samm 15; -ditthi 33; -sam - sumarati 10 1.
buddha 427. sur 374.
sar 101. suve 368.
sara 397.
susu 197.
sarita 411.
suhajja 363.
Salla 382 . 414 .
setthat 195 .
sal 112.
seyy 396.
sahanukkama 428. SO 197 . 3 .3 4 .
sahyat 58. 407.
socare 365 .
sahita 152.
sotpattiphala 342.
sta 411.
sottiya, sotthiya 391.
stacca, statika 389. sotthim sos.
sdhu 365 .
solasa 2 6 i.
smagg 348.
svatthi 363 .
smaat 408. sve 368 .
sratta 412.
Hata 209.
srambha 298. hammiya 101.
svaka 257.
hai 101. 112. 209. 424. 426.
ssapa 429. 430. have 4 2 4 .
si 332; sita 4 11.
h 197. 399.
sineha 10 1.
hi 101.
Sy 2 69 .
hiriisamano 427.
silesuma 101.
hiri 101. i 8 i ; hirnisedha 311 .
si'loka 101.
hildati 10 1.
stibhita 433.
hia 334.
sla, slavat, slin 362.
huram, hurhurarii 409 .
sukkamsa 262.
heva 225 .
sukhuma 101.
hoti 375; hotha 371. 386.
 454

INDEX II.

Aggasvaka pag. ne. 213; Anomanadi n s.

-ik 213. Andhavana 328.
Agglavacetiya 337. 363. aputtakasetthin 4 15 .

Aggidattabrhmana 3 1 ;; Abhayarjakumra 336.

AggidattaKosalrja- Amaranangara no. ,
porohita 34. Ambtakavana 202.
Amkura 415. aramnakuti, -ik 288. 407.
Angarattha 230. arahat vv. 98. 104. 4 2 0 ; ariya
Angulimlatthera 337. 434. pag. 180. 273.
Aciravatinadi 210 . 224. 400. Allakappa-rattha, -rjaniss.
416. Avici 148. 340.
acelak 398. Assajitthera 122.
ajaplanigrodha i63. nanda-tthera 107. 135. 139
Ajtasatturjan 143. 0.1J9, 299. sq. 205. 212. 247. 253. 266.
331. 353. 280. 307. 319. 324. 331. 344.
ajjunarukkha 1 3 1. 347. 366. 393 ; -setthin 258.
Anjanavana 365. bhassar 353.

Amnkondanna 119 . A ja v i 354.

Atthissarapaccekabuddha Alra ns.

148. Itthi annatar 284 ; isspa-
Atulaupsaka 366. kati- 397.

Attadatthatthera 333. Illda 185. 194.

Adinnapubbakabrhmana 93. Indapattanangara 416.

Anthapindika gahapati, Isigili 254. 346.

Mah- 78. 10 7 sq. 165. Isipatanamigadya 1 19 . 322.

203. 212. 249. 293. 328. 340. 362.

342. 395. Uggasenasetthiputta 413.

Anitthigandhakumra sei. Ujjeni 157.

Anupiya-nigama, -am ba- Ujjhnasamnitthera 376.

vana 139. Uttarakuru 274.

Anuruddhatthera 13 9 sq. 282. Uttaramnava 402 ; Uttaru-

Anomaaggasvaka 1 3 1. psik 365; Uttarittheri
Anomadassibuddha 117. 13 1. 312.
 455

Uttarimanussadhammapr- Kappsikavanasanda 119 .

jika 345. Kalburjan 149.

Udyitthera '259. 355. Kallavlagmaka 125.

Udena -vjan 1 5 5 ; -cetiya 346. kassaka 200.

Uddaka ne. Kassapa-tthera ; -buddha

Upatissa, -gma 120. 117. 129. 178. 237 Sq. 252.
Upanandasakyaputta 320. 268. 328. 344. 349.
Upavattanaslavana 376. Kkadsa i6o; Kkavaliya
Upavnatthera 434. 231.

Uplikappaka 141; Upli- Knamtu 273.

tthera 328. Kryanasenpati 222.

upsaka amatara 3 5 4 ; pa- Kla 146; Kla Anthapindi-

casat- 3 7 3 ; paca- 3 7 5 ; kaputta 342; Klatthera
jvika- 414; dhammika- 332; Klangarjan ne.

138. Klasil 254. 298.

Uppalavaimatther 213. 260. Kliyakkhin 10 2 .

Uragajtaka . Ksikosalarattha 110 ; Ksi-

Uruvela 119 ; -Kassapa 119 . gmaka 3 5 3 ; Ksipura 1 1 9 ;
127. Ksirjan 400.

Ujumpa 222. Kikirjan 238. 252.

Ekastakabrhmana 291. Kirabilatthera 139 sq.

Ekuddnakhnsavatthera Kisgotamther ne. 289. 389.
378. kukkuandakhdiksse ;Kuk-
Erakapattangarjan 344. kutamitta 294; Kukkuta-
Ervanadevaputta 19 0 . sefthin 16 4 ; -rma i67.
Kakusandhabuddha 117. 129. kutthi suppabuddha 260.

344. Kundadhna-tthera 297;

Kakkatajtaka 144. -vana 432.

Katthanagara 85; Katha- Kundalakesitther 285.
vhanarjan 218 . 324; kutumbika aratara 359.
Katthahrikajtaka 218 . Kumrakassapatthera 327.
Kanhdin 245. klmra anitthigandha sei;
Kantbaka 118 kumr sambahul 297.

KapiIa4oe; Kapilapura 2 17 . Kumbhaghosaka ei.

334; Kapilavatthu 222. 35 1. Kuruga 147; -jtaka 331.

Kappantevsika 214. Kururattha 102. 4 16 .

 456

kuladraka amatara 354; goghtakaputta .

kulaputta amatara 371. Gotamabuddha 1 17. 1 30. 1355

Kusinrnagara 211 . 22 . Gotamakacetiya 346.

376. Godhikatthera 254.

Ktgrasl . Gosiga 340.

Kelsa 158. Ghatikrasuttanta 349.

Kesavatpasa 214. Ghositasetthin 104; Ghosi-

Kokanadapsda 323. trma . 153. i6 7 .

Kokasunakhaluddaka 294. Cakkhuplatthera 77.

Koklika 145. Candapajjotarjan 157.

Kongamanabuddha 117.129. Candakumra .

344. Candavatnagara 131.

Kondaabuddha 117. Clinpabbata 196.

Kolita, Kolitagma 120. Cicamnavik .

Koliy, Kojiyanagara 351. Cittagahapati 21.3. 202. 393.

Kosambakabhikkh ; K o- Cittalatvana 191.

samb . 142. 153. 154. Cittahatthatthera 201.

399. Citt 188.

Kosala-janapada 2 0 2 ; -rat- Cundaskarik iss.

tha 277; -rjaii 2 .31. 235 . Cullapla 78.
340. 353. 222. Cfl'. Tiko- Culaanthapindika 212. 32;

sala et Mabkosala. Clakla 111. 12c. 332;

Khantivdajtaka 149. Cladhammaplajtaka

Khandhaka 279. 149; Clapanthakatthera
Khnukondaa 289. i s i ; Cjamgandika 16 4 ;

Khujjuttar ds es. 17. 21.3. Ctlasubhadd 393; Cla-

Khemasetthiputta 395; Khe- hamsajtaka 144; Cle-
m 213. 412. kastakabrhmana 2 90.

Gagrohana sss. Ceiakanthi assa eo.

ganthibhedakacor 259. Chattapniupsaka 2 30.

Gandhabb vv. 105. 420; Chaddantajtaka 115.

pag. 96. Channatthera 272.

Gayssa 119. 145. J atila 2,31.

Garahadinna 256. Janapadakalyn 313.

Gahakraka y. 153. Jambukjvaka 201.

Gijjhakdtapabbata 279. 365. Jtiyvana 375. 389.

 457

Jdli 45. Tissabuddha 117. 127.

Jivaka79; -ambavana 79. Tusitapura 117.

346. Tepitaka so. 13 4 . 150 . 152.

Jetavana 78. 112. 137. 138. 168. 179. 383. 405.

139. 150. 182. 183. 184. 195. Tebhdtikajatilavatthu iso.

196. 2 18. 249. 2 56. 2 57. 259. Todeyyagdma 349.

2 60. 262. 269. 2 7 0 . 272. 273. thera andgdmin 302; ekavi-

27 4. 27 6. 277. 281. 283. 284. hdrika- 393.

285. 286. 289. 2 9 0 . 293. 294. Dakkhinapatha 3 47.

2 95. 296. 297. 3 0 2 . 3 07. 310. ddraka pancasatd sei.

311. 312. 313. 3 17. .326. 327. Ddruciritthera 285.
330. 332. 333. 334. 336. 337. ddrusdtikaputta 3 91,

338. 342. 344. 346. 347. 348. Dighakarayanasenapati 222.

353. 354. 355. 358. 360. 361. Dighatikosala 104. 110.

362. 364. 365. 366. 368. 369. D ighanak hap avibbajaka 12 5.

3 70. 371. 37 3. 374. 375. 376. Dighalambaka 288.

37 7. 3 7 8 . 379. 380. 381. 382. Dighdyu- vel Dighdvu-ku-

383. 3 85. 386. 387. 388. 389. mdra 104. 2 88.

393. 394. 395. 3 96. 3 97. 398. Dipamkarabuddha 110. [394.

399. 4 00. 401. 402. 406. 409. duccaritaphaldnubhavasatta

411. 413. 415 . 433 . 434 devd vv. so. 56. 94. 105. iei.
Jotiya 231. 2 00. 224. 2 30.

Takkasild 204. 211. 416. Devakosambakajdtaka 110 .

Tambadathika 85. Devadatta 112. 139. 279. 3 27.

Tikosala 104. 110. 3 30. 331. 3 59.

titthiya 379; titthiyasavaka Devahibrahmana 454.

399; Titthiydrdma 339. Dhananjaya-rajan 4 10 ; -set-

Tidasd 97. thin 230.

Tissatthera 10 0 . 3 57. 370; Dhanuggahapandita 413.

Kosambivasi- ass; Niga- Dhammakathikabhikkhu .

ma- ; Padhdnika- 327; Dhammadassibuddha 117.

Padhanakammika- ; Dhammadinnattheri 433.

Putigatta- os; Manikd- Dhammikatthera 270.

rakulupaka- 95; Vana- Nanda 137; -gopdlaka 202.

V a s i- 269 . Nandamuiakapabbhara 17 8.

Tissadahara 374. Nanda is s . 191. sic .

 458

Nandiya so. Piuinadsa 231.

Namuci 25 o. Punnavaddhanakumra 232.

ngarjan 341. 344. Punn 365.

Nrada 15. Pubbrma 78. 2 3 0 . 2 49. 2 82.

Nlagirihatthin 144. o o . 298.

niganlh 3 9 8 . Purindada es.

Nigrodha-jtaka 329; -rma peta, ahi- 2 0 1 ; ajagara- 2 9 8 ;
290. 334. 363. satthikuta- 202; skara-
Nisabha 1.31. .383.

Nerajarnad lis. pesakradhtu 3 37.

Pancasl 352. pornakapandit 214.
Patcr 2 8 9 . ses. Phussabuddha 1 17. 127.
Pandavapabbata . bandhangra 4 1 1 .
Pandukambalasil 415. Bandhumatnagara .
Patipjik 225. Bandhula Mallarjaputta 2 11.
Padum 231. 218. 248.

Padumuttarabuddha 127. 251. bahudevamanuss 3 43.

26 7 . 328. Babuputtakatther 290.

Parantaparjan 154. Brnasioi. 1 1 4 .1 7 7 . 193. 214.

Paribbjakrma 122. 2 1 8 . 3 03. 3 17. 3 44. 3 49. 414.

Pasenadikosala 211. 231. 257. Blakalonakrma 105.

291. 307. 328. 355. 401. Blanakkhattaghutja 182.
Pcnavarhsamigadya 105. Blisika .oso.
Ptikjvika 229. Bimbisrarjan 119. 130. 143.

Prileyyakadevaputta 109; 2 31. 336.

Prileyyavanasanda 105. Billapdakasetjhin 294.

406. Buddha vv. 75. i82. 18.3. isi.
Pla 78. 8 7 . 190. 194. 195. 2 55. 2 96. 368,

Plita 8 5 . 381. 387. 398. 419. 4 22.

Pvrikrma i 6 7 ; Pvri- Buddherakahatthin 4 oe.

yasethin i 6 4 . Belatthissatthera 2 8 i .
Pigalajtaka 150. Belavagmaka 357.
Pitthilatthera . Bodbimanda 342.
Pipphaliguh es. Bodhirjakumra 322.
Pilotikatthera . Brahmadatta 104. 114. 177.

Punnaka 2.31. 2 14. 3 03.

 459
Brahman vv. 105. sao; pag.
119 .
Brahmaloka i s s . 329.
brhmana anatthapucchaka
2 86. 369. 379; Sriputta-
ttheramtula- 2 8 7 ; Sri-
puttattherasahya- 287 ;
amatara 3 6 i ; ariiatara-
brhmanaputt ioo; nata-
pubbaka- 433.
Bhagutthera 105. 139.
Bhaddavaggiyakumra 119.
127.
Bhaddavatkaneru eo.
Bhaddiya -nagara 139. 230.
249. 375. 3 8 9 ; -bhikkhu 3 8 9 ;
-setthiputta 249.
Bhgineyyasamgharakkhita
198 .
bhikkhu amatara 196. i 98 .
3 6 3 ; sahyaka- 150. isi;
amatara ukkanthita- 198.
pacasat vipassak 201.
3 3 6 ; pacasat 274. sei.
382; pathavikathpasuta-
pacasata- 209; amatara
marcikammatthnika-
210; timsaptheyyak26o;
assajipunabbasuk 272;
pacasat gantuka- 277;
sambahul gantuka- 397;
asamataparikkhra- 294;
tayo 295.358; chabbaggiy
2 96 . 368 . 3 7 8 ; bahubhan-
daka- 302; sambahul
adhimnik 313; samba
hul 348. 379. 380. 406 ;
amataradahara- 334; tirii-
samatt ; anabhirata-
3 4 6 ; mahallaka- 385 ; dub-
baja- ; hatthcriya-
pubbaka 400; paca 4 1 5 ;
hamsaghtaka- 415.
Bhesaklvana 323.
Magadharattha se.
Maghamnava les.
Maghavan v. 6 . p. iss.
Magalapokkharan 1 1 7 .
Magalabuddha 117.
Macalagma iso.
Maccharikosiyasetthin 228.
Macchiksanda 202.
Majjhimadesa 348 .
Majjhimanikya 349. 397.
Madd 245.
Maddhakundalin 93.
Manavadevadatta 329.
Mall 139. 211. 376.
Mallik 218. 248. 317.
Mah- ekastakabrhmana
2 9 0 ; -kaccyanatthera 204.
282; -kappinatthera 272;
-kassapatthera iss. 254.257.
281; -kla 111. 126; -k-
laupsaka ; -kosala-
rjan 211; -dhanavnija
294.386 ; -dhanasetthiputta
322; -anthapindika, vide
Anthapindika; -nma-
sakka 139. 216. 224; -n~
matthera 202; -patpa-
rjan 149; -padumaku-
 460

mra, -padumajtaka 341; Rjagaba 112. 119. is s . 254.

-parinibbnasutta 3 4 9 ; 327. 331. 36.3.

pla is; -purisavitakka- Rdhatthera 270.

sutta 1 4 2 ; -my 1 3 5 ; Rhulakumra 117. 1.35. 147.
-moggallnatthera 1 2 5 .2 1 3 . 31.3.

24 . 274. 298. 365. Rpanandatther 31.3.

Mahli Licchavikumra 184. Rpasr 120.
211. 219. Revatatthera 3 6 6 ; Khdi-
Malj-vana 346. 391. 395; ravaniya- 2 8 4 ; Revata-
-vanasanda n s ; -svanna buddha 117.

77; -hariisajtaka 144. Rohin ndi 3 5 1 ; khattiya-

Mahivbssakakumra 30.3. kamn 3 6 3 .
Mahindarjan 128. Lakuntakabhaddiyatthera
Mgandikabrhmana 1 5 3 .1 0 2 . 2 73. 378. 389.

Mgandiy 162. Latukikajtaka 104.

Mtali sarhghaka 194. Latthivanuyyna 119.
Mra 2 10. 338. n s. io. 164. Ljadevadhtu 293.
197. 254. 319. 3 52. 4 07. 413; Lludyitthera 317: 355. 379.
-dhtaro 342. Licchav 184. 211. 219. 3 60.
Mlbhridevaputta 225. Vaggumudtriy bhikkh
Migramtu 2 45. 246; Mig- 3 95.

rasetthin 232. Vaiigsatthera 43.3.

Munjakesi assa ioo. Yajjiputt 145; Vajjiputta-

Meghiyatthera 196. bhikkhu si.
Mendaka-gahapati 230; -set- Vaddhakajtaka 104.
thin 375. Vapirkumr .356.
Moggall 12 0 ; Moggallna Varuna 1.31.

120. 135. Ylodakajtaka 275.

yakkha 304. Vsabhakkhattiy 216.
Yama 369. Vsava 1 8 5 .
Yasakulaputta 119. 127. Vsuladatt dev 157.

Yasavasanta 1.31. Viddabha 2 11.

Yasodhar isi. Vinayadharabhikkhu io n .

Rakkhita vanasanda 105. 4 oe. vinicchayamahmatt 377.

Rammanangara 117.
 461

Vipassibuddha 1 1 7 . 120 . 290 . Sarhkiccasmanera 289.

30 8 . 344 . Samghads 238. 259.

vibbhantaka 411. Samghabheda 3 3 1.

Vimnavatthu 349. Samgharakkhita 198.

Viskh 78. 107. '208. 212. Sajaya no.

230. 246. 248. 298. 312. 328 . Sajikputa 3 2 n.

340. 360 . Sattasrisaka 344.

Vissakammadevaputta 117. saddhivihrika, Sriputta-

190 . 371. 386 .

Vraka 146. Santatimahmatta 307. .

Vejayanta-psda 190 ; Sappadyatthera 289.

-ratha 194. sammujanitthera .337.

Vethadpakarjan 153. Saradamnava 130 .

V edanpariggahasuttanta Savitthaka i te.

125. Sahampatibrahman 1 19 .

Vepacitti . Sahassakkha i85.

Vepulla 346. Skiy 2 16 . 2 17 . 222. 351;

Vebhra 3 46. Tina- 004 Nal a- OO.4.

Yeraj 274. Sketa 232. 365.

V e}uan dakinan da mtu 2 1 . Snusraanera 402.

Veluvana no. 138. 181 . 254 . smnra panclita 273.

2 6 0 . 2 6 1 . 262 . 2 8 1 . 282. 285 . Smavat 153.

2 8 7 . 2 9 4 . 298. 31 2 . 330 . 331. Sri 12 0 ; Sriputtatthera .

336. 36 1 . .365. 368 . 371. .38.3. 120. 135. 2 1 3 . 2 8 3 . 28 7 . 366.

388 . 391 . 394. 409 . 41 1 . 412 . 371.

413. 433 . Svatth 77. 78. 79. 93. 198.

Vesl 184 . 211. 21 9 . 357 . 360 . 2 0 1 . 202 . 2 0 4 . 2 0 9 . 210 . 211 .

391 . 395. 21 0 . 22 5 . 2 2 8 . 2 2 9 . 23 0 . 253 .

Vessantava 117; -jtaka 335. 2 5 7 . 2 5 8 . 2 6 2 . 27 4 . 276 . 302.

Vessabhbuddha 117. 344. 33 8 . 34 9 . 366. 40 0 .

Vessavana 304. Sikhibuddha 117. 344.

Sakka-devarajan 87. 96. 120. Siddhatthabuddha 117.

184 . 190 . 194. 357 . 415 ; Sineru 139.

-pahasuttanta isi. Simbalivana 194.

Sakk 139 . 2 i6 . 21 7 . 3 5 i. Sirim 312.

Sarhkassanagara 343. Sirivaddhakuumbika 130.
Sugata st. Sumedhabuddha 117,
gujampatl iss. iariyakumra .
Suj 1 9 4 ", Slljt 118. 185. Suvannacelya, Kassapa=
1 8 S. 1 9 1 . 2-5 1 . 349.
Sadassana-knmbha 191; skarapotk 409. \
-mnarasse; -ylhra iit . Skarabatelena 125..
Suddho danarajan i. m , sethm, aputtaka-.4 i 5 .
Sudhammatihera 262; Su- Seavyanagara 111.
dhamm es. 191. Seyyakathera 293.
Sunandarjan asi. Selabrhmapa sso.
Stmera 190. Sobbitabuddha m ,
Simdar gj. Somadattakumra st .
Sundariparibbjik 394. So reyy a-ttb era 20; -nagara
Suppabuddbasakka 296. 294; -sethiputta 204.
Suppavs 212. HamsaTatnagara 12, asi.
Hatthaka Alavaka 213.
hatthassaka 379.
Sximana-buddba 11; -m- Hathirjan 149.
Ikra 16T. 2 6 9 . Hathiligasakuna 154,
Suman 131. iso. 230.
 463

V A R L E LECTIONES
in Notis non allatae.

V. I A pubbarhgam. 2 A B pubbarhgam. 3 C upa-

nayhanti. 4 A na vupanayhanti. 5 C -tidha. 7 A bhoja-
narhhi, B bhojanam pi. 8 A bhojanamhi, B raddharhvriyan,
C -ddhaviriyam. SO C so ve. 15 A ppkri, B ppkri,
vihamnati. 17 B ppm, A bhyyo. 18 A bhyyo. 19 B
sahitarh bhsamno, ganayarh. 20 B sahitarh, A -c r i, B
smarhiassa. 23 B ssatik. 24 A B satimato, B sarhnatassa
dhamma-. 25 B sariifiamena, A ya ogho, C yam. 26 C
dummedhno, B medhvi. 27 C appamdam anuy-. 3! B
samyojanaiii. 35 C damato. 37 A B drarhgamaih. 38 B
anavaddhita-. 41 C kaliriigararh. 44 C vicessati, B puppam.
45 G vicessati. 46 A B abhisambuddhno. 48 B C lmrute.
49 G phaleti, evan gme. 55 C vassikh. 58 et 59 B saiii-
kbra-, painnya. 61 A-gaccheyyaiii. 62 B dhanain m atthi,
vihamnati. 63 A mannati, B mamnati, B C -mni. 64 C
-tam payirupsati. 65 A C payinipsati. 69 B mamnati.
70 A B C ngghanti. 74 C katapunnuntu (Analysis: kata-
pannantu), adhivas, A man. 75 B ariin, abhimnya, A B
-gmini. 76 A -vdi, B vdhim, panditam, tdisam. 77 B
ovadeyynu-. 83 B puttho, C putth, A vuccvacam. 84 B
pariinav. 85 C -gmino. 88 B cittakkilesehi. 89 B C juti
manto. 90 A B gatthappa-, C gandhappa-. 92 B -bhojanarii.
93 B sumnato, A C durannay. 94 A srathino. 95 A B C
 464

-klupamo. 96 B -aiiifi-. 98 C rmaneyy-. 99 B rama-

nyni aramnni, C ramati. 103 A sarhgme, ekam. 108 B
pumna-. 109 A C vanno. 111 B parhfi-. 112 C viriyam.
l C k a ly n e , damdharii, ramati, B purhnam. 117 et 1 1 8 C
kair, kairtlia, B enappunapp-, C enam, B pmban. 135
A B C gvo pcenti, A pninam, B C pninam. 137 B arh-
nataram. 139 B drunarii. 142 B samam. 144 B patis-
satha, C patissath, sahassatba pro pah-. 145 B C pandit
pro subbat. 146 C vonaddh. 147 C arkyam. 152 C
yam puriso, B pariiba. 155 A B -maccho. 157 C piyan,
B jariin, amnataram. 158 B amnam. 159 B attnam,
amnam, C kair. 160 A atto. 164 A ditthi, B -ghariibya.
165 Cattan hi katarh, A suddhim asuddhi. 167 C -vaddhano.
173 A kamma. 174 B blo pro loko. 176 A C vitinna
177 B vadanti, nappasabanti, C -damno. 178 B gamanena,
C pathaby. 179 B tani, A buddharii. 180 A buddham.
181 A sambuddhna. 183 C etam. 184 B C samano. 185
C anupavdo, B C anpaghto, A etam. 186 A kahpana-,
BC vimfiya. 190 B -ppamnya. 191 B C ariyam. 193
B -jamno. 194 BC samaggi. 1 9 5 B tna-. 204 C visvsa-,
A ntiiii. 207 B C -samgata-, B interpungit post sabbad
et hemistichium sequens cum v. 208 un tenore seribit. 208 C
bahusutaii, dhorayiha-, tan, B dhoraya-. 210 C samgacehi.
211 C kairtlia, B C piypye. 217 B tarh, C janarii. 218
C anakkhto, A B kmesu. 220 B -pumnam, C prn, B C
pumnni. 2 2 1 C kodhai, B samyojanam, tarh. 226 B jga-
ramnnarii, A jagar-. 227 B -bhninarii, aniiiidito. 228 B
ekariitarh. 229 B C pariin-. 234 B C vaeya. 235 A titthati,
B titthapi. 236 B anafigano. 237 C dni si, B ptheyyarii
pi. 238 B C anangano. 241 C vannassa. 245 A passat.
247 C khanati. 248 A C m 11a, B m tani, BC randhayarii.
249 A yathphsdanai. 250 A C samuhatam. 251 AC
 465

ndi, B nadti, C gaho in kli mutavit manus posterior, -smn

jlarh. 252 B aihnesarh, A opunsi, B kity, C klim v. 253
A B C -passissarii, B -samnino. 255 B samano. 258 C khemi.
263 A C samuhatarii, B samhat. 264 B samano abbhuto, C
kim. 266 A bhikkhu. 267 B purhnan, A C bhikkhu. 268 B
mulha-, avijjasu. 270 A pn vihimsati. 271 B vivitta-.
273 A attharhgiko, C attharhgako. 274 A es va, B arnno, etan.
275 B interpungit post karissatha. 276 C vimokkhanti. 277 et
278 B pariinya. 282 A bhuri, C bhur, A dvidh, C pavaddhiti.
283 B jyate, C jyati, B vanthan, C vana vanatan. 284 C -pko.
286 A vicintesi. 287 A B tam, A -srii mattarh, B puttapu-
sutammaam. 288 B ntisu, C tnat. 289 B -gamanarii,
C nibbnam-. 291 AC -dnena, B na pi vuccati. 292 A
apviddham, C kairati. 293 C akiccam, B -krino, G staccha-
krano, B interpungit post -krino. 294 C snu-. 296 C
ratte. 301 C man. 302 AC -samvaso. 305 B damito
siy. 307 B asamnat. 308 A BC -sikhupam o, B asarhnato.
309 B pajjati, apuiima-. 310 B apumna-, A panet, B
phanehi, B bhanoti. 311 A samannam, B smamnam. 312
A sithilam, B satthilaiii, C vutam. 313 C kairan, A bhyo.
315 C nirayamhi. 322 B jniyy, C -nyy, B mahnng.
324 B C nnga-, A -vanassa. 325 B middhi, -syi, A
-phuttho, B upenti. 327 B anurakkhata, danto, A santo. 328
B satim, A satam. 329 C rj ca, mtamga-, B -ramno
va nngo, C mtagarano va nngo. 330 B na, C kair, B
-rariino va nngo, C nngo. 331 B tutthi, puriinam. 332
B ato, smamnat, brhmamnat. 333 B pariinya. 334 C
plavati. 335 AC abhivatarri. 336 A jamm tanh, sok
tanh, B so evarh sahat jamm tanh, hic versus et initium
sequentis in C desunt. 337 B usranto, m onalarri. 338
A B C cchinno, A C ruhati, B -nusayo, A B C anuhate. 340

B pariinya. 341 A B -jarupag. 342 A sariiyojanasariiga-,

30
 466

B sariiyojanam sabbasarhga-, ACdukkhm. 344 A y nibba-

natho, B y nibbnato, C y nibbanato. 347 C -rattnup-,
B makkatiko. 348 A B C pragu. 349 C -passno, pavaddhanti,
ko. 350 A B vitakkup-, A B C bhvayati, C ko, A cchejjati,
C cchajjanti. 351 A asantsi, anangano, A C -salln, B
-sallnim, C antmo. 352 C andno, A kovdo, C akkha-
rnam, interpungit post kovido, Bjarhn, C janno, B -pamno.
353 A C -bhu, -vidu, B sabbamjaho, C sabbamnjaho, A B abhirh-
nya. 354 sabbarasam. 355 C attnam, B arhne. 356 A
ayam. 357 A ayam, B interpungit post paj. 360 A B C
ghnena. 361 A vacya, B pavuecati. 362 A C bhikkhu, B
bhikkh ti, B -samnato, sariinatu-, C pdasariina-, sariinatu-.
365 B ntimamneyya na amnesarii pihayarii ariinesam. 366 B
bhikkh, BC ntimamnati. 367 B C asat va, A socanti,
B socat, AC bhikkhu. 368 AC sarhkhrupa-. 370 B
-sangtiko, C tinno. 371 A kandi, C kani. 372 B pamn,
C ajhnato, B sa ce. 373 B sumn-. 374 A labhati, amatan.
376 A patisanthravuttissa. 379 BC codayantnaih. 383 B
brhmana. 384 B pragu. 3H5 A C visarhyuttarh. 387 A B
jhyi. 389 B brhmano, A dhi brhm-. 392 A sakkacca.
395 A -kula-, B kisam dhamanisantatam etarh. 397 A visam-
nuttam. 399 B yeva titthati, A balnkarh, B balnikarh.
405 A dandam. 407 A ptino, B pnino. 408 B vinnpani.
409 A anurhthulam. 414 A B akathamkathi. 415 A-kkhnarh,
B -kkhn. 416 B -kkhn. 419 A uppattin. 420 A jnatti,
B jnti. 423 A vdi. I v. -k a m pamadam, ppadandena;
2 sukhapiyena, vsat. II v. a dandavamhi; 5 ekavsat; e nge
ca, dvvsa va tanha-, cattlisa va gathyo.
 467

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

Pag. 21 1. i leg. kalyne. 23, 9. 13 antalikkho. 24, is

patto. 28,5 appassut yaiii. 34,6 mattait, si sapientis
(Ruddhe). 37, i Jighacchparam. 43, 8 punan, 25 pro utique:
sicut, 26 pro item: ita. 44,28 pro dat . . . vulgus: dant . . .
homines. 4 7 , 3 post sedatione adde: scilicet. 55,29 Arcem
velut etc. 60 ,1 2 -sat sot, 63 ,1 9 injueunda reputat. 67, 30
dimittat (quivis). 72, 30 pro Qui: (Qui). 75 ,1 5 post vatem
add. victorem. 78,6 del. (?), 15 del. (mtu?), 16 del. (pitu?).
79,5 del. (?), 20 tassa (c. satassa), 28 sq. pucchitabbayuttako,
32 del. correct. 80, 2 al. Satthu santike etc., 12 al. sv-ham,
15 pabbajissm posterior manus in pabbajissam mutavit. 82 ,23
slohito, 26 del. correct. 83,4. 8. 12 Plita tvam, 23 cod. R * :
patikkhitto tikicchya, 24 R : niyato, ib. Plita. 8 4 , 1 -nett
(c. - 0). 85 ,2 te samjnitv, 32 d el (ayam ?), ib. yath-
y-idam (exstant. verba nham bhikkhave . . . itthisaddo initio
cod. Aguttaranikyo), 26 post -gmam add. (nma upanissya
therena vuttha-?). 86, e gacchm aham, 14 tvam (c. tam).
87, 1 Pandu-, 8 al. sac ham, 13 R : upagantvna, 28 sallakkhesi.
88, 19 post navavatthaddhya add. (-vutth-?), 22 sammajjimsu
(c. sama-). 89 , 1 1 pro sineham: sinehena, 24 lachanto. 90, 4. 5
del. correct, (versus est, sed corruptus), ie add. colon post
hotiti. 91,13 post balivaddassa add. (padam?). 93 ,1 0 sq.
Dutiyagth (c. -ya) . . . bhsit (c. -am), ie post koddhetv
add. (kotthetv ?), 24 asuka- (c. aska-). 94, 19 et 95, is post
Codex simhalensis Rataovaliya (vide Westergaardii Codices Ori
entales p. as), qui diversam, ut videtur, recensionein sequitur earuudem
fabularum, quee cdice Dhammapadassa Atthavannan continentur,
nonnullos ex versibus fabulis immixtis palice exhibet. Minoribus
mendis tacite sublatis, inde quae ad versus emendandos conferre
possint petens, codicem litera R signo.
30*
Maddhakundalivanno ngantv add. (-vannengantv?). 94, 31
transpone conjecturam post may. 95, 32 del. (-ssaro?). 96, is
mamsam tam, R : ghatasittam, 21 R : sokaparetassa. 97, 2 sqq.
versus sunt corrupti. 98 ,32 -ppamnen eva (c. -noneva). 101 ,19
rjunarh, 21 del. ativiya, pro visiya: vesiya. 102, 14 sugandham
(c. dugg-). 103,7 -parivr (c.-re). 104,25 vijite (c. jvite).
105,9 Kosambivsino (c. -iyamv-), 30 obhaggobhagga ? cfr.
p. 406. 106 , 1 yuth. 107, 14 dhammakath (c. -m i-). 112 , 7
cfr. Appendicem. 113, 12 sabbehi (c. sabbe), 20 sabbe, ib.
del. correet. 115, 32 babii (c. -u). 1 16, 17 add. v. 56 y yarh.
117.1 sodhay- (c.-dh i-). 118, 1 9 -bhujitv, e svito (c. -),
9 Channam , is del. corree!. 119, 9 -punnam a-, 12 pyenlo
(c. pya-), 24 tesam (c. te). 121, 13 pabbajm (c. -jj-),
i8 sq. lbhaggappatto. 1 2 2 , 14. 25 sq. kam si tvam vuso
uddissa pabbajito, 30 dhammavinayarn?, 31 del. na,? 123, e
tikkhattum (c. -u). 125, 19 del. (?). 126,24 post adsi add.
gmavsihi saddhim aggasassadnarh nma adsi. 127,28
timsa (c. - ) , 32 dve nav-. 128, 10 agantv (c. -), 19
gahitakarh (c. -hia-), 23 dent (c. -o ), 26 datv (c. katv).
129,23 cattlsa-. 130, 9 dvenavuti-, 24 del. (?). 131, 1 post
sahaparhsuklit add. (sahapamsukulik?), 17 post kasin add.
(kasinam ?), 32 amam. 132, 21 mah vatyam. 133, 15

hitya, 31 post Buddhnam add. (purato?). 134 , 1 agantv

(c. -). 135,29 samalarii- (c. samatalam-). 136,7 mahra-
hehi (c. -gehi), 1.3 bhaveyyan. 138,7 del. ratt, add. cfr.
not. ad v. 24. 139, 10 sq. del. correct. (Satthari Anu-
piyarh n. M. nigamo tam nissya), 20 pabbajito (c. -tena),
26 (cod. add. pahite). 140 ,1 7 cl- (c. cul-), 29 viharitabbam.
141 , 4 utthahatti ha, Anuruddho. 142, 5 -mnkra-? 144,4
post purato add. (jvitam pariccajitv Satthu purato?). 145, 3

janam (c. j-), 19 ariyehi, R : ariyena, cfr. p. 332, 28 Kokliko.

146 .2 uggachi (c. uggaji), te R : passesi, 20 R : anutaram. 147 ,12
 469

R: gehe ca saki bhandanam, 13 R : udakamhi thalamhi ca, 21 m

(c. raa) marii, 24 sq. R : core, Rhule. 148, s del. correct., 12 de-
vtidev-. 151, i6 na dusslassa,. 153, 2 Kosambirii (c. -iyarii),
22 mamsamya. 160, 9 transpone itthisatni in superiorem
lineam ante parivram, 29 labhankro (c. -r) t i, 32 adhi-
mueitv (c. -mucci-). 161, 30 kamraassa (c. kamma). 163, 31

del. vivattachandass ? 166,27 tath (c. tt). 173, 14 sq. R :

Idaiii vatv Smavat sammsambuddhasmik m man tvarii
saranarii gaccha , . . saranarii gaccha tarii Buddharii. 175, 31
R: upadi . . . kyanti. 177,26 (vipkvasesena?). 1 8 !, 25
post pass add. v. 317 dassno. 184,28 Veslirii (c. -iyarii).
1 8 6 ,1 1 R: sappuriso. 1 9 2 , 11 idni.ss tundarh (c. nidniss-
kundarh). 194,7 Simbali-, 19 del. correct. 211,6 post Cfr.
add. Hemacandra p. 317, 15 dispmokkhassa, 24 mah vata
cariyo. 215,26 R : sdhni . . . samkanivr alona chda-
yanti tarii. 217,8 bhavissatti, 32 Vsabhakhattiydsiy.
2 1 9 ,u sq. Mahlilicch- (c. Mahlicch-), 15 rakkho (c. -),
16 okso (c. -). 220, 11 amhelii (c. amhe), 14 evarp (c. -arh),
31 post gahetv add. cittarh. 221, 15 bhedanadhammar (c.
-nariidha-), 17 dvattiriisya (c. -hi), 18 idarh (c. imarii), 31
post mama add. ca. 222, 2 del. correct., 4 otrar (c. -ta-),
9 parivrena (c. -c re -), 17 del. correct., 30 post tato add.
avidre. 223, 12 catutthavre na. 224, 28 vassi. 2 3 8 , 13 ni~
santiyo (nighamsantiyo ?). 240, 20 vasantarii (c. -te). 246, 1
vannapesi (c. vanna-). 251 , 1 1 R : dassmi, 14 R : khoma-
kotumbarni ca, 31 pro suddhai: sudh-. 255,7 R : jalari^
10 R : cetayati, nisedhajutindhararh, 11 R : kathan nu Bhagav,
12 R: apannamnaso. 256,6 R : vnakacch abhassatha, 19
laddhanme lokiyamahjane (c. -o), not. b : namueino. 259, 13
del. 248. 260, 20 -vann-. 268, 32 add. v. 207 addhna, v. 224
devna. 2 7 4 , 11 del. correct. 276, 19 del. Dubito . . . v. ios.
279, 5 v. 410, s post etc. add. Aliter apud Burnouf: Lotus p. 822,
 470

14 Jvakavatthukhandhake (c. -uriikha-). 283, n del. conject.

284, 2 sacchikatanibbno (c. -t-). 286, 24 pro j o : yo. 287, 5
del. kam si varii. 288 ,1 4 add. v. 344 nibbanato, is Arama-
kutik, 28 yusamv-. 295 ,1 0 pro not. ad v. 7 leg. vv. 144.
307 , 94 del. correct. 304 ,1 3 catasso (c. manasso), 20 bhisa-
mullam (c. hisa-), 32 R omittit te. 308, 11 ce (c. ca), 24 palam-
kena. 311 ,28 post pahassath add. cfr. Boehtl. Chrest. p. 367.
312, io add. Gavessatha futurum existimavi, at sine dubio prsesens
habendum est verbi gaves secundum IV cl. declinati. 319, 31
paccaykra- (c. paccaykara-). 323 , 7 Jhyanti referendum est
ad rad. jh y. jhe (sanscr. dhyai), quae, seque rad. eint, etiam
tristem esse valere videtur. 327 ,23 del. (?). 328, 32 post ekato
add. (ekako ?). 3 36,4 add. scilicet contraetum ex uttitthya.
337.13 add. aut s o mam. 341,17 akopetv (c. apokpetv).
346, 15 post Vein- add. (-ambavandayo ?), 27 post amamtitthiy
add. (amatitthiynam ?). 350, 19 R : cetopanidhihetuhi. 351, 20
pro (?): (niggatik?). 356, 5 gtham (c. -), 24 comma transpon,
post nattbam. 358, i6 candimas. 361, is add. 291. 363, io
add. Rmyana ed. Gorr. 4 ; 3 , 2. 367 , 1 Atulya por- . . .
cinnam ev (c. ec) etarii. 368, 1 add. v. .364. 376, 10 satho.
377, 25 add. Pro buddhnam leg. buddhnam. 383, 9 Anattan.
385, 9 itarni. 391, ie viharma. 404, 1 R : ctuddasirii pan-
cadasim yva pakkhassa atthami, 2 R : athagasusamhitam,
12 R : karoti v, 405, 8 R : Abhiy vatha. 407, 22 -kt.
409,27 (sanscr. khanata). 413,27 acchidda. 416, s tapam,
13 [del. (-im ?), le karontehiti (c. karohiti), 19 pro cavam:
evam, 25 vimutam patto. 417 , 7 ycimsu (c. yciyimsu), 10
R : nibimhase. 428, 1 santake (c. -ti
), 3 vatv. 431, 2 add.
Vipanim epitritum tertium removebis, si legeris viapanim.
438, 10 sq. pro paridhessati . . . bahu: paridhassati, cfr. com.
464.14 post loko add. A B C ssaggya, 27 post jagar- add.
A B C -nusikkhitam.


I
I
 --------------------------